INSTITUTE OF ELECTRON TECHNOLOGY

Transcription

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRON TECHNOLOGY
1
Ministry
of Foreign Affairs
Republic of Poland
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
Warsaw, 2012
2
This page is left intentionally blank
3
LIST OF INSTITUTES BY SECTOR
BUILDING AND ARCHITECTURE
Institute of Spatial Management and Housing ............................................................................... 8
Institute of Urban Development ................................................................................................... 13
Road and Bridge Research Institute.............................................................................................. 18
ELECTROTECHNICS, ELECTRONICS, AUTOMATION AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
Electrotechnical Institute .............................................................................................................. 30
Industrial Research Institute for Automation and Measurements .............................................. 46
Institute of Electron Technology ................................................................................................... 62
Military Communication Institute ................................................................................................. 69
National Institute of Telecommunications (NIT) .......................................................................... 72
Tele& Radio Research Institute................................................................................................... 103
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENGINEERING; ENVIRONMENTAL,
AGRICULTURAL AND FOREST TECHNOLOGIES
Forest Research Institute ............................................................................................................ 122
Institute of Agricultural and Food Biotechnology ....................................................................... 128
Institute for Ecology of Industrial Areas ..................................................................................... 134
Institute of Environmental Protection ........................................................................................ 140
Institute of Meteorology and Water Management .................................................................... 144
Institute of Organization and Management in Industry ORGMASZ ........................................... 148
Institute of Plant Protection ....................................................................................................... 153
Institute of Technology and Life Sciences ................................................................................... 157
Maritime Institute in Gdańsk ...................................................................................................... 159
National Marine Fisheries Research Institute ............................................................................. 166
National Research Institute of Animal Production ..................................................................... 169
National Veterinary Research Institute ...................................................................................... 173
Research Institute of Horticulture .............................................................................................. 174
The Stanisław Sakowicz Inland Fisheries Institute ...................................................................... 176
HEALTH PROTECTION AND PHYSICAL CULTURE
Institute of Sport ......................................................................................................................... 180
Military Institute of Hygiene & Epidemiology............................................................................. 182
4
MATERIAL AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGIES, MATERIAL SCIENCE, CHEMICAL AND
PROCESS ENGINEERING
Fertilizer Research Institute ........................................................................................................ 204
Foundry Research Institute ......................................................................................................... 213
Industrial Chemistry Research Institute...................................................................................... 235
Institute for Chemical Processing of Coal ................................................................................... 357
Institute for Engineering of Polymer Materials and Dyes........................................................... 363
Institute for Ferrous Metallurgy ................................................................................................. 386
Institute of Biopolymers and Chemical Fibres ............................................................................ 392
Institute of Ceramics and Building Materials .............................................................................. 393
Institute of Electronic Materials Technology .............................................................................. 412
Institute of Heavy Organic Synthesis „Blachownia” ................................................................... 413
Institute of Natural Fibres and Medicinal Plants ........................................................................ 432
Institute of Non – Ferrous Metals ............................................................................................... 437
in Gliwice ..................................................................................................................................... 437
Institute of Nuclear Chemistry and Technology ......................................................................... 438
Institute of Precision Mechanics ................................................................................................. 439
Institute of Security Technologies MORATEX ............................................................................. 457
Metal Forming Institute .............................................................................................................. 462
Polish Welding Centre of Excellence........................................................................................... 480
The Research and Development Centre for Building Insulation Industry .................................. 488
Wood Technology Institute......................................................................................................... 489
MECHANICS, BUILDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINES, PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
Institute for Sustainable Technologies – National Research Institute........................................ 493
Institute of Mining Technology ................................................................................................... 505
The Institute of Advanced Manufacturing Technology .............................................................. 509
MEDICAL SCIENCE
Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing ...................................................................... 511
Institute of Rheumatology .......................................................................................................... 519
Institute of Rural Health .............................................................................................................. 521
Institute of Sensory Organs......................................................................................................... 527
Maria Skłodowska-Curie Memorial Cancer Center and Institute of Oncology (MSCMCCIO) .... 532
National Institute of Tuberculosis and Lung Diseases ............................................................... 534
Polish Mother's Memorial Hospital - Research Institute ............................................................ 538
The Cardinal Stefan Wyszyński Institute of Cardiology .............................................................. 541
5
MINING, TECHNICAL GEOLOGY, GEODESY, POWER ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORT
Automotive Industry Institute .................................................................................................... 545
Central Mining............................................................................................................................. 549
Institute of Geodesy and Cartography (IGiK) .............................................................................. 562
Institute of Innovative Technologies .......................................................................................... 564
Motor Transport Institute ........................................................................................................... 576
Oil and Gas Institute.................................................................................................................... 580
Polish Geological Institute – National Research Institute........................................................... 588
The Institute of Aviation ............................................................................................................. 591
NON-CLINICAL RESEARCH UNITS
Institute of Biotechnology and Antibiotics ................................................................................. 604
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY
Institute of Plasma Physics and Laser Microfusion, EURATOM – Association ........................... 618
National Centre for Nuclear Research ........................................................................................ 620
SAFETY AND OTHER GENERAL TECHNICAL ASPECTS
Air Force Institute of Technology ................................................................................................ 628
Central Institute for Labour Protection - National Research Institute (CIOP-PIB)...................... 654
Institute of Industrial Organic Chemistry .................................................................................... 658
Military Institute of Armour and Automotive Technology ......................................................... 660
Military Institute of Engineer Technology .................................................................................. 662
Scientific and Research Centre for Fire Protection im. Józefa Tuliszkowskiego - National
Research Institute ....................................................................................................................... 672
The Military Institute of Chemistry and Radiometry .................................................................. 685
SMALL RESEARCH UNITS IN TECHNICAL FIELDS
Institute of Applied Optics .......................................................................................................... 687
Institute of Logistics and Warehousing....................................................................................... 691
“COBRO” Polish Packaging Institute ........................................................................................... 695
Research and Academic Computer Network (NASK) .................................................................. 696
Research and Development Centre of Electric Machines “Komel” ........................................... 701
Reaserch and Development Centre of Hosting Machinery and Mechanical Conveyiny Equipment
“Detrans”..................................................................................................................................... 702
6
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
BUILDING AND ARCHITECTURE
© ArchMen - Fotolia.com
7
INSTITUTE OF SPATIAL MANAGEMENT AND HOUSING
(Instytut Gospodarki przestrzennej i Mieszkalnictwa IGPiM)
Organisation Contact Data
45, Targowa st., 03-728 Warsaw, Poland
phone: + 48 22 619 13 50
fax + 48 22 619 24 84
e-mail: igpim@igpim.pl
http://www.igpim.pl/main-e.html
Institute of Spatial Management and Housing is a research institution that carries on the
tradition of the 1949-founded Research Institute of Town Planning and Architecture.
The Institute deals with the issues of planning and spatial development, as well as
municipal economy on all levels of administrative and functional division. With regards to the
above, it offers: research work, ongoing process monitoring, changes forecasting, urban
planning and design study methodology, system and detailed solution concept, legal solution
proposal creation, standardization and normalization of spatial management and housing issues
and current government administration consulting. It also has experience with environment
protection.
The Institute's staff consists mainly of architects, town-planners, geographers, biologists,
economists, sociologists and lawyers. With the aid of an experienced and inter-disciplinary
team, the Institute also conducts training in the field of spatial planning, real estate and
municipal services management, as well as organizes international conferences, seminars and
workshops.
The Institute's structure consists of three departments:
Spatial Planning Department
The Department is specialized in preparation of studies and documents according to
spatial management with the use of modern GIS technology (Geographical Information System).





The Department's scope of work is handled by five teams:
Technical Infrastructure;
Applied Geoecology;
Landscape Architecture;
Architecture & Town Planning;
Revitalization.
8
The Department's mission is to create modern GIS solutions for commune selfgovernments based on complete spatial information. Such information might come from: the
study of land development conditions and directions, a local plan of spatial development,
current aerial and satellite views, land and property register and other data. The available
source of data coupled into one information system makes the information comprehensive and
clear by giving it the form of maps, charts and types of action. The powers that be can make
effective decisions thanks to user-friendly GIS applications.
As part of creating a portfolio of complex solutions (in the form of an information system), the
Department offers a broad range of works:
 preparation of GIS data and modification,
 vectorization,
 creating Digital Terrain Models (DTM) based on the cartographic method,
 3D visualizations,
 creating photo maps,
 transforming data in various coordinate systems,
 spatial analyses, and preparing documents, such as:
 the study on the conditions and directions of the district development,
 local plans of district spatial development,
 ecophysiographic studies,
 the forecast of impact of a local plan of spatial development on the natural environment,
 local development plans,
 strategies of development,
 analyses for locations of shopping centers according to market employment,
communication opportunities and influence on local shopping markets,
 revaluation of historical assumptions of park and palace complexes.
9
Municipal Transport Department
The Municipal Transport Department was founded in 1954. Since the beginning, its
domain of action has been the broad issue of municipal transport, its development and
initiation of modern constructional design. The Unit is currently busy with research and
consulting, as well as preparing expertizes for manufacturers and users of tramways,
trolleybuses and appliances used in them. By right of the Decree of the Ministry of
Infrastructure, it is authorized to conduct homologation analyses of tramways and trolleybuses
with regards to their electrical parts, as well as control the conformity between the
manufacturing/installation and homologation conditions.
Since 2004, the Municipal Transport Department
has been awarded with a PN-EN ISO 9001: 2001
(PN-EN ISO 9001:2009 since February 2010) Quality
Control System Certificate with regards to:
 technical checkups of tramways and
trolleybuses,
 homologation checkups of types of tramways
and trolleybuses' electrical parts,
 checkups of tramway and trolleybuses'
assemblies and appliances.
Activities conducted at the Municipal Transport Department can be divided into the
following groups:
1. Homologation checkups of new tramways and trolleybuses and exploitation analyses and
appraisal of new technical solutions, which are to be incorporated in the currently used fleet.
The checkups consist of checking the conformity between the products and requirements
found in the current legal regulations and technical standards. The results of exploitation
analyses are published in the form of a report or opinion. A positive result constitutes the basis
for receiving a homologation certificate by the manufacturer or future user, issued by the
Minister of Transport, Construction and Maritime Economy, or a permission to operate the
given type of product.
2. Extended technical and start-up checkups of tramway and trolleybus carts, granting
permission to operate used and modernized vehicles (applies mainly to imported fleet). The
checkups are conducted according to the decrees on the scope and type of conducting
technical checkups, as well as technical conditions of tramways and trolleybuses and the scope
of required appliances.
3. Periodical technical checkups of tramways and periodical technical checkups of trolleybuses
operated by municipal transport companies. A positive checkup result constitutes the basis for
issuing a permission to operate the given vehicle.
10
4. Checkups and assessment of tramway appliances, such as: door mechanisms, couplings,
current collectors, traction and voltage converters, heaters, as well as other apparatus and
appliances constituting the equipment found in tramway and trolleybus fleets.
Moreover, the Municipal Transport Department actively participates in the planning and
consulting in the areas of:
 constructional design of tramway and trolleybus fleets,
 novelization and preparation of technical norms with regards to municipal transport,
 electric traction,
 updating the regulations regarding the municipal electric traction.
The Unit is in possession of a mobile lab, equipped with modern, electronic appliances
for conducting homologation checkups of vehicles, especially the measurement and
registration of the movement parameters of vehicles and for checking the lighting, noise and
electrical measurements, including insulation resistance and strength, protective installation
measurements, etc.
Landscape Architecture, Training and Real Estate Management Department
The Department's scope of works circulates around the broad issue of environment,
especially the municipal tree covering and greenery within the urban areas. For many years, the
Department has been conducting research and implementation activities, as well as trainings
on a national level, especially for the local self-governments.
Besides dealing with the issues of greenery, the Unit's scope of activities includes
conducting a system of trainings on the issue of real estate on an advanced (post-graduate
studies) and intermediate level, as well as implementing an educational cycle as part of inservice training.
11
In the area of municipal greenery, the Institute employs a group of distinguished experts, who
for years have been conducting nationwide-recognized research on determining the actual
value of trees growing within the urban areas. The Department has prepared and published a
new "Method of Valuation of Trees within the Urban Areas with Regards to Polish Conditions."
The study constitutes the basis for works carried by the Ministry of Environment with regards
to the novelization of rates for the removal of trees and bushes and rates for destroying the
greenery.
Since 2010, the Institute's employees have conducted both practical workshops and
trainings on the use of the new method of valuation of trees within the urban areas. The team
of the Department's experts collaborates with the General Directorate for Environmental
Protection, which is obliged by the Minister of Environment to implement the new, abovementioned method of valuation of trees.
The Department performs stock-takings, expertizes and health condition assessments,
i.e. the condition and statics of individual trees, as well as tree covering complexes within the
urban public areas. Since 2011, it began monitoring the changes in buffer strip and inner
housing estate landscape greenery management within a select area in Warsaw. The
Department plans to monitor changes in the natural landscape development for years to come.
As part of the training system, trainings and conferences regarding real estate
management and turnover, spatial planning and building law have been organized for more
than 20 years. In collaboration with university colleges, we conduct two higher education
majors in real estate management and real estate turnover agency. For the last eight years of
conducting higher education studies, together with the Leon Koźmiński Academy, our studies
have been graduated by more than 200 students per year (three editions within a year). After
completing a six-month long internship, graduates have received their professional licenses.
12
Trainings are conducted by approx. 40 experts with a lot of experience in consulting and
training activities. The Department's employees have professional real estate agent/manager
licenses.
The Department, in cooperation with the lecturers from the Warsaw School of
Economics, prepares for launching a series of trainings for the self-government administration
with regards to introducing new legal regulations on district municipal waste management.
Waste dump development and waste utilization is directly connected with proper spatial
planning, environment pollution and landscape architecture by creating spatial order and
aesthetics in communes.
13
INSTITUTE OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT
(Instytut Rozwoju Miast)
IRM
Organisation Contact Data
2, Cieszyńska st, 30-015 Cracow, Poland
Phone: +48 12 634 29 53 (director)
Phone: +48 12 634 29 53 (chief accountant)
Fax: +4812 633 94 05
e-mail: sekretariat@irm.krakow.pl
http://irm.krakow.pl/en/
Institute of Urban Development (IRM) is a scientific and research institute. The
Institute's personnel is composed of 64 persons constituting an interdisciplinary team of
research and technical staff representing the following areas: urban planning, spatial planning,
architecture, geography, law, economy, political science, biology, civil engineering, hydroengineering, sanitary engineering, land reclamation, chemistry, transportation, computer
science, organisation and management, geology and forestry.
The Institute employs five Professors, twelve holders of Ph.D. The IRM team also
includes experts and specialists holding authorisations of professional institutions and
organisations. The Institute is member of international consortia participating in research
projects of the European Union, and its intention is to increase its involvement in research
projects supported by the EU, the UN and other organizations. The Institute has worked out
self-developed and tested methods and techniques for resolution of specific problems. As a
research and development unit carries out both: constant research and pilot projects and works
on continuous quality improvement.
The Institute experience comprise works on: spatial planning, municipal economy,
environmental assessment, communication, regeneration, rehabilitation, strategy and
housing policy at national, regional and local levels, social and economical problems of
housing, management of housing resources, building market and real estate market.
The main goal of the Institute is to lead researches and to transfer their results into
practice, so to:

support the central local governments in the realization of the state policy in the field
of spatial and housing management

elaborate and opinion on standards of spatial management,

research on socio-economical and spatial processes of urban development

research on conditions and definition of urban and urbanizing space sustainable
development principles

assess the employed methods, regulation policies, instruments of urban development
14

elaborate methodical, legal, organisational, planning, financial and other, conditions of
urban development.
The results of research works are used by the Polish Ministry of Transport, Construction
and Maritime Economy and other government agencies, Parliament committees and regional
and local governments. The results of current operations are published in own publications and
regular scientific and professional journals.
The Institute achievement include for example the works carried out as part of aid
offered to municipalities (Phare Fund, British Know-How Fund, USAID). Other projects were
conducted jointly with the Norwegian Institute of Urban and Regional Research (NIBR) and the
University of Lille and as part of the European Union programmes.
The Institute and the members of the staff are involved in cooperation with several
associations and research networks such as IFHP (International Federation for Housing and
Planning), ENHR (European Network for Housing Research), ENTP (European New Towns
Platform) and METREX (Network of European Metropolitan Regions and Areas).
SCOPE OF ACTIVITIES
Spatial Economy
Spatial Planning
Strategies of Municipality or Regional Development
Studies of the Conditions and Directions of Municipality Development
Local Physical Plans
Ecophysiographic Studies
Environmental Impact Assessment and Strategic Environmental Assessment
Forecast of the Financial Consequences of the Spatial Plans Approval
Programs of Local Regeneration
Environmental Protection
Plans for the Protection of Nature Areas (National Parks and Landscape Parks)
Environmental Protection Programmes for Municipalities, Districts and Provinces and Waste
Disposal Plans
Municipal Management
Transportation Management
Transportation Studies for Spatial Planning Purposes in Towns
15
Traffic Research and Analyses and Network Simulation Studies for Transport Management
Purposes
Housing
Housing Management
Housing Strategies and Policies at National, Regional and Local Levels
Housing Stock Economy and Management
Housing Monitoring
Social Problems Associated with Housing
Residential House Building
Organisation and Financing of Residential House Building
Building Law and Public Procurement System Operation
Cost Calculation in Residential House Building
Real Estate Market
Market Size and Real Estate Agencies
Real Estate Transaction Size and Types
Land Management in Municipalities
Land Management
Laboratory Tests
Laboratory Testing of Water Quality
Evaluation of Soil Pollution
Evaluation of Waste Harmfulness for the Environment
Noise Level Testing
Dissemination of Experiences
Training – short courses (Tools For Improving Urban Development and Regeneration; Local
Planning And Urban Design; Planning for Sustainable Regeneration)
Conferences
Publications
Monitoring of Housing, Building and Real Estate Markets
16
OUR OFFERINGS













Research on the Urban Space Quality and the Effectiveness of Urban Development
Processes
Studies of the Spatial Economy Conditions and Local Physical Plans
Forecast of the Financial Consequences of the Spatial Plan Approval
Environmental Assessment
Natural Conditions of Urban and Rural Land Development
Transportation Studies for Spatial Planning Purposes
Designs and Conceptions of Solutions for Technical Infrastructure
Municipal Road Management Organisation Works
Long-Term Programmes for Municipal Housing Management
Housing, Building and Real Estate Market Monitoring
Housing Development and Financing Projections and Strategies
Conceptions of Solving Housing Problems of Economically Poor Population Groups
Analyses of Economic Effectiveness of Public Capital Projects
17
ROAD AND BRIDGE RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Badawczy Dróg i Mostów)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Instytutowa st., 03-302 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 698 06 06
fax: +48 22 814 50 28
e-mail: ibdim@ibdim.edu.pl
http://www.ibdim.edu.pl/eng/
The Road and Bridge Research Institute is a scientific institution supervised by the
Minister of Transport, Construction and Maritime Economy. It is acting on the basis of the Act
of 30 April 2010 on research institutes.
The Institute conducts research and development work concerning the construction and
maintenance of transportation structures, specifically roads and road bridges, railway bridges
and underground structures. The main scope of the Institute activities and implementations is
focused on the following subjects:
principles of design, execution and maintenance of transportation structures,
materials and products for communication engineering,
technical state of roads and engineering structures,
geotechnics,
economic analysis,
engineering and traffic safety,
road network management systems,
transportation issues, database of roads and engineering structures.
Besides the research and development activity, the Road and Bridge Research Institute adapts
R&D results to the practical needs elaborating guidelines, instructions, expert opinions and
procedures.
The Institute takes part in the work of numerous international organizations, such as:
FEHRL - Forum of European National Highway Research Laboratories, FERSI - Forum of
European Road Safety Research Institutes, IABSE - International Association of Bridge Structure
Engineering, RILEM - The International Union of Testing and Research Laboratories.
The Institute is a participant and coordinator of many international projects, for
example: EUREKA, COST, Framework Programme of the European Union.
Divisions:
Bridge Department
Concrete Division
18
Division of Management Systems and Telematics
Economic Division
Geotechnics and Foundation Division
Pavement Diagnostic Division
Pavement Technology Division
Bridge, Concrete and Aggregate Research Center, Branch "Wrocław"
Bridge Research Center, Branch "Kielce"
Accredited Laboratories:
Concrete Laboratory
Pavement Diagnostic Laboratory
Geotechnics Laboratory
Pile Testing Field Laboratory
Bituminous Binders Laboratory
Pavement Technology Laboratory
Chemistry & Environmental Protection Laboratory
Bridge Structures Research Laboratory
Bridge Diagnostics and Repairs Unit
Bridge and Drainage Division
Concrete and Aggregate Division
Crash Tests & Road Meteorology Team
1. Pavement diagnostics, repairing technologies and reinforcement of pavement
construction
Two divisions are involved in research work on
evaluation, repairing technologies and reinforcement of
pavement construction.
The activity of Pavement Diagnostics Division covers
analysis of such pavement technical parameters like bearing
capacity, longitudinal and transverse evenness, anti-skid
properties and pavement condition. They issue expert
appraisements and opinions based on the complex
investigation of road network and road sections prepared
for reconstruction. Pavement Diagnostics Division carries
out research works in the following areas of road
construction: materials used in pavement construction,
structural design methods, road traffic safety. In their work
they apply modern research, analysis methods, advanced
technologies and devices like: ground penetrating radar GPR,
laser deflectometer, dynamic deflectometer HWD, system
of automatic evaluation of the surface condition, 3D radar
system, CPX system for pavement noise measurement,
19
radar system for bridge measurements, system for research and analysis of bridge structure,
profilograph ARGUS (in cooperation with private company), falling weight deflectometer FWD
and skid resistance tester SRT3. Modern laboratory, team and big experience allow them to
conduct several works connected with evaluation of road infrastructure i.e.: pavement
structural design, complex assessment of roads and streets pavement condition, assessment of
airport pavement condition, scientific supervision of measurements and data processing,
evaluation of anti-skid properties of pavement, assessment of longitudinal and transverse
evenness, assessment of pavement bearing capacity, semi-automatic identification of
pavement surface damages etc.
The Road and Bridge Research Institute lead the way in modern road infrastructure research.
"SPID - System for
Pavement Infrastructure Diagnosis" is a
The Institute’s brand new
mobile laboratory equipped with state-of-the-art
devices allowing us to use non-destructible methods
to examine roads and bridges. Causing no traffic
interruptions, the research equipment is capable of
evaluating the condition of bridges and roads, and
controlling the quality of technologies and materials
deployed for the building of transportation routes.
This bears particular importance in countries
featuring dense traffic and road networks.
Contact Person Data
Jacek Sudyka
e-mail: jsudyka@ibdim.edu.pl
20
Pavement Technology Division is divided into three departments dealing
with bituminous binders, asphalt mixtures, asphalt emulsions, road
markings and road signs. The range of the division activity covers:·flexible
road and bridge pavements design,·mixtures design, tests of materials
(bituminous binders, aggregates, fillers, additives, road paints,
thermoplastics, cold plastics, tapes, bitumen emulsions etc.),
modification of binders and bituminous mixtures, development and
implementation of new technologies (high modulus asphalt concrete,
coloured pavements, rubber additive, fibres additive, cold mix pavement),
pavement reinforcement (meshes), utilization of waste materials and byproduct. The division is well equipped with the modern test equipment
for standard and advanced research testing.
EXAMPLES OF RESEARCH ACHIEVEMENTS:
TOFIC® fibrous additive to bituminous mixtures
TOFIC® additive contains synthetic polymer fibres, polyester fibres, para-aramide fibres and
viscose fibres. It is obtained through the process of grinding rubber wastes reinforced with
textile cord, mainly automobile tires. The material has very good mechanical properties, such as
resistance to water, elasticity and strength. It can be used as a fibrous stabilizing, reinforcing
and modifying additive to bituminous mixtures for construction of road pavement.
Benefits from using TOFIC® additive:
improve pavement bearing capacity,
resistance to rutting,
resistance to low temperature cracking,
extension of road pavement exploitation period.
TOFIC® additives have been implemented:
- in SMA mixes and gap graded asphalt mixtures - mainly as a stabiliser of road binder and
giving necessary reinforcement,
- in asphalt concrete mixtures - for modification and reinforcement. The research tests of
bituminous mixtures containing 0,6% of TOFIC S prove even two times slower fatigue
process than the comparative mixture.
Use of waste materials in bituminous mixtures is very important from ecological point of view.
Waste tires are usually useless and burned causing emission of toxins. Ecological benefits
results also from higher durability and less maintenance needs.
TOFIC® additive has been awarded with the "2007 Innovation of the Year" title.
21
The modified bituminous mixture GUFI
The modified bituminous mixture GUFI is the exceptional product having of the wide use. It can
be used for the surface of roads, bicycle paths and fields and the playgrounds, because addition
of granulated rubber reduces the hardness of the surface and the effect of the fall softens.
The mix contains granulated rubber next to standard components: aggregates and asphalt. The
rubber is coming from the processing the used car tires and polymer fibers which inflict that
one gets special proprieties distinguishing this mixture from standard bituminous mixtures.
The additions of gum and fibers in the connection with the use
polymer modified bitumen assure obtainment of special proprieties
of layer of such surface as:
- the resistance to cracking and thanks to this the possibility of
fulfilling the part of the anticracking layer,
- very good adhesiveness to the all materials of the basis, including
concrete plate and cable stone, etc.,
- decrease of the noise of the contact between the tyre with the
surface.
Effect of realization of surface from such mixture is so double: technical – as the improvement
of the durability of the surface and ecological – as decrease the noisiness of the movement of
vehicles (low surface) and the use of the industrial waste, that is granular rubber from car tyres.
The Road and Bridge Research Institute has been awarded with a Silver Medal for the modified
bituminous mixture GUFI on Brussels Eureka 2005 International Fairs of Innovation, Scientific
Research and New Techniques.
Contact Person Data
prof. Dariusz Sybilski
e-mail: d.sybilski@ibdim.edu.pl
22
2. Bridge diagnostics
The Bridge Department conducts works that lead to assess the technical conditions of
bridge structures. The Department also determines the applicable load capacity of exploited
bridges’ structures, using the test load method and the RYM-IBDIM computational method.
Sometimes the RYM-IBDIM computational method is useful for quick load capacity estimation
of structures located along the route. Since 2004 the method was advised for usage on General
Directorate of National Roads and Motorways road system in Poland.
3. Repairing technologies and reinforcement of bridges
On the basis of a structure technical condition assessment and detailed
inspection the Bridge Department prepares recommendations. Those
recommendations include the way of the damage reparation (indication of a
method and materials) and they can indicate the manner of the structure
strengthening. The range of works, recommended methods and materials depend
on the individual technical condition of the structure and should be adapted to
technical abilities of the contractor. There are professional teams in the Bridge
Department that specialise in following issues: repairs of concrete and steel
structures, waterproofing and anticorrosion protection.
Contact Person Data
Tomasz Wierzbicki
e-mail: twierzbicki@ibdim.edu.pl
Piotr Olaszek
e-mail: polaszek@ibdim.edu.pl
23
4. Road marking and signs, NATO Code System
Pavement Technology Division (chemistry laboratory) performs tests of materials for
horizontal and vertical road marking. In this scope they are test: road paints, thermoplastics,
cold plastics, tapes, road studs, glass beads and retroreflective foils, road signs (substrate and
supports). Properties of ready road markings are done in the scope: retroreflectivity, luminance
factor, chromatic coordinates, skid resistance with using hand equipment or mobile (on the car).
Road signs on site are controlled in the scope: retroreflectivity, luminance factor and chromatic
coordinates.
The country operation in crisis conditions needs appropriate transport infrastructure
background. It is essential, in order to provide technical efficiency of the land transport net, to
indicate quickly possibility of: crossing an obstacle along an existing structure, erection of a
permanent bridge structure or a temporary, folding structure. The Polish MILORY method was
elaborated in the Bridge Department. It is used to the quick military class MLC bridge
structures determination according to the NATO standards and NATO standardisation
agreement STANAG 2021. MLC bridge structures determination is a basis for structure coding,
with the use of the signs in accordance to the NATO requirements, included in NATO
standardisation agreement STANAG 2021.
Contact Person Data
Janusz Rymsza
e-mail: jrymsza@ibdim.edu.pl
24
IMPORTANT ACHIEVEMENTS OF IBDiM
1) Project „Bridge in 3 months”
Modern technologies:
- structures,
- materials,
- assembly.
Aims of the project:
- increase of structure durability,
- costs reduction,
- reduction of bridge construction time,
- decrease of traffic disturbances,
- less hazards to the natural environment,
- worker in the safe work environment.
Innovative project: 9 patents
Contact Person Data
Janusz Rymsza
e-mail: jrymsza@ibdim.edu.pl
2) Project and implementation of the new generation of the variable
message sign
The design of the Variable Message Sign (VMS) has the following advantages:
innovative optical system eliminating the phantom effect developed and
designed in the Institute of Applied Optics,
full color front panel,
-
message displayed consisting of symbols and/or text,
excellent visibility of the sign pattern regardless of weather conditions,
easy size configuration thanks to the modular construction,
new electronic setup - CZMUDA JSC.
Innovative project: 3 patents
Contact Person Data
Leszek Kornalewski
e-mail: lkornalewski@ibdim.edu.pl
25
3) ISKIP - Intelligent Comprehensive Vehicle Identification System
The Intelligent Comprehensive Vehicle Identification System (ISKIP, Inteligentny System
Kompleksowej Identyfikacji Pojazdów) is a universal, developmentoriented system for
automatic identification of vehicles, based on parallel recognition of vehicle features such as
category (car, van, truck, bus, etc.), colour, make, type and registration number. The
recognition of all the above-mentioned vehicle features is made only on the basis of an analysis
of the vehicle's photo, with no need for physical interference with the structure and
environment of the road or other point of system operation.
The proposed concept is a solution unique in Europe and globally. There is currently no other
effectively operating system in place to enable vehicle make, model, type and colour to be
recognised. The system is based on a complex algorithm of neural networks, analytical software
and a database of about 500,000 vehicle photos.
The Intelligent Comprehensive Vehicle Identification System, ISKIP,
can be installed both in a fixed version (e.g. at border crossings,
major road junctions) and in a mobile version (e.g. on vehicles of
the Police, the Border Guard, the Road Transport Inspection
Service – ITD, and special services). The system can also be
integrated with other components of Intelligent Transport Systems,
i.e. with weigh-in-motion systems, average speed control systems,
red light violation detection systems, etc.
In Poland, the results of the project are currently being implemented at the Internal Security
Agency, the Police, the Central Bureau of Investigation and the Board Guard.
26
Project has been awarded:
 Lider ITS (Intelligent Transportation Systems) 2011 - Prize for the best research work
 Gold Medal - iENA 2011 - International Trade Fair - Ideas, Inventions, New Products
 Silver Medal, ARCA - International exhibition of novelties, new ideas, new products and
technologies, Croatia 2011
 Silver Medal - BRUSSELS INNOVA 2011 - International Fairs of Innovation, Scientific
Research and New Techniques
 Special Prize, Technopol Moscow, Russia
 Grand Prix of the Minister of Infrastructure - 2011
 Lider ITS (Intelligent Transportation Systems) 2012 - Prize for NeuroCar Red Light System
 Polish Promotional Emblem "Teraz Polska" 2012
Contact Person Data
Michał Karkowski
e-mail: mkarkowski@ibdim.edu.pl
4) AIBDiM - Active Intelligent Road and Bridge Restrain Systems
The aim of the project "Active Intelligent Road and Bridge Restrain Systems" is to develop new in the world - an active, intelligent road barrier. Its use in particularly dangerous places on the
roads, bridges and tunnels will highly increase the road safety. Implementation of the invention
for the industry production will increase the competitiveness of Polish producers and
contribute to the strengthening of cooperation between science and economy.
The main research goal of the project is to develop and implement
an universal, active, intelligent road barriers, intended to restrain
and referral the vehicle on the right track after the collision, while
maintaining safety of the vehicle occupants and other road users.
This barrier, equipped with electronics and modern design
27
solutions will, in contrast to the currently used passive protection systems, in an intelligent way,
actively regulate the level of impact energy absorption of different weight vehicles - car, bus,
truck.
Contact Person Data
Michał Karkowski
e-mail: mkarkowski@ibdim.edu.pl
5) Mixtures used for building the bottom and upper layers of road
embankments
Within the project, there has been formulated the composition of the mixture of waste
materials such as phosphogypsums and ashes. The mixture has been improved by the binder
and it can be applied in the layers of the improved road subgrade.
Neutralization of the acidic phosphogypsum, which has a very high
pH, by an alkaline material (ash), was the essence of the invention.
The developed product can be used for building roads without any
damage to the environment. It is squeezing resistant and frostproof. Its durability and ecological safety have been positively
verified in practice.
Utilization of the invention will make it possible to use 70 million
tons of phosphogypsums (in Poland) which have been obtained
through the production of the phosphoric acid and piled on slag
heaps, threatening human health and natural environment.
Inorganic Chemistry Division of the Fertilizers Research Institute in
Gliwice together with the Road and Bridge Research Institute have
been awarded with a Gold Medal for the collectively implemented
project on the 60th anniversary edition of “BRUSSELS INNOVA 2011”
International Fairs of Innovation, Scientific Research and New
Techniques. Furthermore, the team of scientists received the
SPECIAL PRIZE, Technopol Moscow, Russia.
Contact Person Data
Jadwiga Wilczek
e-mail: bowilczek@labotest.pl
28
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
ELECTROTECHNICS, ELECTRONICS,
AUTOMATION AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGIES
© vladgrin - Fotolia.com
29
ELECTROTECHNICAL INSTITUTE
(Instytut elektrotechniki)
Organisation Contact Data
28, Pożaryskiego st, 04-703, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 812 20 00
fax: +48 22 615 75 35
e-mail: iel@iel.waw.pl
http://www.iel.waw.pl/
The Electrotechnical Institute is a modern and innovative unit, which meets the
European standards when it comes to the science-research potential, performing research and
development works, as well as producing highly processed and technologically advanced
products. At present, it is one of the largest technical research institutes in Poland.
Carrying out its works, the Electrotechnical Institute operates in compliance with the sciencetechnical policy and innovative policy of the state, actively participating in the economical
development of the country. It cooperates with domestic and European bodies through the
usage of the European Union's Structural Funds, taking part in countless EU research programs
and national projects, especially in the Innovative Economy Operational Program. By
cooperating with domestic and international science centers, the Institute provides for
entrepreneurs from the electrotechnical and electric power industry a strong science-research
background, which is directed towards innovative technologies and obtaining energy from
renewable sources. The Institute strives to improve and develop its position as the leading
national research center, which operates in the united Europe, in the field of electrotechnics
and related domains. It also strives to maintain and strengthen its good image among current
and future customers.
The Electrotechnical Institute comprises two sections in Gdańsk and Wrocław, seven scienceresearch departments, experimental plant in Międzylesie near Kłodzko and four accredited
research laboratories.
30
The range of activities of the Institute includes:









electrical machines,
electric vehicles,
electrical drives,
electrical traction,
-power converters,
lighting technology and optical radiation,
measuring-diagnostic systems,
high power,
power electronics
Scientific research work, projects and design work are performed in the above areas and there
are produced single, highly processed electrical equipments in the range of testing and
certification.
The Institute operates in the EU system of conformity assessment and it is a notified unit Nr
1460 for the Low Voltage Directive (LVD) and for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). The
Institute has got the authorization of the Minister of Economy for issuing opinions on quality of
high and low voltage apparatus and electrical equipment installed and operated in Polish
enterprises producing, transmitting and using electric energy.
31
THE OFFER OF THE ELECTROTECHNICAL INSTITUTE:
BRANCHES
WROCŁAW
Research work on the following topics is being realized currently
 new technologies, materials and products aimed at energy and material saving in the
process of their production and utilization (e.g. composite isolators elastic heating
conductors, electroinsulating lacquers);
 new groups of materials, the so called advanced and smart ones;
 nanotechnologies and nanocomposites;
 new composite and ceramical materials for application in power engineering,
biotechnology and medicine;
 inconventional sources and storages of energy:
fuel cells, supercapacitos (their production technologies and application);
ecological solar power plant (conversion of solar energy into mechanical, of
mechanical into electrical energy with simultaneous storage of energy in the form of
hydrogen produced by hydrolysis of water);

utilization of strong magnetic and electrical fields in technological processes;

materials for screens of electromagnetic radiation;

electro-active materials.
Testing Laboratory Branch in Wrocław – Accreditation nr AB 067
Testing of materials and electrotechnical products such as:
 isolators and electroinsulating lacquers,
 cables and conductors and equipment for personal protection for working at high
voltage,
 materials and equipment used in electrotechnis,
 testing thermal properties of plastics,
 testing fire hazards and flammability of electrotechnical materials and plastics,
 testing resistance to corrosion of electrotechnical material lacquers and protective
covers,
 testing soft magnetic materials.
GDAŃSK
Research and development work is performed in the following domains:
 power-electronics, automation and control systems,
 electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of electrical equipment,
 miniature low and medium voltage fuses,
 complex automation of melioration pump stations.
32
The offered services include:
 Consulting and expertizes concerning electric apparatus automation systems and
electric drive,
 Services of the Testing Laboratory with a certificate of accordance with the PN-EN
ISO/IEC standard 17075:2005, accredited by PCA (Polish Accreditation Centre). The
Laboratory co-operates with DEKRA/KEMA Quality.
Testing Laboratory Branch in Gdańsk – Accreditation nr AB 607
Tests:



electrotechnical and electronic,
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC),
concerning environmental engineering of (environmental and climatic tests),
Equipment tested:

switchgear and control apparatus,

laboratory equipment, automation and apparatus for measurements,

common use equipment and similar,

welding equipment,

power electronic equipment,

equipment for information science.
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Gdansk Branch
1, Narwicka st, 80 – 557, Gdańsk, Poland
phone: +48 58 343 12 91
fax: +48 58 343 12 95
e-mail: jacek.perz@iel.gda.pl
28, Pożaryskiego st, 04-703, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 812 20 00
fax: +48 22 615 75 35
e-mail: iel@iel.waw.pl
http://www.iel.waw.pl/
33
MIĘDZYLESIE n. KŁODZKO – PILOT PLANT III
The offer includes:

composite line, screening, and stand-off isolators, reactance and bushing isolators,
made of other epoxy resins,

tubes and profiles made of epoxy glass,

electroinsulating sleeves,

tapes made of epoxy glass
In 2003, in ZD III was implemented the quality management systems acc. to ISO 9001,
certificated by TUV NORD and PCBC.
SCIENTIFIC – RESEARCH DEPARTMENTS IN WARSAW offers
Department of Electrical Drives






drive systems with ac motors,
modern control methods,
laboratory test of electrical drive systems with ac motors,
research and development work concerning energy conversion in contactless power
supply systems,
research and development work concerning renewable energy and its transmission into
the power grid,
technological consulting in the domain of design and application of drives in the
industry.
Department of Electrical Traction





design and testing of electric and electronic equipment for tration vehicles and powerelectronic drive systems,
design and testing of electrical traction machines (motors, generators, transformers,
inductors),
design and development work on energy storage,
tests for certification, attestation and testing ace. to international standards,
testing of electromagnetic compatibility and cathodic protection
Department of Electrical Machins

design of electrical machines: three-phase induction low voltage cage motors with
different efficiency classes, synchronous generators with electromagnetic and
permanent magnet excitation, magnetoelectric motors,
34

testing of electrical machines: 3-phase induction motors (voltage up to 600 V in power
ranges 0.75-200 kW at frequencies of 50 and 60 Hz), synchronous generators and special
motors.
Department of Power Converters






individual designs and execution of power-electronic systems adapted to customer’s
requirements,
testing and putting into operation of power-electronic equipment,
warranty and ofter-warranty service,
technological consultations concerning design and operation problems,
testing semiconductors and power-electronic power devices,
power supply for high power systems.
Department of Measuring and Diagnostic Systems




scientific research and development work in the range of metrology and
nondestructive testing,
design, monitoring control and diagnostics of electrical vehicles,
infrastructure of charging electrical vehicles,
impedance and optical tomography.
Department of Lighting Technology abd Optical Radiation





optical radiation (UV,VIS) – testing, technologies, consulting,
illumination-design and execution,
spectroradiometric and calorimetric testing of light sources and equipment,
special lighting equipment-developing and execution,
ultraviolet radiators and high pressure discharge lamps.
Department of High Power



work in the domain of design and execution of circuit breakers and low and medium
voltage distribution equipment in a broad range of currents,
design and execution of models of superconducting equipment,
calculations using field programs in electric equipment
Laboratories of the Electrotechnical Institute
Testing of products acc. to the EU directives is performed in laboratories accredited by the
Polish Accreditation Centre, notified in EU under Nr 1460.
35
Quality of the performed tests and calibrations is ensured due to:

staff with suitable competences,

structure based on division into specialized laboratories,

suitable infrastructure and measuring and testing equipment,

satisfying requirements of the Quality System acc. to the Standard – PN-EN ISO/IEC
17025-2005 and of the Quality Management System acc. to the Standard PN-EN ISO
9001-2009,

the system of taking part in comparisons between laboratories.
Testing Laboratory of Switchgear in Warsaw - Accreditation nr AB 074
Testing high and low voltage electric apparatus and equipment:

ac and dc switchgear, container type transformer stations,

ac and dc circuit breakers, disconnectors and disconnector sets,

high and low voltage disconnecting, earthing and short circuiting switches,

electroinsulating protection and auxiliary equipment for live operation.
Testing and Calibrating Laboratory - Accreditation nr AB 022 ans AP 102
Testing equipment and products in the range of the low voltage machine, noise, toy and
electromagnetic compatibility directive for:
 handoperated and mobile tools with electric drive,
 equipment and devices of common use,
 lighting, office and computer equipment,
 low and medium power electric machines,
 light sources for common lighting purposes and for special purposes,
Calibration of measurement apparatus in the range of electric metrology, high voltage and
photometry.
36
1) Flexible DSP/CPLD/FPGA-based Control System – Educational
Platform for Power Electronics
CPU modules
Sophisticated power electronics applications, especially new R&D projects, require increasing
speed and computing power of the control system. The CPU family must follow on the
technological trends. Continuous development and improvement are required. Actually
available are DLHF2812/R2812 CPU module and DLHF280x/280xx flexible CPU module family.
New CPU concepts are focused on advanced floating-point DSPs: TMS320F2833x (150MFLOPS),
DELFINO (300MFLOPS), TMS320C6x (2.1GFLOPS), SHARC (2.4GFLOPS). Additionally, high-speed
FPGAs (Cyclone, Stratix, Spartan, Virtex) can be used as the main processor with parallel
processing capabilities. Some of them are under development and will be available soon.
Flexible baseboard family for power electronic appplications
Flexible baseboard was designed to be easily used for the different power converter control
system configuration:
 AC/DC/AC converters, advanced AC drives
 active filters and compensators
 matrix and multilevel converters
 UPS, specialized power supplies
 traction vehicles and electric car drives
 power conditioners
Standard version of flexible baseboard is established as control system core. Extended versions
can be achieved by including on a single board additional components (e.g. optical links,
transducers) and connectors.
Educational applications
The flexible control system architecture is well suited for complex AC/DC/AC converters
topology. The mains and machine inverters can be controlled by similar, but separate
peripherial block and one DSP. This topology is used for precision sensorless drive with
bidirectional energy flow. Incremental encoder module included in diagram is for algorithm’s
performance verification only. The project is managed by research team of the Institute of
Electrical Machines, Drives and Measurements (Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland). The
flexible control system was also applied for standard 3-phase frequency converter structure
with the SiC-based power stage. Fast switching algorithms are implemented and tested by
research team of the Institute of Control and Industrial Electronics (Warsaw University of
Technology, Poland).
37
R&D applications
Supercap-based power conditioner
Supercapacitors offer new possibilities for energy storage and power conditioning applications.
Most industrial system faults were caused by short-term voltage disturbances. It is possible to
replace standard battery-based UPSs by supercaps-based power conditioners with fast
response and recovery time. Active filtering option can be also included and maintenance cost
significantly limited. The Gdansk Branch of the Electrotechnical Institute has arranged the
special R&D project of supercap-based power conditioner. Single-phase version was designed
and successfully tested. The flexible controllers are used: one board for phase invertes control,
second board for DC-DC conversion support.
Multilevel current inverter
Multilevel current inverter analysis and control algorithm development was proposed as a new
Ph.D. project accepted by Scientific Board of the Electrotechnical Institute. The experimental
setup includes flexible control system.
Industrial applications
Electric Traction Dept. of the Electrotechnical Institute is specialized in development and
applications of electric and electronic solutions dedicated for electric traction vehicles (electric
locomotives, integrated electric trains, trams, trolleybuses). The flexible control system was
adapted and successfully applied as DC drives upgrade to replace traditional motion controller
by high-voltage (6.5kV) IGBT chopper – based controller. Four metropolitan trains EN-57 was
equipped with upgraded DC drives and general control/monitoring solutions in 2007.
Current developments are focused on new design of motion control, diagnostics and power
supply systems dedicated for heavy electric locomotive (6ACT) prototype. It features 6-axis
motion system with asynchronous motors of 5MW total power. The flexible control system was
also used in this project and high-voltage DC-DC supplies for traction vehicles power supply
systems.
The presented flexible DSP/CPLD/FPGA-based control system was set as a standard
development platform for all branches of the Electrotechnical Institute (Poland) involved in
power electronics applications: Electric Traction and High Power Converters Dept., Electric
Drives Dept. and the Gdansk Branch.
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Division of Electrotechnology and Material
Science
55/61, M. Curie Skłodowskiej st, 50 - 369 ,
Wrocław, Poland
phone: +48 71 328 30 61
fax: +48 71 328 25 51
e-mail: pasciak@iel.wroc.pl
38
2) Anisotropic Nd–Fe–B magnets aligned by hot deformation
The subject of the invention was the method of fabrication of anisotropic high energetic Nd–
Fe–B magnets.
In the result of the invention, optimal technological parameters of production process had been
established and device to realize the process had been build.
The method of the fabrication contains hot densification of Nd–Fe–B powder followed by hot
deformation. The hot densification process yields isotropic magnet (soft–product, precursor)
while hot deformation generates texture in the processed material and anisotropic properties
of the magnet.
The invention allowed to produce anisotropic Nd–Fe–B magnets with the following properties:
remanence Jr = 1,41 T, coercivity JHc = 780 kA/m, energy product (BH)max = 395 kJ/m3. Such
result, for standard raw material: MQP–A powder, applied in the experiment, had never been
received before.
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Department of Electric Machines
28, Pożaryskiego st, 04-703, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 812 30 20
fax: +48 22 812 12 46
39
3) Synchronous Eco-Generator for Devices Cooperated with
Renewable Energy Sources
Synchronous Eco-Generator with permanent magnets is developed in Electrotechnical Institute
in Warsaw (Poland). It has rated power 1 kW, rated voltage 3x53 V, rated speed 100 RPM and
weight 50 kg. This generator is designed for devices that cooperate with renewable energy
sources such as wind and water. Because of low rated speed it perfectly suits for direct drive
(without mechanical gear) by winter or water turbine. Additionally, low voltage gets up the
operational safety. Because of using innovative construction solutions the generator stands
out from similar devices on the market of lower weight (about 50 %) with the same energetic
parameters. Lower weight has a big significance when the generator has to be placed on the
top of mast (in case of wind turbine) or on the swimming platform (in case of swimming water
turbine).
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Gdansk Branch
1, Narwicka st, 80 – 557, Gdańsk, Poland
phone: +48 58 343 12 91
fax: +48 58 343 12 95
e-mail: jacek.perz@iel.gda.pl
40
4) Compensator of voltage sags and short time interruptions of
voltage at power grid with an energy storage implemented as battery
of high-voltage stacked supercapacitors.
A purpose of the compensator is riding through short time voltage sags and
interruptions at public power grid. It is estimated that 90 % of grid disturbances are provoked
by voltage sags and interruptions of duration less than one second. Even such interruptions of
power supply cause significant losses of manufacturing process and disturb operations of
information systems.
The compensator is continuously monitoring the voltage of the grid. After detecting a
voltage sag or interruption a load is disconnected from grid power supply. At the same time a
sinusoidal voltage generator (implemented as cascade DC/AC converter) is started. The
converter generates supplying voltage using electric energy stored in supercapacitors. The
compensator assures the required level of nominal amplitude and phase which are in
conformity with parameters of the grid.
When the nominal voltage occurs again at the grid, the load is back connected to the grid and
the sinusoidal voltage generator is switched off.
The time when the compensator is on stand-by is used to charge the supercapacitors.
Specific features:

the energy storage is implemented as a high-voltage device built of stacked
supercapacitors, which do not contain toxic electrolyte,

the compensator includes DC/AC converters based on a novel structure of cascade
inverters,

the device enables synchronous compensation in one-phase and 3-phase system with
independent compensation of each phase,

the control is performed by three independent microprocessor-boards based on DSP
(Digital Signal Processors).
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Division of Electrotechnology and Material
Science
55/61, M. Curie Skłodowskiej st, 50 - 369 ,
Wrocław, Poland
phone: +48 71 328 30 61
fax: +48 71 328 25 51
e-mail: pasciak@iel.wroc.pl
41
5) Novel design and technological process of surge arrester
The invention relates to new construction and technology of surge arrester, allowing for
lower production costs to a level that guarantees a competitive price.
Medium voltage surge arresters are designed primarily to protect the insulation, responsible
substation power equipment such as transformers with rated voltage of several to tens of
kilovolts. Overhead surge arresters for voltages above 1 kV consist of a few to several varistors
stacked in piles, which require special housings. They are used mostly internal housing made in
the form of pipes, loops and glass-epoxy rods or varistor stacks directly wrapped with tissue or
fiberglass impregnated with epoxy resin. These internal housing of varistor stacks determine a
good electrical contact between the varistors and the mechanical strength of the surge
arresters. Active element - varistors stack with internal housing is placed in a sealed external
housing that protects it from the effects of weathering. Overhead surge arresters performed
most often in the porcelain or polymer external housings. So far, structural solution used
productively surge arresters involves the use of glass-epoxy pipe, which are placed in varistors
and elements attached to the pipe by dowelling. Electrical contact is accomplished by pressure
springs tows and flexible cables with copper links. This solution is labor-intensive assembly and
construction requires the use of multiple components, which adversely affects the cost of
materials and labor.
The Electrotechnical Institute Division of Electrotechnology and Materials Science in
Wroclaw, together with APATOR SA enterprise from Torun, preliminary developed the
technology of the internal housing of surge arrester, which ensures lower production costs.
From the technological point of view, developed the concept based on a common processing
thermoplastics technological phenomenon of shrinkage. The thermoplastic material is directly
injected onto the stack and shrinkage of the material ensures good electrical contact between
the varistors and adequate strength of surge arrester.
Patent application nr P-387216 “Over–voltage limiter and a method of producing the
overvoltage limiter”
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Department of Electronic Traction
28, Pożaryskiego st, 04-703, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 812 33 00
fax: +48 22 615 68 70
e-mail: e.bramson@iel.waw.pl
42
6) The stationary supercapacitor storage system 2MJ, 0.15MW
Supercapacitor energy storages which booster traction power supply system can be installed on
traction substations or at long no-load run routes in special containers.
Energy storages installed on substations should comply with the requirements specified below:

Decreased value of the peak current input to traction vehicles from substations;

Capture of a considerable (40 – 50%) part of energy to be returned to the contact line
for the period of braking;

Reduction in line voltage fluctuations.
Energy storages installed on long no-load run routes must:

Reduce the values of line voltage drop for the period of intensive current consumption
by the vehicles for the start-up phase;

Capture the entire vehicle braking energy;

Reduce the load on power units and traction sub-stations.
Installation of supercapacitor energy storages featuring useful energy of ~2MJ (10F,
800V) ensures the economies of about 50KWh electric energy per one hour.
Electrotechnical Institute has designed a supercapacitor energy storage system to be mounted
in a container and is testing the model on a selected tramway line in Elbląg.
In the case of sub-stations, the energy storage may be designed as a modular model
with its units adapted to the sub-station power capacity. Production of a double-module (2x10F,
800V) system for Gdynia-based sub-station is in progress.
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Division of Electrotechnology and Material
Science
55/61, M. Curie Skłodowskiej st, 50 - 369 ,
Wrocław, Poland
phone: +48 71 328 30 61
fax: +48 71 328 25 51
e-mail: pasciak@iel.wroc.pl
]
43
7) A device for magnetic properties measurements of soft magnetic
materials by means of a non-destructive method
This invention relates to a device for measuring the magnetic properties of punched parts
magnetic materials by means of a non-destructive method. The device is based on on the
tangent component continuity of the magnetic field strength on the border of ferromagnetic
material-air as well as on the magnetic flux continuity on the contact of the magnetizing circuitexamined object. The values of magnetic parameters of electrical steel sheets, which are
obtained by means of measurements carried out in the standard yokes (i.e. Epstein apparatus
or SST as well as a ring sample), differ significantly from values of the obtained parameters for
ready magnetic cores of machines and devices. They do not take into consideration the
processes which take place during the steel processing method and the shape used, for
example, in the rotating machine. During the production of the final product, magnetic cores
undergo various technological processes such as punching, stacking, riveting, etc. This influence
can be different depending on the method of processing and the steel type as well as on the
efficient cross-section of the magnetic core. Using a specially designed measuring yoke allows
to control the quality of magnetic materials such as blanks electrical sheets at each stage of
production of electric machines or electromagnetic devices, without the need for special
sample preparation of tested material, which saves time and material.
Contact Person Data
Electrotechnical Institute ,
Division of Electrotechnology and Material
Science
55/61, M. Curie Skłodowskiej st, 50 - 369 ,
Wrocław, Poland
phone: +48 71 328 30 61
fax: +48 71 328 25 51
e-mail: pasciak@iel.wroc.pl
44
8) Ecological Solar Power Station
The aim of the European energy strategy is to help create a unified energy policy, guaranteeing
the security of energy supplies. Brussels pays attention to climate change. It proposes that by
2020, one-fifth of the consumed energy will be from renewable sources - water, wind and sun.
The European Commission aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and thus protect the
environment. In 2007 EC published a special report in which it has proposed to reduce carbon
dioxide production in Europe by at least 20 percent by 2020.
The solution requires the increase of clean energy production - at the end of the second decade
of our century, wind, solar and water should be utilized in production a one-fifth of EU
electrical energy.
Electrotechnical Institute has started realization of this assumptions, it designed and built a
prototype organic solar power station (several kW) enough for a supply house or a small public
building.
Processing of the usable solar energy takes place in the solar thermal and photovoltaic panels.
The heat generated in the collectors can be converted into electricity. One way to convert low
and medium temperature heat to electricity is the use of organic Rankine cycles (ORC). Surplus
of heat energy, obtained in solar collectors and heat at a temperature too low to power the
ORC system can be used, for example, to prepare hot water for municipal and economic.
In the model system, powered by heat from the vacuum solar collectors, supplying
approximately 20 kW of heat (the temperature in the evaporator circuit about 100 °C),
operates a power generator 1.5 kWel. Electricity for supply own system elements: power
control system, pumps, fans, etc. - is obtained from photovoltaic cells. Excess electricity from
photovoltaic cells and ORC can be used to produce hydrogen in the electrolyser. Hydrogen
stored in the composite, pressure vessels (designed and performed at the Institute) allows for
storage of energy for a long time and can be used to produce electricity in fuel cells (our design).
An alternative way of electricity storage is hybrid systems: chemical battery - supercapacitor,
which is currently being developed in Wroclaw.
45
INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE FOR
AUTOMATION AND MEASUREMENTS
(Przemysłowy Instytut Automatyki i Pomiarów)
Organisation Contact Data
202, Jerozolimskie st, 02 – 488 Warsaw, Poland
phone: (+48) 22 8740 164
fax: +48 22 8740 221
e – mail: piap@piap.pl
http://www.piap.pl/en/
Industrial Research Institute for Automation and Measurements - PIAP is a leading Polish
research institute, active in the fields of robotics, automation and measurements systems. PIAP
was established as a government-owned research institute in 1965.
Products
PIAP offers research and development works in systems integration and special products,
covering design, realisation, start-up, implementation, maintenance and training activities. For
many years we design and develop technologically advanced electronic and mechanical
systems, dedicated to military and police applications as well as for industry. Our mobile robots
and specialised devices are successfully used by various forces responsible for safety and
security (Police, Polish Army, Border Guards). As a reliable partner, PIAP delivers applications
bases on industrial robots and as a specialist in measurement area, offers the electronic
tachograph for rail vehicles.
Projects
The Institute is very active in realisation and coordination of international and national multipartner projects. Currently, we execute and coordinate about 20 international research projects.
We have a well established European cooperation also within NATO, EDA and ESA research
programmes, as well as with US and Israeli partners.
Certificates
ISO 9001:2009, AQAP 2110:2009. The Institute is certified with Industrial Security Clearance of
First Class, and it is prepared to handle EU SECRET and NATO SECRET classified materials.
Fields of activity and applications
Specialised internal unit - Intelligent Defence and Security Systems Department - is focused on
creation of a wide spectrum of devices and systems dedicated to various applications, including:
C-IED and EOD operations, border and infrastructure protection, convoys and patrols escort,
46
reconnaissance and remote observation, surveillance and patrolling, crisis management, SAR
operations. As a automation institute we cooperate with companies on the field of automation
and robotization.
Technologies
Many years of work over the research projects and specialised products development allowed
us to build a wide range of competencies, supported by vast experience, which cover: robots
constructions of a high mobility, HMI and MMI, data transmission, including satellite
communications, tele-operation and control systems, environment recognition, manipulation
and gripping, autonomy, data processing and analysis. Our long-term experience and vast
network of partners allows us to create and implement complex system solutions in the
security area. We are one of the main suppliers for: army, police, fire brigades, other forces
responsible for public security, crisis management and civil protection.
DESCRIPTION OF PIAP’S PROJECTS
PIAP carries out many international projects
Crisis Management
 PROTEUS „ Integrated Mobile System for Crisis Management and Counterterrorism
Support”, structural funds
IED/EOD
 UGTV - „Unmanned Ground Tactical Vehicle”, EDA (national consortium’s coordinator)
 E-STAR – “Explosive detection-Spectroscopy, Terahertz technology And Radar”, EDA
 Autonomous detection system for neutralisation of non-metal landmines, national
funds
SAR
 SARBACAN – “SAR BeAcon with CANada”, FP7 GSA
 VIEW FINDER - “Vision and Chemiresistor Equipped Web-connected Finding Robots”,
FP6
Dedicated data processing and analysis systems
 MICIE – “Tool for systemic risk analysis and secure mediation of data ex-changed across
linked CI information infrastructures”, FP7
 HEMOLIA – “Hybrid Enhanced Money Laundering Intelligence, Investigation,
Incrimination and Alerts”, FP7
Satellite applications
 SAFETRIP – “Satellite Applications For Emergency handling, Traffic alerts, Road safety
and Incident Prevention”, FP7
 IEGLO – “Infrastructure-Augmented EGNOS/Galileo Receiver for personal mobility”, FP7
GSA
47

PACIFIC – “Public Regulated Services Application Concept Involving Future Interested
Customers”, FP6 GJU
Soldier protection
 MUSAS – “Multi Sensor Anti-Sniper System”, EDA
 AHEAD – “Advanced HElmet And Devices for Individual Force Protection”, EDA
 CARDINAL – “CApability study to investigate the essential man-machine Relationship for
improved Decision making IN urbAn miLitary operations”, EDA
Border and critical infrastructure protection
 TALOS - „Transportable Autonomous patrol for Land bOrder Surveillance”, FP7
(koordynator)
 STABORSEC - “Standards for Border Security Enhancement”, FP6 PASR
 TRIPS - “Transport Infrastructures Protection System”, FP6
Reconnaissance
 „Secret audiovisual observation vehicle”– DALILA”, national funds
 „UAV management in uncontrolled aerial space – technical, organisational and legal
aspects”, national funds
DESCRIPTION OF PIAP’S MEASUREMENT DEVICES
PIAP is a producer one of the best known electronic tachograph for rail-vehicles
in the eastern Europe
The electronic tachograph T-130P measures and registers speed of a rail vehicle, current time
and the distance covered by the vehicle and registers two-state signals sent from the vehicle
devices and mechanisms (e.g. dead-man.s handle, SHP, door closing and others). Moreover, the
tachograph can generate signals of exceeding de-fined speeds.
The T-130P tachograph consists of a central processing unit, a speed converter that is mounted
on the wheel hub and cab speed indicators installed in the driver field of vision.
All information is registered in a continuous way in an electronic memory card (EMC).
SYSTEM ELEMENTS
The tachograph central processing unit receives all information from the vehicle, i.e. a speed
signal, two-state signals and information from the keyboard and produces a digital signal for
control of the cab speed indicators, and two-state signals, e.g. signalling of exceeding
established threshold speeds for systems control.
Some functions e.g. change of the wheel coefficient, change of threshold speeds, clearing of the
distance meter are reserved only for service personnel and are not accessible for driver.
Each switching off of the EMC card or switching off of the tachograph supply is marked on the
graph after reading out of the record. The EMC card makes it possible to record of 75 hours of
operation.
The speed converter that is mounted to the vehicle hub produces pulses for control of the
distance speed measurement. The converter is adapted to cooperation with central dog and
48
eccentric one to couple with the wheel axle. The way of mounting and coupling with the axle
can be adapted to the buyers needs and is adapted to rugged operating conditions that are in
the place of its installation (heavy vibrations and impacts, weather conditions).
The cab speed indicator shows the vehicle current speed and is installed in the con-sole, in the
drivers field of view. It is equipped with a legible scale of readout range adapted to the vehicle
type.
Information recorded in the EMC memory can be read out by means of PC equipped with
program and interface for connecting to the EMC.
Speed measuring range
0 ÷ 130 [km/h]
Nominal supply voltage
24V; 110 DC or other agreed
Admissible range of supply voltages
16 ÷ 36V (for voltage
60 ÷ 160V (for voltage of 110V)
Vehicle wheels nominal diameter
Adjusted in service mode
Distance meter indication range
4 000 000km
Number of registered signals
8
Number of output signals
maximum 7
of
24V)
Signal for control of station announcement Pulse, 2 pulses/wheel rotation
device
EMC card capacity
Registration of 75h of operation
Full card signalling
Full card signalled by electric contact > 65
hours.
Record registration resolution in function of time 1s
Record registration resolution in function of 1m
distance
Speed registration error
± 1km/h
49
DESCRIPTION OF PIAP’S AUTOMATION AND INDUSTRIAL ROBOTS
PIAP as a reliable and professional partner for every kind of companies which needs
automation and robotics into their production activity
Industrial robots – safety and precision for processes, rise in efficiency and quality stabilization.
PIAP gives more than 30 years of experience in robotics area to the partners. We are specialist
and we can be helpful for upgrading every kind of producers.
Robotization and automation including:
- analyzing abilities for robotization and automation,
- selection the best products for implementation,
- project and implementation robotics cells,
- training for robot operators.

Industrial robots for welding – it doesn’t matter, whether it is steel, or aluminum, or any
other type of material (possible to weld), we are able to create a cell for welding them.
There are only two conditions: a high quality details and their quite big number. We can
deliver cell for welding that products.

Industrial robots for palletizing – almost every kind of product, into every kind of
production field, into a vast variety of conditions can be transporter by robots. Dust,
high or very low temperatures, humidity could create difficult environment for working
people. Robotics cells from PIAP are for helping into actions like that. The highest quality
of the process gives the company advantage into delivering its products on the
demanding market.

Others – any kind of activities, where people are doing repeatable moves are perfect for
automation, or for using robots. Dust, humidity, temperatures, gases, fumes etc. are
danger for workers, but after preparation, are neutral for robots and other types of
automation.
50
DESCRIPTION OF PIAP’S MOBILE ROBOTS
1) PIAP INSPECTOR ROBOT
Inspector is a big and strong robot designed for urban operations.
Unique features of INSPECTOR robot







The INSPECTOR can tow vehicles left in any gear of a mass of up to 1500 kg.
Front tracks (remote control of tilt angle) increase traction abilities, longitudinal
stability and enable smooth motion on stairs, as well as highly uneven terrain.
The manipulator is able to lift 30 kg on extended arms and 60 kg on folded arms.
The turn of the manipulator’s base amounts as much as 400º.
Constant spatial orientation of the object placed in the gripper, irrespective of the
movement of other manipulator arms, enables precision manipulation of hazardous
devices.
Control system of the robot enables to control all of its drives at the same time.
A program for automatic folding of the manipulator down to a transport position
speeds up and makes easier preparing the robot for transport
Basic features of INSPECTOR robot

Width of the mobile base enables to drive through standard doors (70 cm) and to
move around the interiors of residential and office buildings.

The robot is powered by batteries installed inside the mobile platform or through a
cable plugged into the 230V power network.

The maximum operation time when powered by batteries is 2 to 8 hours (depending
on the operations).

During the external power supply (by cable) the batteries are automatically recharged.

INSPECTOR is equipped with 4 cameras: on the gripper, in back and front of the robot
and on the manipulator (the main camera which may be turned completely around by
360° and 90° up and down).

Special driving system reduces recoil effect when firing the pyrotechnical disrupter or
in case of explosion of the load placed in the gripping device or its vicinity.

The manipulator is equipped with:
manipulator arms extreme position sensors,
position sensors in main manipulator’s degrees of freedom,
gripping force sensor,
sockets for fixing of so-called ‘whiskers’ on the gripper’s master jaw (for visual
estimation of distance),
an omni directional microphone.
51


The operator’s post is equipped with three LCD monitors, which show, apart from
the view from chosen camera, a graphic interpretation of the manipulator arm and
front tracks configuration.
Robot can be controlled by radio or by cable.
52
2) PIAP EXPERT ROBOT
Expert- robot designed for missions inside the means of transportation.
Unique features of EXPERT robot








EXPERT’s construction combines two unique features: manoeuvrability in tight places
achieved thanks to the mobile platform’s small size as well as broad range and high
load capacity of the manipulator.
Front tracks (with remote controlled tilt angle) ensure stability of the structure when
negotiating obstacles and climbing stairs.
Unfoldable lateral stabilizers enable secure fixing of the mobile platform, which allows
safe lifting of considerable loads and precise operation of the manipulator even during
maximum lateral reach of its arm. Stabilizers can be dismounted to reduce the robot’s
by 8 cm.
Maximum reach is 3 meters (including the gripping device). Exceptional length of the
upper arm allows inspection of spaces both at the level of hand luggage overhead
lockers and under passenger seats.
EXPERT is equipped with 6 cameras. Four colour cameras are placed respectively on
the gripper, at the back and front of the robot and on the manipulator (main camera
which can make a 360° turn and move 90° up and down). Additionally, two colour
cameras are placed on the sides of the front tracks, these enable inspection of areas
such as places under seats.
Control system of the robot enables to control all of its drives at the same time.
Self-diagnostic system constantly scans for potential faults and shows special warnings
on the supplementary LCD screen.
Most cables are led inside the robot’s manipulator, which reduces the risk of damage.
Basic features of EXPERT robot




-
The mobile platform’s maximum velocity of 2 km/h allows quick displacement in areas
such as an extensive safety zone around an aircraft.
Fluent control of all drives, from 0 to maximum speed, ensures high precision of
operation. It is possible to reduce maximum velocity thus allowing greater precision of
operation (after pressing the appropriate button, maximum velocity is reduced to 20%).
Special manipulating driving system reduces recoil effect during firing from the
pyrotechnical disrupter or upon explosion of a load carried in the gripping device or its
vicinity.
The manipulator is equipped with:
manipulator arm’s extreme position sensors,
53
-
manipulator’s main degrees of freedom position sensors,
gripping force sensor,
sockets to fix the so-called ‘whiskers’ on the gripper’s master jaw (for visual estimation
of distance),
an omnidirectional microphone.
54
3) PIAP SCOUT ROBOT
PIAP SCOUT is a robot designed for quick reconnaissance of field and hard-to-access spots, i.e.
vehicles’ chassis, places under seats in means of transportation, narrow rooms or ventilation
ducts.
The PIAP SCOUT robot’s basic moving assembly consists of a hybrid system (tracks-wheels), but
if necessary, moving wheels can be dismantled.
Solid construction combined with small dimensions and light weight as well as a dynamic
driving system ensure remarkable manoeuvrability and high speed of the robot (7 km/hr).
By mounting additional devices to the robot’s mobile base, its scope of application is
significantly broadened.
Unique features of PIAP SCOUT robot

Small dimensions of the robot enable swift inspections of hard to reach areas and
rooms;

The robot’s wheels are easy to dismantle. This allows for a reduction of the robot’s
overall dimensions and enables operation in spaces that are hard to reach;

Very small weight enables transportation of the robot in a typical military backpack;

Thanks to its specific drives, the robot efficiently travels across uneven areas and
obstacles of inclination angle up to 45º;

The robot’s module structure enables easy and swift replacement of any additional
equipment;

The robot is able to carry loads from 2 up to 5 kg with its manipulator;

Both the robot and the manipulator can be controlled from the operator’s station (in
a form of a small and light-weight suitcase);

Optional use of fibre-optic transmission enables the robot to operate at significant
distances, even in an environment of high electromagnetic noise level;

PIAP SCOUT robot can be adapted to various applications:
- use by special squads: neutralization of explosives, negotiations with terrorists, recording
of operation course, taking X-ray images,
- use by commercial firms: inspection of ventilation ducts, inspection of areas exposed to
chemical and biological pollution, location of defects in places difficult to access by a
man.
55
4) PIAP IBIS ROBOT
IBIS is a robot for pyrotechnic and combat missions.
It is designed especially for operations in difficult and diverse terrain (including sand, rocks).
High speed of the robot enables taking dynamic actions. Robot’s manipulator provide big range
of activities and applications. Precision drive system gives fluidity of the movement of every
part of the robot, even during fast ride.
Unique features of IBIS robot











High speed of the robot (10 km/h),
Mobile platform with six-wheel drive,
Each wheel is powered with independent drive,
Longitudinal axis of front wheels is able to turn in wide range,
Wheel arms used in robot’s suspension, provide very good grip to the ground,
High load capacity of the robot’s arm (15 kg – unfolded arm, 50 kg - folded arm),
The range of manipulator with gripper is over 3 m.
Possibility of robot control by fibre optic cable.
Robot’s control system enables independent and simultaneous steering of its every
drive.
Auto diagnostic system detects all faults and projects text announcements on the LCD
monitor.
The robot is compatible with different additional equipment: pyrotechnical disrupters,
chemical and radioactive contamination sensors, bus bar for remote detonation of
explosives, barbed wire cutters, drills, recording devices and many others.
Basic features of IBIS robot




The manipulator can be controlled in two modes: independent control of each
segment, direct control of the gripper (the speed of movement of the manipulator’s
remaining segments is controlled automatically).
The manipulator is protected from damage by 3 independent systems: mechanic
clutches, electronic protection, dynamic analysis of allowed movement range.
The robot is equipped with 4 cameras: front camera: colour/infrared; powerful LED
lamps, rear camera: colour/infrared; powerful LED lamps, gripper camera: colour; LED
lamp, main camera: colour or thermo vision; powerful LED lamps; vertical and
horizontal rotation.
Fluid control of each driver speed (from 0 to maximum) provides precisions of the
operation. There is also a possibility of reduction maximum speed of all drives
56









movements, which gives more precision to all activities (after pressing appropriate
button maximum movements speed can be reduced to 20 %).
Special manipulator’s drive system is minimizing the result of recoil, during shooting
from pyrotechnical disrupter or explosion of item carried in the gripper
The manipulator is equipped with:
Manipulator’s arms extreme position sensors,
position sensors in main manipulator’s degrees of freedom,
gripping force sensor,
sockets for fixing of so-called ‘whiskers’ on the gripper’s master jaw (for visual
estimation of distance),
an omni-directional microphone.
The robot is powered by the batteries inside the mobile base.
Time of the operation when powered by batteries is up to 8 hours (it depends on the
kind of carried out activities).
Convertible, suitcase-like shape operator’s post is mechanical damages resistant.
The operator’s post is equipped with colour LCD monitor, which shows the view from
one chosen camera or 4 cameras at the same time; additional LCD monitor shows
graphic interpretation of the manipulator’s arm and data from robot’s sensors.
Fibre optic cable with rolling device, using interchangeably with radio control, is very
light and tough.
Advanced negotiation system (an option).
The robot is easily adaptable for cooperation with wide range of additional devices,
offered by PIAP or adapted to the Client’s needs.
57
5) PIAP GRYF ROBOT
PIAP GRYF is a robot designed for quick reconnaissance of field and places difficult to access.
PIAP GRYF robot’s basic moving assembly consists of a hybrid caterpillars-wheels running gear.
However, moving wheels can be dismantled when necessary.
Solid construction combined with small dimensions and light weight as well as a dynamic
driving system ensure very good manoeuvrability and high speed of the robot (3.6 km/h).
Unique features of PIAP GRYF robot








Small dimensions of the robot enable swift inspections of hard to reach areas and
rooms;
The manipulator has seven degrees of freedom (including one manual telescopic part
of the arm);
The robot’s wheels are easy to dismantle. This allows for a reduction of the robot’s
overall dimensions and enables operation in spaces that are hard to reach;
Thanks to its specific drives, the robot efficiently travels across uneven areas and
obstacles of inclination angle up to 40º;
The robot’s module structure enables easy and swift replacement of any additional
equipment;
The robot is able to carry loads from 5 up to 15 kg with its manipulator;
Both the robot and the manipulator can be controlled from the operator’s station (in
a form of a small and light-weight suitcase);
Optional use of fibre-optic transmission enables the robot to operate at significant
distances, even in an environment of high electromagnetic noise level;
58
6) PIAP TRM® (Tactical Throwable Robot)
TRM® is a small, robotic device designed to deliver support in antiterrorist operations. TRM®
has been designed in response to the threats faced by special forces units during area
reconnaissance.
TRM® has a pipe-shaped body which contains a camera and a microphone. The drive function is
operated by two elastic rubber wheels located on each side of the robot.
The TRM® can be thrown into a building or to an open area and steered by remote control in
order to perform an inspection. TRM®’s construction is designed to withstand the impact
produced by a fall from a high altitude.
TRM® applies to:






open area or interior inspection and reconnaissance before an operation,
tele-observation
possibility to transmit sounds produced in the robot’s immediate area,
possibility to work in different light conditions,
possibility to cast light on targets and dangerous objects,
support in locating defects of objects placed in hard-to-reach spaces.
Unique features of TRM®







Intended application of TRM® significantly reduces the risk of threat to the life and
health of its users;
Owing to its durable construction (fall from significant height, journey in rough area),
high manoeuvrability and fast speed (3.3 km/h), TRM® is a reliable device supporting
even the most difficult operations;
The camera placed in the body of TRM® enables to carry out area reconnaissance with
precision;
The microphone placed in TRM®‘s body enables to carry out remote eavesdropping;
Its small size, light weight, handiness and capaciousness facilitate transportation of
the unit to the operation site;
Control panel enables to steer a set of up to 3 robots and operate their additional
equipment;
The user can operate between 1 and 3 devices simultaneously. This way it is possible
to obtain several vantage points and carry out reconnaissance of a vaster area or of
a higher number of rooms.
59
7) PIAP EXPLORER DEVICE
EXPLORER device.
Remote viewing system especially designed for visual inspection of difficult to reach and high
risk, tight spaces, vehicles and suspicious packages.
Explorer is a camera with set of different length telescope extension arms, which makes an
inspection of difficult to reach and tight spaces extremely easy.
This device have a wide range of use: an inspection of difficult to reach and high risk tight
spaces, vehicles and suspicious packages, protection and object inspection and support of
counter-terrorist operations.
Thanks to set of different length telescopic booms, the device is also limiting a danger of health
and live loss.
The view from camera is sending to monitor in module of visualization, which is placed in
special waistcoat. This solution gives an opportunity to operator easily move during the time of
action.
An operation after dusk can be easily leaded with using a LED or IR lights.
Explorer device gives a possibility of connecting a digital video recorder, which is sending view
to other receivers.
After separating an inspection camera, a monitor of visualisation module can be use to perform
view that has been recorded before.
Explorer is powered by service-free Li-Ion rechargeable battery, integrated with module of
visualization. Special joint in module of visualization makes easy changing of batteries.
Unit standard equipment
Telescopic booms:
1. Telescope extension arm, continuously adjustable from 0.70 m to 1.70 m.
2. Long, straight telescope extension arm – 4 m.
3. Folding telescope extension arm continuously adjustable to 4,10 m.
4. Light telescope extension arm, continuously adjustable from 0,40 to 1,65 m.
Cameras:
1. Remote controlled inspection color camera rotating by at least 250° with powerful LED
illuminators.
An incorporated socket in the camera to quickly connect the camera to the telescope
extension arm. Camera with standard lens makes possible an object observation for
very far distances.
60
2. Waterproof black and white or color camera with IR illuminators (according to intensity
of light camera is switching on automatically). The camera is integrated with chosen
telescope extension arm.
Visualization module:
1.LCD panel,
2.Sunscreen,
3.Power switch,
4.Camera illuminator switch,
5.Monitor brightness knob,
6.Camera motion control knob,
7.LED signaling the camera ON,
8.LED bar graph array to indicate battery charge level.
Additional accessories:
1. A mobile wheel support, which guarantees telescopic arm’s stability and make easy
difficult to reach spaces (especially car chassis),
2. A digital video camera for recording view from eXplorer,
3. Additional lenses (f=2,5; 2,9; 3,6; 4,0; 4,3; 6,0; 8,0)
61
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRON TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Technologii Elektronowej)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
32/46, Lotników st, 02 – 668, Warsaw,
Poland
Director of the Institute: Zbigniew Poznański,
M.Sc.
phone: +48 22 5487700
http://www.ite.waw.pl/en/index.php
phone: +48 22 5487700/01
e – mail: dyrektor@ite.waw.pl
The Institute of Electron Technology was established in 1966 and is now overseen by the
Ministry of Economy. It is the leading Polish institute in the fields of micro- and nanoelectronics and photonics.
The mission of the Institute is to conduct basic and applied research in the fields of
semiconductor electronics and physics in order to develop and commercialise innovative microand nanotechnologies and their applications in semiconductor microelectronics,
optoelectronics, photonics and micromechanics.
The Institute of Electron Technology is located in Warsaw. It comprises divisions in Piaseczno
and Kraków, and Division PREDOM in Warsaw. The research part of the Institute consists of 8
departments. The Institute employs over 330 people, including 7 Professors, 12 Doctors of
Science, and 48 Doctors of Philosophy specialising in electronics, physics, chemistry and
material engineering.
ITE cooperates with higher education institutions and the Polish Academy of Sciences, and
industrial enterprises both in Poland and abroad. The leading position of ITE in the area of
advanced micro- and nanotechnology is the result of innovative research activities and their
application in the following areas:






optoelectronic detectors and sources of radiation,
nuclear radiation detectors,
silicon sensors of physical, chemical and biochemical quantities for interdisciplinary
applications,
semiconductor lasers, advanced lasers with resonant cavity type VCSEL,
micro- and nanoprobes for measurements of short- range interactions,
analog and digital specific integrated circuits type ASIC.
The Institute is continuously strengthening its position in the European Research Area by
participating in numerous EU research programmes. So far it has participated in almost 40
projects, facing strong international competition, (5th, 6th and 7th Framework Programme, JU
62
ENIAC, Eureka, including three prestigious Integrated Projects).In the past five years, nearly 600
articles authored or co-authored by the researchers of the Institute have been published, and
over 70 patents have been granted. One of the important development activities of the
Institute is to create favourable conditions for research and development focused on industrial
implementation in cooperation with domestic academic community, including higher education
institutions. In order to achieve these goals, the following research centres were established:
the Centre of Microsystems and Electronic Nanotechonologies, the Centre of Nanophotonics
and the Laboratory of Multilayered and Ceramic Technologies. These research centres will
enable academic institutions (i.e. students and doctoral students) to conduct research, do a
traineeship, produce models together with their characterisation, and develop technology and
devices in cooperation with and for the needs of industry.
63
RESEARCH ACTIVITY
1. New materials and technologies
1.1. Silicon technologies, microsystems and nanostructures



development of ASIC technologies for niche applications (FD-SOI, fin-FET and other);
silicon sensors and nano- and micro-mechanical systems MEMS/NEMSI and bio-MEMS
to be used in interdisciplinary areas;
specialised silicon detectors of ionising and x-ray radiation as well as detector systems
for radiochemistry and other applications.
1.2. Circuit and system design




methodology of designing integrated circuits and single-chip systems;
designing of reusable digital blocks (reusable IP blocks );
designing of specialised IC - digital, analogue and mixed, i.a. high-voltage specialised
circuits;
integration of heterogeneous systems of a cubic architecture.
1.3. Photonics








new radiation sources in the area of near- and middle infrared based on III-V
compounds:
high power semiconductor lasers;
optically pumped vertical cavity lasers (VECSELs);
quantum cascade lasers (QCLs);
infrared detectors based on II-V compounds:
p-i-n diodes;
avalanche photodiodes;
type II superlattice antimonide detectors.
1.4. Semiconductor technologies of III-V, II-VI and IV-IV compounds


development of MBE technology for epitaxial growth of III-V semiconductor heterostructures;
processing of III-V, II-VI and IV-IV semiconductor structures for IR, VIS and near-UV
optoelectronics
and
high-frequency
high-power,
and
high-temperature
microelectronics.
1.5. Hybrid microelectronics

study and development of technological processes for forming thick film hybrid
microcircuits, multi-layered microcircuits LTCC, ceramic and polymer-carbon-metallic
composites;
64


synthesis, characterisation and verification of the usability of selected materials, such
as perovskites, multiferroics, ceramic composites for forming capacitors, fuel cell
electrodes, resistors, gas and humidity sensors;
design of hybrid microcircuits (including LTCC), specialised passive elements, electronic
modules for photovoltaic systems.
2. Advanced methods of material and structure characterisation






scanning and transmission electron microscopy of materials and structures;
spectroscopic ellipsometry of materials and structures;
photonic spectra of solids by means of Raman microspectroscopy;
photoelectrical methods of studying the nanoelectronic structure properties in UV
region;
three-dimensional parametric visualisation of bandgap in the interface areas between
dielectric and semi-conductor;
advanced electro-optical and electrical methods - characterisation of energy quantised
states and defects in low-dimensional structure.__________
65
RESEARCH CENTRES FOR INDUSTRY AND ACADEMIA
Centre of Nanophotonics
The Centre unites institutions which are national leaders in the field of nanotechnology as well
as semiconductor physics and electronics. Thanks to a consequent research policy,
nanophotonics may become a Polish speciality and secure a strong position of Poland in the
European hi-tech research and industry market. The establishment of the Centre of
Nanophotonics enabled R&D activities in the following areas:
 lasers (VCSEL and QWL) and infrared detectors;
 visible and ultraviolet radiation sources based on wide band-gap semiconductors;
 photonic structures, including lasers with photonic crystals;
 antimony based structures for infrared optoelectronics;
 measurement systems and devices working with mid- and far infrared;
 biophotonics and medical applications.
The Nanophotonics Laboratory, located in the Institute of Electron Technology, is the core of
the Centre. It is based on the European Excellence Centre "Physics and Nanostructure
Technology for Photonics" CEPHONA.
The activity of the Centre of Nanophotonics is focused on applications, and it should lead to the
development of advanced fabrication technologies for sub-assemblies used in devices and
systems applied in industry, environmental protection, medicine and military technology. A
natural continuation of research conducted in the Centre will concern target projects serving as
an initial phase for the production of developed sub-assemblies and devices.
In order to achieve the goals of the Centre of Nanophotonics, it was decided to establish a
consortium consisting of the following entities actively participating in the optoelectronic
sector:
 Institute of Electron Technology, Warsaw;
 Institute of Physics of the Polish Academy of Science, Warsaw;
 Insitute of Microelectronics and Optoelectronics at Warsaw University of Technology;
 Institute of Physics - Lodz University of Technology;
 Vigo System.
66
Centre of Microsystems and Electronic Nanotechnologies
The Centre provides industry and R&D institutions with access to its potential related to
technology, construction and measurement. The offer concerns micro- and nanoelectronic
technologies including:

micro- and nanoelectronic circuits and systems;

specialised photodiodes, photodetectors and radiation detectors;

heterogenic microsystems for interdisciplinary applications;

modelling and simulations of technological processes.
The Centre is ready to present the available technologies in a form of lectures. Within research
programmes undertaken together with domestic and European academic teams, it is possible
to carry out thesis-related work (for Master and Doctoral degrees). The Centre applies a
principle of equal access; however, projects with a future possibility of implementing their
results in industry, economy or science are preferred. On account of work safety requirements
and the stability of technology, all technological activities to the benefit of partners are
performed by the staff of the Centre. The material scope of work is agreed with the applying
R&D unit, based on the catalogue of available process modules and process package of multiproject wafer service developed by the Centre.
If the work scope defined by partners is beyond the potential offered by the Centre, access to
the best European centres cooperating with ITE shall be offered. In such cases, the Centre will
provide necessary organisational support and assistance in the areas of design, modelling,
simulation and, in some cases, micro-assembly.
The cost related to the undertaken work shall be covered by partners, depending on the scope
of their research. In the case of higher education institutions and R&D units, a non-profit
principle is applied to cost setting.
At present, the key project MNS-DIAG "Micro - and nanosystems in chemistry and biomedical
diagnostics" is carried out in the Centre and coordinated by ITE. The project is aimed at
integrating academic circles and directing the work to interdisciplinary applicative research.
Laboratory of Multi-layered and Ceramic Technologies
The Laboratory is involved in conducting research and developing technologies as well as
constructing multilayer ceramic microcircuits and microstructures. The Laboratory enables
certain academic institutions and students to conduct research, do a traineeship, produce
models together with their characterisation. State-of-the-art multilayer ceramic micromodule
fabrication facilities are available to the research community.
LTCC (Low-temperature Cofired Ceramics) is a fabrication technology for multilayered
electronic circuit structures with integrated interconnects and passive components. It also
enables the fabrication of integrated micro electromechanical systems (MEMS), such as sensors
and actuators. Fabricated LTCC substrates can be integrated with active devices using surface
mount technology or wire bonding.
67
LTCC process starts with sheets of ceramic tape. Sheets, with thickness between 50 and 250 µm
are fabricated out of a mixture of ceramics, glass and organic vehicle. First, sheets are cut into
desired shape. Subsequently, via holes (providing inter-layer connectivity) are drilled and filled
with conductor. Then, conductive, resistive or functional layers are printed on each sheet. Next,
individual foils are put together into multi-layer stack, laminated under pressure and fired.
The Institute of Electron Technology - Division in Cracow has state-of-the-art technological
equipment for fabricating LTCC micromodules.
OFFER
The Institute provides its expertise and know-how for:
 enterprises to foster their development by offering access to technologies as well as
devices, systems, sensors, detectors, lasers, integrated circuits and more (services can be
provided in small scale production mode at the Institute or ordered from specialist
suppliers based on projects prepared by ITE);
 research centres which seek partners to carry out international programmes;
 higher education institutions which seek support for their educational activities
(laboratories, traineeship, practical training, theses).

For more information on services provided by ITE, check our website http://www.ite.waw.pl
68
MILITARY COMMUNICATION INSTITUTE
WIŁ
(Wojskowy Instytut Łączności)
Organisation Contact Data
22A, Warszawska st, 05 – 130 Zegrze, Poland
phone: +48 22 688 55 55
fax: +48 22 688 55 89
e-mail: sekretariat@wil.waw.pl
www.wil.waw.pl
Military Communication Institute (MCI) is modern and innovative research and
development unit. The area of activity of MCI focus on the field of command systems,
communications and computer science for defense and national security, especially activities
dealing with Ministry of National Defense, as well as their implementation in practice. In the
process of assessment of scientific units conducted by Ministry of Science and Higher Education
the Institute gained first category - the highest. The conduct of technologically advanced wideranging works of high quality has been confirmed by the following documents:
- concession MSWiA no. B-322/2003,
- certificate of management PN-EN ISO 9001:2009 no. 206/S/2009,
- certificate of management AQAP 2110:2009,
- management certificate WSK no. W-93/3/2011,
- certificate of NCAGE - 0469H,
- 1st degree certificate of industrial safety SECRET,
- 2nd degree certificate of industrial safety TOP SECRET,
- 1st degree certificate of industrial safety NATO SECRET,
- 1st degree certificate of industrial safety UE SECRET.
Military Communication Institute comprises scientific research & development divisions,
laboratories and implementation & production division. The offer of scientific divisions is
presented below.
Communication Systems Division






Designing networks: modeling, simulations, analysis.
Designing elements of modern communication systems.
Testing networks, objects and communication elements.
Implementation of the newest technologies and services.
Analyses of developing possibilities of networks, mechanisms, protocols and services.
Assuring interoperability of communication systems – NATO standards.
69
Radiocommunications & Electronic Warfare Division





Integration of radio communication systems and informatics platform.
Designing modern electronic surveillance systems and enabling their automatic
cooperation with national and NATO command systems.
Radio communications planning – radio networks planning, frequency and keys
generation and distribution.
Designing RF installations.
Quality assessment of military objects (armored vehicles, command vehicles) in the
area of communications and jamming devices installation. Usefulness assessment of
individual communications devices. Testing of radio devices compliance with user
requirements and military standards.
Electromagnetic Compatibility Division





Modeling and testing phenomena of electromagnetic information leakage.
Modeling and testing channels of electromagnetic information leakage.
Modeling and testing compromising emanations.
Designing equipments in accordance with the EMC standards.
Testing equipment in the field of:
- electromagnetic emissions,
- immunity to electromagnetic disturbances,
- information protection,
- protection against the influence of environmental hazard.
C4I Systems Division





Designing and implementation of communication and information infrastructure in
command and control systems.
Working out methods and rules of sharing information in a network-centric
environment according to NEC/NCW conception.
Modeling, implementation and testing of services in tactical systems which are based
on the latest techniques, technologies as well as communication and information
conceptions.
Working out, development as well as implementation of methods and techniques of
management and information security assurance in systems of information command
support.
Participation in domestic and international research works and experiments (structural
funds, NATO RTO, EDA etc.) in respect to implementation and development of
information techniques in command systems.
70
Cryptology Division




Scientific research and development works in the scope of cryptography and
cryptanalysis.
Designing, analysis, assessment and implementation of systems for cryptographic
security of information.
Designing, modeling, prototyping and testing cryptographic applications and hardware
equipment as well as station of generation and distribution of cryptographic data for a
special needs.
Participation in implementation and supervision of production of cryptographic
applications and hardware equipment.
Test Laboratory Group (Accreditation no. AB 149)
Environmental Test Laboratory
Electromagnetic Compatibility Laboratory
RANDOM SEQUENCE HARDWARE GENERATOR SGCL-1MB
The unit is designed for random binary sequence generation (random numbers) to be used in
cryptographic devices and applications for instance: cryptographic data (keys) generation
stations, ciphering devices, cryptographic systems of information protection, legally processing
classified information up to Top Secret clearance level.
Main features and parameters:

mathematical proof of truly random binary sequence generation,

random sequence generation with the speed of 8 Mbit/s,

easy to use – ability to connect to PC or other similar device via USB 2.0 FS interface
and collecting of random sequences under Windows, Linux or other OS,

small dimensions: 75 mm x 40 mm x 25 mm,

small weight < 0.1 kg,

powered from USB interface < 0.5 W,

auto-testing generated sequences and raising an alarm in case when the sequence
does not fulfill requirements (statistical tests),

the Polish Home Security Authority certificate according to the Classified Information
Protection Act within the scope of cryptographic security and information protection
against electromagnetic penetration (Certificate no. 300/2011/JC SKW)
Applications of the generator:

cryptographic systems of information protection (cryptographic keys and passwords
generation, key exchange protocols),

scientific applications (statistics, simulations, etc.).
71
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS (NIT)
(Instytut Łączności)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
1, Szachowa st, 04 – 894 Warsaw, Poland
Director of the Institute: Wojciech Hałka, BSc
phone: +48 22 51 28 100
fax: +48 22 51 28 625
phone: + 48 22 51 28 448; +48 22 51 28
fax: +48 22 51 28 726
e-mail: info@itl.waw.pl
Deputy Director for Research: Full Professor
Wojciech Burakowski, PhD, DSc
phone: +48 22 51 28 308; +48 22 51 28 239
fax: (+48) 22 51 28 625
http://www.nit.eu/
National Institute of Telecommunication (NIT) was established in 1951. NIT is a modern
research & development institution operating in the area of telecommunications and
information technology. It conducts development works in the scope of telecommunications
networks and standardization of telecommunication systems and devices. NIT has the highest
class (A) of research organization. The general mission of the NIT is to serve to the purposes of
the development of information society and knowledge-based economy, to provide a scientific,
research and technical support to any institutions of the state, and to perform works used in
practice by entities operating in the market. In 2005, NIT obtained the status of the National
Research Institute, granted to research units, which have the capacity for performing duties,
especially important for planning and executing of the State policy. Since the end of the 2011 ,
Institute is supervised by a Minister of Administration and Digitization. NIT is located in
Warsaw. It has two divisions- in Wroclaw and Gdansk.
Minister of Administration
and Digitization
Office of Electronic
Communications
.
Ministry of Science and
Higher Education
National Institute of
Telecommunications
Commercial Partners
Other
Research
Institutions
Telecom Operators
Figure 1. NIT’s supervising and cooperating organizations
72
AREAS OF ACTIVITY
The main activities of NIT are:
Wired and wireless telecommunication infrastructure (access and core)

Future networks and architectures, internet services

Pilot and research networks

Network management and data bases

Cognitive radio

Optical and photonic transmission systems

Information, knowledge and decision support systems

Spectrum management and electromagnetic compatibility

Radio and TV transmission

Regulation and economic aspects in telecommunications, postal services and market

Metrology
The key purposes of NIT are:










research activities focused on development of science and practical application
of research results;
autonomy in the research strategy. That strategy is consistent with assumptions of the
national and European economic and research policy;
application knowledge and the quality of any researches to achieve and maintain a
leading position in the domestic and European market;
perfection in scientific activities and application of good practices, as an independent
organization holding a neutral position in relation to any stakeholders;
taking care of proper utilization of public funding;
customer satisfaction - any information obtained from customers and results of any
works performed for them are treated as strictly confidential;
cooperation with research organizations and institutions thus contributing to
integration of the scientific environment;
active participation in creation of the European Research Area;
an active part in a dialogue between the scientific environment and the general public participation in debates referring to areas of research;
taking care of scientific, professional and personal development.
Research problems are adjusted to the world and European trends; in particular, it is connected
with the participation of the NIT in the EU Frame Programs and other European undertakings.
Now, NIT employs about 250 persons, among them there is the team of scientists and experts
with high competences in the field of telecommunications and information technology. NIT has
a good experience, highly qualified scientific and engineering staff and tangible resources. The
Institute is equipped with modern research equipment.
73
An important area of the Institute’s activity is the implementations which are often a natural
continuation of research work. Implementations usually have a complex information part,
which may be developed due to advanced tools and properly qualified employees of the
Institute.
THE ACTIVITY OF SCIENTIFIC AND RESEARCH DEPARTMENTS
The Equipment and Systems Research Department conducts research in the area of
telecommunications equipment and systems, particularly concerning:

mobile land radio communication;

radio access systems and radio local networks;

point-to-multipoint and point-to-point microwave networks;

satellite and radio broadcasting systems;

research methods of radio equipment and systems;

radio wave propagation;
The Department offers services in:

co-operation in research programs dealing with radio equipment and systems;

expert opinions concerning radio equipment and systems, and consultancy in radio
communication requirements and standards;

tests of radio equipment and systems within the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40
GHz;

preparation of the test plans for conformance assessment with special requirements of
Directive 1999/5/EC;

planning of point-to-multipoint and point-to-point microwave networks;

preparation of the Notified Body Expert Opinion regarding conformity to essential
requirements of Directive 1999/5/EC;

preparation of technical requirements and test methodology for network equipment.
The Networks and Information Society Services Department focuses on research and
development in the area of infrastructure of telecommunication networks and information
society services, mainly related to:

planning and organizing of deployment of telecommunication network infrastructure
supporting deployment of broadband platforms;

implementation of European Digital Agenda in Poland;

operations, administration and maintenance of telecommunication networks and
systems;

deployment of Next Generation Access (NGA) networks;

security of telecommunication networks and services;

network addressing and numbering;
74






requirements on parameters of quality of service and methods of assurance;
multimedia services;
integration of telecommunication and information services in corporation networks
transmission and signaling protocols implementation;
convergence of networks and services;
co-operation with Public Administration in the areas of regulation and deployment of
infrastructure for broadband access and information society in Poland;
The department conducts the research on shaping the telecommunications and postal policy
and regulations in Poland in the context of international experiences, with particular focus on
the policies of the European Union, as well on information society and its impact on socioeconomic processes in the European Union, including Poland.
The Internet Architectures and Applications Department leads investigation related to the
current and future packet switched networks. The Department is conducting R&D concerning
new architectures of telecommunication networks (DiffServ, Next Generation Networks, IPv6based networks and Future Internet), their protocols and applications, network services, as well
as IP-level mechanisms. The Department is able to realize different scientific and commercial
tasks concerning IP and post IP telecommunication networks, among others are:

technical consultation concerning migration of IPv4 networks towards IPv6, including
implementation and tests;

research on new architectures for the Internet, including DiffServ and Next Generation
Networks;

planning, dimensioning and implementation of IP QoS networks directed to ensure
end-to-end Quality of Service;

research issues on Content Aware Networks and P2P networks;

analysis of the effectiveness of new network solutions and research on scalability
issues;

design, implementation and tests of Future Internet networks based on virtualization
of network resources;

implementation and programming of hardware platforms with virtualization features;

technical expertise concerning network services, protocols and technologies.
The Advanced Information Technologies Department activities aim at investigating the
decision support technologies for the analysis, management and design of the
telecommunication networks, as well as advising in operators business plans. Researchers have
performed several application-oriented projects for network operators related to data mining
and planning and the optimization of telecommunication networks. Development of advanced
information systems integrating telecommunication and information technologies, in particular
referring to the following areas:
 distributed data communication systems;
75



theory of design, control and analysis of data (data mining, data warehouses) in
communication networks;
decision support systems, intelligent systems and knowledge management;
fundamentals of telecommunication and information technologies, including
mathematics application.
The Wireless Systems and Networks Department - the areas of scientific activities include:










digital radio communication systems including marine communications;
satellite communications and systems;
wireless sensor networks;
modern transmission techniques;
security of wireless transmission;
propagation aspects of terrestrial and maritime radio communication;
designing and software simulation of radio networks;
utilization of wireless transmission techniques in purpose to ensure safety on land and
at sea, including eCall and e-Navigation systems;
measurements of quality and transmission parameters in radio networks;
Department takes part in meetings of national section concerning radio
communication and saving (COMSAR) of International Maritime Organization (IMO).
Electronic Communications Technologies Applications and Power Systems mainly
performs works related to applications of electronic communication technologies, including
special purpose electronic communication systems, for the needs of state administration,
public safety and rescue services. The detailed fields of interest, among others, include the
following:

operation of electronic communication systems and networks;

characteristics and quality of telecommunication and postal services;

cooperation of public and special purpose electronic communication networks;

security of information, systems and communication networks, including special
purpose networks;

unique systems and devices for electronic communication and power supply systems.

studies on application of renewable energy sources in power systems – PEM fuel cells,
photovoltaic generators;

studies on new electrochemical energy sources and energy storage systems for
telecommunication power systems;

design and testing of monitoring systems for technical infrastructure of network
operators;

elaboration of proprietary solutions of methodologies and procedures for the
investigation of telecommunication services characteristics and quality;
76




design and implementation of computer systems and tools for analysis and testing of
communication systems;
design of measurement devices and special equipment applicable in operation and
testing of communication systems;
execution of telecommunication services quality inspection, among others using own
solutions of control and measurement systems and devices;
functional tests and diagnostics of failure sources of power systems, rectifiers,
inverters, VRLA batteries;
The Central Chamber for Telecommunications Metrology (CCTM) - the main aims are to
provide measurement traceability and to conduct research on new and more accurate
measurement and calibration methods. CCTM consists of the following teams:

Basic Parameter Metrology Team which works on the metrology of basic parameters,
such as DC & AC, LF voltage and current, resistance, capacitance, inductance and
impedance and automation of measurement systems;

Telecommunication Parameters Metrology Team which works on the metrology of RF
and microwave signals and also transmission parameters of telecommunication
networks (PDH/SDH, Ethernet, SONET etc.);

Optoelectronic Metrology Team which works on optoelectronic metrology of such
parameters as optical power, wavelength, chromatic and polarization dispersion,
optical attenuation and optical fiber length;

Time and Frequency Metrology Team which conducts works in the scope of time and
frequency metrology, especially in the implementation of atomic clocks comparison
algorithms, and determines timescales, accurate measurements of frequency, time,
phase time, interval, TIE.
Another area of interest is the diffractive optical elements for photonic purposes. In particular,
the new kind of diffractive optical elements (DOE) were simulated and designed for fiber Bragg
gratings (FBG) inscription. In collaboration with other research units, the new technologies of
phase masks with variable diffraction efficiency fabrication for apodized Bragg gratings (AFBG)
manufacturing were developed. AFBG is used in telecom (for example as optical filters or for
chromatic dispersion compensation) and for sensing (discriminators) applications.
An important research area is the participation in International Atomic Time – TAI and Polish
Atomic Timescale – TA(PL) and implementation of new algorithms for TA(PL).
The Transmission and Optical Technologies Department conducts research and
implementation work on advanced optical communications. This includes research on ultra-fast
transmission in optical transparent networks, wavelength multiplexing (DWDM and CWDM),
optical fiber access (FTTH), non-linear optical effects, application of innovative photonic crystal
77
technologies, micro structured fibers, characterization of polarization mode dispersion (PMD),
reliability of optical components and networks, design, modeling, and optimization of optical
networks, implementation of optical IP networks, research on elastic optical networks, energy
efficiency, and assurance of Quality of Service (QoS). The main competence is :

modeling of physical constrains in optical communication systems, fiber access
networks (FTTH-PON), DWDM and ultra-fast terabyte transmission with self-developed
Fiber Optic Communication System Simulator;

modeling, design, and optimization of modern optical communication networks taking
into account the quality of service (QoS), physical layer impairments (PLI), energy
efficiency (EE), and elastic spectrum assignment (SA);

expertise in photonic crystal technologies, micro structured fibers (PCF) and subwavelength photonics;

characterization of transmission, mechanical and thermal properties of standard and
specialty optical fibers, also when subject to external factors, like temperature, aging,
strain, twist etc.;

consultancy and training services for operators and installers of fiber networks; this
includes DWDM, CWDM, FTTH and high capacity core/metro networks, fiber optic
cabling technologies for telecommunications, LANs and power networks, as well as
troubleshooting and characterization of optical fiber networks and their components;

conformance and certification testing of optical fiber cables and passive components,
in particular connectors and patch cords to Polish and international standards;
measurements of: attenuation, return loss, PMD, OTDR, environmental tests, etc.;
The Electromagnetic Compatibility Department carries out research and practical expertise
in the field of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of systems and devices, and of spectrum
engineering and management based on their electromagnetic compatibility. In particular, the
activities of the Department are focused on:

radio network planning and optimization for radio, television, and radio
communication;

systems, Point-to-Point and Point-to-Multipoint systems (DVB-T, DAB+, DRM, DVB-H,
UKF FM, TETRA, PMR, cellular, WiMAX, CDMA, LTE and others);

radio wave propagation measurement and analysis, prediction of coverage in real
interference conditions, network CAPEX and coverage optimization;

digital broadcasting systems and networks development and standardization: DVB-T,
DVB-T2, DAB+, DVB-H;

development and standardization of new digital radio technology: LTE, Cognitive
Radio, White Space Radio Systems etc.;

research methods and practical analysis of electromagnetic compatibility and
probability of interference between various radio systems;

analysis of the availability of the radio spectrum resources, searching for new radio
frequency resources destined for new radio services;
78












developing new methods of radio spectrum and interference management, spectrum
engineering;
evaluation of efficiency of radio technologies and possibility of their implementation;
technical support for radio analyses and license assistance for radio procedures given
by UKE;
development of the computer system for radio networks planning, their optimization
and interference/compatibility analysis;
international co-operation and standardization within CEPT, ITU, ECC, ERO, IEEE;
electromagnetic compatibility of electric and electronic equipment, including medical,
military and industrial equipment, as well as the equipment used in mining;
electromagnetic environment research, especially of special industrial environments;
electromagnetic fields and their influence on people’s safety and environment
protection;
new electromagnetic compatibility measurement techniques;
electromagnetic compatibility standardization – working for IEC CISPR and for Polish
Committee for Standardization (PKN);
intermodulation characteristics of radio equipment for different radio communication
systems;
development of specialized measuring equipment.
79
LABORATORIES
1) Testing laboratories
There are two testing laboratories:
Telecommunications Equipment Testing Laboratory (LBUT), working under accreditation
(AB 121) granted in 1997 by the Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA). The Laboratories perform
all the necessary tests required for CE marking of telecommunications and electrical
equipment.
LBUT performs:

testing of cable TV systems and equipment, TV transmitters and converters, digital TV
equipment;

conformity assessment in the area of conducted and emitted disturbances and
immunity to electromagnetic field radiations, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharges,
conducted disturbances, and other kinds of disturbances;

conformity assessment of the equipment connected to public switched telephone
network;

techno-climatic tests of telecommunication equipment using climatic chambers and
shaking machines (vibrating and shocking);

tests of transmission parameters of single-mode and multimode optical fibers, cables
and passive components.
EMC Testing Laboratory in Wroclaw, accredited by the Polish Centre for Accreditation (AB
666), performs tests in four main areas:

EMC measurements of equipment covered in EMC Directive, according to the
standards of PN-EN series, and military equipment according to the NO standards;

antennas according to the standards of PN-T series;

coaxial cables according to IEC 1196-1 standard;

electromagnetic field sources for safety and environment protection, according to
Polish government regulations.
Additionally, the Laboratory performs the following measurements:

shielding effectiveness of structures, according to military NO standard;

NSA measurements of open area test sites and anechoic chambers, according to PN-EN
55016-1-1 standard.
The Laboratory is specialized in measurements of industrial equipment, performed on its
installation site or in place of manufacturing, including equipment for use in special
environments.
80
81
2) Calibration laboratories
Laboratory of Electrical, Electronic & Photonic Metrology(LMEEiO)
LMEEiO has accreditation certificate issued by the Polish Centre for Accreditation (AP 015). It
grants claims of PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 in the following calibration areas:

Basic Parameter Metrology such as DC & AC, LF voltage and current, resistance,
capacitance, inductance, impedance and power and automation of measurement
systems;

Telecommunication Parameters Metrology – RF and microwave signals, and also
transmission parameters of telecommunication networks (PDH/SDH, Ethernet, SONET
etc.);
Optoelectronic Metrology of such parameters as optical power, wavelength, chromatic

and polarization dispersion, optical attenuation and optical fiber length;

Time and Frequency Metrology - accurate measurements of frequency, time, phase
time, interval, TIE.
82
The main activity of LMEEiO is the calibration of measurement equipment for
telecommunication and electronic companies. The out-of-LMEEiO premises calibration service
is also offered. LMEEiO extends the scope of accreditation, especially in optoelectronic,
parameters of quality power and telecommunication testers and analyzers. LMEEiO using NTP
server (Stratum 1), distributes precise time directly connected to atomic time standards. In
2011, LMEEiO received the following awards:

Leader of Polish Market 2011 for the best specialized calibration services of
measurement equipment;

Euro Leader 2011 for the best specialized calibration services of measurement
equipment and Europroduct 2011 for research project “Specialized calibration services
of measurement equipment for a wide range of businesses” awarded by Polish Trading
Society Ltd.
Laboratory of EMC Measuring Apparatus in Wrocław
The Laboratory has unique capability to check equipment in EMC field according to EMC
Directive requirements. It is the only laboratory in Poland of that kind and to some extend in
Europe, which is completely independent from producers of equipment. The Laboratory, basing
on its modern calibration equipment and highly qualified personnel, is authorized to check and
calibrate (also according to standard EN 55016 –x-x series) the correctness of the following
measuring apparatus used in the measurements of the disturbance emission levels:

radio interference meters, power meters;

artificial mains networks (AMN);

MDS clamps, antennas;

test signal generators used to check the radio interference meters and click analyzers,

voltage and current hf probes;

coupling/decoupling networks (CDN;

ESD generators according to EN 61000-4-2, EFT/B generators according to EN 61000-44, surge generators according to EN 61000-4-5.
83
3) Unit for Inter laboratory Comparisons (JPM)
The JPM holds accreditation issued by the Polish Centre for Accreditation (PT 001). JPM grants
claims of PN-EN ISO/IEC 17043:2011. The Unit organizes Proficiency Testing and Inter
laboratory Comparisons programs for laboratories in the area of LF electrical DC & AC
parameters. The Unit meets the requirements for the competence of providers of proficiency
testing schemes and for the development, and operation of proficiency testing schemes.
4) Within the Institute operates Notified Body No 1471 under Directive 1999/5/EC (R&TTE
Directive) and offers consultancy services concerning technical requirements and standards.
84
RESEARCH PROJECTS
1) Projects supported with the European Regional Development Fund:
Innovative Economy Operational Program 2007-2013
Within the scope of this program several projects have been done in last years:
Information system concerning broadband infrastructure and the “Broadband Poland”
portal –SIPS (2009-2013). The aim of this project is to create countrywide data communication
infrastructure which will support state and local authorities in the management and
coordination of projects related to building regional broadband networks, both core and access,
in the area where intervention is necessary.
New generation of equipment for VRLA battery inspection in telecommunication power
supply systems (2009-2011). The goal of this project was to build a prototype of new generation
equipment – TBA160-IŁ. The purpose of this equipment is an effective checking of batteries
sets, which should result in the improvement of energetic safety in telecommunication sector.
Computer platform for propagation analysis, electromagnetic compatibility and
optimization of wireless networks in telecommunication and data communication systems –
PIAST (2010-2013). The aim of the project is to develop and establish the full computerized
software system (including hardware clients - server architecture) which can be used by NIT
experts for research and business activities, academic institution for educational purposes, and
other companies or individuals accessing to the project Web page for tutorial and other
commercial reasons. In 2011, the project received Award of the Ministry of Science and Higher
Education .
Future Internet Engineering (2010-2012). The aim of the project is to develop and test a
proposal for a new architecture based on resource virtualization with new mechanisms and
algorithms for achieving different packet transmission techniques (packet switched, circuit
switched, content-oriented) over one common platform. The project also sets itself the goal of
promoting IPv6 start in Poland by creating a national network of environmental testing for the
IPv6 Internet and extending the so-called “good practices” in IPv6 implementation.
Human Capital Operational Program 2007-2013
Improvement of competitiveness of electronic trade enterprises (2009-2010). The project
was realized in consortium with Polish Chamber of Commerce for Electronics and
Telecommunications.
85
2) National projects funded by Ministry of Science and Higher
Education:
Next generation data communication services and networks – technical, application and
market aspects (2008-2010). The goal of this project was to prepare tools and procedures
enabling the implementation of solutions which are necessary for the state and selfgovernment development and being competitive on the market. NIT has played an important
role in several subjects: decision support systems, electromagnetic compatibility, traffic
management in IP nets, metrology and monitoring, digital radio networks, design tools and
methods.
Differential modeling for use in marketing and biomedical investigations (2010-2012)
The aim of this project is to develop methods of differential modeling, which means modeling
of differences between objects belonging to two groups: experimental and of reference one.
Interdisciplinary system of interactive scientific and technical information – SYNAT
(2010- 2013) is realized in the framework of Strategic Research Program. The aim of the project
is to develop integrated computer platform of the national system of scientific and scientifictechnical information. The platform will enable realization of infrastructure development
programs of scientific information resources, scientific and academic communication systems,
and simultaneously it will become the development base of integral structure of collecting,
making available and developing national scientific and educational contents, and
documentation of cultural heritage.
PaCal – a library for arithmetic calculations on random variables (2009-2011)
The PaCAL project (ProbAbilistic CALculator) aims to develop a library for arithmetic with
random variables. The library hides all implementation details such as interpolation of
probability densities and numerical integration needed to perform the arithmetic. It is easy to
obtain moments, quantiles, confidence intervals, etc. from the resulting distributions.
A prototype of perimetric protection system of telecommunication critical infrastructure
– SPOT (2010-2012). The aim of this project is to provide operators of telecommunication
networks with a versatile system enabling effective protection and security management of
their infrastructure, in particular copper and fiber cable networks. Prime issues are: protection
against theft of copper cables and related damage to network facilities (cable cuts, destruction
of manholes, etc.) resulting in service disruption and costly repairs, and effective, centralized
real-time monitoring of cable infrastructure to improve network security and quality of service.
Mobile laboratory for functions and quality testing of electronic communication services
to be used by command and communication teams (2010-2012). The general aim of the project
realized with Military Communications Works is the improvement of telecommunication
networks efficiency, especially the networks that are important for public security. Final
product of the project will be a prototype of mobile laboratory designed for operation in real
environment in which the services are utilized.
Methodology development for evaluation of the in-vehicle emergency call system (eCall)
(2009-2011). The aim of this project is to develop a simulator of eCall device, and to test the
86
correctness of eCall messages (MSD/FSD) transmission via cellular networks to alarm 112
number centers, with respect to conformity with proper standards and specifications.
Research and development of timescale ensembles in Database for TA(PL) – RATAPL
(2011-2013). The aim of this project is to develop and implement a new timescale algorithm
based on NIST AT2 algorithm. The project requires analysis of algorithm theorem to adjust it to
small remote group of time standards. After the set of tests, the best solution should be chosen
for normal operation.
Development of method of automatic acquirement and real time presentation of content
destined for local service suppliers operating in networks of interactive digital television (2011–
2013. The aim of the project is development of new methods, which enable wide introduction
of interactive services for use by medium, small and micro enterprises, and in this way by
significant groups of citizens.
Modelling and optimization of elastic optical networks for 100+ Gbit/s – ESO (2011–
2014). The project concerns the design of elastic optical (fiber) communication networks that
are a successor of the current DWDM networks and they are able to support efficiently the
multi-rate and huge-bandwidth (100+ Gbit/s) connection provisioning in current, and next
generation Internet networks.
87
3) European projects realized within the scope of COST Actions
NIT participates in the following COST Actions (European Cooperation in Science and
Technology Actions):

COST Action MP0702 – Towards Functional Sub-Wavelength Photonic Structures
(2008-2012) The main objective of the Action is to establish active links between
European laboratories working in the field of artificial materials for photonics
applications where the structural dimensions are at or below the wavelength of light.

COST Action IC 0804 – Energy Efficiency in Large Scale Distributed Systems (2009–
2013) The main objective of the Action is to foster original research initiatives
addressing energy awareness/saving and to increase the overall impact of European
research in the field of energy efficiency in distributed systems.

COST Action IC 0905 – Techno-Economic Regulatory Framework for Radio Spectrum
Access for Cognitive Radio/Software Defined Radio – TERRA (2010–2014). The main
objective to bring together regulatory, technical and economic experts for
spearheading a regulatory break-through for European development of Cognitive
Radio and Software Defined Radio (CR/SDR) technologies.

COST Action TD 1001 – Novel and Reliable Optical Fibre Sensor Systems for Future
Security and Safety Application – OFSeSa (2010–2014). The advantages of such sensors
are well known, but there is a number of identified technical problems to be resolved.
By supporting collaboration of experts from multidisciplinary fields to share their
knowledge in sensor development and system design, together with developing
characterization and validation procedures, these problems may be addressed and
new generation of optical fiber sensor systems can be realized.
88
4) Other international projects
EfficienSea – Efficient, Safe and Sustainable Traffic at Sea (2009-2012). The project
financed by European Regional Development Fund is realized in a consortium gathering 16
partners from six countries around the Baltic Sea. EfficienSea is an Interreg project aiming at
improving the Baltic Sea with focus on the environment and the safety of navigation.
Functional state evaluation system with distributed intellect for elderly and disabled
population–EDFAS (2009-2012). Project realized within EUREKA in a consortium of 6 institutions
from Lithuania, Germany and Poland led by the Institute of Cardiology of Kaunas University of
Medicine. The goal of EDFAS project is to develop a system for monitoring and multilevel
complex evaluation of heart function and motion abilities for the elderly and the disabled.
Collaborative Project ALICANTE– Enlarge MediA Ecosystem Deployment through
Ubiquitous Content-Aware Network Environments– Enlarged EU (FP 7)(2011-2013). The aim of
the project is to provide content-awareness to the network environment, network and user
context – awareness to the service environment, and adapted services/content to the end user
for one’s best service experience possible.
INTERNATIONAL BILATERAL COOPERATION
Apart from the participation in the projects listed above, the Institute’s experts have
cooperated with a number of foreign research organizations, as follows:
University of Stellenbosch, Republic of South Africa, joint book in preparation;


Brock University, St. Catharines, Ontario, Canada, joint publications;

University of Catania, Italy, joint publications;
Abdus Salam International Centre for Theoretical Physics (ITCP), Trieste, Italy, research

co-operation;

International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA), Austria, knowledge
engineering, knowledge management, joint publications;

Instituto Superior Técnico, Lisbon, Portugal, joint research and publications;

Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya (UPC), Barcelona, Spain, joint research and
publications;

University of Nottingham, George Green Institute for Electromagnetics Research, UK,
Honorary International Advisor, joint research in sub-wavelength photonics;

Royal Institute of Technology KTH, Stockholm, joint organization of ICTON 2011;

School of Engineering, University of Warwick, preparations to ICTON 2012;

Université d’Angers, France, joint research in sub-wavelength photonics;

Institute of Command Engineers, Minsk, Belarus, joint research in microstructured
fibres;

State Engineering University of Armenia, Erevan, joint research in nanoplasmonics;

Universitat Politècnica de Cartagena (UPCT), Spain, joint research and publications;

Centre Tecnològic de Telecomunicacions de Catalunya (CTTC), Castelldefels, Spain,
joint publications;
89

The International Union of Radio Science (URSI) - activities of URSI Commission D:
Electronics and Photonics;
NIT cooperates with some partners from Asia Region:
1. Scientific cooperation with Japanese Research Institutions started when professor Andrzej P.
Wierzbicki worked during the years 2004-2007 as a research professor at the School of
Knowledge Science of Japan Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (JAIST) in Nomi,
Ishikawa This joint research concerned creative processes in science and technology,
computerized support of decision making and creativity, impacts of informational revolution on
science and technology. It resulted in many publications (books 2, chapters in books 4, papers
in scientific journals 14, papers at international conferences 39) but also in the official bilateral
agreement on research cooperation between NIT and JAIST. Within this cooperation, many
bilateral research visits were made and further collaborative research output was produced
(chapters in books, scientific journal papers, conference papers etc.). The cooperation of NIT
with Japan focuses mostly on joint work with JAIST, but there are also many other Japanese
research institutions - such as Kyoto University, Tsukuba University, Hiroshima University, etc.,
to which this cooperation is extended.
2. In 2011, Bilateral Co-operation Memorandum of Understanding between Korea Electronics
Technology Institute located at #68 Yatap-dong, Bundang-gu, Seongnam-si, Gyeoggi-do and
National Institute of Telecommunications was signed. The parties have identified the following
cooperative areas in Research and Business Development Activities: Electronic Communications
Technologies, Wireless Network Research, Transmission and Optical Technologies.
Signing Ceremony of NIT – KETI
Co-operation MoU, President of
KETI Mr. Pyeing Rak Choi and
Director of NIT Mr. Wojciech
Hałka, Warsaw, March, 2011
90
MAIN PRODUCTS
1) Information System for Broadband Infrastructure Inventory (SIIS).
The practical implementation of the SIIS is developed in the NIT. Production phase of this
system started in March 2011, and it was used by more than 9000 telecommunication
companies and other entities for telecommunication infrastructure inventory designated for
the Electronic Communication Office (UKE). The official report announced by the President of
UKE in June 2011 noted that more than 350 thousands of telecommunication objects registered
in SIIS system (lines, cables, fibers, buildings, cabinets, radio stations and masts, collocation
places, etc). The aim of this project is to develop an useful IT tool for telecommunication
investments planning and its optimal realization. The project is still on-going and will be
continued in 2012, with the aim to develop next user friendly interfaces, for all parties involved
in the inventory process and investments projects, based on infrastructure visualization on
digital maps, and with some GIS applications.
Awards: Distinction as the Product of the Year 2011 - Solution for Operators, XIV Grand Gala of
Gold Antennas in Warsaw.
91
2) TBA160-IŁ – Device to Control
Telecommunication Power Systems
VRLA
Battery
of
the
Designations:
S – power system; Od – load; B1 – controlled battery; B2 – second battery;
b1, b2 – battery fuses/disconnectors; TP – optional intermediate board;
E – energy from discharged battery (5% in form of heat, 95% to the load of power system);
GSM – communication by means of SMS; LAN – communication by Internet.
TBA160-IŁ is designed to controlled discharging and charging the lead-acid batteries, especially
of VRLA type – Valve Regulated Lead Acid, in telecommunication sites. During the work in such
sites, a telecommunication equipment is supplied by power system, and the energy taken from
discharged battery is fed to the supplied equipment, decreasing temporally the current drawn
from rectifiers of power system. TBA160-IŁ makes possible programming test cycle, namely
equalizing charging, controlled discharging, as well as return charging of batteries in
telecommunication site. The connection of the device to controlled battery (separated from
power system), programming tests, and after the tests sending results (LAN, memory SD) to PC
and the restoration the previous arrangement of power system is the operator's task. TBA160IŁ offers (for the 24 V, 36 V, 46 V, 48 V or 50 V battery disconnected from power system during
test):
- discharging of single battery with set current (up to 160 A) on loads of power system, while
at the same time the second (or remaining) battery is in float operation in DC power
system;
- discharging of battery with use of internal resistors;
- return charging of previously discharged battery with set current (up to 160 A);
- periodic equalizing charging of the battery, with set boost voltage;
92
-
the realization of test sequence composed of the discharging – charging, alternatively
preceded by equalizing charging, without part of the operator as well as the remote
notifying (Internet, GSM network) the operator of the end or break of process.
Patent:
PL 204773 – “The measuring system for two batteries in telecommunications DC power
systems” and four solutions submitted (under procedure).
Awards:
1. Polish Market Leader 2012 and Distinction of Euro Leader 2012
93
2. Gold Medal at International Electronic Communication Fairs in Łódź 2011.
3. Silver Medal at 39 Salon International des Inventions in Geneva and Medal of Russian
House for International Scientific and Technology Cooperation, (2011).
94
4.
Gold Medal on 22nd International Invention, Innovation & Technology Exhibition, ITEX
2011, Kuala Lumpur, and Iran Special Distinction.
5. Gold Medal on Korea Invention Promotion Associaton in Seul (2010).
95
3) PM356 Test Probe for Measurement of Communication Services
Parameters
Interfaces
 PSTN - 3 ports
 Ethernet 10OBASE-TX - 2 ports
The measured parameters
 Call setup time
 Unsuccessful call ratio
 Speech connection quality
 Fax connection quality
 GSM/UMTS - 2 ports, 7 switched SIM card




Data transmission speed achieved
Unsuccessful data transmission ratio
Outages rate for SMTP and POP servers
Outage rate to a set of designated sites
PM356 is designated for automatic measurement of communication services parameters. It is a
part of quality testing system for public communication services (AWP-IŁ). It performs the
measurements according to an ordered plan, collects the results and transfers them to test
center. PM356 is equipped with interfaces allowing the measurements of broadband Internet,
PSTN and GSM/UMTS networks. Communication with test center is supported via Ethernet VPN
or GSM/UMTS control links. In broadband Internet the test probe can perform the
measurements of accessibility and throughput of downlink and uplink, packet latency, voice
quality (VoIP), accessibility of selected servers. In PSTN and GSM/UMTS the test probe
measures an effectiveness and time of call set up, voice quality, fax transmission quality. There
is a possibility to measure call set up parameters and voice quality in different network
connections, like PSTN↔GSM/UMTS, GSM/UMTS↔VoIP. Test plan is prepared by system
administrator and the plan could include different test cases according to the needs. Test
planning software excludes interferences between the test probes during their activity.
96
PM356 and the whole public service quality testing system (AWP-IŁ) are dedicated for telecom
network operators and telecom regulators. AWP-IŁ is used by Electronic Communication Office
since several years.
Awards:
1. Silver Medal at 40. Salon International des Inventions, 2012, in Geneva.
2. Distinction at XXIII International Electronic Communication Fairs in Łódź 2012.
97
4) Tool for Technical Quality Assessment of Telecommunications
Network (AWP-IŁ System).
The system created and developed in NIT is a countrywide system for telephone calls quality
measurement (voice, facsimile and data), used by Office of Electronic Communications (UKE)
for monitoring of the quality of operators services. The system, continuously extended and
improved since 2000, consists of ca. 800 measurement units connected as PSTN and GSM
subscribers in more than 500 access points. It monitors the networks of all major operators
(mobile and fixed) in Poland. The system measures the quality indicators of circuit switched
network now, and will cover IP networks in the future. In 2011, a new universal test probe,
covering IP networks was developed. The system is scalable and may cover up to 50000 probes.
Awards:
Bronze Medal 2010 at International Warsaw Invention Show
98
5) Mobile Testing Laboratory of Electronic Communication Services
Functionalities and Quality for Command and Communications Teams
(MLB)
MLB is a set of test equipment placed in special car consisting of radio scanner, set of user
terminals (telephones, modems), spectrum analyzer and radio communication device tester.
MLB executes test suites while driving or at short stops. It allows making radio communication
services testing in the field or in the user specific location, and in the conditions similar to these
where the services are really used. It should support in provisioning of sufficient quality level of
communications, especially for the crisis management services, rescue services, dispatchers
and other services in public safety area.
The aim of MLB is to evaluate functioning and quality of professional mobile radio
communication services, especially provided by TETRA standard networks and other networks
used in professional radio communication. Its functions include preparation and execution of
test and measurement process, collection processing and reporting of test and measurement
results, assurance of ability to standalone activity in the field, during move and at stop. Testing
of service functionality and quality in networks: TETRA, DMR, GSM, UMTS, as well as execution
of radio measurements needed for service evaluation.
99
6) Cable Monitoring and Protection System (SMOK-2U System),
SMOK-2U fulfills the tasks related to monitoring, anti-theft
protection and supervision of copper cable network. The
equipment provides an effective protection against theft of
communication cables within 10 km radius. Automatic alert
to security personnel is able in 2 seconds. Installation of
additional cabling along protected telecommunication line is
not necessary. It can be quickly installed and set up. The
system provides an easy integration with existing security
systems. The system was developed and deployed in
operators networks since 2007.
Awards:
1.
2.
Polish Market Lider 2008 in category: Product
Silver Medal 2010 at International Warsaw Invention Show
100
7) Click Analyzer ACA-4c.
DESCRIPTION
Click Analyser ACA-4c enables the 
analysis of the time and amplitude
parameters
of
discontinuous

disturbances (clicks), according to CISPR
14-1 and CISPR 16-1-1 ( EN 55016-1-1

and EN 55014-1).
QP values of disturbance (dynamic
range up to 44 dB), number of clicks,
their duration, duration of pauses
between them, grouping of clicks in
specified time intervals, and the mean
value of the frequency of their

appearance, are analysed.
Click Analyser ACA-4c has four
complete, independent measurement 
channels
tuned
to
frequencies 
determined by standard (or by user –
option). Each of them consists of an RF
attenuator, a mixer, an IF filter with
9 kHz pass-band, an IF envelope 
detector, and a quasi-peak (QP)
detector. It can, therefore, conduct the 
measurements simultaneously on four
different frequencies.
SPECIFICATIONS
Parameters: according to the newest version
of CISPR Publ. 16-1-1,
Disturbance evaluation: the quasi-peak
value according to CISPR Publ. 14-1
Number of measurement channels: four
acting simultaneously tuned to frequencies:
150 kHz,
500 kHz, 1400 kHz, and 30
MHz (predetermined
by newest
version of CISPR Publication and appropriate
EN standard) or on other frequencies
according to customer specification (option)
Level of analysis: any level from the range of
40 dB/V to 100 dB/V, with 1 dB increment
Input impedance: 50 
Recorded events: QP value, time of
appearance, duration and QP values of
disturbance which exceed the level of analysis
Memory capacity: up to 4000 events
(for four channel)
Registered results of analysis:
-
number of clicks t  10 ms,
-
number of clicks 10 ms < t  20 ms,
101
Measurement channels are equipped
with their own RF attenuators what
allows to set the analysis level
independently (individually) for each
frequency channel. The measurement
results are recorded in the internal
memory of the instrument. They may
be:
 reviewed directly on the own display,
 printed out in the form of a report,
on a printer connected through the 
parallel connector,

-
number of clicks 20 ms < t  200 ms,
-
number of clicks 200 ms < t  600 ms,
-
time of measurement,
-
number of switching operations,
Presentation of results:
- on alphanumerical LCD
- on printer
- on external PC by serial fiberoptic
interface (option)
Dimensions: 350 x 150 x 350 mm
Weight: 9 kg
 transmitted through the serial fiberoptic interface to the external PC for
further processing (option).
Institute so far has sold Click Analyzer to laboratories in Poland, Germany and Japan.
More information about NIT’s products at http://www.nit.eu/offer
102
TELE& RADIO RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Tele – i Radiotechniczny)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Ratuszowa st, 03 – 450 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 619 22 41
fax: +48 22 619 29 47
http://www.itr.org.pl/en/welcome/
The Tele & Radio Research Institute continues the scientific traditions of two institutes of long
history, leading in the field of electronics and power engineering: the Radio Research Institute –
the first in the country scientific-research centre with electronic profile, established in 1929 by
eminent Polish radio-electronic engineer, professor Janusz Groszkowski and the Industrial Institute
of Electronics – established in 1956 by Prof. Wiesław Barwicz from the Central Laboratory for
Electronics. The basic objective of the Institute is to create new solutions in the field of electronics
and to transform them in to innovations for partners interested in manufacturing modern and
competitive products. More than 70% of Institute annual turnover is acquired directly from the
commercialisation of the research results. The object of Institute activities consists of carrying out
scientific research and development work as well as adapting their results to practical applications.
The research work is carried out in specialized centres, subordinated to priority directions of
Institute activities in the field of:
advanced electronic materials and technologies,


ICT systems and hardware applications,

systems for technological processes automation,

thermo-chemical processes,

vacuum technology.
103
The research projects followed by the ITR are inscribed in the objectives set by the European
Union and the strategic areas specified by the National Framework Programme. The Institute’s
R&D strategy is concentrated on:

carrying out the key projects in the domestic and European innovation
 system through comprehensive, multidisciplinary research and development works,
 creating new solutions in the field of electronics and converting them into innovations
for business entities,
 putting into life research projects and research and development
projects of technological and IT nature playing a key role in satisfying the needs of the modern
economy.
The research has been channelled into the two priority directions:
 intelligent ICT systems supporting decision-making for the controlneeds of complex
industrial infrastructure systems,
 integration of advanced electronic technologies for industrial applications.
The Tele & Radio Research Institute carries out research within the European Research Area,
implementing a number of scientific-research and development projects, including:












Independent intelligent ICT network for e-diagnosing of power distribution grids
IT platform of databases for effective use of research work results
A new generation of switching devices for medium voltage electricity distribution
Large laboratory plasma chemical reactor as an integral part of the plant for waste
disposal using a pyrolytic-plasma method
GDMS profile analyser
Microrobot for point soldering with a visual system for positioning and soldering quality
control, for applications in automated lines for electronic components assembling
Experimental technology for resistive and capacity elements instalation within a printed
circuit board
Technology of new generation sensor of hydrogen and its compoundsfor applications in
supra-standard conditions
Forming soldered joints of QFP, PBGA and CSP components in fields with microholes
A new generation of lead-free soldering pastes with the addition of metal nanopowders
and carbon nanotubes
A new generation of energy saving electric drives for pumps and fans for the mining
industry
Powder magnetic circuits in universal electric drives
104
1. New materials and electronic Technologies
One of priority directions of the researeh carried out now comprises issues related to
manufacturing of electronic components by means of printing technologies using polymer
materials and nanocomposites (printed, flexible organic electronics)
The research concentrates, inter alia, on:

using organic LED technologies to build alternative light sources,

developing a technology for an organic photovoltaic cell manufacturing,

manufacturing and using printed RFID antennas for broadly understood identification
purposes.
Main directions of our research in the field of nanotechnology are related to the synthesis and
characterisation of carbon nanomaterials (carbon nanostructures, doped with metals) for
applications in micro- and optoelectronics and in sensorics.
The work carried out is related to:

technology of carbon-palladium layers for applications in hydrogen and hydrogencontaining gases sensors (deteH project – IEOP),

technology of carbon-nickel layers (including also containing carbon nanotubes) for
applications in field emitters (NanoCafe project – MNT ERA Net),

technology of metamaterials based on carbon nanostructures for optoelectronic
applications (project in the COST action).
We have first-class specialised testing equipment enabling performance of materials
characterisation.
We perform tests of a wide range of materials used in electronic components assembling,
including substrate materials and technologies of very high integration level. In cooperation
with domestic and foreign research centres we have been developing a new generation of leadfree.
soldering pastes with the addition of metal nanopowders and carbon nanotubes for soldered
joints of improved mechanical and electronic properties.
105
Our long standing research experience is used in:
 innovative technologies of printed circuit boards manufacturing

multilayer with internal and blind holes,

microwave,

rigid, flexible, rigid-flexible,

applied in the equipment used in space research,
 electronic assembling

on rigid and flexible substrates,

highly advanced components containing miniature flip-chip type components with 0.5
mm terminals arrangement raster and R/C 0201 components,
 technologies of electrochemically coated wires: highly-solderable tinned copper,
nickelplated steel, from nickel-plated copper alloys (brass and others), of special properties.
The research work in the field of magnetic materials is related to:

magnetic elements manufacturing technology using the method of
binding magnetically hard or soft powders by means of a plastic,

magnetising technology for bi- and multi-pole permanent magnets
with diversified configuration of magnetic poles,

spatial and time simulation and analysis of electrical machines and
equipment electromagnetic fields,

distribution of magnetic induction in an electric machines air gap,

applications of powder magnetic components in electrical machines,
sensors, bearings, magnetic clutches and holders,

studies on operating parameters of small electrical machines.
Offer concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:

We manufactured : cylinder, ring, cuboid-shaped and segmented permanent
magnets in Nd-Fe-B alloys. We perform bipolar and multipolar magnetization of
magnets, offering a diversified configuration of magnetic poles. We also manufacture
magnetically sof components of magnetic circuits in iron powders , in customer –
specified shapes and sizes, for application in stable and variable magnetic field, up to
a few kHz.
106


We offer mounting of electronic components in following procceses: single –sided
and double-sided surface mounting , mounting of threaded components. We also
offer comprehensive services covering: design of electronic packages, execution of
PCBs at the Center for PCB Process Innovation, testing of PCBs as er the
requirements by the Principal, purchase of components (assemblies) for mounting ,
mounting (SMT, THT), Templates for paste application.
We offer a new generation of the hydrogen and hydrogen compounds sensors for
applications in above normative conditions and LPG, ammonia sensors.
107
2. Information technology
The work in the field of ICT technologies and systems comprises:

designing and testing specialised microprocessor equipment,

testing and analysing digital and analogue measuring systems,

measuring techniques using digital processing of signals,

methods for monitored objects control, protection and diagnostics,

comprehensive implementation of algorithms for manufacturing processes supervision
and control,

technology of logic functions flexible programming by the user,

automated stands for ICT systems testing,

comprehensive systems for scattered objects monitoring and remote control,

fibre optics technology, transmission protocols, computer networks,

ICT networks for remote diagnosing of power facilities of distributing grids.
The Institute is performing research work aimed at development of Smart Power Grids,
improving efficiency, reliability and safety of the chain of power supply. Components of Smart
Grids developed at the Institute shall find application in following areas:







IT systems integrating suppliers and recipients of energy,
monitoring and analysis of energy quality,
control and protection systems, integrating accumulators and dispersed sources of
renewable electric energy,
e- diagnostics of power grids,
automatic redundancy switching in uninterrupted power supply systems,
methods for time synchronization of facilities and remote control of stations,
advanced sensors and unconventional transducers.
Long-standing research experience provides the Institute with a competitive position in the
field of systems and equipment implementation in niche areas of the power industry.
In the last decade this allowed developing and implementing:
108



a few thousand universal protecting devices in medium and low voltage networks,
computer monitoring and supervision systems,
signal converters and concentrators for communication systems needs.
Our studies applied in energy switchgears substantially increased the reliability of industrial
power systems operation (in Siberia oil fields, in power plants, mines, steelworks, sugar
factories, CHPs and others).
Offer concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:
We offer:

components for smart power grids

bay controllers for SV, MV switch gears

comprehensive monitoring and remote control software systems targeted at
distributed
facilities.

SCADA type software, communication software.

Embedded software for process automation and measurement systems.
Communication system diagnosis. Power protection relays.
109
3. Advanced technologies and electronic devices
The work in the field of excitation and propagation theory of volumetric and surface acoustic
waves in piezoelectric materials carried out for a few decades determine the Institute’s leading
position in Poland in the research on:

high-stability quartz generators for special and space applications,

piezoelectric components, inter alia resonators,

reference time and frequency sources synchronised with signals from GPS and Galileo
systems,

measurements of long-term stability of frequency sources and phase noises,

measurements of quartz generators thermal characteristics.
As the only in Poland research centre, the Institute develops and manufactures quartz
generators of the highest stability, used in time and frequency standards.
The research carried out for many years on ultrasonic phenomena and the experience
possessed allow developing and implementing.
Ultrasonic generators and converters and also advanced technologies and devices based on the
ultrasonic technology:
 for welding plastics, non-ferrous metals foils, unwoven filtration fabrics,
 for mixtures emulsification and disintegration.
The ultrasonic bonding technologies developed at the Institute have a huge impact on the
innovation of technological and manufacturing processes in various industry sectors because of
elimination of solvents, reduction of energy consumption and of operation time
110
One of the Institute’s top priorities is activity in the field of medical diagnostics pursued in
collaboration with medical research centres.
The works include:

biomedical signals testing and analysis,

image analysis and recognition methods for medical diagnostics, notably acquisition
and digital analysis of radiographic bone images,

research on application of ultrasound technologies for dispersing remedies and aerosol
generation,
method of piezoceramic transducers excitation used in ultrasound dispersing devices,


designing the diagnostic and specialised medical apparatus,

testing of particulate mater in urban environment and in working place environment
using cascade impactors,
spectrometric analysis of elemental composition of particles.

In the consequence of the works in ITR was developed specilized apparatus for: inhalation with
dosing and visalisation, assessing the visual acuity of retina of persons suffering from cataract,
diagnosing breathing disorders in sleep, automated evaluation of bone age and degree of
osteoporosis’ advancement, acquisition and analysis of tremometric signals distinctive for
Parkinson’s disease.
Offer concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:







ultrasound generators and transducers
ultrasound technologies and equipment for surgical tools and filters cleaning
plastic laminate sealing technology and equipment
ultrasound washing devices featuring different capacities and frequencies
ultrasound kits for sealing parts in the kinescope production line
concentrates for preparing wash baths
other ultrasound cleaning and sealing devices
4. Industrial process automation systems
Research and development of process automatization in industry and personal health diagnosis
activities, with application of ICT and measurement technologies. The Centre activities have
been concentrated on Automatic Optical Inspection and other vision systems development,
medical personal diagnostic systems for personal applications in clinic and home environment,
signal and image processing, methods and tools for characterization of electric, electronic and
optoelectronic components and systems, design and development of complex mechatronic
systems and equipment for industrial processes automatizationon, development of software
systems for process control, monitoring anddiagnosis, development of auto-calibration and
diagnostic methods and tools.
111
Offer concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:
The leading subject matter of scientific-research and development work of the Institute in the
field of technological processes automation comprises:

measuring-IT methods and systems for research, industrial and medical diagnostics
applications,

wireless distributed measuring systems,
automated mechatronic systems for technological processes

monitoring and controlling,

equipment for products batching, packaging and labelling,

optical automated inspection systems,
methods and systems for non-electric quantities measurement and

control.
5. Thermal and Chemical Processes
For a few decades the Institute has been carrying out R&D work in the field of thermo-chemical
equipment for research, manufacturing and measurement purposes. In particular, for
semiconductor, materials engineering, cokemaking and metallurgical sectors. The unique
apparatus developed recently at the ITR is designed inter alia for:

monocrystallisation of silicon carbide, which is a semiconductor material of the future,

high-temperature uniaxial pressing, for new ceramics testing and manufacturing,

determination of solid fuels parameters, especially:

sulphur and carbon content in solid fuels,

determination of ash and volatiles content in coal,

determination of coal self-ignition factor,

determination of blast furnace coke parameters,
112



testing coal blends in the process of coking,
testing iron ores parameters,
temperature sensors calibration.
The equipment developed has been applied in Polish leading research laboratories and
enterprises as well as in companies of many European (Bosnia and Herzegovina, Czech Republic,
Romania, Serbia, Slovakia, Hungary, United Kingdom), Asian (Kazakhstan) and African (Algeria)
countries. Recently the largest customers for ITR thermo-chemical equipment include global
metallurgical corporations ArcelorMittal, US Steel, Corus and Donbas Industrial Union.
Offer concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:

Design of the thermal systems for solid fuels parameters measurements for
combustion optimatization purpose.
113
6. Vacuum Technology
TRRI research on vacuum technologies is the continuation of research by Industrial institute of
Electronics, which used to be among the major research and development institutions in the
country, developing and manufacturing modern components and high-vacuum devices.
Interdisciplinary research by the Institute in the area vacuum technologies is presently focused
on research of vacuum chambers, EB technology, mass spectrometers and composite layers
technology.
Major areas of the research in vacuum technologies, based on long-term research programme,
are development and implementation of:






vacuum components, such as extinguishing chambers, insulators and ceramic and
metallic bushings;
very high vacuum components, such as process manipulators, vacuum locks, slider
valves of getter pumps;
high and ultra-high vacuum instruments, such as EB welders, EB furnaces, quadrupole
mass spectrometers, MBE devices.
interdisciplinary research by the Institute in the area vacuum technologies is presently
focused on research of vacuum chambers, EB technology, mass spectrometers and
composite layers technology.
Utilization of vacuum as an internal insulator with high voltage strength is the most
important feature of vacuum extinguishing chambers. Vacuum technology developed
by the Institute and adopted in extinguishing chambers guarantee full separation of
electrical arc from the environment, and the absence of waste products of arc
extinguishing medium.
The Institute has vast experience in researching electron beam (EB) technologies, both
with regard to construction of instruments and development of technologies related
114
mostly to EB welding in vacuum. Research is in progress on the new method of
deflecting electron beam, which shall ensure high range of frequencies and amplitude
of deflection, and methods allowing to obtain identical conditions for electron
emission throughout the whole lifecycle of the cathode.
Innovative solutions in mass spectrometry also vouch for development of vacuum technologies
by the Institute. The Institute is also developing and building mass spectrometers for analyses
of elemental composition of rarefied gases, solid surface analyses, and profile analyses of
multilayer structures with depth resolution less than 1 nanometer.
Offer Concerning collaboration with institutions from the far east countries:



vacuum components, such as extinguishing chambers, insulators and ceramic and
metallic bushings;
very high vacuum components, such as process manipulators, vacuum locks, slider
valves of getter pumps;
high and ultra-high vacuum instruments, such as EB welders, EB furnaces, quadrupole
mass spectrometers, MBE devices.
115
7. Laboratory for Quality Testing and Calibration of Electronic Products
Laboratory for Quality Testing and Calibration of Electronic Products has been awarded
Accreditation Certificate by Polish Accreditation Center (PCA), in confirmation of competence,
independence and reliability as research laboratory.
The basic area of Laboratory business is functional, ambience exposure, mechanical exposure,
and electromagnetic compatibility tests as well as user safety tests of selected electronic
devices, such as





components of alarm systems, e.g. sensors, central units, signallers, data transmission
systems, access control systems, power supply units;
measuring instruments and laboratory equipment;
computer systems and ETO equipment;
organisational and engineering machinery and equipment for office work;
consumer electronics equipment.
The area of scientific research covers problems of metrology, diagnostics and reliability of
electronic devices, as well as electromagnetic compatibility of electronic and electric devices.
The area of R&D work covers developing methods for testing and measurements, guaranteeing
their repeatability and/or reproducibility, developing functionalities of laboratory control and
measurement systems, with regard to both hardware and software, and developing computer
116
assisted diagnostic systems for control and measurement systems, and controlling the quality
of production process.
Laboratory activities combine theoretical and empirical research with practical implementation
of research results, by offering services in following areas:



quality testing of electronic equipment;
automating measurements and tests in production process;
designing computerized electronic systems and dedicated software;
117
8. Scientific Achievements
The Institute’s performance proves that the actions taken are efficient and contribute to the
effective use of the resources possessed in order to pursue the subjects and tasks in
consistency with the needs of economy and to maintain the Institute’s eminent position among
scientific units with recognised competences in the field of advanced electronic technologies
and ICT systems.
A tangible and effective outcome of such actions are several dozens of projects undertaken
each year by the Tele and Radio Research Institute under its statutory activity, internal research
projects, development projects, EU and international projects, earmarked and development
projects and grants.
The activity and the efficiency of the actions taken is signified in particular through the funds
granted to the Institute for implementing EU structural projects financed under operational
programmes:




The experimental technology of constructing resistive and capacitive parts inside
printed boards,
Developing a technology for a new generation of hydrogen sensors and its compounds
for use in non-standard conditions,
An intelligent automatic ICT network for the e-diagnosing of power distribution
systems,
Developing a new generation of MV electricity distribution switches.
In the field of practical applications, the Institute is handling a number of large innovative
contracts every year for retail customers concerning the development and supply of prototypes
for process lines, equipment and components.
A measure of the Institute’s scientific achievements are publications in reviewed domestic
and foreign magazines, monographs, conferences held and multiple patents, placing the
Institute amongst the leaders of all the domestic scientific institutions.
The results of the Institute’s works are highly esteemed in the international arena, as
exemplified by, in particular, numerous awards, honourable mentions and medals at
prestigious invention exhibitions (Concours-Lepine, Brussels Innova, SIFF Seoul, Archimedes).
118
The Institute was highly assessed by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education for its
achievements in 2005 – 2009 and was awarded the 1st category.
119
10.Cooperation in international research Project
In the field of international cooperation a common implementation of projects within EU
Framework Programmes is especially important. The following projects were implemented in
FP 6: Printed Circuit Boards with High Solderability Tin Coating for Lead Free Soldering” –
PRINT, Removal of Hazardous Substances in Electronics – GreenRoSE,
Promoting Eco-design Activities in the SMEs of the Electrical/Electronics Sector ECODESIGN,
EU-China co-operation in Green Electronics Production Research–ECGEPRO,Nanocrystalline
carbon layers – ERA, Europe-China Cooperation in Green Electronics Production Research,
Developing metamaterials technologies based on carbon nano structures foroptoelectronic
applications (COST). Under the 7th Framework Programme of the European Community, in
the field of research, technological development and demonstration the Institute has been
implementing an international project in the ‘Environment’ thematic area of the detailed
programme ‘Cooperation’ of FP 7 (LCA to go) – ‘Boosting Life Cycle Assessment Use in
European Small and Medium-sized Enterprises: Serving Needs of Innovative Key Sectors with
Smart Methods and Tools”. In particular, the Institute participates in the MNT ERA-NET
(Micro- and Nanotechnology European Research Area Network), COST (European
Cooperation in the Field of Scientific and Technical Research) projects. Eight research
projects are implemented under the Innovative Economy Operational Programme for the
years 2007-2013, Priority 1, Research and Development of Modern Technologies.
A short description of the Institute is included in the appendix and more detailed information
concerning the Tele & Radio Research Institute can be found on our webpage.
http://www.itr.org.pl
We hope this information help us to establish future cooperation
120
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND
ENGINEERING; ENVIRONMENTAL,
AGRICULTURAL AND FOREST TECHNOLOGIES
121
FOREST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Badawczy Leśnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Ratuszowa st, 03 – 450 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 619 22 41
fax: +48 22 619 29 47
http://www.ibles.pl/?set_language=en
CO-OPERATION AND ADVISORY OFFERS
Forest ecology and game management





Expert opinions on valorisation of selected natural forest areas, nature reserves as well
as urban forests (paying particular attention to Natura 2000 areas).
Environmental impact assessment (for the obtainment of integrated or ministerial
permits) of new investments or investments specially adapted to forest ecosystems.
Evaluation of animal population size (for ungulates, bats, rodents) and also training for
such activity.
Evaluation of animal damages to forest environment. Training and expert opinions on
young plantation and young tree stands protection from animal damage.
Trainings and workshops for educators and consultants on environmental education
within integrated systems using interactive forms of schooling.
Forest sites





Evaluation of site productivity.
Identification of physical and chemical soil properties, air pollution, and chemical
water composition, chemical analysis of organic material towards nutrient and heavy
metal content.
Trainings on good laboratory practices.
Expert opinions on the utility value of fertilizers, materials improving soil properties
and materials used for plantation improvement for the utilization in forests according
to law in force.
Expert opinions on the fulfilment of the requirements on quality and allowable
quantities of pollution from fertilizers, materials improving soil properties and
materials used for plantation improvement for the utilization in forests according to
law in force.
122

















Programs of forest soil restoration, diagnostics of soils in forest nurseries and fertilizing
recommendations, programs of management and recultivation of waste lands and of
afforestation of agricultural lands.
Environmental impact assessment of water facilities and anthropogenic activity on
forest environment.
Projects of water retention and irrigation systems in forests.
Expert opinions on water retention enhancement and water management in forests.
Development of protection plans for Natura 2000 areas.
Development of plans of protective tasks for Natura 2000 areas.
Environmental impact assessment of forest management plans.
Evaluation of forest sites survey reports.
Impact assessment of investments on forest sites condition and water management
(for example: sand mines, water retention reservoirs).
Counselling in typological diagnostics of forest sites and phytosociological diagnostics.
Counselling in implementation of projects of restitution and protection of hydrogenic
sites.
Counselling in forest nurseries irrigation systems.
Management of degraded lands, for example burned areas, drained lands etc.
Support in applying of hydrogels on forest sites.
Support in operating water melioration systems in forests.
Development of methods of erosion preventing in forest areas.
Soil pH regulation and soil salinity neutralization and determination of nutritional
status and needs of different tree species in urban areas.
Forest genetics and tree physiology








DNA analyses of forest trees, fungal pathogens and animals in order to:
determine a genotype,
compare DNA of logs and stumps samples of stolen wood (for judicial proceeding
purposes),
identify genetic hybrids of forest tree species,
molecular diagnostics of pathogens.
Laboratory equipment of the Laboratory of Molecular Biology at the Forest Research
Institute:
DNA analyses: laboratory balances (Radwag and Ohaus), vortex mixers (Rietsch®),
water purification systems (Elix 3 and Milli-Q Millipore®), centrifuges (Eppendorf,
Genofuge and Rietch), laminar flow closets (samples and PCR preparation), ultra-low
temperature laboratory freezers, incubators, ice maker, autoclaves, mixers, pH-meters.
molecular diagnostics of organisms: ALFexpress™ II DNA Analysis System and Beckman
CEQ 8000® DNA Sequencer, NanoDrop® ND-1000 Spectrophotometer, BioRad®
123

Electrophoresis equipment, thermocyclers (MJResearch® and Biometra®), analytical
software (Gene-Scan®, Gel-Doc®, BIO-PROFIL®).
Evaluation of forest trees and shrubs seeds quality
Silviculture





Expert opinions and advising on:
use of herbicides in forestry (nurseries, young plantations, tree stands and surrounding
areas),
use of biological methods of protection from weeds in nurseries and on forest
plantations,
establishing forest plantations, afforestation of agricultural lands, wastelands and
degraded forest and non-forest areas (species selection, planting densities, mixing
patterns),
tree tending techniques in forest stands and on wooded sites (also in urban areas)
considering their conditions and vitality of trees.
Additionally:

organization and assistance in trainings of forestry staff in the areas of forest
management with special consideration of natural regeneration, stand tending,
management of protective stands, selection of appropriate methods of stand
conversion, management of declining and damaged tree stands (by wind or snow),

organization of trainings for private forest owners in the above-mentioned areas,

preparation and conduct classes for children, youngsters and teachers on the topics of
forest management.
Forest protection








Identification of insects: Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths), Odonata (dragonflies and
damselflies), Orthoptera, Diptera (flies) and those causing damages to forest trees and
shrubs
Registration tests of pesticides, advising in application of insecticides and evaluating
their efficiency
Protective procedures – advising in:
coniferous and broadleaved tree stands threatened by folivorous insects,
spruce and pine tree stands threatened by secondary pests.
Advising in application and production of pheromones, kairomones, and pheromone
insect traps in forestry
Protective procedures in coniferous and broadleaved tree stands damaged by abiotic
factors (wind, snow, flood, fire etc.)
Development of an optimal strategy for silvicultural and protective actions in areas
permanently settled by grubs
124


Assessing tree stands health and sanitary conditions and forecasting insect pests
occurrence
Protective measures (pest insects control) of decorative plants, trees and shrubs in
gardens, parks as well as private and communal forests
Forest phytopathology











Advising in seed-, seedling- and plant diseases in forest nurseries, tree stands and
gardens.
Identification of pathogens using techniques of molecular genetics (PCR, Real Time PCR,
DNA sequencing).
Inventory and expert opinions concerning health conditions of park and urban trees.
Identification of biotic and abiotic pathogenic factors and developing methods of
reducing damages caused by pathogens.
Estimating state of forest trees mycorrhizae.
Advising in fungal pathogens control.
Courses and trainings in the field of phytopathology of trees and shrubs, concerning in
particular:
conservation of trees - natural monuments and control of pathogenic fungi
development,
biological methods of root pathogens control,
biological decomposition of stumps after tree cutting in urban areas,
methods of improving effectiveness of pesticides in use.
Trainings and advisory activity:



Faunistical surveys of nature reserves and other natural objects.
Qualitative and quantitative assessment of rare, endangered and protected insect
species in national parks, nature reserves and Natura 2000 areas, and developing
protection plans for national parks and Natura 2000 areas in the field of enthomology.
Trainings for the State Forests administration employees, universities, schools,
national and landscape parks employees as well as forming collections of insects and
their conservation.
Forest economics and policy



Expert opinions and professional advising in valuing forest real estates and estimating
value of tree stand damages.
Expert opinions in analyzing timber markets situation in Poland and Europe.
Trainings for private forest owners and supervisors of private forests.
125
Forest management planning and forest monitoring












Environmental impact assessment for forest management plans in Natura 2000 areas
(after detailed regulations are published).
Developing simplified forest management plans.
Developing protection plans for national parks (co-operation), landscape parks, nature
reserves as well as protection plans and plans of protective tasks for Natura 2000 areas.
Expert opinions in selected aspects of forest condition assessment in forests of varying
ownership using geomatics techniques.
Inventory of forest resources.
Developing reports on state of forest resources and their changes.
Measurement of an annual growth of tree thickness in collected samples.
Spatial analyses with the use of digital terrain model.
Analyzing, developing and implementation of software for analyzing descriptive and
geometric data gathered in the Information System of the State Forests.
Developing business analyses of information projects (analitical documentation in UML
notation) with the use of descriptive and geometric data gathered in the Information
System of the State Forests.
Untypical queries concerning data gathered in the Information System of the State
Forests databases.
Designing and implementation of websites and content management systems
(ZOPE/PLONE technologies).
Forest utilization



Measuring and estimating noise and vibrations characteristics in work environment.
Occupational risk assessment related to noise and vibration according to the European
Union regulations (Directive 98/37/EC), physiological tests for timber harvesting
operators (estimating energy expenditure and physiological cost of work).
Trainings in operating timber harvesters.
Monitoring of forest fire danger and occurrence of forest fires







Co-operation with media and preparing notices on fire danger in forests.
Establishing usefulness of new technical solutions in forest fire protection.
Development of technologies utilizing instruments and equipment for detection and
extinguishing forest fires.
Preparing characteristics of meteorological and hydrological conditions of forest sites.
Forest fire forecasting in army ranges.
Development of forest fire protection programs.
Advising in development of tactics in case of forest fires.
126




Consulting on interpretation of rules related to forest fire protection.
Counselling in the functioning of the National Forest Fire Information System.
Trainings in forest fire protection.
Trainings in servicing forest fire forecasting stations in army ranges.
127
INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD
BIOTECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Biotechnologii Przemysłu
Rolno-Spożywczego)
Organisation Contact Data
36, Rakowiecka st, 02- 532 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 606 36 00
fax: + 48 22 849 04 26 ; +48 22 849 04 28
e-mail: ibprs@ibprs.pl
http://www.ibprs.pl/html/english.html
Department of Fermentation Technology
The Department of Fermentation Technology Institute of Agricultural
and Food Biotechnology was established in 1954 and from its origin intensively collaborates
with spirit and yeast industry. Generally, the activity of Department focus on the issues arising
form needs of modern spirit and yeast industry as well as agriculture. On the basis of its own
studies on biotechnological utility of microorganisms, yeast and lactic bacteria, Department
systematically extends area of activity and nowadays offers probiotic-type bacterial
preparations for livestock and mixed bacterial-enzymatic preparations for fodder ensile.
The main scope of research and scientific activity involves:







examination and improvement of microbial strains, bakery and distillery yeasts
selection, study on the metabolisms and physiology of the lactic acid bacteria
technological improvement in spirit, yeast industries for better usage of raw materials
and enhance of product quality, with particular regard to the energy saving and
environmental protection
modifications of technological process in yeast factories including improving their
economics and increase in activity of fermenting yeast biomass
improving technology of yeast products obtained from baker’s, post-fermentation
brewer’s yeast and sedimentary wine yeast
monitoring of the state of emergency of the environmental by distillery, spirit and
yeast industry
elaboration of the proper criteria for estimation of the authenticity of the alcoholic
beverages on the basis of studies on their isotopic composition
128




development of the chromatographic and sensory methods for analysis of taste and
flavor components of alcoholic beverages (including wines, cider)
studies on the identification of microorganisms by means of molecular biology
methods, including PCR technique
development of the procedures for identification of genetic modifications in food
development of multi-componential bakery starter cultures of a new generation for
application in rye and wheat-rye dough
The Department carries out complex and interdisciplinary research works, provides
technological solutions, licenses, know-how, expertise and analytical services to industrial
companies, small business, agricultural productions enterprises, institutions and state
administration offices, including:

technology and technique of obtainment and application of probiotic preparations and
biopreparations for fodder ensile (production on order of probiotic preparations,
belonging to product series Probiomix and Probiosacc: production on order of
preparations for fodder ensile: Lactosil, Lactamyl, Lactacel, Laktozym)

evaluation of spirit and alcoholic beverages quality on the basis of chemical and
chromatographic analyses
evaluation of usefulness and effectiveness of use of enzymatic preparations in

distilleries

microbiological purity determination of microbial culture as well as raw materials,
intermediate products and final products of yeast and spirit industry

sensory analysis, analysis of the physico-chemical quality factors of raw materials,
intermediate products and final products of spirit, yeast industry
technology of obtainment of bakery starter cultures


technology of obtainment of starter culture for vegetable ensile

technology of obtainment of yeast products for food, pharmaceutical industry and for
animal feeding
Highly qualified staff and modern technical equipment allows professional approach to realized
research.
Our department is accredited testing laboratory according to ISO 17025. Our analytical
competences are confirmed by Polish Centre for Accreditation (Number of accreditation AB
452).
Contact Person Data
Director of Department of Fermentation Technology:
Assoc. Prof. Krystyna M. Stecka Ph. D. Eng
36, Rakowiecka st, 02- 532 Warsaw, Poland
phone: + 48 22 606 36 49
fax + 48 22 849 04 26
e-mail: stecka@ibprs.pl
129
Yeast Derivated Products as Natural Food and Feed Additives
We offer the technology of producing yeast products. The subject of the invention is
optimization of process to obtain natural food additives from baker’s, post-fermentation
brewer’s yeast and sedimentary wine yeast towards entire utilization of cell wall constituents.
Due to growing demand for food additives their new, natural sources are searched for. One of
them are baker’s yeasts. Yeast derivated products such as yeast autolysates and yeast extracts
are obtained as a result of controlled autolysis (temp. 50 0C; pH 5,5; 24 h) with different types of
inductors such as: glucose, ethanol, NaCL, organic acids. Such obtained yeast autolysate is
spray-drying or cell wall are separated by centrifugation in order to obtain yeast extract. Yeast
extract is preserved in form of yeast spread or spray drying. Cell walls resulting after yeast
extract production are then forwarded to glucan production. It is done by alkaline extraction
and acid purification. Production of yeast derivated natural food additives is illustrated by the
chart below:
Yeast derivated natural food additives are carriers of functional, sensory and nutritional
properties. Yeast autolysates bind fats and water, are good sensory additives, have beneficial
aminoacids composition. They are used as components of nutrient media in microbiology,
additive to baker’s products, meat and mushroom stuffing. Yeast extracts are well soluble in all
pH spectrum, bind fats, color food. Due to presence of natural flavour enhancers: MSG, 5’ IMP,
5’ GMP and products of Maillard reaction they are good sensory additives. Yeast extracts have
high nutritional value of proteins and high content of vitamins. Yeast extracts are used in
production of prepared meals, concentrates of soups and sauces, species blends and meat
products. Yeast spreads are valuable component of vegetarian diet. Yeast glucan binds fat and
water, stimulate immunology body system against bacterial and virus infections as well as
cancer. Glucan obtained from yeast can be used in food products as a thickening, water-holding
or fat-binding agent. Due to parapharmaceutical properties of glucan it could be utilised in
production of functional food. Described above methodology of obtaining yeast derived natural
food additives is economicly justified method of spent brewer’s yeast utilization.
130
Department of Food Concentrates and Starch Products
The Department of Food Concentrates and Starch Products in Poznan, Poland, as a
Department of the Institute of Agricultural and Food Biotechnology, offers comprehensive and
interdisciplinary researches, development and implementation into food industry.
The main areas of the Department activity range:

Development of dry food mixes, including: dietetic food, food for special dietary use,
functional food, food for elderly, etc. - recipes and technology

Development of processing and preparing raw materials for dry mixes

Enhancing of taste and healthy facilities of coffee and cereal coffee drinks

Development of starches and starch derivatives

Chemical and sensory food analysis including shelf life assessment

Research of flexible packaging materials

Food processing advisory service

Pilot plant service on semi-commercial scale production.
The Department is good equipped with analytical instrumentation and technical facility.
The unit processes such as: extraction, drying, sterilization, extrusion, disintegration, mixing and
packaging are realized in our Pilot Plant.
In our Department there were elaborated and implemented into industry practice, among
others:

dry food mixes (soups, sauces, dishes, desserts, cakes, seasonings), including lawcalorie, sugarless and gluten-free products,

technologies of herb, tea and vegetable extracts,

agglomeration of powdered beverages and desserts,

continuous steam sterilization of plant materials,

producing of different instant cereal products by extrusion,

technologies of obtaining different starch thickeners, maltodextrines and enzymatic
starch syrups.
The Department has developed many patented product and technologies.
131
We cooperate with clients from food industry, including SME.
Institute of Agricultural and Food Biotechnology is accredited testing
laboratory according to ISO 17025. Our analytical competences are confirmed
by Polish Centre for Accreditation (Number of accreditation AB 452).
Contact Person Data
Director of Department of Food Concentrates and
Starch Products in Poznan”
Assoc. Prof. Marian Remiszewski Ph. D. Eng
40, Starolecka s, 61-361, Poznań, Poland
phone: + 48 61 873 19 70
fax: + 48 61 879 34 83
e-mail: remi@man.poznan.pl
www.ibprs.poznan.pl
132
Instant Cereal Groats
We offer the technology of producing instant cereal groats which contain healthy
ingredients. The elaborated technology is based on extrusion process which was tested in pilot
plant division of our Department. The pilot plant technology line consist of screen, weigh
feeder, wetting-mixing unit, screw extruder, cutting unit, pneumatic conveyer, rotary dryer,
vibratory cooler. Working capacity of pilot plant is about 100kg/h of ready product.
Instant cereal groats, obtaining by our technology, meet all consumer expectations for healthy,
convenience and safety food. Instant groats are easy digestible, cholesterol-free, contain
antioxidants, dietary fibre and big amount of complex carbohydrates; they do not contain any
food additives. They have long shelf life.
They are ready to eat without cooking; it is enough to pour them boiling water and wait
for a while. They have also a property to rehydratation in cold/ ambient temperature water,
milk or other liquid food without heating.
These special rehydratation properties are obtained thanks to inner porous structure of
products. This cause additional advantages – ready to eat cereal groats are not sticky, they
have permanent and loose form and are friable.
Thanks to their properties offered instant cereal groats, have a wide range of application
– in the house keeping, tourism, catering and food industry as a component or base of other
instant food.
In the case of interest in implementation of our technology, please contact as bellow:
Contact Person Data
Director of Department of Food Concentrates and
Starch Products in Poznan”
Assoc. Prof. Marian Remiszewski Ph. D. Eng
40, Starolecka s, 61-361, Poznań, Poland
phone: + 48 61 873 19 70
fax: + 48 61 879 34 83
e-mail: remi@man.poznan.pl
www.ibprs.poznan.pl
133
INSTITUTE FOR ECOLOGY OF INDUSTRIAL AREAS
(Instytut Ekologii Terenów Uprzemysłowionych)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
6, Kossuthast, 40 –844 Katowice, Poland
Head of the International Co-operation
Department: Izabela Ratman - Kłosińska
phone: + 48 32 60 31 ext. 243
fax: +48 32 254 17 17
phone: +48 32 254 60 31
fax: +48 32 254 17 17
e-mail: ietu@ietu.katowice.pl
http://www.ietu.katowice.pl/eng/index.htm
e-mail: rat@ietu.katowice.pl
Institute for Ecology of Industrial Areas (IETU) in Katowice, Poland is an R&D unit acting under
the Ministry of Environment with a 38- year experience in applied research and consulting
addressing key environmental challenges posed by heavily industrialized and urbanized
environment. Our staff of 96 including 58 researchers and senior scientists represents a broad
portfolio of expertise in such fields as:











land management, especially post industrial areas
integrated atmospheric protection
management of water resources
environmental risk analysis and assessment
soil and groundwater remediation technologies
integrated environmental monitoring and modeling
solid and hazardous waste management
environmental microbiology
environmental management and policy including eco-innovation
geostatistical analyses
environmental education
PROJECTS/ SPECIAL AREA OF INTEREST:
We provide services to state and local administration, regulators and industry but first of all
conduct research projects with partners at home and in international consortia. Vast majority
of these projects is funded by the European Commission. High level of the performed scientific
works combined with the personnel’s skills to cooperate in international project consortia
allowed IETU to be recognized among Poland’s leading R&D centers in the number of the
134
successful applications to the EU funds. In total we participated or currently perform 43
international projects. In the years
1995- 2000 our main partner in doing environmental restoration studies and soil remediation
technologies was the U.S. Department of Energy and Florida State University. Last year we
successfully completed a project under the U.S. EPA Program Methane2Markets which
addressed conversion of the coal mine methane from abandoned mines into LNG in Poland and
we are looking forward to further explore this promising research theme as well as others such
as:
• integrated surface and groundwater quality management, especially in industrial and
urbanized areas
• integrated air quality management
• technologies for soil remediation (bioremediation, phytoremedation) and site
characteristics using GIS and geostatistics
• health and environmental risk analysis and assessment
• solutions for integrated management of post-industrial sites
• environmental policy and management including environmental technologies verification
issues
• biodiversity issues, especially those related to the impact of contaminated environment
• waste management including hazardous waste
• research into eco-innovation including eco-efficiency indicators, measuring eco-innovation,
LCA approaches in business practice, monitoring systems of eco-innovative
technologies, etc.
IETU’s Central Laboratory has been accredited by the Polish Centre for Accreditation
(Certificate of Accreditation No. AB 325) for physico-chemical analyses of water, wastewater,
soil and wastes.
The accreditation includes 30 analytical methods and testing procedures for determining
inorganic and organic compounds in different environmental components. IETU is partner in an
EU funded coordination project Advance- ETV aimed at building the foundations for
harmonisation and international recognition of the currently developed European
environmental technologies verification scheme with the operational Canadian and the U.S.
ETV systems. IETU is the main partner to the Polish Ministry of the Environment in the
implementation of the European Environmental Technologies Action Plan in Poland.
135
Circular Flow Land Use Management (CircUse)
Project / Technology / Solution / Achivement Description:
The development of regular integrated action plans on sustainable land management and the
realisation of projects demonstrating practical solutions by local and regional stakeholders are
important for Central European regions. Therefore partners of the CircUse project will work on
this new Circular Flow Land Use Management concept in coherence with the implementation of
instruments and pilot actions.
CircUse also will be strongly influenced by the goal to create climate beneficial land use
structures – either by passive contributions on energy consumption by traffic, natural soil
protection or actively by energy production on land integrated in interim or final land use
options. Instruments will be provided by the concept of Circular Flow Land Use Management as
an integrative policy and governance approach.
Ecological Effect of the Project / Technology:
CircUse will contribute to achieve the general spatial objective of „Developing polycentric
settlements structures and territorial cooperation”. This will be adressed by the following
project objectives:

support of sustainable land use change (e.g. by new concepts and information tools),
136




reduction of land consumption and inner development (e.g. by integration of planning
instruments, soil protection tools and brownfield revitalisation measures),
increase of private investment in inner development (e.g. by risk transparency),
coordination of public interventions and funding (including ERDF) (e.g. by local
investment task forces),
coordination of investments in greenfield, greyfield and brownfield sites to ensure cost
efficient settlements (e. g. by local and regional planning).
CircUse Strategy:
Circular Flow Land Use Management (CircUse) represents an integrative policy and governance
approach which presupposes a changed land use philosophy with regard to land utilization. This
modified land use philosophy can be expressed with the slogan “avoid – recycle –compensat”.
137
Identification System of Air Pollution Inflow (SINZaP)
Project / Technology / Solution / Achivement Description:
The SINZaP system enables modelling the state and the
forecast of the
air quality and making the obtained results accessible by the
Internet. The service delivers hourly communiques containing
understandable
air quality (AQ) information enabling citizens tune their
behaviour to varying state of the AQ (e.g. allergy allerts,
exceeded concentrations of pollutants, ozone etc). The
modelling is realised with the use of a tool called
Identification System of Air Pollution Infl ow (SINZaP).
The system enables identification of air pollution infl ux,
identification of emission sources location, assessment of
intensity of air pollutant emission in the monitored area as
well as assessment of air pollution infl ux from remote high
intensity emission sources. For modeling the emission and air
pollutants concentrations in SINZaP system, aback- trajectory
model – BackTrack is used, which, in turn, is based on
VLSTRACK model. The essential feature of the BackTrack
model is application of back trajectories in the selection of emission sources influencing a given
receptor. For modelling of trajectories BackTrack uses three-dimensional wind fields, friction
velocity, Monin-Obukhov length and mixing layer height SINZaP consists of 4 main modules:
data module including data scanner for reading public data accessible by the internet; module
for preparation of meteorological data; BackTrack module for simulations of pollutants
emissions and air pollutants concentrations; and Trainer module for correction of input
parameters and adjusting the modelling and the observed data. Data collected by the system
are used for simulation of concentrations of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, PM10 and
carbon monoxide. 24-hours traces of backtrajectories are used in simulation of air pollutant
concentrations at a given time point and location. The modelled concentrations arecompared
with the measured ones. This enables making corrections in the emission field and
meteorological conditions.
Ecological Effect of the Project / Technology:
In 2005-2006 SINZaP was applied in EC MARQUIS project. Now it is used in information service
on air quality in the Silesian Voivodeship (MARQUIS Light). Since 2006 SINZaP operates as a real
time system for modelling of pollutants emissions and air pollutants concentrations. It
138
addresses the information needs of the specialists or decision makers responsible for air quality
management
Special Awards rof the Project / Technology:
Due to its scientifi c and technological advancement SINZaP as well as MARQUIS Light service
were presented to the Prize of the Polish Ministry of Environment and the Green Check Prize of
the Voivodeship Inspectorate of Environmental Protection in Katowice
139
INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
(Instytut Ochrony Środowiska)
Organisation Contact Data
5/11 d, Krucza st, 00- 548 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 621 36 70
fax: + 48 22 629 52 63
e-mail: sekretariat@ios.gov.pl
http://www.ios.edu.pl/eng/welcome.html
RESEARCH PROFILE:
The current activity of the Institute focuses the following research fields:
 comprehensive environmental research, including degradation processes and their
consequences;
 environmental policy and environmental protection strategies, programs and plans;
 air protection,
 climate change;
 noise control;
 landscape conservation;
 protection of biodiversity;
 protection and restoration of biologically active land surface;
 protection of water resources and their quality;
 waste management;
 management of chemicals in the environment.
ACTIVITY SCOPE:
Among the basic research areas of special significance are projects aimed at assessing the risk
associated with intentionally produced substances like biocides and pesticides that are
introduced into the basic components of the environment - water, soil, air and living organisms
in a controlled way, as well as substances which are introduced in an uncontrolled way as byproducts of many production processes, like dioxins, PCBs, PAHs and heavy metals. The findings
of research concerning persistent organic pollutants and pollution with heavy metals allow to
develop remedial methods for restoring degraded areas, with a special focus on areas degraded
by chemicals.
In cooperation with other Polish partners the Institute is involved in the preparation of a
strategy for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and the adaptation of the Polish economy to
climate change, preparing the first integrated climate change scenarios for Poland. Recently,
140
the Institute has developed the methodological basis for adaptation to climate change of plant
production on farms representing different types of management and production scales
Some projects are carried out on a permanent basis. Most of these are applied research studies
for the Ministry of the Environment. Projects on environmental quality monitoring, including air
pollution, noise and lakes, as well as integrated monitoring of the natural environment, and
economic issues of climate change are of special importance.
Research in the area of water, sewage and sludge management has been an important part of
the Institute’s activity, with much attention paid to physical, chemical and biological properties
of sludge, in particular sanitary research on human and animal intestinal parasites, bacteria
causing hemolysis and Salmonella due to the frequent agricultural use of sludge as fertilizers.
Microbiological air contamination and the spreading of odors are important research fields
assessing the impact of municipal facilities such as wastewater treatment plants and landfills on
the environment and human health. Research on waste management, including the
management of sewage sludge, leads to cooperation with the industry as well as small and
medium enterprises.
The Institute’s share in research projects conducted as part of EU programs is increasing
significantly.. The Institute has been working on projects dealing with the reduction of dioxin
emissions from the metallurgical sector, and has been involved in the development of
innovative chemical safety indicators and environmental indicators enabling integrated risk
assessments in the context of accidental releases of hazardous chemical substances into the
environment, and integrated assessments of the ecological state of waters, as well as projects
related to ecosystems’ adjustment to climate change.
Since 2005, the National Centre of the Emissions Trading System has been set up in the
Institute. In 2009 it transformed within the structure of the Institute into the National Centre
for Emissions Management (KOBIZE). As defined in Article 3.2 of the Law on the Emissions
Management System of 17 July 2009 KOBiZE is responsible inter alia for:

operation of the national system of emissions balancing and forecasting of GHG and
other substances, including the national database of emissions to the air;

maintaining the national registry of the Kyoto units;

preparing emissions reports and forecasts;

establishing methodology of setting up emissions' levels for categories of installations
or industrial activities, as well as methodology of establishing emission factors per
product unit, fuel or material used;

collecting, processing, estimating, forecasting and collating data on the volume of
emissions of GHG and other substances
The Institute operates two environmental monitoring stations - in the Borecka Forest:
Integrated Environmental Monitoring Station “Puszcza Borecka”, and in Warsaw: Air Pollution
Measurement Station. (in collaboration with US EPA).
141
Three accredited laboratories support the Institute’s R&D projects. Namely: the Environmental
Monitoring Laboratory works in the area of chemical and physical analyses of the quality of
basic components of the environment; the Mobile Noise Laboratory conducts research on
industrial, traffic, aircraft and impulse noise; the Borecka Forest Station for Integrated
Environmental Monitoring conducts, inter alia, measurements of concentrations of ozone and
other pollutants.
PROPOSED FIELD OF COLLABORATION
National Centre for Emissions Management
Support in establishing GHG and air pollution state monitoring system as well as reporting to
UNFCCC Secretariat. Verification of the GHG and other pollution emission data, both in
theoretical considerations and making use of practical tools.





Know-how, methodological knowledge and software
IT services in elaboration and operation of the air pollutants data bases.
Elaboration of the strategic development plans for different industrial branches with
regards to the emission reduction of GHG and air pollution.
Consulting in the area of the air pollution estimation and balancing.
Other analysis related to combating the climate change and the air protection at the
state and international level and their impact on economy, industry, etc.
Waste Management Department
The team posses a wide knowledge in the area of waste management – technology,
organization, legislation. The experience is connected with waste management planning –
especial municipal waste, some kinds of industrial waste, hazardous waste management especial POPs (Persistent Organic Pollutants – Stockholm Convention ).
the National Implementation Plan of Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants
(POPs) was prepared in the Institute which play role of the Stockholm Convention Focal Point
for Poland in 2011. On request of UNIDO consultation in preparation National Implementation
Plan in Armenia have been carried out. The team offers also advice in POPs management
planning (i.e. Implementation Plans of Stockholm Convention, organization of control and
reporting services).
Also documents of the Conference of Parties and its bodies are analysed and national position
papers are prepared .
In the last years the team participated in two important projects – Waste Management in
Inorganic Chemical Industry – Foresigh to 2030y. and Use of Keratine as Flame Retardant in
Industrial Products (polymers) ( medaille d’Or, Concours Lepine. Paris 2011).
142
The Institute offers expert advice in waste management planning – preparation of
environmental protection plans for cities and surrounding areas, hazardous waste management
planning, risk assessment reports preparation, environmental impact assessment of
contaminated sites.
Currently the team is involved in collaboration in research in waste management of packaging
materials of consumer goods. The aim of the project would be the reduction of environmental
pollution throughout the changes in technology of production processes of packaging materials.
143
INSTITUTE OF METEOROLOGY AND WATER MANAGEMENT
(Instytut Meteorologii i Gospodarki Wodnej)
Organisation Contact Data
61, Podleśna st, 01- 673 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 56-94-100
fax: + 48 22 834-18-01; (22) 834-54-66
imgw@imgw.pl
http://www.imgw.pl/index.php?lang=pl
The Institute of Meteorology and Water Management - National Research Institute (IMGW) is
a government agency under the Ministry of the Environment. IMGW offers products and
services that provide various kinds of enterprises and organisations with an important
foundation for decision-making. High-quality observational data and research is utilized to
develop services to benefit our everyday life. Visible examples are improvement of weather
forecasts, development of new expert and warning services as well as applications of the
newest research results.
Ground Based Remote Sensing Department
The Ground Based Remote Sensing Department (OTN – Ośrodek Teledetekcji Naziemnej) is
one of the branches within the IMGW. The OTN operates a network of 8 high-resolution
Doppler weather radars as well as network of lightning detection system, and provides high
resolution data for weather forecasting offices and other public services. The OTN also supports
the aviation community through the production of several specific weather radar products.
Beside providing data, the OTN is also working with research and development within
atmospheric remote sensing. The main task is to improve existing methods and develop new
ones to make the institute better equipped to exploit the remotely sensed data in our analysis,
short-term forecasts and environmental surveillance.
144
MeteoFlight:
System of Weather Hazard Monitoring for Air Traffic Control and
Management
The innovative, versatile and fully automatic MeteoFlight system, being developed by Ground
Based Remote Sensing Department for the aviation community, produces a weather hazard
index (WHI) field based on meteorological data and processes it as an input data to Air Traffic
Control (ATC) systems in the form of meteorological overlay (e.g. ASTERIX format).
Independently, MeteoFlight can be accessed as a web application with general access through a
web browser by other users like pilots and traffic management.
Figure 1: Overall scheme of the MeteoFlight system
WHI is a metric, which describes a level of meteorological hazards from air traffic's point of
view. The concept of the WHI is not to provide air traffic controllers with plurality information
about current meteorological conditions and phenomena, but the synthetic one. From the
viewpoint of ATC, information about meteorological conditions plays significant role in
assessment of the air navigation safety. For air traffic management the information is directly
assigned to loss in case of flight delays etc.
The versatile and modular structure of the MeteoFlight system leads to easy accommodation
to variety of input data sources. The basic one is the data from weather radar network and
lightning detection system. But the system is open and can be adjusted to other kinds of
meteorological high resolution data like satellite pictures, numerical weather prediction (NWP),
lidars etc.
145
Figure 2: View of MeteoFlight web application with WHI field
BUSINESS PROPOSAL
Our range of expertise covers:

System customization. OTN can build and deploy the application adopted to local
environment, which mean working with local meteorological data, and local
geographical layers.

System delivery and installation. The system will be delivered with full documentation
covering user and administrator manuals and trainings. Our experts will configure new
hardware and install all MeteoFlight applications.

System maintaining. Our experts will be ready to answer any of client enquiries.

Cooperation in system development. MeteoFlight is focused on further development
to provide new solutions using state-of-the-art technologies. OTN is willing to
cooperate with other institutions to share experience and knowledge.
For more technical information please contact:
Contact Person Data
Zdzislaw Dziewit
phone: +48 22 569 43 53
e-mail: Zdzislaw.Dziewit@imgw.pl
146
The range of promotion of technologies for monitoring of the marine environment
state.
The Maritime Branch of IMGW - PIB is a leading institute in Poland in the implementation of
modern technologies in monitoring of the marine environment quality in accordance with the
requirements of HELCOM, as well as the European Environment Agency. The substantial value
of the Institute is the long term experience of the team involved in the marine monitoring for
more than 20 years.
One of the basic elements of the monitoring technology is the use of international standards of
quality for the organization of the expedition, measurement, environmental sampling and
laboratory analysis. This technology is compatible with the requirements of the Water
Framework Directive EP (WFD) and adapted to the requirements resulting from the
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) in Poland.
The key element of the monitoring technology is the methodology of assessment of the state of
the individual components of the marine ecosystem, as well as the ecosystem as a whole, using
statistical methods and numerical models. The calculation tools for the classification of the
ecological quality of ecosystem (in a five grade scale according to the WFD and a two grade
scale according to RDSM) are the latest technologies in the field of assessment. They allow for a
consistent presentation of the quality status of the entire marine ecosystem as a support in the
marine environment management.
The Institute offers technology transfer in the following areas:
1. Design and optimization of monitoring of the open sea and coastal water including bays
and lagoons.
2. The implementation of modern technologies for the measurement of physical, chemical
and biological parameters.
3. Implementation of modern analytical methods for inorganic and organic chemistry.
4. Implementation of quality assurance of laboratory analyses of inorganic and organic
samples.
5. The implementation of a system of quality control for measurements of physical
parameters.
6. Organization and management of measurement data by means of an oceanographic
database background, which is adjusted to fit assessment procedures needs.
7. Implementation of methods generated and developed by specialized staff within the
Institute, likewise within the framework of HELCOM, for analysis of the environment
state in terms of eutrophication, harmful substances and hydromorphological
elements.
147
INSTITUTE OF ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
IN INDUSTRY ORGMASZ
(Instytut Organizacji i Zarządzania w Przemyśle ORGMASZ)
Organisation Contact Data
87, Żelazna st, 00 – 879 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 654 60 61 ext. 206
phone/ fax: + 48 22 620 43 60
e-mail: instytut@orgmasz.eu
http://www.orgmasz.pl/uk/home_uk.htm
Institute of Organization and Management in Industry ORGMASZ would like to offer
cooperation at the field of green – energy.
ORGMASZ with Partners offer the whole range of services aimed at implementation of
technologies as well as legal services.
148
Below please find key information concerning R&D implementation:
Quasi – Pyrolyze Consortium leaded by ORGMASZ
We are proud to announce that our institute signed an agreement between COMPUTEX ltd. and
PROKAB S ltd. and established new cooperation on 15th May 2012.
The main purpose is to cooperate with extraordinary technology of utilizing wastes by quazi
mineralization method. Thermal transforming by mineralization method is one of the best ways
to utilize liquid and solid wastes. This method of utilization produces electricity and thermal
energy.
Why do we use Quasi Pyrolyze Process?
The main difference between Pyrolyze and Quasi Pyrolyze Process is temperature.
Pyrolyze Process operates in 800 to 1100ºC. On the contrary Quasi Pyrolyze Process needs only
400-450ºC. The final product of Pyrolyze Process is tar. Temperature of Quasi Pyrolyze Process
is lower and final products are gases not tar.
Utilization of all kinds of wastes in the same installation is a novelty.
The other advantages of Quasi Pyrolize Process are





sludge volume reduction (16 - 50 - fold)
sludge mass reduction ( 20 – 100 - fold)
total sludge dehydration
total sludge deodorization
total oxidation of organic compounds, including bacteria and viruses, to H2O and CO2
The offered technology consists of:







the system which vaporize the water from bio - sludge, regardless whether this
sediment is initially drained or not;
the system for full disinfection of steam;
the system of gasification (low – temperature quasi - pyrolysis) of the organic residue,
so – called dry matter;
a catalytic reactor fully oxidizing organic compounds to H2O en CO2 with efficiency of
99,9%;
the system of heat exchangers, which recover catalytic, post – reaction heat to
minimize energy expenditure (vaporization process);
final filters which capture solid, inorganic particles and metals as well as their
compounds;
a series of alkaline washers (only if required by the chemical composition of the sludge)
149
For our New Cooperation the wastes are not the wastes. They are fuel. We would like to
challenge the view that the wastes are only a problem. It is the final time to save environment
for seriously. The new technology will support the plea for cleaner and healthier environment.
Project Coordinators:
Ewa Minrewska-Huńka
Waldemar Snopek
Arkadiusz Grzeszczak
Zbigniew Krawczyk
Witold Witowski
150
Energia Restitua - THE Green – Power and Legal CONSORTIUM
The Consortium consists of five firms: Fund of Centre for Entreprise Supoprt, Hakon
Consultancy Agency, Institute of Organization and Management in Industry ORGMASZ , „Kalwas
Partners” Law Office, MS CONSULT, who carry out project in the area of renewable energy.
The Consortium operates in the area of Investments in renewable energy sources by, inter alia,
preparing projects and procurement of funds for project’s execution.
The Consortium carries out projects with respect to:
 Investments in photovoltaics, heat pomp, solar collectors.
Preparation of the investment task execution and transfer of information regarding
undertakings on behalf of beneficiary crucial for funding of investment execution from
WFOŚiGW funds with respect to installation of photovoltaic panels, heat pomp, solar collectors,
in particular:

Estimation of investment possibilities and estimation of effectiveness of the use of
new solutions.

Preparation of documentation necessary to file the application for granting a subsidy
(investment documentation –project, cost estimate).

Preparation of documentation regarding network connection.

Preparation of the application including attachments (supervision over preparation of
attachments).

Supervision over correctness of an application settlement.

Optimization of operating cost of: local government units, their subordinated
institutions, enterprises
Organization of joint purchase of energy – tenders of local government units, entrepreneurs,
hospitals, in particular:

Analysis of the cost reduction possibilities with respect to purchase

Estimation of the possibility of joint purchase, preparation of the goods and services
purchase list.

Legal support (contracts between particular beneficiaries).

Preparation and conduct of collective tender.

Training regarding optimization of energy management costs and other operating costs.
151
„KALWAS & PARTNERS”
„Kalwas and Partners” is a Polish law office founded in 1989. Since then, the firm is continually
operating with major successes in both Polish and international market. “Kalwas and Partners”
is a civil partnership of four legal advisors Our office is a member of the International
Association of Independent Law Firms – TELFA and a member of the Polish-Spanish Chamber of
Commerce.
The Office Partners and cooperating lawyers have extensive experience in providing
comprehensive legal assistance to Polish and foreign companies and the procedural practice
with a legal representation in litigation.
152
INSTITUTE OF PLANT PROTECTION
(Instytut Ochrony Roślin)
Organisation Contact Data
20, Wladyslawa Wegorka st, 60 – 318,
Poznań Poland
phone: +48 61 864 90 02
fax: + 48 61 867 63 01
e-mail: sekretariat@iorpib.poznan.pl
http://www.ior.poznan.pl/lang:1
The Institute of Plant Protection-National Research Institute in Poznan is a modern
institution directly subordinate to the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development, covering
general plant protection problems. Institute of Plant Protection-NRI provides a wide range of
commercial services related to various areas of plant protection. The individual departments in
the Institute offer professional consulting, trainings and identification of different type of plant
pathogens. The Institute received three Ministerial Awards for development and
implementation of biological methods in plant protection. The Institute obtained three patents
on developed production technologies and application methods of bioproducts containing
entomopathogenic viruses and bacterias. The Institute provides examination of biological
efficacy of plant protection products (e.g. fungicides, herbicides etc) in agricultural and
horticultural for registration purposes. We also elaborate and assessments reports of pesticide
residues for the purpose of registration of plant protection products in Poland. Moreover, we
analyze pesticides residues and heavy metal contents in agricultural products, soil, potable
water, plant consumable products and feed derived from ecological farming using
chromatographic techniques. The Institute provides also expertise’s on environmental pollution
(plant, soil, water) caused by plant protection products. We organized trainings for advisors and
producers. The Institute introduced several plant protection programs for growers and
rendered evaluation of quality, usefulness and efficacy of new plant protection products and
their occurrence in soil, potable and ground water as well as evaluation of the equipment
suitability for performing plant protection treatment.
The Institute offers a wide range of diagnostic services including different type of
pathogens using both traditional and molecular biology methods. Newly established in
2011 ,,The Plant Disease Clinic” conducts extensive analysis and research on a wide range of
plant pathogens including nematodes, viruses, phytoplasmas, fungi and bacterias. New
diagnostic techniques using real-time PCR for sensitive and fast detection of viruses and
bacterias in plants and seeds were developed and described.
In addition, the Institute possesses the Research Centre of Quarantine, Invasive and
Genetically Modified Organisms, which was formed in July 2009 at the Institute of Plant
Protection - National Research Institute in Poznan. It is a modern and unique in the country
153
fulfilling the highest phytosanitary requirements’ standards (SL3). The Centre's role is to
provide research facilities for researchers of the Institute of Plant Protection-NRI, and other
research and development units working with IPP-NRI, leading the study on the quarantine
pests, invasive and genetically modified crops. The center is equipped with the best quality
equipment and modern greenhouses and laboratories to conduct studies using contra-phase
microscope, scanning electron microscope, transmission electron microscope and others.
154
OUR OFFER:
Department of Virology and Bacteriology
Technology of vaccines against viruses
Department develop technology to protect crops against viruses. There are no effective
methods to fight against viruses besides complying with phytosanitary rules and using
diagnostic tools. The enormous genetic variability of RNA viruses is an essential mechanism
leading to their evolutionary success. This variability is owed to the short generation time,
enormous population sizes and lack of proofreading mechanisms of virus-encoded RNAdependent RNA polymerases. Point mutations, if change the amino acid sequence, are
potential targets for selective forces, which eliminate poorly adapted genetic variants and fix
beneficial ones. The scope of genetic variability of RNA viruses often positively correlates with
the ability to infect a wider range of susceptible host species, i.e. the more variability, the more
species may be potential hosts. For that reason, we aimed to create stable virus variants to
protect plant in the mechanism of cross-protection. It is a way of the protection against a viral
infection given to a plant by its prior inoculation with a related but milder virus.
The research is being performed on Pepino mosaic virus (PepMV) now consider one of
the most dangerous pathogens infecting tomato plants worldwide and placed on the European
and Mediterranean Plant Protection Organization (EPPO) alert list. PepMVis a highly diverse
virus which evolved rapidly from emerging to endemic in tomato crops. Single nucleotide
sequence differences between isolates from the same genotype have been shown to lead to
the enhanced aggressiveness and symptomatology. The virus is very variable and different
isolates cause wide range of symptoms on infected plants from mild mosaic, through yellowing
to necrosis and plant death. Moreover, the virus creates a lot of variants and even single
nucleotide substitution might be responsible for severe symptoms observed. In the Department
we created infectious clone of different PepMV pathotypes and collection of viral mutants
bearing single nucleotide substitution in the genome by site-directed mutagenesis. We checked
them stability in the plants and potential ability to protect plants against more aggressive
variants. We are working with the most stable variants and different tomato varieties coming
from Poland and Spain. Our goal is to find the best variant which will protect plants against
other PepMV variants and produce it in a large scale for commercial use. It will act as plant
vaccines. The other way is to design of vaccines based on short artificial micro RNAs to
immunize plants.
Defective interfering RNAs – a way to protect plant against viruses
In the Department of Virology and Bacteriology we deal with small RNAs associated with
Tomato black ring virus genome which infects a wide range of plants: cucumber, tomato,
potato and others. In Poland it was qualified as quarantine object on strawberry and raspberry.
The virus is very dangerous because it often causes necrosis and plant death. The existence of
defective interfering RNA molecules (DIs) associated with TBRV and another member of
Nepovirus genus, Beet ringspot virus, has been shown. DI-RNAs are small RNA molecules
155
derived from a parental virus genome. DI-RNAs originally found in animal viruses and then they
were discovered also in different families of plant viruses. It is thought that the generation of
DI-RNA in due to a recombination event that occurs according to a “copy-choice” mechanism
and is initiated by a strong secondary structure in the viral RNA. There are two types of
defective interfering RNAs associated with plant RNA viruses. The first type contains the DIRNAs generated by a single internal deletion and the second ones are the products of several
consecutive recombination events. The molecules belonging to the first were usually found in
association with the virus possessing the multipartite genome. Their formation in infected cells
can strongly influence virus life cycle (replication, accumulation or symptoms).
Over the last few years we collected several TBRV isolates from different plant species.
In the Department of Virology and Bacteriology short defective RNAs (D-RNAs) associated with
Tomato black ring virus (TBRV) were isolated, cloned and sequenced. As a result, two types of
D-RNAs associated with different TBRV isolates were identified. Both types were derived from
RNA1. The presence of additional RNAs was connected with attenuated symptoms on infected
plants. It may suggests that generated D-RNAs also interfere with replication of the parental
genomes. For that reason, we are going to obtain artificial small RNAs and check their influence
on symptoms development. It could be done by chemical synthesis or by creating RNA
transcripts using special vector systems. The synthesis of small RNAs and immunization of
plants could be a novel solution in plant protection.
Small RNAs might play a role in gene silencing during the infection and can be used as a
tool to protect plant against viruses.
156
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND LIFE SCIENCES
(Instytut Technologiczno – Przyrodniczy)
Organisation Contact Data
3, Hrabska st, 05- 090 Falenty, Poland
phone: +48 22.628 37 63
fax: + 48 22.628 37 63
e-mail: itp@itp.edu.pl
http://www.itep.edu.pl/english/
ITP Warsaw Branch
ITP Poznań Branch
32, Rakowiecka st, 02 – 532, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 542 11 00
fax: + 48 22 542 11 50
67 Biskupińska st, 60 – 463, Poznań, Poland
phone: +48 61 820 33 31
fax: + 48 820 83 81
www.itep.poznan.pl
Agro-environmental Research:

The use of object classification of satellite and aerial imagery of selected elements of
land cover, in particular:
 Way of land use,
 Natural habitats,
 Wetlands,
 Soil cover units.

Exchange of experience in scope of use of remote sensing and GIS in works on
landscape structure monitoring including the aspect of scale of monitored areas (local,
regional, national scale).
Sustainable use of natural resources in agricultural landscape.
Construction of system allowing optimization of management of spatial units
(administrative units, protected areas, watersheds, regions, etc.) basing on use of GIS
and remote sensing tools.
Development of integrated methods of inventory of valuable natural habitats in
landscapes strongly influenced by human activity, particularly related to agricultural
activities (using GIS and remote sensing – satellite and aerial).
The relationship between carbon dioxide emission and way of use of soils rich in
organic matter.
Emission of carbon dioxide from natural habitats connected with wetlands ecosystems.
Differentiation of indicators of biodiversity and landscapes in agricultural areas with
different traditions of land use.






157
Agricultural Engineering Research:
Micro installations for production of electricity and heat from the liquid and gaseous
biofuels




Development of universal micro installation for production of electricity and heat from
gaseous and liquid biofuels (waste grease).
Solution of problems connected with identification of origin of different sources of
wastes basing on exchange of knowledge and experience.
Development of database on wastes.
Development of technology and a prototype installation operation on liquid and
gaseous fuels at the same time at the small agricultural biogas plants.
Works on the effective use of wastes and diffused sources of energy are carried out on a global
scale. Cooperation between countries would base on exchange of experiences in scope of
threats caused by production and storing of wastes as well as on ways of dealing with the
problem. Basing on collected information a database would be developed. The database would
contain information on characteristics of different wastes (mainly organic and grease), their
amounts and sources of origin.
Precise identification of the problem as well as knowledge spread among research institutes
would be a foundation for development of universal, compact or modular unit for production
of energy from different wastes. Animal grease as highly energetic one waste would be the
main fuel for the unit generating electricity and heat while biogas would be a component of
fuel-air mixture produced in combustion chamber of the diesel engine.
The effect of the cooperation would be not only a regularly updated database on wastes that
might be used for monitoring of waste origin but also a new technology and a prototype unit
for production of energy from different wastes. The commercial product would be also a tool
for defining the production potential of waste locally and a tool for their effective use.
158
MARITIME INSTITUTE IN GDAŃSK
(Instytut Morski w Gdańsku)
Organisation Contact Data
41/42 Długi Targ, 80 – 830 Gdańsk, Poland
phone: +48 58 .301 16 41
fax: + 48 58 301 35 13
e-mail: im@im.gda.pl
http://www.en.im.gda.pl/
The Maritime Institute operates as a research institute in accordance with the Act of 30 April
2010 on research institutes (Official Gazette of 2010, No. 96, it. 618). The Maritime Institute is
listed in the National Court Register (Krajowy Rejestr Sądowy - KRS) under position
0000026943.
In accordance with the KRS the scope of activity of the Maritime Institute in Gdansk includes
among others:
 R&D in the field of chemical sciences,
 R&D in the field of earth sciences,
 R&D in the field of biologic and environmental sciences,
 R&D in the field of technical sciences,
 R&D in the field of economical sciences,
 R&D in the field of law,
 R&D in the field of librarianship and scientific and technical information,
 Activity in structure, urban and technological design,
 Geological and exploration activities,
 Survey and cartographic activities,
 Technical investigations and analyses.
159
CHARACTERISTIC OF RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The Maritime Institute in Gdansk implements innovative research for the needs of maritime
economy, research and implementation works, feasibility studies and expert opinions,
consultations in the fields of: ecology and environmental protection (biological and chemical
research), maritime hydrotechnics, geotechnics, operational oceanography, maritime
renewable energy, transport, logistics, spatial planning of coastal (including marine) zones,
modernisation and exploitation of ports, inland navigation, tourism, flood safety, marine
electronics, data bases management, monitoring of continuous phenomena. The Maritime
Institute in Gdansk has an experienced and highly qualified research and technical staff,
dynamically developing departments and workshops, specialised laboratories:

Multipurpose oceanographic laboratory r/v IMOR,

Accredited environment protection Research Laboratory – Certificate of Accreditation
of Research Laboratory No. AB 646

Accredited Marine Electronics Laboratory – Certification of Accreditation of Research
Laboratory No. AB 848.
The Maritime Institute in Gdańsk is an inter-disciplinary unit supervised by Polish Ministry of
Transport, Construction and Maritime Economy. Its activities have a direct influence on the
development of widely understood maritime economy. The results of research activities of the
institute are comprehensive research and development works for national government, local
and regional self-government and maritime administration, also for companies connected
mainly with the maritime economy and the coastal regions.
The Institute’s departments cooperation results in common studies and publications. The high
intellectual and technical potential allows realising international scientific projects and develop
cooperation with other research institutions, also carry out the most demanding and
comprehensive orders at highest level of quality in the field of maritime economy.
The research and investigation activities of the Maritime Institute in Gdansk territorially cover
all Polish sea areas (including the EEZ and the coastal zone) and currently are focused on six
priority areas:

protection and shaping of environment,

environmental engineering and maritime structures (coastal protection),

offshore renewable energy,

monitoring and risk prevention,

economics of transport and market investigation,

marine technology.
160
PROPOSED AREAS OF COOPERATION
Department of Economic and Law (DE&L)
The Department carries out investigations connected with the functioning and development of
maritime economy, including such problems as:
 logistics in sea transport,
 expert opinions and investigations of trends and prediction of development of maritime
economy,
 marine statistics and annual publishing of the “Statistical Review of Maritime Economy”
and of fire incidents on vessels statistics,
 economical effectiveness of investments in sea transport,
 EDI in international transport and trade,
 technological progress and organisation of intermodal transport,
 marketing investigations of national and international transport market,
 sea and coastal tourism,
 legal and economical analysis concerning PSSA issues,
 elaboration in Polish of IMO documents on safety of ships at sea and marine
environment, and of connected EU documents.
DE&L is interested in renewing the cooperation with Shanghai Maritime University, that was
first established in the early 1960's. We wish to cooperate in the field of research and
development with special focus on shipping services between the Far East and Europe. The
cooperation in the 1960's was established in conjunction with the founding of the ChinesePolish Joint Stock Shipping Company "CHIPOLBROK" with its main office in Shanghai and branch
office in Gdynia. Today the company successfully operates in the shipping market within the
structures of COSCO (China Ocean Shipping Group Company), one of the world's largest liner
shipping operators. In light of globalisation processes taking place in the maritime economy
that led to the launch of direct container connection between Shanghai (and other Far Eastern
ports) and Gdansk, it is particularly important to expolore research areas related to the cargo
flows between Polish seaports (and other ports in the Baltic region) and the Chinese ports (and
other Far Eastern ports).
The joint research could include analysis of the potential of port hinterlands, transport-logistics
supply chains, recent trends in shipbuilding market (demand and supply), development of port
infrastructure and the development of modern intelligent transport systems (ITS). Given the
fact that the vessels for Polish shipping companies (mainly Polsteam and Chipolbrok) are mostly
built by Chinese shipyards, the knowledge and experience of Polish specialists in the design,
construction, supervision and classification of tonnage should be shared.
Department’s research team is also interested in the maritime sector’s labour market and the
labour mobility in shipping, ports and shipbuilding. These issues can certainly be an area of
161
common research interests and implementation of new ideas in the field of employment,
education, training and labour standards.
Department of Economics and Law has also extensive experience in researching areas related
to safety and security of shipping and environmental laws and regulations. In the light of recent
IMO proposals associated with reducing harmful emissions from ships and installing new
equipment in port facilities adapted to the stringent requirements of modern shipping
techniques and technologies, it could provide an excellent platform for research collaboration
between the Maritime Institute in Gdansk and the Shanghai Maritime University and other Far
Eastern R&D institutions, including Shipping Research Centre at the Technical University of
Hong Kong, Chinese Maritime Institute in Taipei, Korea Ocean Research and Development
Institute and Japan's National Maritime Research Institute (NMRI) of Tokyo.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Economics and Law:
Urszula Kowalczyk
phone: + 48 58 320-32-69
e-mail: Urszula.Kowalczyk@im.gda.pl
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP)
The Department performs analytic investigations for a wide range of determinations, and
develops reports concerning environmental protection. It carries out physical and chemical
investigations of surface, underground and marine waters, sewage deposits, bottom deposits,
soil and waste in the full scope of determinations necessary for:

determination of level of pollution of port waters,

investigation of contamination of spoil dredged in ports,

investigation of soil contamination in port and industrial areas,

ecological inspection,

ground- and surface water monitoring,

quantitative/qualitative sewage balance,

expert opinions on industrial waste and bottom sediments,

water-law assessments for water consumption and sewage discharge,
EIA for noxious investments (waste storage areas, petrol stations, industrial plants),


technological testing of sewage treatment and water processing plants,
data needed for an application for the integrated permit within the scope of water and

sewage management.
The Department contains a laboratory which implemented the Quality System in accordance
with Polish Standard PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2005, and since 1 September 2005 has a
162
CERTIFICATION OF THE POLISH ACCREDITATION CENTRE No. AB 646 confirming fulfilling of the
requirements of the above mentioned Standard.
DEP is interested in cooperation, including regarding the application of stabilization technology
of contaminated dredged sediments as a tool for a sustainable management.
The seas have many hot-spots with highly contaminated sediments in ports, estuaries etc.
Human activities often take place in coastal areas and are affected by these hot-spots, e.g. land
reclamation for new residential areas and dredging in ports and fairways due to more deepdraught ships. The removed material may be treated and used afterwards, or disposed of under
strict environmental controls. So how to handle contaminated sediments is a major issue, also
from social and economical viewpoint. Management alternatives for dredged material can be
grouped into the following five main categories: sustainable relocation, beneficial use, openwater disposal, confined disposal and treatment. In the past, the only option to remediate
contaminated sediments was to dredge the sediment, then treat or dispose of it. Now, in situ
remediation technologies are being considered for treatment more frequently.
Treatment is defined as the processing of contaminated dredged material to reduce its quantity
or to reduce the contamination. Treatment methods range from separation techniques, in
which contaminated mud is separated from relatively clean sand, to incineration. The
stabilization of nutrients, such as nitrogen and phosphorus, has been practiced for some time
as solution to eutrophication problems. Emerging treatment technologies, as the
stabilisation/solidification method, make it possible to consider beneficial use of the
contaminated sediments as construction material in e.g. new ports storage and transport areas.
The stabilization/solidification method would reduce the environmental impact by a reduced
need of natural finite resources e.g. sand.
The aim of cooperation with Asia region will be to provide support for dredging actions. It
would be also the base for exchange the knowledge regarding the stabilization/solidification
technology, quality control (monitoring of leaching) and environmental protection. The
scientific researches of the stabilization/solidification technology were performed by the
University of Hong Kong (Department of Civil Engineering), Chinese Academy of Sciences
(Guangzhou Institute of Geochemistry) or Pusan National University (Department of Civil &
Environmental Engineering). Also contaminated sediments had been a problem in Japan. In the
1970s, Japan began to try different approaches to clean up contaminated sediments using
different remediation methods, including dredging, capping, and solidification. Although the
actual in situ stabilization has not been demonstrated in Japan, a dewatering project that
involved in situ stabilization methods was conducted for example in the Hama River.
Stabilization technology is a future for development of by-products market (e.g., fly ash, oil
shale ash, slag, etc.), also for a wide international arena.
163
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Environmental Protection
Barbara Aftanas
phone: + 48 58 308-81-25
e-mail: Barbara.Aftanas@im.gda.pl
Assistant Professor: Grażyna Sapota
phone: + 48 58 308-81-28
e-mail: Grazyna.Sapota@im.gda.pl
Department of Operational Oceanography (DOO)
The Department has the following specialist laboratories and teams:
Multipurpose Oceanographic Laboratory r/v IMOR
Oceanographic Data Processing and Analysis Laboratory
Marine Measurements’ and Survey Team
Modelling Decision Support Systems Group
Coastal Zone Development Group
164
With the use of the vessel – laboratory r/v IMOR, the Department specialises in realisation of
highly specialised marine research services such as:
investigations of ecological impact of economy on marine environment and biocenosis,


pre-investment studies of sea bottom for offshore wind farms, cable and pipeline
laying, sanitary collectors and artificial reefs,

investigations for inventories of marine mineral resources, measurement of degree of
contamination and volume of dredged spoil,

services within the scope of information needed for design, modernisation and
construction of maritime hydrotechnical objects, collectors port quays, marinas,

investigation for improvement of safety of navigation and contingency action at sea
(prediction of oil and chemical spill propagation),
maritime spatial planning and ICZM strategies.

The research multi-purpose vessel “IMOR” owned by Maritime Institute in Gdansk (MIG) and
maintained by MIG Department of Operational Oceanography, is a good basis for complex
hydrographic, geophysical, geological and other investigations in the open sea and in coastal
zone. With the professional team and owned equipment we are the obvious partner for preinvestment studies for offshore constructions as harbours, marinas, wind farms, etc.
Since several years we are much interested in problems of marine renewable energy, its
transfer and possible storage. It includes studies for design of marine wind farms, marine
telecommunication and power transmission cables, gas and oil pipelines, harbours and coastal
protection structures; exploration and inspection of mining aggregate resources; maintenance
of autonomous buoy system, monitoring marine state for the navigation safety of and rescue
activities support, monitoring of wrecks sites in view of their environmental impact, etc. DOO is
also interested in other marine renewable energy sources as wind wave energy and sea
currents energy.
Department of Operational Oceanography is interested to cooperate with the Asian partners in
all listed fields, also for experience and knowledge exchange.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Operational Oceanography
Benedykt Hac
phone: + 48 58 301-87-24
e-mail: Benedykt.Hac@im.gda.pl
165
NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Morski Instytut Rybacki - Państwowy Instytut Badawczy)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Kołłątaja st, 81 - 332 Gdańsk, Poland
phone: +48 58 . 735 62 32
fax: + 48 58 735 61 10
e-mail: sekretariat@mir.gdynia.p
http://www.nmfri.gdynia.pl/
The National Marine Fisheries Research Institute – Poland’s oldest marine science center
The Institute’s beginnings date back to June 1921 when the Sea Fisheries Laboratory was
established in Hel for the purpose of conducting research in hydrology and marine biology.
This institution was closed in 1931 and then reopened in 1932 as the Marine Station. It was
moved to its new headquarters, the present building of the NMFRI Gdynia Aquarium, in Gdynia
at the end of 1938. After the Second World War, the Marine Station in Gdynia was reactivated
under its original name of the Sea Fisheries Laboratory. In 1947, the SFL was incorporated into
the Sea Fisheries Institute, which had been in operation since 1928. Beginning in 1949, the SFI
was a departmental institution supervised by the Ministry of Navigation. Until 1991 it operated
from its headquarters at the end of the South Pier in Gdynia when it moved to its new location
on ul. Kołłątaja. Since 2000, the Sea Fisheries Institute has been supervised by the Ministry of
Agriculture and Rural Development (MARD). According to the Regulation of the Council of
Ministers of June 2011, the Institute has been awarded National Research Institute (NRI)
status. Upon attaining the status of NRI, the National Marine Fisheries Research Institute has
joined the elite ranks of Polish national research institutes.
NMFRI is interested in co-operation and sale of technology in the scope of mechanic processing
of carp fish and other fish of family Cyprinidae to form of semi-products and final products
without the threat posed for consumers by intermuscular bones characteristic for Cyprinidae.
We offer many solutions such as machines for intermuscular bones (fish bones) cutting in
deheaded and gutted fish, semi-fillets and fillets of Cyprinidae.
166
Fishbone cutting
machine for semi fillets
and fillets
Fishbone cutting
machine for fillets
Table fishbone cutting
machines for fillets
Cut fillet
Fishbone cutting machine for
deheaded and gutted fish
Deheaded and gutted carp
with cut fisbones
We also offer technology of reconstruction of the deeply cut fillets to their original appearance
to produce boneless carp fillets. This is possible by applying an enzymatic merging process to
the cut fillet meat combined with deep chilling or freezing the fillets that are individually
vacuum packed in several layers plastic. Thanks to this method, solid fillets are produced with
tiny pieces of bone that are undetectable by the consumer and their sensory quality do not
decreases.
167
Cut fillet after merging
Sensory quality of fried "boneless" carp fillets and natural
o
carp fillets cold storaged for 1 year at the temperature of -20 C
"Boneless" fillet
Natural fillet
Appearance
5
4
General assesment
3
Degree of consolidation
2
1
Texture
Smell
Flavour
Our patented machines and technologies have positive opinions of national users and they
were repeatedly rewarded for invention and innovation during international exhibitions in
Gdańsk, Brussel, Paris and Moscow.
Contact Person Data
Department of Processing Technology and
Mechanization
Assoc. Prof. Andrzej Dowgiałło
phone: + 48 58 73 56 189
fax: + 48 58 73 56 110
e-mail: techmech@mir.gdynia.pl
168
NATIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF ANIMAL
PRODUCTION
(Instytut Zootechniki)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Krakowska st, 32 – 083, Balice near
Cracow, Poland
phone: +48 666 081 133, +48 666 081 136
fax: + 48 12 285 67 33
e-mail: izooinfo@izoo.krakow.pl
http://www.izoo.krakow.pl/en/
The National Research Institute of Animal Production is one of the largest Polish scientific
research institutes serving the whole country. It is accountable to the Ministry of Agriculture
and Rural Development. The Institute was founded on 31 May 1950 and its mission is to carry
out research and development work in the field of animal production and development of the
agricultural environment. This activity is oriented towards the current and future production of
inexpensive and safe food under animal and environmentally friendly conditions, and the use of
farm animals for biomedical purposes.
The Institute’s main and strategic research areas, in view of the changing needs of animal
production, are as follows:





Genetics and breeding of farm animals, conservation of genetic resources,
Livestock nutrition and feed science,
Biotechnological methods of animal production,
Technology, ecology and economics of animal production,
Quality of raw materials and products of animal origin.
The Institute’s research programme is realized in the following departments:
Genetics and Breeding of Farm Animals


Conservation of Animal Genetic Resources

Feed Science and Animal Nutrition

Animal Cytogenetics and Molecular Genetics

Biotechnology of Animal Reproduction

Technology, Ecology and Economics of Animal Production

Independent Genomics Laboratory
The National Research Institute of Animal Production:
169








Provides advice and consultation on all matters related to animal breeding and
management conditions
Organizes courses for breeders and farmers, trainings for snail breeders, seminars and
conferences on livestock production
Carries out laboratory test – Main Laboratory accredited by the Polish Centre for
Accreditation and the National Feed Laboratory in Lublin
Offers breeding material (cattle, horses, pigs, goats, sheep, rabbits, poultry) for sale
Manages animal performance testing stations and evaluates the breeding value of
farm animals
Cooperates with international and national research institution, Breeder’s Associations,
Chambers of Agriculture and Agricultural Extension Centers all over Poland
Is engaged in publishing - publishes science journal, popular science journal,
conference materials, implementation and dissemination instructions
Sells breeding animals in its Experimental Stations
The Institute’s achievements, representing over 50 years of research, implementation and
dissemination activities by its staff, resulted in the national (state) status being conferred to the
National Research Institute of Animal Production on 23 November 2006 – by virtue of the
Regulation of the Council of Ministers.
170
OFFER:
The National Research Institute of Animal Production has the following technological offer:














Individual and specific identification of animals, comparative analyses of marker maps,
nucleotide sequences, polymorphism and conservation genetics of DNA (comparative
genomics).
Functional genomics, comprising the processes associated with gene expression,
estimated on successive stages.
The study of the organization of genomes based on classical and molecular cytogenetic
analyses of somatic and reproductive cells, physical location of genes and comparative
genomic hybridizations.
Genomic evaluation of animals, estimation of the organization of a genome within
chromosomes, as well as the influence of higher gnomic organization on gene
expression.
Embryo implantation
Semen sexing
Cloning of animals
Transgenesis of animals
Ecological breeding of animals
Heat exchange device
Use of alternative sources of energy in animal production
New technologies of cheese production
Technologies of feed assessment
Assessment of the breeding value of animals
Moreover, the Institute offers the following medical technologies:












Technologies of feed processing
Cytogenetic analysis
Chimeras identification
Study of the aetiology of neurodegenerative illnesses
Study of microtraces
Andrological diagnostics, animal sex regulation
In vitro production of animal embryos
Embryonic and somatic cloning of animals
Animal transgenesis for the needs of breeding, pharmacy and biomedicine
Cryopreservation of male and female gametes and embryos
Gas chromatography and mass spectometry
High efficiency liquid chromatography
171





Spectrophotometry UV – Vis
Atomic absorption spectrometry
Near infra-red spectometry (NIRS)
Extractive
Distillation and titration
The departments of the Institute conduct research in the following diagnostic – analytic areas:

Laboratory diagnostics in the field of feed assessment

The quality of meat of farm animals

Markers associated with the quality of meat

Cytogenetics

Molecular genetics

Breeding

Pharmacy

Biomedicine

Feed study

Study of animal products

Study of plant products

The analysis of: vitamins, aminoacids, blood parameters, fatty acids omega3, omega6,
omega9, light fatty acids and organic acids, sugar and starch, microelements,
macroelements, iodine, selenium, fraction of ADF, NDF fibre and basic parameters of
feeds (protein, fat, ash, dry mass).
172
NATIONAL VETERINARY RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Państwowy Instytut Weterynaryjny)
Organisation Contact Data
57, Partyzantów st, 24 - 100 Puławy, Poland
phone: +48 81 889 30 00
fax: + 48 81 886 25 95
e-mail: sekretariat@piwet.pulawy.pl
http://www.piwet.pulawy.pl/
The NVRI was established in 1945 as a scientific unit of the Ministry of Agriculture. The major
mission of the Institute is applied research in veterinary medicine, particularly concentrating on
the diagnosis and prophylaxis of infectious diseases of animals, zoonoses, hygiene and
toxicology of food of animal origin and feeds.
Additionally, the Institute runs postgraduate training and professional specialisation, evaluates
the quality of biologicals and provides the expertise and consultancy service for the veterinary
administration. The Institute acts as the National Reference Laboratory responsible for the
diagnosis of infectious diseases of animals, surveillance of epidemiological situation in the
country, and monitoring of xenobiotics in food of animal origin and feeding stuffs.
The Institute is authorised to confer the degrees of doctor of science (ScD) and doctor of
philosophy (PhD) in veterinary sciences.
NVRI has a completely new facility constructed in the years 2005-2007. These include 19 000m2
of laboratory area with laboratories representing high containment level (CL3 and CL3+) and
animal facility with CL3+ level.
Institute offers excellent training opportunities to PhD students and scientists. NVRI has large
access to high-throughput PCR equipments, tissue culture core facilities, equipment four
purification of bacteria and viruses, HPLC and HPLC-MS/MS.
PRIORITIES/ RESEARCH FIELDS





Development of diagnostic methods including molecular biology methods for zoonoses
(Q fever, rabies, HPAI, brucellosis)
Development and improvement of diagnostics methods for swine disease (CSF, PRRS,
swine flu), poultry disease (HPAI, Newcastle, corona viruses) and cattle diseases
(IBR/IPV, BVD, bluetongue, retroviruses infections)
Examination of antimicrobiological resistance of Campylobacter sp., Salmonella sp., E.
coli, Staphylococcus sp.
Development and implementation of methods for determination of chemical residues
in food of animal origin and feeds, and assessment of the risk of their occurrence.
173
RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF HORTICULTURE
(Instytut Ogrodnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
1/3, Konstytucji 3 Maja st, 96 - 100
Skierniewice, Poland
phone: +48 46 833 22 11 - 13
fax: + 48 46 8333186
e-mail: IO@inhort.pl
http://www.inhort.pl/home_en.html
Research Institute of Horticulture in Skierniewice, Poland is a governmental R&D
organization supervised by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development. It was established
on January 1st, 2011, by merging two research units with over 50 year-long history: Research
Institute of Pomology and Floriculture and Institute of Vegetable Crops. At present, Research
Institute of Horticulture employs 568 people, in that 45 professors, 85 doctors and 62 research
assistants. Its research programme covers all areas related to fruit, vegetable, ornamental plant
and bee sciences, from basic studies on physiology, biochemistry and molecular biology, through
biotechnology, creative breeding, protection of genetic resources, agronomy, plant pathology,
fruit and vegetable storage and processing, food safety, horticultural engineering, economics and
marketing. Due to active extension and implementation programmes and close cooperation
with major stakeholders, the Institute has contributed in a large extent to the development of
horticultural production in Poland.
Besides research, the Institute is also involved in commercial activities, especially in food
analysis. Several Institute’s laboratories has ISO/IEC 17025 and/or GLP certificates and perform
analysis (pesticide residues, heavy metals, nitrites and nitrates and mycotoxins) for food
producers and wholesalers. It is estimated that Institute’s laboratories have 50% share of
commercial food analysis market in Poland.
The Institute actively participates in building European Research Area. Cooperative links
have been established with most of the horticultural research centres and clusters in Europe and
several joint research project, co-financed by European Commission and other international
organisations, were initiated. At present, the Institute is involved in three projects within 7th
Framework Programme and in several others within Central European, LIFE and COST
programmes and in bilateral projects financed by respective governments within agreements on
cooperation in science and technology. Besides, the Institute is an active member of the
European Fruit Research Institutes Network (EUFRIN). In Poland, the Institute is a coordinator of
Centre of Advanced Technologies “AgroTech”, which is a cluster of three universities, two R&D
Institutes and four commercial enterprises aiming at developing and implementing innovative
technologies in Polish agri-food industry and of a network „Agroengineering for sustainable
174
development of agri-food industry and rural areas”. It is also a founding member of Polish Food
Technology Platform. In September 2011 the Institute has organized conference “Food and
nutrition in 21st century”, which was an official event in the frame of Polish Presidency in
European Union.
Institute is also an important teaching and training centre. It is authorized to conduct Ph.D.
and postgraduate studies, summer schools and courses. Annually, on average five students
receive Ph.D. diplomas, two D.Sc. diplomas (habilitations), and more than 700 students complete
postgraduate studies and professional courses.
Fruit Storage and Processing Department:
The offer includes:
•
The assessment of the quality, authenticity and composition of clear and cloudy fruit
juices and purees
•
Sensory evaluation of fruits, fruits products quality, consumer’s attitude
•
Technology and composition of dried fruit and vegetable products, including low
calories fruit’ snack
•
The assessment of the quality and storability of apples, pears, strawberries, sweet
cherries, peaches, nectarines, apricots and plums
•
Prediction, diagnostic and control of storage diseases and disorders of fruits
•
Nondestructive measurements of fruit ripening and quality of fruits
•
New storage technology incl. Dynamic Controlled Atmosphere (DCA), and postharvest
treatment (1-MCP, hot water)
Technology of cloudy juices or nectars production
It was proofed that cloudy products, containing dietary fibre and phenolic compounds in
particular, are healthier than the clear ones. Applying proper technology allows production of
cloudy juice and cloudy nectars characterized by stable turbidity and high antioxidant contents.
Use of commercial enzyme treatments in cloudy juice production is justified, however, positive
effects in respect to juice yield, cloudiness stability and overall product quality may be obtained
only when specific enzymes are used. At the Research Institute of Horticulture in Skierniewice
technology of cloudy juices and nectars was developed.
Context and rationale: Fruits contain various bioactive compounds having beneficial properties
for human health. To increase consumption of some fruits in off season it is important to
produce more attractive than currently available processed products. The promising products
are cloudy juices containing more antioxidants and fibre than the clear juices. Some juices, e.g.
apple cloudy juices, are usually produced without enzymation and clarification stages. This is
not possible for berry, stone and other fruits containing large amount of pectic substances.
Considering the existing problems technology of cloudy juice production was optimised in
respect to enzymes used (particularly having specific pectin lyase and pectin polygalacturonase
activities), their doses and treatment time. Using proper macerating mixture cloudy juices and
nectars may be produced from difficult to press fruit mash.
175
I
N
S
THE STANISŁAW SAKOWICZ INLAND FISHERIES INSTITUTE
(Instytut Rybactwa Śródlądowego im. Stanisława Sakowicza)
Organisation Contact Data
10, Oczapowskiego st, 10 - 719 Olsztyn,
Poland
phone: +48 89 524 0171
fax: + 48 89 524 05 05
e-mail: irs@infish.com.pl
http://www.infish.com.pl/
Founded in 1951, the Inland Fisheries Institute is a research and development institution
subordinate to the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.
The mission of the Institute is to conduct research on inland fisheries and to disseminate
the findings.
The Institute is divided in fifteen units, including departments, laboratories, and sections, all
of which conduct scientific research and provide scientific services within the following fields:

natural science foundations for optimizing culture and rearing methods for fish and
crayfish

protecting fish health

fishing techniques

fisheries economics

experimental fisheries

promoting progress in fisheries
The research units are located in Olsztyn, Żabieniec near Warsaw, Giżycko, Pieczarki near
Giżycko, Gdańsk, and Rutki near Gdańsk. Experimental departments are located in Żabieniec
and Zator near Kraków. The Institute is equipped with modern laboratories and experimental
stocking facilities which permit conducting research and development in the fields mentioned
above.
The Institute is accredited to confer the academic degrees of doctor and doctor
habilitowany (the Polish post-doctoral degree), and can also supervise proceedings to confer
the title of professor.
In its sixty years, the Institute has contributed extensively to the development of science
and the practice of fisheries through its many accomplishments, including:
developing highly effective technologies for the production of stocking material for

numerous fish species;
176

developing methods for culturing sturgeon fish species on a commercial scale and for
producing eggs (caviar) for consumption;

implementing projects for restoring valuable fish species threatened with extinction or
already extinct: salmon, Vistula sea trout, Baltic sturgeon, vimba bream, European
whitefish;

introducing strains of trout with different spawning periods into the fisheries, which
has increased production of this fish severalfold;

extensive experience in performing feasibility studies for more than 3,000 lakes, which,
in addition to immediate advantages, has permitted creating a rich archive of wideranging information used by scientific, economic, administrative institutions, and
others;

decades of interdisciplinary research on the heated waters of the Koniń Lakes has been
a scientific training ground that is unique on an international scale.
The Institute cooperates actively with a number of Polish and international scientific
organizations. It is also a member of international organizations such as EAS, WCSC, the
Commission for Baltic Sea Research – HELCOM and NACEE.
PROPOSED AREAS FOR COOPERATION
The Institute proposes cooperation in research and development with interested
institutions or organizations within the fields of expertise listed above.
The Institute has developed highly effective technologies which are available for
implementation in fish culture facilities, including:

technologies for the reproduction and intensive tank culture in recirculating
aquaculture systems (RAS) of predatory species: wels catfish, Silurus glanis; pike, Esox
lucius; pikeperch, Sander lucioperca, and others;

technology for artificial reproduction and intensive tank culture in recirculating
aquaculture systems (RAS) for coregonids;

technology for artificial reproduction and intensive tank culture in recirculating
aquaculture systems (RAS) of sturgeon fish;

creating female caviar stocks of sturgeon and harvesting eggs for caviar production;

technology and equipment for recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) for intensive
fish culture
177
This page is left intentionally blank
178
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
HEALTH PROTECTION AND PHYSICAL
CULTURE
179
INSTITUTE OF SPORT
(Instytut Sportu)
Organisation Contact Data
2/16, Trylogii st, 01 - 982 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 834 62 88
fax: + 48 22 835 09 77
e-mail: insp@insp.waw.pl
http://insp.waw.pl/
MAIN ACTIVITY:
Research and developmental works in the field of sport sciences
Institute of Sport (IS) belongs to a group of leading Polish scientific institutions possessing the
highest (A) category (in area of health protection and physical culture) awarded by Ministry of
Science and Higher Education of the Polish Republic. Currently IS runs three scientific grants of
European Union Commission, four grants of Ministry of Science and Higher Education, and one
research program of Ministry of Sport and Tourism of the Polish Republic.
Since 1984, IS has been publishing Biology of Sport - an international scientific journal which
presents articles concerning basic and applied sciences in sport, physical exercise, sports
medicine, pharmacology, training and testing as well as in other biological and social aspects
related to sport. Biology of Sport is indexed or abstracted in Science Citation Index Expanded®,
Focus On: Sports Science & Medicine®, ISI Journal Master List, ISI Essential Science Indicators,
SCOPUS, EBSCO SPORTDiscus, Directory of Open Access Journals (DOAJ), CAB Abstract, INDEX
COPERNICUS.
We offer the opportunity of cooperation in research and developmental works in the field of
sport sciences. Our main areas of interest are:
Immediate and chronic physiological effects of sport activity

Factors modifying organism adaptation to physical exercise


Talent identification in sport

Detection of banned substances in sport
180
Scientific support of training process of elite athletes
Institute of Sport as a diagnostic and advisory service, cooperates with many Polish national
teams in preparation of the athletes (including Olympic and world medallists) to main
competitions. IS possess highly qualified staff – experts in anthropology, dietetics, biochemistry,
biomechanics, endocrinology, genetics, physiology, psychology and sports medicine fields.
Testing of the athletes is performed in modern and excellent equipped laboratories as well as in
the field conditions (during training camps or competitions).
We offer the opportunity of cooperation in sport diagnostics of the athletes trained in territory
of Poland as well as abroad.
In the laboratory conditions:

Evaluation of training-induced changes in physical capacity, strength and power

Detection symptoms of overreaching and overtraining

Body structure and composition analysis

Detection of vitamins and microelements shortage
In the field conditions – during training camps:

Monitoring of training : assessing and individual optimization of training loads

Evaluation of training-induced changes in physical capacity, strength and power

Analysis of rowing or canoe/kayak paddling technique
In the field conditions – during competitions:

Analysis of psychophysiological responses to competition

Analysis of pacing strategy
Doping detection
Department of Anti-Doping Research is the only Polish, and one of 33 in the world, authorised
laboratory to conduct anti-doping analyses in athletes. It holds accreditations of following
organizations: World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA), Association of Official Racing Chemists
(AORC), Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA - certificate confirming consistence with ISO/IEC
17025 standard).
Education
Institute of Sport is an executor of Coach Academy - project of Ministry of Sport and Tourism
dedicated for Olympic and leading non-Olympic coaches as well as support staff. Lectures,
presentations, practical and theoretical trainings are conducted by prominent scientists and
experts from Poland and other European countries, as well as USA.
181
MILITARY INSTITUTE OF HYGIENE & EPIDEMIOLOGY
(Wojskowy Instytut Higieny i Epidemiologii im. gen Karola Kaczkowskiego)
Organisation Contact Data
4, Kozielska st, 01 - 163 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 838 01 29
phone/fax: + 48 22 838 10 69
e-mail: wihie@wihe.waw.pl
http://www.wihe.waw.pl/ang/index.php
The General Karol Kaczkowski Military Institute of Hygiene and Epidemiology (MIHE) is an
independent, public, non-profit research and development entity registered under the National
Registry’s no. 0000141719.
Currently, MIHE is a unique research and development institution in Poland whose mission is to
conduct research, prophylaxis, surveillance, and training associated with medical protection
and countermeasures against different health threats, including those from use of weapons of
mass destruction (WMD), including chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN)
agents. These activities are executed in compliance with the recommendations and standards
of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization which allows MIHE to cooperate with members of
NATO and European Union in building of the international systems of countering the
proliferation of WMD. In this regard, MIHE is the domestically and internationally recognized
entity which – according to the classification of the Ministry of Science and Information
Technologies – belongs to the first category of scientific institutions in Poland.
Major activities of MIHE include:
 conducting scientific research, diagnosis, prophylaxis, and training as well as providing
expertise and services in the fields of hygiene, epidemiology, microbiology,
pharmacology, toxicology, radiobiology and radiation protection, applied and
nutritional physiology as well as veterinary sciences, with special emphasis on the
study and mitigation of health hazards associated with the use of biological, chemical,
and radiological/nuclear weapons;
 final identification (performed at the unique in Poland biosafety level 3 microbiological
laboratory of the MIHE’s Biothreat Identification and Countermeasure Centre in
Pulawy) of dangerous pathogens which may be used as a biological warfare (BW)
agents;
 functioning as a reference and expertise center for defense against biological weapons
and certain aspects of toxicology, radiobiology and radiation protection;
 participation in development of systems of detection, identification, and countering of
biological, chemical, and radiological contaminations of people, animals and the
environment;
182








participation in prevention against and management of health injuries caused by natural
and industrial disasters and catastrophes;
examinations of bio-medical effects of and development of protective measures against
highly dangerous biological pathogens and toxins (including BW agents);
examinations of bio-medical effects of and development of protective measures against
dangerous chemical compounds and preparations (including CW agents);
examinations of bio-medical effects of ionizing (including radiological and nuclear
weapons) and non-ionizing radiation with special emphasis on low-level exposures;
validation of the radiation protection rules and regulations;
examinations of the physical fitness and elaboration of methods of adaptation of the
military and other uniformed personnel to the physically demanding conditions;
assessment of the quality of food, elaboration of methods of its improvement, and
studies on the physiology of nutrition of the military personnel in the barracks and
during field operations;
participation in national and international security systems against biological, chemical,
and radiological threats.
Since 2003, MIHE has been performing specific research and development tasks ordered by the
Minister of Defense. These include:
 Defense and protection against biological warfare (BW) agents;
 Studies of bio-medical effects of chemical agents, ionizing, and non-ionizing radiations
and development of protective and therapeutic countermeasures;
 Studies of ways of improvement of the sanitary-hygienic conditions of military
operations carried out in biological, chemical, and/or radiological environments;
 Studies of physiological conditions and mechanisms of adaptation to the military
operations, especially in biological, chemical, and/or radiological environments;
 Studies of epizootic and anthropozootic threats to the military personnel and
development of protective and therapeutic countermeasures.
MIHE conducts expertise, surveillance, and training activities such as:
 Issuing opinions on the ratification/implementation feasibilities of the NATO
standardization agreements (STANAGs) and other national and international
documents pertaining to defense and protection against WMD;
 Control of observance of the radiation protection rules by the military and other
institutions employing sources of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation;
 Issuing opinions on hygienic, sanitary, physiological, ergonomic, toxicological, antiepidemic, and radiological properties and requirements of the military posts, offices,
facilities, equipment, outfits (including individual protection garment), materiel,
vehicles, etc.; Supervision of laboratory methods and procedures used at the military
centers of preventive medicine; Training of physicians, veterinarians, and other
specialists in microbiology, epidemiology, hygiene, toxicology, and radiation protection;
 Education of soldiers and other uniformed personnel in sanitary-hygienic issues.
183
STRUCTURE OF THE MILITARY INSTITUTE OF HYGIENE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY:
Department of Microbiology
Research activities:
1.
In the field of medical microbiology:
A) Pathogenesis of chronic/or recurrent bacterial infections, e.g., wound infections or
respiratory diseases:
 studies on single- and multi-species bacterial biofilms; their properties, “net”pathogenicity and increased tolerance to antimicrobial agents;
 analysis of the occurrence, properties and susceptibility to antimicrobial agents of the
intracellular bacteria, including Gram-negative rods and Gram-positive cocci causing
respiratory tract infections;
 studies on the improvement of the capacity to prevent and combat biofilms occurring in
the workplaces
(pharmaceutical and engineering industries).
Research methodology: PCR and FISH (Fluorescence in Situ Hybridization), immunofluorescence,
zymography, electrophoretic analysis of proteins, Western-Blot, pulsed-field gel electrophoresis
(PFGE), culture of mammalian cells, evaluation of necrosis and apoptosis in the infected host
cells, analysis of cytotoxicity of bacterial isolates, and bacterial viability with fluorescent
microscopy techniques.
B) New formulations of antimicrobials – nanoliposomes and nanoemulsion for local therapy of
the infected wounds:
 preparation of nanoliposomes with antibacterial agents;
 kinetics of the antimicrobial agents release from the nanoliposomes;
 in vitro antimicrobial activity of the nanoliposomes containing antibacterial agents;
 preparations of nanoemulsions by the high-pressure homogenization;
 determination of the antimicrobial activity of the nanoemulsions;
 the influence of nano-formulations of drugs towards Gram-negative and Gram-positive
bacteria;
 testing of the antimicrobial activity of prototype dressings using the tissue model of the
infected wound in vitro;
Research methodology: high-pressure homogenization, bacterial viability assays,
epifluorescence microscopy techniques.
2.
In the field of environmental microbiology:


development of the techniques for collection, detection and molecular identification of
pathogenic microorganisms (bacteria and fungi and their spores) in bioaerosols;
assessment of microbial surface contamination by pathogenic microorganisms in the
work and service environments, inpatient facilities, etc.;
184

preparation of the bacterial and fungal cells of various physiological states: vegetative
cells, resting forms, endospores and non-viable bacteria for detection and
identification of the pathogenic organisms in the air using the advanced optoelectronic
technology.
Research methodology: studies on bioaerosols generated in the aerosol chambers; bioaerosol
sampling using different samplers: impinger, gelatin filter sampler and six-stage viable
Andersen cascade impactor; indoor air microbial quality assessment, the experimental facility
for testing the capacity of the devices to clean the indoor air.
3.
In the field of veterinary microbiology – the microbiological safety of food of
animal origin:





detection of food contamination with drug-resistant strains of pathogenic bacteria;
examination of the transmission routes of the drug-resistant zoonotic bacteria:
Campylobacter sp. rods isolated from poultry carcasses,
coagulase-negative Staphylococcus sp. from milk samples;
molecular typing of strains of Escherichia coli, Yersinia enterocolitica, Salmonella sp.,
Campylobacter sp. by using restriction fragment length analysis after their separation
with pulsed-field gel electrophoresis;
 detection of enteropathogenic and enterohemorrhagic strains of E. coli, Salmonella,
Campylobacter, Y. enterocolitica and Y. pseudotuberculosis by PCR multiplex;
 detection of verotoxin produced enterohemorrhagic E. coli strains by latex agglutination
in food and feces.
Research methodology: PCR, multiplex PCR, immunochemical techniques, magnetic
immunoseparation, RFLP-PFGE.
Department of Microbiology also provides the following services:



bacteriological testing of drinking water, including determination of the number of
coliforms, total coliforms faecal, faecal streptococci, total number of bacteria,
according to the following standards: PN-ISO 6222:2004, PN-ISO 9308-1:2004, PN-ISO
9308-1:2004/Ap1:2005, PN-ISO 9308-1:2004/AC:2009, PN-EN ISO 7899-2:2004 and the
Regulation of the Polish Minister of Health of 29 March 2007 on the quality of water
for human consumption (Dz.U. 2007, No. 61, Item. 417);
bacteriological testing of water for swimming pools, including the determination of the
total number of bacteria, coagulase-positive staphylococci, coliforms, total coliforms
and faecal streptococci, faecal, according to the following standards: PN-ISO
6222:2004, PN-ISO 9308-1:2004, PN-ISO 9308-1:2004/Ap1:2005, PN-ISO 93081:2004/AC:2009 and PZH-NIZP methodology recommended for the determination of
staphylococci;
bacteriological examination of water towards of Legionella bacteria, according to PN-EN
ISO 11731-2:2008;
185


bacteriological examination of air with the aspiration method: determination of the
total number of bacteria and fungi and the number of indicator bacteria
(Actinomycetes, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Staphylococcus) in accordance with PN-EN
13098:2007 and PN-EN 14042:2010;
testing the effectiveness of sterilization in accordance with PN-EN 13060+A2:2011.
Contact Person Data
Department of Microbiology
phone/fax: + 48 22 685 32 06
e-mail: E.Trafny@wihe.waw.pl
186
Laboratory of Epidemiology
Laboratory of Epidemiology is accredited by the Ministry of Health as a training organization
authorized to conduct its training in:
 Epidemiology for those with professional master's degree (number of training places 25)
 Epidemiology of military physicians (the number of training places - 9)
The main tasks of the Laboratory include:
 ongoing monitoring of the Armed Forces Epidemiological, analysis of the risks of
bioterrorism and natural infectious disease of an epidemic;
 specialist training in the field of epidemiology;
 archiving of lists of carcinogens at work and service in the Polish Armed Forces;
 preparation of studies and analyzes for the Inspectorate of the Military Health Service
and other organizational units of the Defence;
 preparation for the armed forces, procedures for prevention of risks associated with the
use of biological weapons and to liquidate the consequences of such use in accordance
with NATO standards;
 conducting research work in dealing with threats from biological weapons,
environmental risks, reduce the negative effects of these threats to the health of
soldiers and health promotion;
 developing information and training materials to counter the threats from biological
weapons and the treatment for the use of such weapons;
 participation in working groups dealing with the NATO defense against biological
warfare (BioMedAC, NBC-MED, COMEDS FHP).
Contact Person Data
Department of Epidemiology
phone/fax: + 48 22 685 31 26
e-mail: L.Kubiak@wihe.waw.pl
187
Department of Hygiene and Physiology
Modern laboratory equipment, well-educated scientific workers, and highly qualified
technicians of DHP constitute a setting conducive for state-of the-art performance of the
following:
at the Laboratory of Food Investigation and Nutrition Physiology:
 measurements of the energy expenditure at the workplace;
 assessments of the strenuousness of labor;
 estimations of the energy balance;
 estimations of the energy and nutritional demands associated with different types of
work;
 anthropometrical evaluation of the subjects’ nutritional status;
 estimations of the energy and nutritive values of food products and daily food rations;
 verification of the appropriateness of nutrition planning and the feeding itself.
at the Laboratory of Applied Physiology:
 evaluation of the effects of military service on the development of physical fitness and
anthropometric indices in soldiers;
 assessment of hygienic and physiological conditions of operations in hot/wet
environments;
 elaboration of methods of adaptation to work in protective clothing and gas masks;
 estimation of the effects of the selected factors of the working environment and diet on
the exercise-associated metabolism in soldiers;
 elaboration of pharmacological ways of protection against oxidative stress.
at the Laboratory of Hygiene:
 elaboration of non-specific methods of detection of potential biological warfare agents;
 assessment of the health effects devices imitating the battle-field ;
 elaboration of methods of prophylaxis of dermatophytosis and other skin diseases of
the foot;
 elaboration of in-the-field methods of examination of water;
 assessment of contaminations of soil with heavy metals in the drill ranges;
 evaluation of the hygienic and ergonomic requirements of abiding in shelters in the
wake of the use of weapons of mass destruction and/or industrial or ecological
disasters.
In addition, the Department’s staff is capable of lecturing and training in:
 nutritional prophylaxis of the diet- and food-related diseases;
 proper and rational nutrition;
 the food and nutrition hygiene;
 agro-terrorism;
 military hygiene and epidemiology.
Contact Person Data
Department of Hygiene and Physiology
phone/fax: + 48 22 685 31 34
e-mail: J.Bertrandt@wihe.waw.pl
188
Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology
Scientific activities of the Department focus on three main areas:












toxicology of chemical warfare agents and pharmacology of specific and non-specific
antidotes for acute intoxications with these poisons encompassing:
central effects of acute intoxications with organophosphates (OP),
treatment of convulsions in the OP poisonings,
effects of the excitatory amino acids (EAA)-receptor antagonists (competitive and noncompetitive for the NMDA and non-NMDA receptors) as anticonvulsants in the OP
intoxications, /li>
reversible AChE inhibitors as prophylactic agents in acute intoxications with OP
efficacy of original compounds in reactivation and protection of AChE against
irreversible inhibition caused by OP, in vitro and in vivo.
pharmacology of pathologies of military impact including:
pharmacological methods of the enhancement of survival in stressful conditions (e.g.
extreme temperatures, isolation, pain),
pharmacological methods to improve survival of hypothermic individuals in wet
environments.
immunotoxicology including:
bacterial and parasitic infections in mice after acute poisoning with OP as host
resistance models for the assessment of immunotoxicicty of agents,
effects of OP on the development of transplantable tumors in mice.
Patents:


Individual Anti-Chemical Set" IPP 95,
autoinjector against CWA" IPP-95.
Contact Person Data
Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology
phone/fax: + 48 22 681 61 05
e-mail: MBrytan@wihe.waw.pl
189
Department of Radiobiology and Radiation Protection
Research activities:
Radiobiological Laboratory:




Studies of bio-medical effects and health risks associated with exposures to ionizing
radiation with special emphasis on the effects of low doses;
Examinations of new radioprotective agents;
Preparation of expert reports on biological and health effects of ionizing radiation;
Lecturing on and training in biological effects and health risks of exposures to ionizing
radiation.
Laboratory of Radiological Supervision of the Workplace



Control of the execution and compliance with the rules of radiological protection in
organizational units supervised by the Minister of National Defence and the Minister of
Interior (in cooperation with the National Agency of Atomic Energy);
Preparation of expert reports and opinions on the observance and execution of the
rules of radiological protection in organizational units supervised by the Minister of
National Defence and the Minister of Interior (in cooperation with the National Agency
of Atomic Energy);
Organisation of training courses and lecturing on legal regulations and means of
execution of the radiological protection rules in Poland.
Laboratory of Recording and Analysis of Individual Absorbed Doses:



Computation, registration and analysis of individual doses of ionizing radiation
incurred by personnel of organizational units supervised by the Minister of National
Defence and the Minister of Interior (in cooperation with the National Agency of
Atomic Energy);
Evaluation of the incurred doses and estimation of health risks associated with
exposure to ionizing radiation in personnel and patients of medical units supervised by
the Minister of National Defence and the Minister of Interior;
Lecturing on legal regulations and means of execution of the rules of radiological
protection in Poland.
Laboratory of Radiological Monitoring in the Environment:


Routine and occasional analysis of content of gamma- and beta-emitting radioisotopes
in air, water, soil, sewage, waste, food, and plant and animal tissue samples;
Preparation of expert reports on the sources, dissemination, and magnitude of as well
as prevention and protection against radiological contaminations in the environment
190


Evaluation of the potential health risks associated with radiological contaminations in
the environment;
Lecturing on the sources, dissemination, and magnitude of as well as prevention and
protection against radiological contaminations in the environment and on the
associated potential health risks
Contact Person Data
Department of Radiobiology and Radiation
Protection
phone/fax: + 48 22 681 85 18
e-mail: M.Janiak@wihe.waw.pl
191
Department of Microwave Safety
Department of Microwave Safety (ZOM) has been addressing the impact of electromagnetic
fields (EMF) on human health and the environment. ZOM conducts the occupational exposure
assessment and environmental concerns in PEM and participates in the protection of workers
and the public against electromagnetic radiation. ZOM specializes in studying effects of
equipment emitting high-frequency EMF (radio frequency and microwaves), including radar and
wireless communication systems (including mobile). In the structure of the Department, there
are two laboratories: Laboratory for Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields and Laboratory
of the Electromagnetic Radiation Metrology.
The Laboratory for Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields research is conducted on the
effects of electromagnetic fields on the human body, including in particular the immune system
and cancer processes occurring in the body. The studio is also the issue of health risks and
environmental occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields.
The Laboratory of the Electromagnetic Radiation Metrology is the assessment of exposure to
electromagnetic field staff in the organizational units MON, conducts research in the field of
health and safety qualification devices placed on the equipment of the Armed Forces and
performs measurements in health and safety and environmental protection. The Laboratory
developed the original design of a digital meter (EMF-5) fields and microwave radio, which
allows for precise measurement of the intensity of pulsed fields in the environment and at work.
Since 2001, the Laboratory is accredited by the PCA. Measurements of the intensity of PEM for
the protection of people and staff are made for military units under the program of protection
against PEM, as well as on demand for civilian institutions. Laboratory also conducts research
on the effects of electromagnetic fields on living organisms and structures, and environmental
risks associated with the operation of military equipment generating electromagnetic radiation,
develops and implements a position for the calibration of measuring instruments in pulsed
electromagnetic fields.
The ZOM are developed regulations on occupational health and safety in prevention and health
protection of military personnel working in the range of electromagnetic radiation.
Contact Person Data
Department of Microwave Safety
phone/fax: + 48 22 681 61 34
e-mail: W.Stankiewicz@wihe.waw.pl
192
Department of Regenerative Medicine
Scientific activities of the Department focuses on three main directions of research:
1) Potential use of stem cells in regeneration of damaged tissues and organs, including in
particular:
 Isolation and proliferation of stem cells isolated from various organs and tissues,
 Evaluation of stem cells in terms of: vitality, proliferation, specific markers and potential
for differentiation,
 Creation of animal models,
 Impact assessment of endogenous and exogenous factors on growth and proliferation
of stem cells, evaluation of cell-cycle and apoptosis.
2) The study of regulation mechanisms of the immune response in the course of various
diseases, which include:
Determination of lymphocyte subpopulations in peripheral blood, including T

regulatory cells,

Determination of cytokines concentrations;

Exploration and study of compounds having immunomodulatory effects,

The role of surface markers characteristic of the process of carcinogenesis,

Examination of compounds having anticancer properties.
3) The study of damage and repair mechanisms of hematopoietic and immune system during
hematological syndrome of ARD, including:

Development of ways of assessing human exposure to ionizing radiation by analysis of
radiation-induced biological changes;

Testing of new methods in the treatment of hematological syndrome of ARD with use
of stem cells.
Above tasks are performed using the methods: tissue culture, flow cytometry, light microscopy
and fluorescence microscopy, ELISA, cell sorting using magnetic beads, using the facilities for
experiments on small animals.
So far, the results of research conducted in the Department were published inter alia in: The
Lancet, Blood, Journal of Cell Sciences, British Journal of Haematology, Experimental
Hematology, Mutation Research, Annals of Oncology, Bone Marrow Transplantation, European
Journal of Haematology, Burns and Thymus, Central European Jonural of Immunology, Polish
Journal of Veterinary Sciences, in various national magazines and in several monographs
(including the "Advanced treatment of radiation injuries," Pergamon Press), as well as
presented on more than 60 international scientific conferences.
193
Organization:
 Laboratory of Cell Engineering and Research of Regeneration Processes,
 Laboratory of Experimental Immunology,
 Laboratory of Immunological Diagnosis.
Contact Person Data
Department of Regenerative Medicine
phone/fax: + 48 22 681 61 41
e-mail: R.Zdanowski@wihe.waw.pl
Biological Threats Identification and Countermeasure Centre
The military scientific centre in Pulawy dates back to 1949 when the Veterinary Research and
Training Centre was moved there from Zamienie (near Warsaw). In the years following, some
structural changes were introduced and the Centre grew into an important scientific part of the
Medical Services of the Polish Armed Forces. In 1990 the Centre was incorporated into the
Military Institute of Hygiene and Epidemiology while still maintaining its relatively large
organizational independence. In 2002, the Centre was given its current name The Biological
Threats Identification and Countermeasure Centre. The Centre has contributed considerably to
the progress of medical, biological and veterinary sciences by carrying out innovative research
in toxicology, radiobiology, microbiology, and food hygiene. The international prestige of the
Centre has been reflected by the participation of its staff in a number of UN peace-keeping
operations in the Middle East (Syria, Egypt, Iraq) and other parts of the world (Cambodia).
Currently, the primary research and diagnostic activities of the Centre are focused on the
detection and neutralisation of pathogens and toxins used in biological warfare. The Centre's
activities have been more effective since the establishment of a biological safety level 3 (BSL-3)
laboratory, the only one of its kind in Poland. The staff of the BSL-3 laboratory having trained in
relevant scientific institutions in Poland, USA, UK and other countries, not to mention the
research performed, has gained the lab international recognition.
Contact Person Data
Biological Threats Identification and
Countermeasure Center
2, Lubelska st., 24 – 100 Puławy, Poland
phone/fax: +48 81 886 28 22
e-mail: wihe@wihe.pulawy.pl
194
MAJOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS RECENTLY CONDUCTED AT
MIHE:

Development project granted by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education No.
OR0000909
"Modeling and simulation of processes and procedures to determine
a computer-aided risk management in food safety and nutrition."
The project aims to develop a system for the support measures for risk management of food
safety and nutrition in the country. Ensuring food safety requires taking action in a coordinated
manner, involving both the relevant legal regulations concerning the principles of hygiene in
production, processing, transport and distribution, an efficient system of official controls on
food, as well as implementation in manufacturing plants and food processing food quality
schemes, aimed at its safety. Inseparable component of food is water, hence ensuring adequate
supplies of water quality, lies in the realm of basic steps to ensure the security of the state. Due
to the real possibility of accidental contamination or contamination of food and water
throughout the human food chain, as well as the possibility of using food in terrorist activities
directed at the man or the agri-food industry is particularly important risk management issue of
food safety and nutrition, as a permanent element of the system of supervision over its safety.

Development project granted by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education No.
OR00004208 „A
soldier as a precise weapon – individual sets and
kits: protection against CBRN weapons and environmental
threats; nutrition and pharmacotherapy – survival in harsh
conditions and optimization of psychophysical capacity; medical
– biologically active dressings.”
The project aims to develop and prepare for the production medical equipment for the
individual soldier. The project entails the development of innovative solutions and
complements existing ones. The area of interest in the project is to ensure the individual kits in
the following areas:
First Aid kits in injury, acute illness, contamination and environmental risks specific to the area
of combat operations in self-aid, buddy-aid and qualified medical support, in particular:
autoinjectors and individual biologically active dressings;
New measures in individual packages radio-protective (IPR) for the prevention and pretreatment for operations in an environment contaminated by radiation;
Kits containing selected nutrients, dietary supplements and pharmaceuticals, to ensure survival
in isolation during combat missions in adverse environmental conditions while maintaining
optimal psychophysical performance. The kits comprise water filter and purification device with
195
disinfection tablets that were elaborated with the support from Javel Poland www.aidpol.com,
the company the specializes in products indispensible in logistics of humanitarian aid but also
military operations.
196

Research project granted by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education No.
N308091937
"The occurrence of infection in reservoir animal hantaviruses in
terms of human cases in Podkarpackie".
The project aims to demonstrate the connection between the presence of the type of Hanta
virus in wild rodents hantavirus infections in humans. By identifying infections in humans
hantavirus Podkarpackie will be possible to identify potential sites that are living rodent
reservoir of this factor. The results confirm the coexistence of the study area in the animal
reservoir of the virus, and cases of hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome in humans of
zoonotic origin.

Research project granted by European Defence Agency No. B-0060-GEM3-GC-/-
“Creating a database on biological agents”
The project aims at establishment of an European Biodefence Laboratory Network, EBLN) and
management of the network. This will lead to an increase in the degree of preparation of
Europe for protection against biological weapons (Biological Warfare Agents, BWA). The project
will improve Europe's ability to verify the use of biological agents in the context of the
Convention on Biological and Toxin Weapons (BTWC). In case of an event indicating the use of
BWA it is necessary to clearly identify a biological agent. The project will design and develop a
common database of reference data by typing the microorganisms, which will constitute an
essential common resource and enable reliable identification of biological agents.

Development project granted by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education No.
OR00001909 " Activity
of non nucleoside substances against
different influenza virus strains."
The project for on the synthesis and evaluation of the efficacy of new antiviral active
compounds which molecular structure is similar to the oseltamivir, the antiviral activity
expected in the mechanism of inhibition of neuraminidase. The aim of chemical-synthetic
concept of the project is to treat compounds with proven antiviral activity, including oseltamivir
as lead compounds for the synthesis of new structural and functional analogues, in areas not
covered by the intellectual property claims. Subsequent project phases included assessing the
effectiveness of antiviral activity and cytotoxicity of selected substances in vitro and to
investigate the in vitro therapeutical ability based on oseltamivir, probenecid (or its structural
analogues) compared with a similar test system based on selected new analogues of
oseltamivir. The planned end result was the emergence of the original substances which were
effective against influenza viruses with an acceptable toxicity profile, as candidates for
industrial-scale production and clinical trial design for an industrial partner. Transmission by
respiratory route represents a major epidemiological problem for society, including the armed
197
forces. Experts estimate that WHO influenza pandemic could cause disease in about 30% of
human population around the world. Occurrence of influenza pandemic in the general
population reduces also the combat readiness of the armed forces because of the known
conditions providing a high susceptibility to disease in a population of troops (having to live in
crowd, in bad sanitary conditions, with increased susceptibility to infections caused by physical
and mental stress). Military Institute of Hygiene and Epidemiology has the ability to validate the
newly developed antiviral drugs for antiviral activity against viruses that may require high
standards of safety, to the level of BSL3 (Biosafety Level Class 3). Consortium partner Pharmaceutical Research Institute - is able to identify the most likely candidates for antiviral
drugs with the desired activity, and their synthesis. Industrial partner has the production
capacity and sales. Economic benefit resulting from the project includes the possibility of a
antiviral medicine as an alternative to the currently recommended products. This will provide a
competitive environment, alternatives to the administrators of public funds in building
preparedness pandemic.

Research project granted by Defense Advanced Research Project Agency No.
N10PC20099 “Nanobiodetector
for spore forming bacteria”
The aim of this study is to develop a new method of detecting spore-forming bacteria spores
using an nanobiodetector. This type of nanobiodetector was already successfully used for the
detection of bacterial life forms based on the interaction of bacterial cells with polymer
nanofibrils that produce a specific electrical signal. A similar mechanism can be assumed in the
case of spores. The device is being tested as an useful tool for the spores detected in a new way,
which is very fast and easy to apply. Rapid detection of spores (in the case of spore-forming
bacteria) is an important issue and remains a challenge. New nanobiodetector designed and
made in the Laboratory of Physical Chemistry of Materials and Nanotechnology (NanoŚrem) is
used for detection of spores quickly and efficiently. The applied procedure leads to rapid
detection of bacteria forming spores and vegetative cells in liquid suspensions.

Research project granted by Defense Advanced Research Project Agency No.
N10PC20038 “Novel
approaches to wound healing”
The project aims to develop and verify the effectiveness of drug delivery system consisting of
liposome nanoparticles containing antibiotics (and / or cytokine modulation of the immune
response to infection (G-CSF and GM-CSF), incorporated into the polyurethane foam. Another
work package in this project is to produce some of the other lysins from genetically different
phages against various bacterial strains. This may allow the preparation of the composition of
enzymes active against different strains of bacteria that are involved in the colonization of
wounds.
198

Research project granted by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education No. N N404
138938 “Evaluation of
efficacy of antimicrobial therapy and
adenoidectomy as means to eradicate the non-typeable
Haemophilus influenzae strains in chronic infections of the
higher respiratory tracts”.
 Research project granted by National Science Center No.
5625/B/P01/2011/40 “The study of environmental reservoirs of Q fever
endemic area Coxiella burnetii”
Based on information gained during the background interview and serology in animals will be
selected potential sources of C. burnetii exposure. Detection of amplification products specific
for C. burnetii genome using molecular probes will be done to confirm the presence of genetic
material in environmental samples tested. Another part of research will be detailed
characterization of isolates of C. Burnetii by phylogenetic MLVA. Tests for the presence of C.
burnetii in ticks and in environmental samples will help to determine the current threat of an
environmental reservoir, and the results of work will contribute to a better understanding of
the epidemiology of C. burnetii infection and their relationship to environmental reservoir.

Project No. III.B.05 coordinated by the Central Institute for Labour Protection -National
Research Institute
“The effect of selected biocides on the organisms that live in the form
of a biofilm in circulating systems for metalworking fluids ", implemented
in the framework of the multiannual program" Improving the safety and working conditions”

Research project granted by National Science Center
“Effect of internal contamination of tritium in the non-specific
antitumor immunity and inflammatory responses in mice and less
sensitive to ionizing radiation”.
The project aims to investigate the influence of internal contamination of the mouse small and
higher doses of HTO tritium contained in the development of tumor-induced colony and
therefore the effect of antitumor and / or anti-inflammatory activity of macrophages and NK
cells with different sensitivity to ionizing radiation and the type of immune response to BALB /
you C57BL / 6 The planned research are basic and totally original, both nationally and
worldwide. The results should significantly enhance our understanding of the biomedical
effects of tritium to penetrate the human body such as the action of pro-or anti-inflammatory.
199
The obtained data on the mechanisms of such actions can contribute to finding effective ways
of preventing and mitigating the adverse effects of internal contamination by tritium, and to
develop new strategies for the prophylaxis and / or treatment of cancer.

Research project granted by National Science Center
“The study of nicotinic acid derivatives in order to demonstrate their
potential radio-protective and / or radio- remedial”.
The goal is to identify potential radioprotective properties and / or radio-remedial selected
nicotinic acid derivatives (MNA chloride-methylnicotinamide chloride, 1.4-dimethyl-pyridinium
1,4 - DMP, 1metylo-3acetylo chloride-pyridinium-1.3 MAP and nicotinamide-NA) administered
at various times before and after irradiation with different doses of gamma radiation, and also
understand the mechanisms underlying these properties. These results may contribute to the
verification and the prevailing beliefs about the ineffectiveness of existing attempts to obtain
adequate radioprotective compounds and / or severe restrictions on their use in practice due to
the toxic side effects. Finally, these results should provide the basis for the development of new
measures to protect against the occurrence and / or eliminate abnormal radiation in normal
tissue of patients undergoing radiotherapy and for victims of radiation accidents or acts of war
and terrorist use of nuclear or radiological weapons.
200

Development project granted by the National Centre for Research and Development No.
O ROB 0031 01/ID 31/1
„Mobile laboratory for environmental sampling and identification of
biological treats”
The aim of this project is to elaborate a prototype deployable tactical field laboratory with the
unmanned device for sampling. Deployable tactical filed laboratories play a vital role in
confirmatory analysis of biological agents as well as expertise advice in the theatre of operation.
Rapid accessible results of analysis support commanders decision in terms of adequate
protection, medical prophylaxis, treatment or decontamination measures. Shortages in this
area led many states to start R&D projects which will help to enhance their capabilities. For
example integrated project Biological Detection Identification Monitoring Equipment
Development and Enhancement Programme (BIO EDEP) was launched recently, in the frame of
European Defense Agency. Polish project “ System for Rapid Sampling and Analysis of
Environmental Biological Samples - SFORA” consists of two modules: biological field analytical
laboratory and mobile robot for biological agents sampling. SFORA is based on 30’ intermodal
container platform, which will provide appropriate deployment and transport capabilities (train,
truck, air and maritime). It is supposed to work only on stable, flat surface after deployed,
however. The laboratory compartment will provide safe conditions for samples handling, which
are the equivalent to containment level 3 microbiological laboratories (HEPA filtration, negative
pressure, laboratory decontamination, wastes sterilization and microbiological safety cabinets,
pass boxes). On the other hand appropriate equipment will allow for advanced analysis of
samples by molecular methods (multiplex PCR, rt-PCR, real-time PCR, and sequencing) and
immunological assays (ELISA). The most important advances are introduction of the sequencing
capability and rapid microfluidic PCR devices. Our laboratory corresponds to the BIO EDEP subproject 6 -Second Generation Deployable Tactical Field Biological Analysis System. Samples for
analysis may be delivered by Biological Survey Teams, but SFORA is also equipped with remote
controlled mobile robot (UGV), which can enter the hot zone for sampling of solids, water, air
and soil. After return from the hot zone and self-decon UGV transfers itself samples to
laboratory compartment by pass box. Robot will be additionally supported by GPS, video
camera, NRC sensors and specific and non-specific Bio-sensors developed in frame of this
project. Application of UGV will significantly decrease risk of operation related to manual
sampling procedures in dangerous environment.

International project granted by the European Commission and the Ministry of Science
and Higher Education No 241858
“Precursors of explosives: Additives to inhibit their use including
liquids”
FP7-SECURITY project (the acronym: PREVAIL) project on finding inhibitors to prevent
production of homemade explosives. Another project goal is to find a marker/detection system
201
to facilitate detection of illegal use. These objectives must be met without obstruction of the
legitimate use of the products and without causing any adverse effects on the environment or
people’s health. Project coordinator: Totalforsvarets Forskningsinstitut (FOI). MIHiE’s role: WP
Leader, more about Prevail: www.prevail-fp7.eu
202
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
MATERIAL AND CHEMICAL
TECHNOLOGIES, MATERIAL SCIENCE,
CHEMICAL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING
203
© lily - Fotolia.com
FERTILIZER RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Nawzów Sztucznych)
Organisation Contact Data
13 A, Tysiąclecia Państwa Polskiego st,24 –
110 Puławy, Poland
phone: +48 81 473 14 00
fax: + 48 81 473 14 10
e-mail: ins@ins.pulawy.pl
http://www.ins.pulawy.pl/EN/
Instytut Nawozów Sztucznych (Fertilizer Research Institute) seated in Puławy, Poland is a state
research institute with a long lasting tradition. Its beginnings as Research Laboratory at United
Factories of Nitrogen Compounds date back to 1935. The name was changed into the present
one in 1958.
INS is one of the best Polish research institutes. It enjoys a good reputation and INS trade mark
is well known in Poland and abroad.
The principal aim of the Institute is work for chemical industry, mainly its fertilizer and inorganic
branches, which leads to making innovations and higher competitiveness of companies
operating in chemistry and chemical technology areas. INS carries out research and
development work in close partnership with industry employing high qualified staff and
maintaining latest standards applying to research methods and procedures. It cooperates with
all nitrogen works in Poland and many ones abroad. It has the unique advantage of carrying
research works in pilot plants and directly on industrial plants.
In the last 10 years INS signed over 100 local contracts and 65 export ones for sale of
technologies, licences and products to 15 countries in Europe and Asia.
Work for administration and local authorities (tasks defined in the regulation concerning
fertilizers and fertilization, REACH and CLP regulations, preparation of expert opinions etc.) are
an important Institute activity field.
By constant development of the investigation potential, scientific and technical staff,
infrastructure and research equipment the Institute is going to become a leader initiating
innovatory actions competitive on the local, European and world markets in the area of
chemical technology and connected branches such as chemical engineering, safety, and waste
management.
204
THE SCOPE OF ACTIVITY:
Research and development works including:

mineral fertilizers including liquid and suspended ones,

feed additives,

chemical inorganic products – ammonia, nitric acid, urea,

catalysts, sorbents, catalyst supports,

plant extracts (hop extracts and others),

selected organic products – methanol, formaldehyde melamine,

selected plastics processing – trioxane, dioxolane,

chemical technology and chemical engineering,

environmental protection including wasteless processes of technological streams,
purification and influence of organic and mineral fertilizers on agricultural production,
impact of mineral fertilizers on natural environment, analysis of potential sources of
pollution and contamination caused by fertilizers, sewage and smoke.
Experimental production:

mineral fertilizers (micro-element concentrates INSOL®; NP, PK, NPK suspension
fertilizers),
catalysts, sorbents, catalyst support, ceramic balls,


hop extract,

plant extracts,

formalin (reagent grade),

research apparatus – gradientless reactors.
205
COOPERATION OFFER
1. Technologies:
1) REVAMPING OF CO2 REMOVAL SYSTEM (BENFIELD/CARSOL UNIT)
FROM AMMONIA SYNTHESIS GAS
A unit for carbon dioxide removal from synthesis gas is one of the most energy-consuming parts
of ammonia production plant and it is also "bottle-neck" limiting production capacity of the
whole plant. That is why modernization of the unit is a key issue at modernization of the
ammonia plant.
Revamping is carried-out by an in-built system of boiler-flash tank-ejector in CO2 removal unit.
Semi lean solution of potassium carbonate is directed from the regenerator to the flash tank
where adiabatic steam evaporation takes place due to pressure reduction. Steam generated in
the flash tank is pressurized by the ejector and is directed to the bottom part of the
regenerator. Driving steam for the ejector is generated in an additional boiler which uses heat
of process gas. Application of the new system allows to optimize heat utilization for solution
regeneration and it increases production capacity and reduces energy consumption.
Process characteristics:
 Process for revamping of CO2 purification units based on Benfield/Carsol technology;
 Heat recovery of hot solution after regeneration results in:
 increased production capacity of ammonia plants by 15-20%;
 reduction of heat consumption after regeneration from 1200 to 880 kcal/1000 Nm3 CO2;
 reduced natural gas consumption by approx. 25 Nm3/t NH3.
INS offer includes a license, know-how, basic design and detailed engineering, supervision
during erection and start-up as well as a delivery of key-equipment, piping, and control system.
206
2) IMPROVEMENT OF CARBON DIOXIDE PURITY IN BENFIELD/CARSOL
UNIT
Purity of carbon dioxide from Benfield/Carsol unit does not exceed 98.5%. It also contains
substantial amounts of such impurities as methanol and flammable gases which creates
explosion hazard of hydrogen/oxygen mixture.
Saturated solution of potassium carbonate containing approx. 0.7-0.8 vol. % hydrogen and
other syngas components, flows through a separator after leaving an absorber. A separator
where flammable gases are released and separated before the solution enter regenerator, is
placed after the expansion turbine. Due to prior inerts separation, CO2 stream from the top of
the regenerator contains 99.9% CO2 and only trace impurities and can be used for urea
production without further purification. The separator operating at pressure of 4-6 bar, enables
a selective liberation of flammable gases from the solution, without any significant CO 2 losses –
what allows to increase of CO2 stream directed to the urea production process.
Process characteristics:

CO2 purity improvement to the level of 99.9 vol. % ;

increased pure CO2 stream for urea production by 20-25 %;

elimination of explosion hazard in urea synthesis loop;

reduction of CO2 compression energy consumption in a urea plant by approx. 5-8 %;

increased urea plant capacity by 5 %;

reduction of ammonia consumption in urea production plants by approx. 2-3 kg/t NH3.
INS offer includes a license, know-how, basic design and detailed engineering, supervision
during erection and start-up as well as a delivery of key-equipment, piping, and control system.
207
3) HIGH PRESSURE PURIFICATION OF PROCESS CONDENSATES IN
AMMONIA PRODUCTION PLANTS
A plant for high pressure condensate degassing serves for removal of ammonia and organic
compounds, mainly methanol, from the process condensate. In high pressure process large
heat losses are avoided what happens in case of low pressure processes.
Stripping technology utilizes overheated stream directed to natural gas steam reforming at
pressure of approx. 4 MPa. Impurities are recycled to technological stream and then to the
primary reformer where they are decomposed to H2, CO and N2. Pure condensate containing
only traces of ammonia and methanol is fed to medium and low pressure steam boilers and its
surplus is recycled to a demineralization unit as a raw material for demineralized water
production which can be used for feed high pressure boilers.
Process characteristics:

possibility of the process application in large capacity syngas systems operating with
natural gas steam reforming and coal gasification processes;

ammonia and methanol recovery;

reduction of demineralized water consumption by approx. 1.25 t/t NH3;

reduction of exhaust gas temperature by approx. 60 C;

the process is not harmful to the environment.
INS offer includes a license, know-how, basic design and detailed engineering, supervision
during erection and start-up as well as a delivery of key-equipment, piping, and control system.
208
4) SATURATION OF NATURAL GAS IN AMMONIA PRODUCTION PLANT
Technology consists in utilization of combustion gas heat and reduction of process steam
consumption in reforming section of ammonia plant. A novel system for natural gas saturation
with the process condensate is applied in the reforming section with the use of low-potential
heat of combustible gases from the reforming furnace.
Natural gas, directed to steam reforming process, flows counter-currently to the hot
condensate stream which sprays the saturation column. Process condensate is heated in heater
located in flue gases utilization section. Natural gas is saturated with steam evaporated from
the condensate stream. Reduction of technological steam consumption is a direct effect of the
saturation. The generated steam replaces middle pressure process steam. All this results in
reduction of natural gas consumption for fuel.
Process characteristics:

novel technology which can be used in ammonia, methanol, hydrogen plants, etc.

reduction of natural gas consumption by approx. 12 Nm3/t NH3 (0.42 GJ/t NH3);

reduction of demineralized water consumption in high pressure steam system by 0.4 t/t
NH3.
INS offer includes a license, know-how, basic design and detailed engineering, supervision
during erection and start-up as well as a delivery of key-equipment, piping, and control system.
209
5) SYNTHESIS GAS DRYING IN AMMONIA PLANTS
Novel technology for syngas drying on molecular sives with TSA process application is proposed.
After methanation process synthesis gas flows through one of 2 driers packed with molecular
sieve operating in TSA (Temperature Swing Adsorption) cycle. Final gas drying to moisture
content < 1 ppmv H2O and removal of remaining CO2 to the level of < 1 ppmv takes place in
contact with the adsorbent. Fresh syngas stream (without any traces of residual moisture and
CO2 which are ammonia synthesis catalyst poisons) is mixed with circulation gas stream just
before entering ammonia synthesis conventor. As the result NH3 content in the inlet gas stream
is reduced and conversion of synthesis gas during one pass through the catalyst bed is
increased. This leads to reduction of gas circulation in the synthesis process and enables
reduction of synthesis pressure. The final effect of process modifications are reductions of
compression energy consumption and synthesis gas circulation as well as reduction of heat
losses in the cooling system.
Process characteristics:
 reduced natural gas consumption by 20 Nm3/t NH3;
 improved product (liquid ammonia) quality.
INS offer includes a license, know-how, basic design and detailed engineering, supervision
during erection and start-up as well as a delivery of key-equipment, piping, and control system.
210
6) METHOD FOR REDUCTION OF NITROUS OXIDE EMISSION FROM
NITRIC ACID PLANTS
Nitrous oxide (N2O) is a by-product of nitric acid production process and it is formed in catalytic
ammonia oxidation. N2O is a greenhouse gas which destroys the ozone layer protecting Earth
against harmful UV radiation. Iron-alumina catalyst developed in Instytut Nawozów Sztucznych
(Fertilizer Research Institute) is installed in ammonia oxidation reactor, just under the layer of
platinum-rhodium and palladium gauzes (for ammonia oxidation and platinum recovery). The
catalyst reduces N2O emission from nitric acid plants even by 95%.
Process characteristics:

high and stable activity providing N2O decomposition rate in the ammonia oxidation
reactor up to 95%;

high selectivity – the catalysts does not decompose nitric oxide (NO) it rather increases
NH3 to NO conversion rate.

catalyst of high mechanical strength;

low and stable flow resistance values;

low production and utilisation costs of the catalyst;

the spent catalysts is not harmful to the environment.
INS offer includes a modernization and intensification of nitric acid plants as well as
investigations and delivery of catalyst.
211
2. Products:
Catalysts and sorbents for the following processes:
Raw hydrocarbon desulfurization,
Hydrocarbon steam refoming,
CO shift reaction,
Methanation of carbon oxides,
Ammonia synthesis,
Reduction of N2O emission in nitric acid plants,
Benzene hydrogenation,
Oil hardening.
Alumina balls – can be applied in many processes of various branches of chemical industry.
Plant extracts:
Hop extract for brewing, pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries;
Blackcurrant seed oil for cosmetic and food industries;
Raspberry seed oil for cosmetic and food industries;
Strawberry seed oil for cosmetic and food industries;
Sweet red paprika extract for food industry, dietary supplements.
Mineral fertilizers:
Micro-element concentrates INSOL®;
INSOMIX® for green-house crop fertigation;
NP, PK, NPK suspension fertilizers.
Reagent grade formalin
Contact Person Data
Head of Catalysts & Technologies Marketing & Sale
Department:
Bogusław Niewiadowski
phone: + 48 81 473 14 83
fax: + 48 81 473 14 84
e-mail: boguslaw.niewiadowski@ins.pulawy.pl
212
FOUNDRY RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Odlewnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
73, Zakopiańska st,30 – 418 Cracow, Poland
General Manager of the Institute:
Prof. Jerzy J. Sobczak, DSc., PhD., Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 111
fax: +48 12 26 60 870
e – mail: iod@iod.krakow.pl
phone: + 48 12 26 18 324
e – mail: sobczak@iod.krakow.pl
Language contacts: English, Russian
http://www.iod.krakow.pl/stronaiod/strona/index.php?lang=en
Foundry Research Institute was established in 1946 as a leading scientific research centre of the
foundry industry in Poland. Focusing on the problems of reconstruction, first, and
modernisation, next, of the domestic foundry industry, in its over sixty five year-lasting period
of operation, the Institute has managed to develop and implement many successful and
original solutions in the field of new materials, foundry technologies, control and measuring
apparatus, and foundry machinery and equipment.
In the late seventies, in cooperation with UNIDO, Foundry Research Institute became an
important world training centre for the foundry personnel from developing countries. Many
times, the Institute staff provided services in numerous countries in Africa and Asia, where our
engineers were working as UNIDO experts and specialists in the start up of new foundries.
In its present embodiment, the Foundry Research Institute is a research and development
centre operating according to the modern market rules, rendering services to the foundry
industry, and also to other industries, institutions, offices and international partners.
The Institute's mission is to create new energy-efficient and environmentally friendly
technologies and materials, and undertake various complex and interdisciplinary tasks in
different sectors of the industry.
The scope of the services offered by the Institute covers all forms of research and application
from planning and preliminary tests to implementation and project economic analysis.
The Institute activities covering all problems related with the art of making castings, including
basic and applied research, the development of new cast materials and casting technologies, as
well as expert studies, are performed by highly specialised staff of research workers.
The organisational structure of the Institute is closely related to the scope of its activities.
The scientific and technical achievements are particularly evident in the following areas:
metallurgy and technology of making castings from a variety of cast materials (based

on Fe, Al, Cu, Mg, Zn, Sn, Ti, Ni, Co, and metal matrix composites);
213







the technology of moulding sands, gravity and pressure die casting, investment casting
and lost foam process;
reclamation and recycling of foundry waste;
rapid prototyping, 3D scanning, simulation of the pouring process, solidification and
stress distribution;
studies of:
high temperature liquid state, and the reactivity and stability of liquid metals in
contact with solid materials,
mechanical properties and structure of cast materials, and physico-chemical and
technological parameters of basic and auxiliary materials;
defects in castings.
The significant scientific and cognitive achievements of the Institute during the last four-year
period include:
determination of relationship between the manufacturing parameters and

performance characteristics of titanium implants made by precision casting and
isostatic compaction,

development of the mechanism of pressure infiltration of porous bodies and the
distribution of reinforcing phase particles to manufacture heterogeneous products
with local reinforcement,

determination of the effect of alloying elements and heat treatment on the structure
and properties of spheroidal and vermicular graphite cast irons, including ADI
(Austempered Ductile Iron),
development of physico-chemical backgrounds of the synthesis of a water-based

binder of the next generation for precision casting,

explanation of mechanisms governing the stability and reactivity of nitrides in contact
with liquid metals and alloys,

determining the mechanism of multi-stage heat treatment of selected alloys,

simulation of the solidification and crystallisation processes of monolithic and
composite materials (including in vitro and in situ composites – on the example of a
regular structure as a concentration-related picture of temperature microfield) and
modelling the crack-formation process in cast alloys in a spatial state of stress,

studies of the mechanism responsible for the formation of ordered porosity in highporosity media and development of a mathematical model explaining this
phenomenon,

determining the mechanism of isothermal transformation in ADI with nickel and
copper additions austempered in salt bath,

studies of the effect of the conditioning regime of sodium silicate glaze on the
structure, the value of "zeta" potential and cohesive properties of hydrated sodium
silicate serving as a complex binder for the chemically hardened moulding sands,
214









shaping the structure and mechanical properties of a metal - aluminium oxide joint
based on physico-chemical phenomena occurring at the phase boundary,
synthesis and investigation of mechanism responsible for the formation of new
monolithic materials (nickel-free piston silumins and magnesium alloys) and innovative
composites (lead-free bronzes, graphite-containing aluminium alloys reinforced with
aluminium oxide, silicon carbide, and selected fractions of fly ash),
mastering the physico-chemical fundamental rules for the manufacture of cast in situ
composites of the Al-Al2O3 type,
development of a method for the rheocast-type structure formation in an application
approach to the technique of making products in semi-solid state (thixocasting
process),
developing fundamentals of the chromium-nickel cast steel nitriding process,
development of a comprehensive system for the evaluation of moulding sand
reclamability and reusability,
studies of the effect of evaporative patterns on changes in carbon content in the
subsurface layer of iron castings and on the formation of structure and properties of
cast aluminium alloys and composite materials,
optimising the composition of protective gas mixture in the recycling process of
magnesium alloys,
computer simulation of the solidification process of castings made from copper and its
alloys with further experimental verification.
Foundry Research Institute maintains extensive contacts with foreign institutes and companies
in the exchange of scientific and technical information, and execution of joint research projects.
For many years, the Institute has been very active in the development of international
cooperation, carrying into effect a number of long-term international projects, among others,
with Russia (All-Russia Institute of Light Alloys), Ukraine (National Academy of Sciences of
Ukraine, National Metallurgical Academy of Sciences, Dnepropetrovsk), Germany (Giesserei
Institut RWTH - Aachen, IFG - Institut fur Giessereitechnik, Düsseldorf, Institute of Casting
Technology in Düsseldorf), China (Shenyang Research Institute of Foundry), bilateral
agreements, among others, with Bulgaria (Bulgarian Academy of Sciences), Czech Republic
(VSBTU - Ostrava), France (ENSGI - Grenoble and CTIF - Paris), Spain (TECNALIA-INASMET – San
Sebastian), Lithuania (University of Technology - Kaunas), USA (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee and Stout, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, National Research Council Washington, Energy Industries of Ohio, University of Central Florida, NASA Glenn Research
Center), Japan (University of Osaka, NIRIN - National Industrial Research Institute of Nagoya).
With the majority of these research institutes a long-term cooperation agreements or letters of
intent have been signed, e.g. with CTIF (France) and TECNALIA-INASMET (Spain) on the research
project proposals regarding the renewal and revitalisation of the national foundry industry
through tighter linkage with the EU countries.
215
In 2002, at the Foundry Research Institute, a COCAFTEC Centre of Competence for
Advanced Foundry Technologies was established. The programme of its activities addresses
mainly the countries of Central and Eastern Europe (Baltic countries, Czech Republic, Slovakia,
Hungary, Slovenia, Romania, Ukraine and others.). Its activities are supported by participation
of the Institute in European projects (e.g. CRAFT - Advanced Process for the Pressure Rolling of
Materials in the Foundry Industry, SARE - New Technology for Investment Casting, SUBLIB Lead Free Copper Alloys, CASTEVENTS, COST - Materials Action 531 "Lead-Free Solder
Materials”, CORROSION – Detection and discrimination of corrosion attack on ships (oil tankers)
with Acoustic Emission, ADI-SYNERGY – Manufacture of castings of ADI using the Lost Foam
process, MAGNET – Magnetic moulding – innovative technology to improve the
competitiveness and working conditions of the European foundries, ECO-IN-FOUNDRIES – Eco
information in SME European Foundries, SURUZ – Scientific Network of Surfacants and
Dispersed Systems in Theory and Practice, RECYSAND – Recycling of foundry sands, DIOFUR –
Dioxins in Cupolas, rotary and electric furnaces, emission-free melting practises in foundries,
FOUNDRYBENCH – Foundry Energy Efficiency Benchmarking, LEAN – Development of Light
Weight Steel Castings for Efficient Aircraft Engines) and running the Branch Contact Point for
Foundry. Designated by the State Committee of Scientific Research, an expert from the Institute
has been appointed Poland’s representative to the Management Committee of the COST Action
531 "Lead Free Solder Materials", which was started in 2003.
Foundry Research Institute is a member of many international organisations, such as,
among others: CAEF - Committee of Associations of European Foundries, AFS - American
Foundry Society, WFO - World Foundrymen Organisation.
The basic research programme of the Institute is supported by the standardisation,
publishing, training, and scientific-technical activities, the main aim of which is to assist
foundrymen working in the industry.
In the past four-year period, the Institute issued numerous books, monographs and brochures,
conference and seminar proceedings, and training materials.
216
PROJECTS:
1) "Development of technology and launching the production of highquality foundry bentonite based on dried starting material and waste
fractions formed in the preparation of sorbents".
Contact Person Data
Head of Technology Department:
Irena Izdebska-Szanda, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 250
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: irsza@iod.krakow.pl
2) "Development of technology and launching the production of highquality materials called ‘ekomix’ and of bentonite – ‘ekomix’ mixtures
for foundry industry".
Contact Person Data
Technology Department:
Zbigniew Stefański, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 536
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: zstef@iod.krakow.pl
3) "Development of an innovative technology and launching the
production of modified bentonite used in the manufacture of high
surface quality steel castings".
The implementation of the above mentioned three projects helped to launch the production of
high quality, eco-friendly, bentonite-based materials for foundry. Currently, we can offer readymade implementation of industry-proven high-quality materials, the application of which
allows improving the surface quality of castings and reduce casting defects, and has a positive
impact on the environment by reducing the level of dust, the use of sorbent post-production
fines in the preparation of foundry bentonite, and reducing harmful emissions evolved from
moulding sands during casting, especially polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and volatile organic
compounds.
217
Contact Person Data
Technology Department:
Zbigniew Stefański, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 536
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: zstef@iod.krakow.pl
4) "Development of an innovative design and technology for the
manufacture of cast components of agricultural machinery."
The aim of the project was to replace the forged and welded blades in bed ploughs with blades
made by the casting technology. This conversion of both material and technology has provided
longer life of these elements without increasing the cost of their production. The results of
operational tests have shown that the manufactured cast blades are more durable than their
high quality counterparts made by forging and welding. The project was awarded a number of
medals in many national and international exhibitions (Brussels, Paris, Poznan, Kielce and
others). As part of this subject, in cooperation with the Industrial Institute of Agricultural
Engineering in Poznan, the design and casting technology have been developed to produce a
number of tillage tools, like blades for reversible ploughs and single-sided ploughs, subsoiler
coulters, cultivator duckfoot, etc.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Ferrous Alloys:
Zenon Pirowski, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 518
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: pirowski@iod.krakow.pl
5) “The start up of production of ferrous castings, designed for
operation under extra harsh conditions of abrasive and corrosive
wear and tear to replace forged and welded structures".
Innovative elements of machines and equipment were designed and made by casting
technology to replace elements forged, welded or rolled. The main objective of the project was
to develop an innovative design of machines and equipment in terms of their shape geometry,
making prototype castings from materials of a new generation intended for use under extra
harsh operating conditions, and optimising the mechanical and tribological properties in terms
of increased functionality and service life of the developed parts. Further aim of the project was
to improve the competitiveness of machinery and equipment, mainly in areas such as
agriculture, road building, environmental protection, and transportation. Under this topic,
218
among others, castings of rotor blades for shot blasting machines were developed and
implemented in production. The castings won Gold Medal at an exhibition in Brussels.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Ferrous Alloys:
Zenon Pirowski, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 518
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: pirowski@iod.krakow.pl
6) "Determining the impact of technological process on the quality of
castings made from nickel superalloys for power, chemical and
automotive industries".
The project aim is to improve energy security and economic use of the available fuel that is
coal, getting less greenhouse gas per 1 MWh of produced energy, reducing the amount of coal
mined and transported, reducing solid waste, reducing the consumption of cooling water, and
obtaining greater efficiency than with the conventional materials used so far. The scope of the
studies carried out by the Institute covers comprehensive research on the properties of some
heat- and creep-resistant nickel superalloys, to determine their tendency to react with the
furnace atmosphere and ceramic materials used in foundry processes and to develop, based on
the results obtained, a technology for casting of these alloys and making pilot castings. As part
of this subject, studies have been carried out to master the technology of casting nickel
superalloys, such as INCONEL and HAYNES. So far, these alloys have been used only in wrought
condition. Mastering the technology of casting the above mentioned elements should enable
making the “ready for use" (cast) components often of large overall dimensions and intricate
shapes, thus reducing the necessary metal working and welding.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department of Ferrous Alloys:
Zenon Pirowski, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 518
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: pirowski@iod.krakow.pl
219
7) „Studies and development of modern technology of the cast
materials resistant to thermal fatigue".
Based on physico-chemical interactions in a ‘liquid metal - coating - metal mould’ system, a new
generation of protective and insulating coatings has been developed. The aim of the project is
to develop an advanced technology for the manufature of innovative cast materials (ferrous
alloys) of controlled structure, modified with alloying elements and offering increased
resistance to thermal fatigue under the cyclic changes of temperature. The project also
anticipates the development of a modern method for the determination of boundary
parameters and dynamics of cyclic changes in temperature and state of stress in the large
objects in motion; a prototype test stand to examine the destruction of iron-based alloys under
the conditions of cyclic temperature changes; a database of static and dynamic operating
parameters of the cast heavy equipment parts for the domestic copper metallurgy industry.
The outcome of the project is expected to contribute to the reduced operating cost of
numerous devices used by the steel industry, automotive and glass industries, and many other
sectors of the domestic industry.
Contact Person Data
Department of Ferrous Alloys:
Andrzej Pytel, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 239
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: ahpyt@iod.krakow.pl
8) „Improving the reliability of lead-free solder joints in electronic
packages."
The aim of the project is meeting the EU directives prohibiting the use of hazardous substances
in electronic products, obtained through improved reliability of lead-free solder joints in
electronic packages, manufactured from the environmentally friendly new generation of leadfree solders, and conducting a systematic and comprehensive comparative study of the
properties of various types of solder joints produced in laboratory scale and in industry, to
identify the causes accounting for the loss of reliability of the connections, and to determine
the influence of material characteristics, process parameters and other identified factors on the
structure, and physical, mechanical and functional properties of various types of solder joints.
Another aim of the project is development and improvement of the soldering process control
procedures and quality evaluation of solder joints, as well as the development of solutions to
improve the reliability of connections in electronic packages.
220
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for High-Temperature Studies
Assoc. Prof. Natalia Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 521
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: natalie@iod.krakow.pl
9) „Retrofitting
the research infrastructure of Malopolska Centre for
Innovative Technologies and Materials".
The project concerns the priority of research in the field of materials technology. The
immediate purpose of the project is to develop a common research infrastructure in the
Malopolska Centre for Innovative Technologies and Materials through construction or purchase
of new equipment, or retrofitting and/or replacement of the existing test stands with the
excellent research and diagnostic apparatus and the experimental and technological equipment
necessary for the joint implementation of research programme for processing of metals and
materials engineering.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for High-Temperature Studies
Assoc. Prof. Natalia Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 521
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: natalie@iod.krakow.pl
The Institute is in charge of the execution of a number of subjects in the strategic project
entitled: "Advanced materials and technologies for their production",
coordinated by the Institute of Non-Ferrous Metals in Gliwice. The overall objective of the
project is to use the latest achievements of modern materials engineering to create a database
and to submit an offer for advanced solutions in the field of materials and technology for
industries operating in the area of non-ferrous metals. Although this area is strictly related with
the non-ferrous metals industry, a number of other modern economic sectors such as
electronics, photonics, transport, energy and sources of energy are also involved in the project.
221
1) Area III New light alloy-based materials
Area Manager: Adam Kłyszewski, PhD, Eng. (Institute of Non-Ferrous Metals in Gliwice – Light
Metals Division Skawina)
“Ultralight sections extruded from the new magnesium-lithium
alloys”.
The aim of the project is to explore the possibility of using new super light Mg-Li alloys to shape
products by casting and plastic forming, and to evaluate the possibility of obtaining a high
strength/density ratio. Elements of machines and equipment are produced mostly by casting,
forging and extrusion, and less often by rolling and drawing. An additional goal will be to
examine structural changes occurring in the processed material during plastic forming and
mechanical properties of the ready products. Efforts will also be taken to examine the corrosion
behaviour of alloys of this type. The obtained information of cognitive, technological and
technical character can be used in the development of a manufacturing technology of new
products used in the ground and air transport, and in precision industry.
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Prof. Andrzej Białobrzeski, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 261
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: abial@iod.krakow.pl
„Elaboration of technology to manufacture special-purpose cast
components from titanium alloys."
The project aim is to determine optimum parameters of a technological process of making
ceramic moulds for precision casting of titanium alloys.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
Center for Design and Prototyping
Wojciech Leśniewski, MSc, Eng.
phone.: +48 12 26 18 302
fax: +48 12 266 08 70
wles@iod.krakow.pl
222
2) Area V Functional metal matrix materials
Area Manager: Prof. Jerzy Józef Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng. (Foundry Research Institute, Cracow)
“The development of squeeze casting and thixocasting technology to
produce functionally graded materials and castings from non-ferrous
alloys with local reinforcement".
The execution of the project has enabled a comprehensive and interdisciplinary solution of the
problem related with the manufacture of functionally graded materials based on non-ferrous
metals, and with the fabrication of monolithic, laminated and locally reinforced products. The
newest concepts of liquid-phase technology, based on the application of high external pressure
exerted on the liquid or semi-solid metal during solidification (squeeze casting), combined with
thixocasting, or squeeze/pressure liquid metal infiltration of porous shaped elements
reinforcing the casting locally were used.
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Tomasz Reguła, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 473
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: tregula@iod.krakow.pl
„Advanced, fly ash-reinforced, light metals-based, composite
materials such as MAGFA and ALFA”.
The aim of the project is to develop backgrounds for the manufacture of new metal matrix
composite materials in which the reinforcing ceramic phase is waste material - fly ash (both
materials are referred to as MAGFA® and ALFA® composites, i.e. Magnesium / Aluminium + Fly
Ash), where the fly ash is formed during the combustion of coal in power plants. Due to the low
value of density and thermal expansion, increased resistance to abrasion, high resistance to
thermal shocks and sufficiently good mechanical properties, aluminium- or magnesium-based
composites with the fly ash reinforcement are considered to be a potential solution for
materials of industrial application, particularly in car transport as materials for brake discs and
pistons for IC engines. Institute of Nuclear Chemistry and Technology.
223
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Paweł Darłak, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 596
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: darlak@iod.krakow.pl
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Piotr Długosz, MSc, Eng.
phone.: +48 12 26 18 596
fax: +48 12 266 08 70
e- mail: pdlugosh@iod.krakow.pl
224
3) Area VII Disposal and recycling of materials
Area Manager: Prof. IMN A. Chmielarz, PhD, Eng. (Institute of Non-Ferrous Metals in Gliwice)
"Ecological foundry mould and core technologies for casting of nonferrous metals, including the recycling and disposal".
Task VII.3. in the project "Ecological foundry mould and core technologies for casting of nonferrous metals, including the recycling and disposal" has as a main objective introducing new
ecological binders to the process of making moulds and cores for casting of non-ferrous alloys
to replace the most commonly used sands with bentonite and resin binders. The use of the new
technology based on ecological inorganic binders characterised by favourable technological
parameters and better knocking out properties and reclamability shall reduce the adverse
effect of waste moulding materials on the environment. The methodology and studies carried
out within the framework of the project will make a basis for the development of complex
mould- and core-making technology with recycling and disposal of waste materials.
Contact Person Data
Head of Technology Department
Irena Izdebska-Szanda, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 250
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: irsza@iod.krakow.pl
„Recycling of process scrap of cast magnesium alloys using an
innovative method of endomodification".
The aim of the project is to explore and explain the mechanism of magnesium alloys
endomodification by introducing to the primary alloy a specified, in terms of both quality and
quantity, addition of different grades of process scrap. The use of own process scrap
additionally allows its recycling in the foundry. The end result of the project is clarifying the
mechanism by which compounds contained in the scrap can affect the process of the
endomodification of liquid alloys of magnesium, and developing instructions and technical
documentation concerning introduction of process scrap to the metal charge (recycling) and its
impact on the quality of magnesium alloy castings.
225
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Aleksander Fajkiel, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 284,
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: fajkiel@iod.krakow.pl
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Piotr Dudek, PhD, Eng.
phone.: +48 12 26 18 473
fax: +48 12 266 08 70
e- mail: grap@iod.krakow.pl
226
“Studies of casting properties and determination of quality
requirements for products cast from magnesium alloys designated for
further decorative and protective surface treatment”.
The research work was carried out within the target project: UDA-POIG.01.04.00-16-001/0800/UDA-POIG.04.01.00-16-001/08-00 "Innovative technology for application of coatings on
magnesium castings at Polmag " and it covered complex development of technology enabling
application of decorative and protective coatings on die castings made from selected
magnesium alloys, allowing for the specific character of the hot chamber die casting process.
The scope of work included:
identifying requirements regarding the surface condition of castings, including the

casting surface defects such as folds, streaks, flower outlines, etc
assessment of surface quality for the presence of elements from the technological

process, including the phase analysis of chemical compounds present on the surface of
castings,
selection of technological parameters of the casting process for better surface quality.

The composition of the decorative and protective coatings and the process of their
deposition on the test magnesium alloy die castings have been developed within the
framework of cooperation with the IMN OML - Skawina. The end result of the work was the
development of guidelines for pressure die casting parameters to achieve the required
surface quality of magnesium alloy castings necessary for the application of protective and
decorative coatings.
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Aleksander Fajkiel, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 284,
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: fajkiel@iod.krakow.pl
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Piotr Dudek, PhD, Eng.
phone.: +48 12 26 18 473
fax: +48 12 266 08 70
e- mail: grap@iod.krakow.pl
227
„Aluminium matrix composites with the textile 3-D (3D-CF/Al-MMC)
type reinforcement for parts operating under complex loads in the
automotive industry and machine building sector."
The aim of this German-Polish bilateral project is to combine the possibilities offered by
materials science, mechanical engineering and technology to develop an effective, optimised in
terms of mechanical properties, and sustainable approach to the fabrication of carbon fibre /
aluminium matrix composites reinforced with 3D type fabric. Within the framework of the
project, theoretical and technological backgrounds will be developed to use a considerable
potential of the low density metal matrix composites, and also wide opportunities to design
their properties. Particular emphasis will be placed on selection of appropriate fibres and
aluminium alloys, and best techniques of their modification, as well as optimising the strength
of 3D shaped elements based on the available fabrics and allowing for the thermomechanical
service loads under different operating conditions.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for High-Temperature Studies
Assoc. Prof. Natalia Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 521
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: natalie@iod.krakow.pl
228
„Studies of the effect of various factors on the properties of liquid and
semi-solid lead-free solders for high temperature applications (COST
MP0602)".
The project concerns the participation of Polish research units in the European Union
programme implemented within the framework of COST Action MP0602 entitled: "Advanced
Solder Materials for High-Temperature Application - HISOLD" executed in the period of 20072011. The scope of work is aimed at high-temperature liquid state studies and liquid-phase
technologies to manufacture alloys and soldered joints, including a comprehensive study of
properties of selected alloys in the liquid state (melting point and temperature of phase
transformations in the liquid state, density, surface tension of liquid alloys, the kinetics of
wetting and spreading in contact with different materials) and determination of the effect of
major technological factors (temperature, atmosphere, alloying additions, the technique of
preparing a solid substrate, e.g. by metal coating).
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for High-Temperature Studies
Assoc. Prof. Natalia Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 521
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: natalie@iod.krakow.pl
„Passive protection of mobile objects (air and ground) from the
impact of AP projectiles”.
The project covers research and development of sandwich panels for armour components
made of lightweight materials designed to be technologically innovative on
a global scale, and above all competitive in many respects to the ones manufactured and used
previously. The developed solution offers highly effective protection against the impact of AP
type small-calibre projectiles and can be incorporated into the outer layers of a security system
of the mobile transport means (ground and flying vehicles). The design of armour in terms of
the materials applied (light alloys, ceramics) is characterised by a low surface weight, which
significantly reduces the total weight of the vehicle, affecting the economics of use - lower fuel
consumption, possible increase in the vehicle capacity. The unique solution of the armour
design and the method of manufacture based on the available techniques of casting (squeeze
casting) make this type of armour cheap, durable, and requiring no costly and time-consuming
finishing work.
229
Contact Person Data
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Paweł Darłak, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 596
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: darlak@iod.krakow.pl
Department of Non-Ferrous Metal Alloys
Piotr Długosz, MSc, Eng.
phone.: +48 12 26 18 596
fax: +48 12 266 08 70
e- mail: pdlugosh@iod.krakow.pl
„The process of structure formation in the ternary Gd-Co-Ti alloys".
The project aim is to determine the physical and thermodynamic properties of a new class of
advanced materials, which are ternary Co-Gd-Ti alloys characterised in the liquid state by an
area of limited miscibility. The scope of the planned research is directed at understanding the
process of shaping a unique structure of the alloy during rapid cooling, and in particular at the
clarification of the existence of an area of the limited miscibility, investigating further the
composition of the coexisting phases, as well as the physical properties of homogeneous liquid
phases or their mixture. The selection of alloy chemical composition is expected to enable
fabrication of new metal composite materials with a metallic glass matrix.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for High-Temperature Studies
Assoc. Prof. Natalia Sobczak, DSc, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 521
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: natalie@iod.krakow.pl
„Technology for processing of titanium alloys by casting route for
production of implants and surface treatment."
The project aim is to develop the basic parameters of a technological process for precision
casting of titanium alloys.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
230
„Complex technologies for the manufacture of cast spare parts of the
military equipment and individual medical implants using rapid
prototyping techniques".
For special applications, such as military vehicles used by special services - fire, medical and the
like ones, numerous items are made individually and are tailored to the specific needs of
a given vehicle. In this case, making models of special parts by the methods of rapid prototyping
allows quick verification and finding an optimum design solution. For the needs of the project,
numerous parts used in the automotive industry made so far by the traditional methods of
casting (e.g. gears, rocker arms, crosses, brake calipers) were identified. At the same time,
attention focused on the selection of parts that would be representative of both the precision
casting process and casting in sand moulds. Precision casting technology has been used for
castings with different characteristics in terms of the alloy cast, and casting geometry, shape
and weight. This is a different approach to the practical application of investment casting
process, which is currently used to make small but complex castings. Making models by rapid
prototyping (RPS) allows for multiple and rapid, compared to traditional pattern-making
techniques, changes in part configuration without having to incur the high costs of foundry
pattern and mould production. In development of the operating parameters of the component
and in elaboration of the casting technology, the following numerical programmes were used:
Ansys, Abaqus, MAGMASOFT, Flow3D. Studies of the casting process to make the test parts
included: control of metallurgical processes (metal preparation), all tests and examinations
related with the lost foam patterns in ceramic layered moulds (the investment process),
preparation of these moulds for pouring (e.g. determination of an optimum mould
temperature). In the case of sand mould castings, the studies aimed at the selection of the
most appropriate sand mixture to make these castings. Studies included monitoring and
examining the accuracy of reprodution, casting surface quality, the time necessary to make a
mould, and the knocking out properties..
Contact Person Data
Center for Design and Prototyping
Stanisław Pysz, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 26 18 313
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: pysz@iod.krakow.pl
231
„Development of surface and materials technology for the
manufacture of parts and components operating in a high reliability
drive system for the long-term and permanent prosthetic heart."
The project aim is to develop a surface engineering technology and a materials technology for
the manufacture of parts and components of a high reliability drive system for the long-term
and permanent prosthetic heart.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
„The new generation of liquid ceramic slurries for precision casting
based on multifunctional binders of improved biocompatibility."
The utilitarian purpose is to develop technologies for the manufacture of precision castings
from reactive alloys such as titanium, using water-based binders with selected colloidal
solutions (SiO2, Y2O3, ZrO2 and CeO2).
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
„Development of an innovative casting technology using directional
solidification."
The outcome of project execution will be implementation of new technological solutions and
application of advanced techniques in the preparation of production (CAD/CAM), verification of
casting technology (computer simulation of pouring, solidification and cooling of castings),
organisation and planning of production (FEM), and enterprise management (ERP).
232
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
“Innovative ceramic-carbon filters for metal alloys”.
The project aim is to develop a technology for making filters of a new type for the filtration of
liquid metal alloys and a method for the use of these filters in casting practice. The use of the
ceramic-carbon filters provides the required mechanical strength and thermal stability on
pouring of moulds with liquid metal, as well as a good corrosion resistance to the effect of
liquid alloy. The structure of the filter wall surface forces a laminar alloy flow through the pores
of the filter. An additional advantage is the high thermal conductivity of the filters. Ceramiccarbon filters are designed for the filtration of cast steel, and nickel and cobalt alloys, and can
replace the zirconia filters used so far. Also important is the economic effect resulting from a
lower temperature at which the filters are being fired.
Contact Person Data
Head of Center for Design and Prototyping
Aleksander Karwiński, PhD, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 416
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: akarw@iod.krakow.pl
„Development of design and technology to make a hydroactive
suspension system used in mobile unmanned vehicles resistant to IED
type threat”.
The aim of the project was to develop a new design of the suspension system made from new
materials. The use in the suspension design of castings instead of parts forged or welded gives
more flexibility in the choice of material and in shaping the geometry of the structure. The
world trends are aiming at a significant reduction in labour consumption necessary to make a
given part. The developed methods for computer modelling and data exchange, and the
advanced modelling algorithms allow completing and limiting the physical experiments.
Integrated Computational Materials Engineering ICME is a new direction in the rapid
development of materials and implementation of new technologies. It provides numerous
benefits, including considerable reduction in the design and lead time, mainly due to a
233
comprehensive analysis of many variants of the solution without the need for a costly and
energy-intensive research carried out on true models. In the study, various programmes have
been used, among others, for material analysis (Pandat), operation (Ansys, Abaqus), and the
technology of manufacture (MAGMASOFT, Flow3D). The conversion of design or of both the
design and material requires the use of modern materials and modern manufacturing
technologies, all in close cooperation carried out between the researcher, designer and
technologist.
Contact Person Data
Center for Design and Prototyping
Stanisław Pysz, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 26 18 313
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: pysz@iod.krakow.pl
“Development of technology for casting responsible titanium alloy
elements improving in a significant way the technical parameters of
the equipment manufactured for the automotive industry, chemical
industry, and medical applications”.
A utilitarian objective is to develop a technology for the production of precision castings in
reactive metal alloys, using water-based binders prepared from the colloidal solutions in SiO2,
Y2O3, ZrO2 and CeO2, thus significantly reducing the thickness of the surface layer of casting.
This should enable undertaking the commercial production of small responsible castings
requiring in practice nearly no expensive machining.
Contact Person Data
Center for Design and Prototyping
Wojciech Leśniewski, MSc, Eng.
phone: + 48 12 26 18 302
fax: + 48 12 266 08 70
e-mail: wles@iod.krakow.pl
234
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Chemii Przemysłowej)
Organisation Contact Data
8, Rydygiera st, 01-793 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 568 20 00
e-mail: ichp@ichp.pl
http://en.www.ichp.pl/
TECHNOLOGIES
1) Synthesis of (2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine
(2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine-a-amino-b-hydroxyacid hydrochloride of structural formula:
obtained according to the offered technology is characterized by high enantiomeric purity > 99 %
and the following physicochemical properties:

molar mass:
217.50 g/mol

chemical formula:
C9H11NO3 · HCl

chemical purity:
98.0 % (HPLC, obs = 210 mm)

optical rotation of sodium light:

melting point:
242–244 °C

solubility:
soluble in water, poorly soluble in alcohols

CAS No:
132201-32-2
 = -14.6 (c = 0.55, 6 M HCl aq., temp. 20 °C)
(2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine hydrochloride constitutes a side chain in a particle called paclitaxel
with a formula:
235
Paclitaxel is a bioactive substance isolated from the bark of yew Taxus brevifolia, vegetating at
the Pacific coast of the USA. The second component in the paclitaxel particle is 10deacetylbaccatin III, available in Poland (Agropharm Company, Tuszyn near Łódź).
Paclitaxel reveals activity in curing such kinds of neoplasm like ovary, breast and lung cancer.
World demand for paclitaxel is 250 kg/year.
A brief description of the technology
In the first stage of the synthesis methyl trans-cinnamate is stereoselectively oxidized into
methyl (2R,3S)-2,3-dihydroxy-3-phenylpropionate in the presence of a chiral catalyst. As a
result, the synthesis produces methyl (2R,3S)-2,3-dihydroxy-3-phenylpropionate with 72 % yield
and enantiomeric purity after crystallization 99 % ee.
It is the key stage of the synthesis, which decides on the stereochemistry of the product. Then,
after a number of reactions of type esterification, addition and reduction with hydrogen, there
is obtained a product in the form of ester, which at the last stage of the synthesis is hydrolyzed,
yielding white crystals of (2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine hydrochloride with purity over 98 % and 99 %
ee
α
20
D
 13,5 
. The yield of this method related to methyl cinnamate is 23 %.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology offered allows to obtain (2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine hydrochloride with purity >
98 % and 99 % ee.
Equipment
The installation to produce (2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine hydrochloride should be equipped with
glass apparatus placed in specially adapted rooms, according to GLP requirements.
The installation is based on two apparatus sets:

an universal glass set with a glass or enameled reactor 120 l in capacity to conduct
syntheses and distillations,

a Simax glass set for extraction, with an extractor 200 l in capacity and 2 tanks for
phase separation, 100 l in capacity each.
The reactor instrumentation should include a Teflon stirrer of propeller type with speed
adjustment, a sounder to measure temperature and pH of the reaction mixture, two substrate
feeders, a distillation column, a condenser, a cooling bath and a distillate receptacle.
The reactor blanket should be adjusted to heating the reactor up to 150 °C and cooling it
contents down to -30 °C.
Patents
Patent application P-385 118 (2008) „(2R,3S)-3-phenylisoserine hydrochloride purification
236
method”.
Market competitiveness
Implementation of the technology enables to obtain the product of domestic origin and thus
lowering the medication price on the Polish market.
References
Confirmation of high chemical and enantiomeric purity of the product by customers.
Contact Person Data
Barbara Kąkol, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 97
e-mail: Barbara.Kakol@ichp.pl
237
2) Obtaining heparin
Heparin – a sulfonated mucopolysaccharide, derived mainly from animal organs in the form of
crystalline sodium salt.
Sodium, calcium and ammonium salts of heparin are used in the health service. Lithium heparin
is used for test tube coating in biochemical research and in gasometric analysis.
A brief description of the technology
The process involves two stages. The first stage consists of obtaining heparic acid from a
sodium salt of unfractionated heparin. A concentrated sulfuric acid is added to a 10 % aqueous
solution of sodium heparin with pH  8.3 until pH  0.5 is reached.
At the second stage, porophores from sulfonyl groups are substituted with metal or ammonium
cations. Then the appropriate hydroxide is introduced into the heparic acid solution, resulting in
full substitution of sulfonyl groups with hydroxide cations. The hydroxide is added until pH 
9.2–10.2 is reached.
If heparin ammonium salt is to be obtained, concentrated aqueous ammonia solution is added
to crystalline heparic acid until pH  9.5–10 is reached and then full dissolution of the acid
crystals is effected through stirring. Instead of hydroxides may be applied oxides or carbonates
of cations to be introduced.
At the third stage appropriate heparin salt is precipitated with alcohol (methanol or ethanol).
The solution shall be stirred while adding alcohol. After drain-off the heparin salt crystals are
rinsed a few times with alcohol and then dried.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology does not require any complicated apparatus, is cheap and the product obtained
with 98 % efficiency is very pure (pharmacopeial purity). Currently employed methods to obtain
salts, other than sodium ones, comprise mainly running an aqueous solution of heparin sodium
salts through columns filled with a cation exchange resin filled with appropriate cations, which
substitute sodium cations. The electrodialysis method can also be applied, using appropriate
membranes permeable to cations and anions. Both methods produce good results but the
electrophoresis method requires specialist apparatus, whereas the ion exchange method
causes expansion of the puncture front and hence dilution of solutions, complicating the
precipitation process and lowering its efficiency.
Equipment




open agitators,
vacuum nutsche filters,
drying chambers,
pH meter.
238
Patents
Patent application P-386 867 (2008) „Method to obtain other heparin salts from sodium
heparin”.
Market competitiveness
No information.
References
The technology has been developed on a laboratory scale. It has not been implemented.
Contact Person Data
Irena Grzywa-Niksińska, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 05
e-mail: Irena.Grzywa-Niksinska@ichp.pl
239
3) Obtaining morphine
Morphine is known throughout the world as a pain relieving medication.
A brief description of the technology
The method comprises morphine separation from the aqueous extract with appropriately
matched absorbents and then desorption. The product obtained is of high purity.
Advantages of the technology offered
In comparison to traditional methods, the method is simple as far as technology and apparatus
are concerned and less power-consuming. Other methods involve multiple extraction / reextraction and then evaporation.
Equipment
Extractors, columns, agitators, a drying chamber.
Market competitiveness
No production in Poland.
References
The technology was implemented in the Kutno Pharmaceutical Plant.
Contact Person Data
Irena Grzywa-Niksińska, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 05
e-mail: Irena.Grzywa-Niksinska@ichp.pl
240
4) Separation and purification of salicylic acid
Salicylic acid is an ortho-hydroxybenzoic acid. It is produced in big quantities and constitutes an
important precursor to produce numerous pharmaceutical preparations.
A brief description of the technology
Salicylic acid is produced mainly from phenol. The post-reaction mixture contains: sodium
salicylate, excess sodium hydroxide or sodium carbonate, small amounts of phenol and a
number of unidentified by-products of tarry character. Salicylic acid is isolated from this
solution by thinning with water and separation with hydrochloric or sulfuric acid. This way
obtained raw acid has brown color and is much polluted. The developed technology to purify
raw salicylic acid comprises selective absorption and desorption.
Advantages of the technology offered
The method of selective absorption and desorption employed to remove pollution and byproducts from the salicylic acid is less power-consuming and cheaper than the traditionally
used sublimation method.
Equipment
three column sets (three columns each) filled with the same absorbent (in the production
process two columns in each set operate connected in series and the third one is then
regenerated),
agitators,
filtration press.
Patents
Patent No P-192 178 „Method to purify raw salicylic acid”.
Market competitiveness
The method is much cheaper and more efficient than the sublimation method.
References
The technology was developed on the half-technical scale and has not been implemented so far.
Half-technical trials have been performed on the installation mounted in a production hall at
the PSA branch of the „Polpharma” Pharmaceutical Plant in Starogard Gdañski.
Contact Person Data
Irena Grzywa-Niksińska, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 05
e-mail: Irena.Grzywa-Niksinska@ichp.pl
241
5) Extract from root and leafy parsley fruits
Dietary supplements constitute a concentrated source of nutrients or other substances with
feeding or physiological effect. Their receiving is favorable in complementing the daily diet with
some lacking mineral nutrients and vitamins and in correcting nutrient deficiencies caused by
dietary recommendations or social, cultural and aesthetic ramifications.
There are grown two species of parsley (Petroselinum sativum Hoffm., syn. Apium petroselinum
L.):
leafy (subsp. macrocarpum), with hard, inedible roots, whose leaves are used for food,
 root (subsp. microcarpum), with edible both roots and leaves.
Both species contain ethereal oils, giving them specific taste and flavor.
Ethereal parsley oil contains mainly allyl-4-methoxybenzene, apiol (0.06–0.08 %), myristicin and
-pyrene.
According to the developed technology, two products are obtained:
 Loose – ground and dried parsley root with the extract deposited on it;
Liquid – oily extract obtained by extraction from parsley fruits using soya oil or extract
obtained by extraction from parsley fruits using liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide,
thinned with soya oil.
Obtained preparations constitute a feedstock into hard or soft capsules.
A brief description of the technology
Leafy and root parsley fruits are subjected to extraction using soya oil or liquid and supercritical
carbon dioxide and then the extract is stabilized with tocopherol used in the quantity of 0.1
wt. %.
As extracts from fruits of both parsley species (root and leafy) contain comparable apiol
quantities, both kinds of fruits can be used interchangeably.
The best extrahent of apiol from parsley fruits is supercritical carbon dioxide (apiol contents –
0.681 %). The process proceeds with efficiency about 3.4 %.
In the extraction can be applied edible soya oil, which is a good apiol solvent. This simplifies the
technological process and allows to skip a complicated analysis of vestigial amounts of organic
solvents in the food product.

Extraction with liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide
A carbon dioxide stream under appropriate pressure is fed into the extractor using
a pump and then the stream is decompressed using a throttling valve, down to the atmospheric
242
pressure. Then it is directed to a receptacle placed in a bath at temperature about -30 °C, goes
through a rotameter and a gas meter and finally returns to the installation.

Oil extraction
Ground seeds of root or leafy parsley are placed in an agitator, a specified amount of soya oil is
added and then the extraction proceeds for 24 or 72 h. Then the reactor contents is filtered and
the extract is analyzed for apiol contents.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technological process of oil extraction is simple and does not require any complicated
apparatus. The only labor-consuming stage is the filtration process.
An advantage is also the usage of edible soya oil, allowing to avoid specific analytic check of the
product, necessary if other solvents are used.
Equipment
Extraction with liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide requires special pressure apparatus:
 extractor,
pump,
receptacle placed in a cooling bath at temperature about -30 °C.
Oil extraction:
agitator,
filtration press.
Patents
Patent application No P-381 198 (2006) „Dietary supplement, especially for diabetics”.
Market competitiveness
There has been obtained a liquid preparation with twice more apiol contents than in
commercially available products.
Contact Person Data
Magdalena Jezierska-Zięba, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 97
e-mail: Magdalena.Jezierska-Zieba@ichp.pl
6) Extract from celery fruits
Celery, both root and leafy, is a precious source of mineral nutrients (contains i.a. potassium,
zinc, calcium, iron, phosphorus, magnesium) and vitamins (C, of group B, PP, E and provitamin
A). Curative properties has first of all uncooked celery. It purifies blood, slows down ageing
process, produces soothing, anti-depressive and painkilling effect.
243
Characteristic, typical and lasting flavor and taste of celery give it mainly two lactones: 3-n-butyl
phthalide and 3-n-butyl 2-hydrophthalide. Contents of these ingredients in oils and extracts
does not exceed 1 %. Total contents of these lactones is a measure of the extract concentration
in preparations to be encapsulated.
Carbon dioxide in supercritical state extracts from celery fruit 0,9 % of sedanolide (3-n-butyl 2hydrophthalide) and 0,5 % of n-butyl phthalide.
A brief description of the technology
Fruits of leafy or root celery undergo extraction with soya oil or carbon dioxide in liquid and
supercritical state. The process proceeds with efficiency of about 3.4--3.96 %. As extracts from
fruits of both root and leafy celery contain comparable lactone quantities, both kinds of fruits
can be used interchangeably. In the case of root celery fruits the extraction time should be
longer, compared to the leafy species.
Extraction with liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide
A carbon dioxide stream under appropriate pressure is fed using a pump into an extractor
placed in a water bath at temperature about -30 °C. The carbon dioxide stream with the extract
solved is then decompressed using a throttling valve, down to the atmospheric pressure and is
directed to a receptacle placed in a bath. The carbon dioxide stream goes from the receptacle
to a gas meter and finally to the installation.
Extraction with oil
Ground seeds of root or leafy celery are placed in an agitator, a specified amount of soya oil is
added and then the extraction at room temperature proceeds for 24 or 72 h. Then the reactor
contents is filtered and the extract is analyzed for lactones contents.
Advantages of the technology offered
The extract obtained using liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide combines magnificent flavor
of celery oil with intensive taste of oleoresins and also is free of macromolecular compounds i.e.
waxes, fats and proteins.
It can be applied as an ingredient of food flavors, soup concentrates and spices and also as an
aromatizing ingredient for other food products.
The extract in the form of yellow liquid and with intensive celery flavor has the following
physicochemical properties:

density, d420 890 kg/m3

refractive index, nD201,4800
244

acid value, (AV) 27 mg KOH/g

saponification value, (SV) 236 mg KOH/g
Application of edible soya oil in the extraction simplifies the technological process and allows to
skip a complicated issue to analyze vestigial amounts of organic solvents in the food product.
Equipment
Extraction with liquid and supercritical carbon dioxide requires to use special pressure
apparatus e.g.: an extractor and a receptacle placed in a water bath and a rotameter.
Market competitiveness
On the Polish market there are no preparations containing celery extract.
References
The celery extract received an approval issued by National Hygiene Institute and can be applied
in production of food flavors.
Contact Person Data
Barbara Kąkol, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 97
e-mail: Barbara.Kakol@ichp.pl
245
7) Didecyldimethylammonium acesulfamate
Didecyldimethylammonium acesulfamate – an ionic liquid with fungicidal and bactericidal
properties. The compound may be used as an active agent in cosmetic preparations, such as:

toothpastes,

antiseptic mouth rinses.
It has no toxic effect on warm-blooded organisms (toxicity class IV).
Structural formula:
O
R
R
N
+
CH3
CH3
NH3C
O
R = C10H21
S
O
O
chemical formula: C26H52N2O4S
molar mass: 488.8 g/mol
Didecyldimethylammonium acesulfamate is a thick liquid, with color from light-yellow to
willow-green-lemon, specific, pleasant smell and sweet taste.
Well soluble in chloroform, chloromethane and ethanol but poorly soluble in warm and cold
water. Total decomposition temperature is 483 °C.
A brief description of the technology
Didecyldimethylammonium acesulfamate is obtained in a reaction between
didecyldimethylammonium chloride and potassium acesulfamate, conducted in aqueous
environment. The product is separated by extraction with methylene chloride. The ionic liquid,
solved in an organic solvent, is concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure.
Purification of the product is conducted with extraction methods.
In order to remove water, additional drying of the product is needed, at increased temperature
and under reduced pressure.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology is simple, energy-saving and low-waste.
The environment of the reaction is aqueous and methylene chloride used can be turned back
and used in the next synthesis. A waste product is potassium chloride.
The reaction proceeds with big efficiency.
The technology has been implemented on the scale about 5 kg per batch.
246
Equipment
A glass reactor with bottom drain valve, fitted with a high-performance, high speed mechanical
stirrer, a thermometer and a dephlegmator, which can be exchanged for a distillation set.
Additionally it should be equipped with a heating / cooling jacket, enabling to heat up or cool
down the contents.
Auxiliary equipment consists of:

thermostat,

membrane vacuum pump,

vacuum evaporator (for final drying of the product).
A precise description of analytic methods is included in a factory standard, worked out for the
product.
Market competitiveness
Product interchangeable with commonly used biocidal constituents with similar or better
bactericidal and fungicidal properties, but of better, more acceptable taste. It is non-toxic for
warm-blooded organisms and price-attractive.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
247
8) Didecyldimethylammonium saccharinate
Didecyldimethylammonium saccharinate an ionic liquid of sweet taste, with fungicidal and
bactericidal properties. May be used as an active agent in cosmetic preparations, such as:

toothpastes,

antiseptic mouth rinses.
It has no toxic effect on warm-blooded organisms (toxicity class IV).
Structural formula:
O
R
R
N
+
N
CH 3
CH 3
S
O
-
O
R = C10H21
chemical formula: C29H52N2O3S
molar mass: 508.8 g/mol
Didecyldimethylammonium saccharinate is a thick, non-volatile liquid, crystallizing at room
temperature, of color from light-yellow to willow-green-lemon, specific, pleasant smell and
sweet taste.
Well soluble in chloroform, chloromethane and ethanol but poorly soluble in warm and cold
water. Total decomposition temperature is 291 °C.
A brief description of the technology
The compound is obtained in a reaction between didecyldimethylammonium chloride and
sodium saccharinate, conducted in aqueous environment. The product is separated by
extraction with methylene chloride. Resulting ionic liquid, solved in an organic solvent, is
concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure.
The product needs additional drying at increased temperature and under reduced pressure, in
order to remove water.
Advantages of the technology offered
The reaction proceeds with big efficiency.
The technology is simple, energy-saving and low-waste.
The reaction proceeds in water and methylene chloride used can be turned back to the next
synthesis. The only by-product is sodium chloride.
The technology has been implemented on the scale about 5 kg per batch.
248
Equipment
The apparatus set to synthesize ionic liquids consists of a glass reactor with bottom drain valve,
fitted with a high-performance, high speed mechanical stirrer,
a thermometer and a dephlegmator, which can be exchanged for a distillation set with a
heating / cooling jacket, enabling to heat up or cool down the contents of the reactor.
Auxiliary equipment consists of:
 thermostat,
membrane vacuum pump,
vacuum evaporator (necessary for final drying of the product).
A factory standard worked out for the product includes description of analytic methods.
Market competitiveness
Product in some cases interchangeable with commonly used didecyldimethylammonium
chloride. It has similar or even better fungicidal and bactericidal properties and better, more
acceptable taste.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
249
9) Syndiotactic polystyrene (sPS)
Structural thermo-resistant polymer, with melting point 250–275 °C (depending on the catalyst
used in the production process) and perfect processing properties, not requiring drying before
processing, easily able to be painted and metalized.
Main applications:

photographic films, magnetic films of „high density” type;

insulation films for electric and electronic products;

heat-resistant dishes, especially for microwave ovens;

car parts exposed to chemicals and high temperature: e.g. radiators, reflectors, battery
covers, car body elements;

machine parts working at high temperature and in contact with steam;

food packaging films;

machine construction materials, machine housings;

pipes to transport fluids and gases (except for aromatic compounds) at temperature >
100 °C (for overheated steam – standard: 140 °C);

office furniture;

appliances and equipment used in medicine and dentistry, resistant to sterilization
with overheated steam, ethylene oxide and UV.
A brief description of the technology
The process of syndiotactic styrene polymerization in the presence of catalysts [P-318774 and
P-318775 (1997)], proceeds under waterless and oxygen-free conditions, in an organic solvent –
hexane. The raw product is purified by extraction with organic solvents and distillation with
steam, and then dried at temperature up to 90 °C in inert gas atmosphere. The process
proceeds under normal pressure and at temperature up to 70 °C. Properties of the resulting
product and the process yield do not diverge from those described in literature and patents.
Advantages of the technology offered
The process is similar to suspension propylene polymerization, what enables to use its
redundant installations to produce sPS.
The process, proceeding in a solvent, directly provides granulation favorable to modification
with improvers increasing mechanical strength of the product.
High melting point of the product (about 260 °C) enables a wide range of high--temperature
250
processing.
Easy control of the process, proceeding in solvents.
It is possible to use both installations and catalytic system to conduct reactions of styrene and
ethylene copolymerization (INSITE DOW CHEMICAL process) and butadiene polymerization (90 %
of 1,4-cis-polybutadiene), which can be used to obtain high impact strength polystyrene (HIPS).
Equipment

Typical reactor equipped with a stirrer, dephlegmator, drain valve, heating / cooling
jacket. The reactor is coupled with a column to purify technical styrene and a filter
separating the polymer from the solvent and possibly the unreacted monomer;

metering pumps dosing hexane, styrene and MAO;

continuous distillation columns to purify hexane and styrene;

catalyst dosing device;

pressure filter or centrifuge;

apparatus for distillation with steam;

centrifuge for aqueous suspensions;

shelf dryer;

nitrogen heater;

sensors and elements metering temperature, flow and power consumption by the
stirrer.
Patents
Patent No P-186 001 (2003) „Method to produce catalysts for syndiotactic styrene
polymerization”.
Patent No P-186 002 (2003) „Method to obtain syndiotactic polystyrene”.
Market competitiveness
At present only IDEMITSU company (Japan) is a producer of syndiotactic polystyrene.
References
Process verified in an experimental installation with a 250 l reactor (acid resistant steel and
enamel), capable of obtaining about 20 kg of polymer.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
251
10) Chemosetting polymeric composites
The subject of the offer is a chemosetting self-leveling polymeric composition containing
unsaturated polyester or epoxy resins and (when needed) plasticizers, flame retardants,
greases, stabilizers and modifiers in the total amount of 30–70 wt. %. The composition includes
also a mineral filler, especially thermally conditioned phosphogypsum left from production of
phosphoric acid or its mixture with other mineral fillers e.g. talc. The composition is destined
for production of floor screeds, tiles, inner and outer wall facing involving the pouring method.
A brief description of the technology
The process includes ingredients mixing for about 1 h at temperature about 20 °C, deaeration
for about 1 h and addition of the last ingredient, which is a stiffener. This way prepared mixture
is suitable for pouring onto an in advance prepared ground.
Advantages of the technology offered
The compositions offered, due to application of waste raw materials are characterized by very
low cost.
Equipment
Concrete mixer or other stirrer.
Patents
Patent application No P-194 809 (2001) „Chemosetting polymeric compositions”.
Market competitiveness
No similar solutions on the domestic market.
References
The chemosetting polymeric compositions for floor screeds has an attest issued by National
Institute of Public Health - National Institute of Hygiene and Technical Approval issued by
Building Research Institute.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
252
11) Polymeric composites with silica nanoparticles
Polyamide (PA) and poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) composites with silica nanofiller content
of several percent (0.5–6 wt. %), having various functional groups, show unique and enhanced
properties in comparison to unfilled PA and PET polymers, such as: better barrier, mechanical
and thermal properties, and in case of polyamide also increased chemical resistance. A
significant influence on properties of the nanocomposites has the content and size of spherical
silica particles, the number of introduced functional groups, the presence of a compatibilizer,
and also processing conditions.
A brief description of the technology
The nanocomposite production technology comprises dispersion of spherical nanosilica with
particle size between 40 and 180 nm in a polymeric matrix. The process is based on the reactive
extrusion method which is carried out in a co-rotating twin-screw extruder, with screw
revolution speed providing uniform dispersion.
Advantages of the technology offered
Composites produced according to the technology are competitive to composites containing
layered nanofillers (e.g.: montmorillonite) due to ability to permanently connect the
functionalized silica with the polymeric matrix and obtain at the same time system of
homogeneous and high dispersion degree. Furthermore, application of compatibilizers with a
defined physicochemical characteristics prevents agglomeration of nanoparticles and influences
their permanent bounding into the polymeric matrix, what results in favorable properties of the
nanocomposite.
Equipment
A intermeshing co-rotating twin-screw extruder.
Patents
Patent application No P-385 297 (2008) „Polyamide composite with a powdery nanofiller”.
Patent application No P-389 434 (2009) „Poly(ethylene terephthalate) composite with a
powdery nanofiller”.
Market competitiveness
253
There are no producers of polymeric nanocomposites on the domestic market.
References
Awards gained on prestigious international invention and innovation exhibitions: 2 bronze
medals (Geneva 2009, Nuremberg 2009).
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Regina Jeziórska, D.Sc., Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 91
fax: + 48 22 568 21 84
e-mail: Regina.Jeziorska@ichp.pl
254
12) Poly(vinyl chloride) nanocomposites prepared in-situ in
suspension polymerization process
PVC nanocomposites are prepared in suspension polymerization process in a typical equipment
used for PVC production. The polymerization is carried out in the presence of spherical
nanofillers e.g. nanosilica prepared in sol-gel process or hybrid silicone-acrylic core/shell filler.
The nanofillers are added to the polymerization mixture in the amounts up to 1 wt. % per vinyl
chloride monomer (VCM). These fillers do not disturb the polymerization process, do not
prolong it and do not interact with initiators or other additives used in the process. The
nanofillers used are dispersed in aqueous phase. Such dispersion can be stabilized with
protective colloids. This form of a fillers prevents its agglomeration.
Advantages of the technology offered
Mechanical properties (impact strength, tensile strength) of the nanocomposites prepared by
the method described are better than those of standard PVC prepared by standard suspension
method. The nanofiller addition improves impact strength about 20–50 % dependently on the
blend composition and does not influence the final product hardness.
Preparation of nanocomposites in the polymerization step is advantageous in comparison with
applying of nanofillers in PVC processing as it gives excellent dispersions of the nanofillers in
PVC grains and let use smaller amounts of them to reach the same properties improvements.
The process can be applied for the preparation of PVC nanocomposites of any molecular weight
(full range of K value). Silica nanofiller allows controlling the polymer molecular weight in some
range.
Equipment
The process can be used in every plant of VCM suspension polymerization. Any tank in the lines
of media dosage to the polymerization reactor can be used as a nanofiller tank.
Patents
Polish patent application P-384 835 (2008) „Method of the suspension polymerization of vinyl
chloride in the presence of a nanofiller”.
Polish patent application P-388 960 (2009) „Method of the suspension polymerization of vinyl
chloride in the presence of a nanofiller”.
European patent application PCT/PL2009/000087 (2009) „Method for the suspension
polymerization of vinyl chloride in the presence of a nanofiller”.
255
Market competitiveness
There is no PVC nanocomposites in the world market in spite of intensive works of many
research centers, known from the published papers and patents. The only known to us trial of
the production of such nanocomposite is introduction of the pilot plant for physical mixing of
emulsion PVC latex and bentonite aqueous dispersion. The dried product is a blend called
NanoVin®. Production in the industrial scale has not started yet.
References
PVC nanocomposites production (at reactor 1 m3 of capacity) in Spolana a.s. in Czech Republic
(ANWIL SA Group) showed that suspension polymerization of VCM in the presence of spherical
nanofillers is possible.
Contact Person Data
Maria Obloj-Muzaj, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 86
fax: + 48 22 568 21 84
e-mail: Maria.Obloj-Muzaj@ichp.pl
256
13) Thermoplastic starch (TPS)
Biodegradable and compostable thermoplastic starch produced from renewable natural raw
materials is characteristic of high homogeneity degree, a favorable set of mechanical properties,
and products made of it have good dimensional stability in application conditions.
TPS in granulated form is a ready material to manufacture products with methods used on
conventional thermoplastic polymers or it can be used as raw material to produce starchpolymeric composites, useful in organic recycling. Thermoplastic starch can be used for
manufacture of any kinds of packaging, such as: films, bags (for shopping or waste) and one-off
products (e.g. catering equipment pieces) and in this area it can be an equivalent substitute of
conventional materials like polyolefins or PVC.
A brief description of the technology
The technology to produce thermoplastic potato and corn starch involves the destructurization
of the native starch in specific dynamic-thermal conditions. The process is carried out in a corotating twin-screw extruder in the presence of a plasticizer, where due to pressure and high
shear rates crystalline starch structure is disrupted and the starch is converted into
homogeneous, amorphous material, suitable for thermoplastic processing.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology to produce the new polymeric material, which is thermoplastic starch, relies
upon renewable raw materials of vegetable origin. It provides for becoming independent of
traditional raw material sources, and simultaneously allows for organic recycling and
biodegradation of waste products i.e. decay in composting conditions.
Equipment
A intermeshing co-rotating twin-screw extruder.
Patents
Patent application No P-376 985 (2005) „Method to produce biodegradable polymeric
material”.
Patent application No P-386 832 (2008) „Biodegradable composition containing thermoplastic
starch”.
Patent application No P-392 109 (2010) „Method to produce thermoplastic starch”.
257
Market competitiveness
At present, thermoplastic starch is not produced in Poland.
References
Awards received on prestigious international invention and innovation exhibitions: 2 gold
medals (Geneva 2008, Brussels 2009), 2 silver medals (Seoul 2008, Shanghai 2008), 1 bronze
medal (Warsaw 2008), Cup of the Minister of Economy of Poland, deputy Prime Minister
Waldemar Pawlak (Brussels 2009).
Contact Person Data
Barbara Świerz-Motysia, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 93
e-mail: Barbara.Swierz-Motysia@ichp.pl
258
14) Polyurethane sealants and coatings – Elastofix PU Polyurethanebitumen sealants and coatings – Elastofix PU-B
Those products have been developed for application in construction, specifically for waterproofing insulations as moisture-curable, single-component materials. They can however be
applied also in two-component systems, what significantly accelerates curing process. Elastofix
can be used also in mining and in production of window panels. Elastofix grades of enhanced
chemical resistance and enhanced glass adhesion properties are also available.
They are supplied in a form of a paste with thixotropic and self-leveling properties, with lightcreamy color in case of Elastofix PU, and black in case of Elastofix PU-B. Elastofix PU does not
contain organic solvents, whereas Elastofix PU-B contains only a small amount of aromatic
hydrocarbons mixture (from just few to over a dozen percent).
A brief description of the technology
The process to obtain Elastofix PU products comprises two steps. The first step is to disperse
fillers in a starting polyol, then the mixture is dehydrated under reduced pressure and
subsequently the polyaddition process of polyol and diisocyanate is carried out, at increased
temperature, in inert gas atmosphere and in the presence of a plasticizer.
In case of the thixotropic grade, the product obtained is additionally mixed with colloidal silica.
The process to obtain Elastofix PU-B products includes mixing of Elastofix PU mass containing as
a filler coal flour (and possibly carbon black) with asphalt-isocyanate adduct (produced in a
reaction between molten asphalt and diisocyanate).
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology allows to obtain products forming elastic joints or coatings, well adhering to
construction materials and resistant to outdoor environmental factors. The special grades are
also resistant even to chemical agents, especially acid and base solutions.
Equipment

typical reactor with an anchor stirrer and a heating / cooling jacket, able to keep inert
gas atmosphere and conduct the process under reduced pressure,

high speed mixer,

tanks to store reactants,

planetary mixer (in case of the thixotropic grade),

a device for pneumatic discharge of the planetary mixer bowl (optional).
259
Laboratory equipment:

equipment to determine the hydroxyl value and NCO groups contents,

viscometer or rheometer,

equipment for testing the properties of sealants and coatings.
Patents
The technologies were patented, but the patents have already expired.
Market competitiveness
At present there are market-available polyurethane sealants and coatings, including
polyurethane-bituminous ones, but those are no moisture-curable products.
References
Elastofix PU and Elastofix PU-B (containing coal pitch adduct instead of asphalt adduct) were
produced on the industrial scale (up to 300 TPY) in the eighties of the last century by Pilchem
Company on site of the former Paints and Coatings Company in Pilawa. Production of Elastofix
PU masses was then moved to „Silikony Polskie” Chemical Plant in Nowa Sarzyna, but after a
few years was abandoned due to a reduction in the production profile of the plant to solely
silicone products.
All grades of Elastofix PU and Elastofix PU-B products designated for construction applications
received certificates of Building Technology Research Institute (ITB).
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46 ; + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
260
15) Polyurethane, silicone-urethane, polyurethane-acrylic and
silicone-urethane-acrylic aqueous dispersions – DPU-PJ
DPU-PJ aqueous dispersions were developed for application as paint and lacquer binders,
applied on wood, metals or plastics and also to be directly applied as coating materials (of wide
hardness range) or as additives to coating materials based on other aqueous dispersions, e.g.
acrylic dispersions.
DPU-PJ dispersions can form coatings cured by UV irradiation or oxygen from air (with a
siccative). Choosing suitable composition enables to produce DPU-PJ dispersions with various
raw material cost, forming coatings with wide range of hardness, elasticity and adhesion. Based
on the developed dispersions, two-component compositions (dispersion + hardener) can be
obtained.
DPU-PJ dispersions have the form of opalescent liquids of low viscosity, pH about 8 and solids
content about 33 %.
A brief description of the technology
At the first stage the starting polyol (or polyol mixture) is dehydrated under reduced pressure,
and then, at increased temperature and in inert gas atmosphere, a polyaddition of polyol,
dihydroxy carboxylic acid and cycloaliphatic diisocyanate is carried out in the presence of small
(several percent) amounts of a diluent – N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Resulting NCOterminated prepolymer containing carboxyl groups is neutralized with a tertiary amine,
obtaining a concentrated prepolymer-ionomer solution in NMP. At the second stage the
concentrated prepolymer-ionomer solution is dispersed in water and then the polymer chain is
extended with polyamine.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology allows to obtain dispersions forming coatings of wide range of properties.
Equipment

typical reactor with an anchor stirrer and a heating / cooling jacket, capable to keep
inert gas atmosphere and perform the process under reduced pressure,

high speed mixer with a heating / cooling jacket,

tanks to store reactants.
Laboratory equipment:

equipment to determine the hydroxyl value and NCO groups contents,

viscometer or rheometer,
261

pHmeter,

equipment for testing coating properties.
Patents
The technology was not patented.
Market competitiveness
There are polyurethane and polyurethane-acrylic dispersions available on the market, special
grades forming coatings cured by UV irradiation or by oxygen from air (with a siccative).
However, neither silicone-urethane nor silicone-urethane-acrylic dispersions are commercially
available.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46 ; + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
262
16) General purpose silicone greases
A grease to seal up and/or secure ground glass joints in laboratory apparatus and metal
surfaces, decreasing glass joints clotting due to grease leaching by solvents, especially in glass
apparatus operating at increased temperature (-50 °C–250 °C) and/or under reduced pressure
(3–5 mm Hg). The greases are also handy in lubrication and securing water fittings.
A brief description of the technology
The process to obtain the greases offered includes very fine grinding of silicone oil with fillers,
until uniform consistency is not reached.
Advantages of the technology offered
Greases produced according to the technology are marked by very good resistance to solvents,
especially at temperature range between 100 and 180 °C and under reduced pressure, thus
guaranteeing very good effectiveness in securing ground glass connections in laboratory
apparatus.
Equipment
kneader or Z mixer,
tube, box or glass jar packing device.
Patents
We offer our know-how, the technology is not protected with any patent.
Market competitiveness
The main advantage of the technology offered is a big added value to be earned from this
production. It results from a big difference between the price of materials and labor costs, and
the sale price.
Potential customers are chemical, medical and biological laboratories supplied by distribution
companies, e.g. POCH S.A.
References
According to the technology developed, since 2004 is produced a grease for pipette plungers
for HTL S.A. Company. Over 90 % of pipettes produced by the company is sold to world markets
(USA, Europe).
Contact Person Data
Maria Zielecka, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 40
e-mail: Maria.Zielecka@ichp.pl
263
17) Associative non-ionic polyurethane thickeners (Pseudo-plastic and
Newtonian Grades)
The thickeners can be applied to control the rheological profile of a number of products
containing aqueous polymer dispersions as binders, such as paints, coatings (for both indoor
and outdoor use) and adhesives. They are applied especially in products cured by UV irradiation
or by oxygen from air (with a siccative).
The thickeners are 40 % solutions of active agents in a mixture of water and organic solvents of
low viscosity (facilitating their dosing) and have density of about 1.03 g/cm3. They are well
soluble in water, forming viscous, opaque and opalescent liquids. The pseudo-plastic grade
thickeners may be applied e.g. to increase viscosity in the range of low shear rates, enabling
this way to reduce an unfavorable phenomenon of binder and filler particles sedimentation,
and their amount in the product depends on required rheological effect. Usually 0.1–2 wt. % of
the thickener is used relative to the final product mass. The Newtonian grade does not cause
such big increase in viscosity in the range of low shear rates as the pseudo-plastic version does.
The thickeners can be added at any manufacturing stage of the coating production.
A brief description of the technology
The process comprises a two-stage reaction of addition of poly(oxyethylene glycol), alcohol and
isocyanate, and then dissolving the obtained thickener in a mixture of solvents.
Advantages of the technology offered
The thickener synthesis process is performed in the bulk, without any organic solvents, what is
favorable from both the ecological and economical point of view. It allows to avoid a costly
process of solvents recovery or utilization. Advantageous is also big simplicity of apparatus
washing at each production stage.
Equipment

two reactors with an anchor stirrer and a heating / cooling jacket, capable to keep
inert gas atmosphere and conduct the process under reduced pressure,

high-speed mixer,

tanks to store reactants.
Laboratory equipment:
equipment to determine the hydroxyl value and NCO groups contents,
264
viscometer or rheometer.
Patents
Patent application No P-390 104 (2009) „Method to produce modifiers of rheological properties
of aqueous polymeric dispersions”.
Market competitiveness
At present, there are numerous market-available technologies to obtain associative non-ionic
polyurethane thickeners, to be applied in paints and coatings based on aqueous polymeric
dispersions. They have, however, no ability to permanently build themselves into the product
structure. On the contrary to thickeners presently available on the market, the thickeners
developed are able to build themselves into the structure of the coating and participate in
formation of the coating under UV irradiation or with a siccative, together with the binder
contained in the coating material. It allows to improve water-resistance of the coating in
comparison to coatings obtained with using traditional thickeners.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46 ; + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
265
18) Modified nanofillers based on mine halloysite
This new group of fillers has a hybrid structure of type: inorganic core / organic envelope. Such
construction of the filler improves its dispersibility and miscibility in polymeric matrices,
especially in polymeric mixtures. Polymers filled with them, both thermo- and duroplasts, are
characterized with very significant improvement in mechanical properties (first of all in impact
strength and flexural strength).
A brief description of the technology
The modification of halloysite proceeds with the cladding method, using optimal recipes and
process parameters.
Advantages of the technology offered
A new technology, no comparison.
Equipment
An ultrasonic bath, a reactor with the ability to take out the solvent of the modified compound,
a dryer.
Patents
Patent application No P-386 380 (2008) „Method to produce modifiers of epoxy resin and
method of modification of epoxy resins”.
Patent application No P-386 833 (2008) „Method to produce modifiers of polypropylene and
method of obtain modified polypropylene”.
Patent application No P-386 455 (2008) „Method to produce polyolefines composites”.
Patent application No P-390 410 (2010) „Method to produce modifiers of polymers and
polymeric nanocomposites”.
Patent application No P-390 578 (2010) „Method to produce modifiers and polymeric
nanocomposites”.
Patent application No P-390 868 (2010) „Method to produce modifier of polystyrene and
polystyrene nanocomposites”.
Market competitiveness
So far, no similar products on the Polish market.
266
References
Awards received on abroad invention and innovation exhibitions.
Gold medal for „Modifiers of epoxy resin based on halloysite”, Brussels-Innova 2009 (BrusselsEureka), Brussel.
Bronze medal for „Modifiers of epoxy resin based on halloysite”, Geneva PALEXPO, Switzerland,
2009.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Izabella Legocka, D.Sc..
phone: + 48 22 568 26 51
e-mail: Izabella.Legocka@ichp.pl
Ewa Wierzbicka, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 93
e-mail: Ewa.Wierzbicka@ichp.pl
267
19) New generation engineering polymers from PET waste
This innovative, ecologic technology, counted among „top 10 export hits” – most interesting
Polish technical achievements in recent years, considerably reduces an overflow of nondegradable environmentally waste. It allows to produce engineering polymers used as material
for practically all technical products.
Application of the new polymer in the electric and electronic appliance sector includes high
precision bearings, levers, cog wheels and device housings with specified mechanical and
electrical functions, e.g. office devices, computers, monitors, printers, cooking equipment, light
bowls, photographic accessories and also electric sockets, plugs and capacitor cores (resistant
to creeping current). Automotive industry can make use of the new polymer to manufacture
such products as fuel system parts (fuel pumps and filters) or parts of braking system and air
conditioners. This polymer can also be used to produce sports equipment, e.g. ski bindings and
sailing gear.
A brief description of the technology
The technology utilizes the method of reactive extrusion using a modifier, facilitating creation
of compatible heterogenic structures with enhanced adhesion at phase boundaries. Processing
in a co-rotating twin-screw extruder results in chemical reactions between functional groups of
processed polymers and functional groups of the modifier, creating permanent covalent or
ionic bonds. Hence, the resulting polymer presents properties of engineering polymers.
Advantages of the technology offered
New generation engineering polymers made of secondary PET materials are equivalent and
simultaneously cheap replacements of conventional polymers like poly(butylene terephthalate),
high impact polystyrenes or reinforced with glass fiber species of polyamide 6, polyamide 66 or
polycarbonates. They are also competitive to products of world leading companies.
Equipment
A co-rotating twin-screw extruder.
Patents
Patent application No P-183 370 (1996) „Thermoplastics recycling method”.
268
Market competitiveness
At present no engineering polymers from PET bottles are produced in Poland.
References
Awards received on prestigious international invention and innovation exhibitions: 3 gold
medals (Geneva 2000, Brussels 2002), including a WIPO gold medal for a woman inventor
(Brussels 2002), 2 silver medals (Nuremberg 1999, Gdañsk 2001), a distinction in the VIth edition
of the competition „Polish Product of the Future” in the technology category, V th International
Competition „EKO-2003” on solutions in the area of environment protection and Grand Prix of
the VIth International Plastic Fair PTS 2003 (Warsaw 2003).
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Regina Jeziórska, D.Sc., Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 91
e-mail: Regina.Jeziorska@ichp.pl
269
20) Polymeric composites made from polycarbonate waste
The technology is based on most recent achievements in the area of chemical modification of
thermoplastics, guaranteeing obtaining polymeric composites with excellent properties and a
wide spectrum of technical application capabilities. A filler additive allows to obtain materials
with diversified properties, e.g.: graphite additive allows to obtain sliding properties and
increases wear resistance. Such a material is hence excellent to produce belt and chain
conveyors used i.a. in food and packaging industry, for lining dock walls with special battens to
protect ship boards from bouncing against quays and for runners in bowling alleys. Another
example is addition of glass fiber, providing heat resistance and suitable stiffness and hence
good damping of mechanical vibrations, dimensional and shape stability. Such composites can
find their application in the automotive industry (motor housing, carburetor, filters, cable
holders), in household appliances (housings of vacuum cleaners or fryers), they can be material
for cog wheels, self-sealing rings, parts of rotary and metering pumps, valves, faucets, filtration
plates and frames etc. Nanosilica added in very small quantities radically changes properties of
a nanocomposite, improving among others its stiffness, mechanical strength and reducing
flammability.
A brief description of the technology
The essence of the process is employment of the reactive extrusion process with simultaneous
filling (with e.g. glass fiber, graphite or nanosilica). In a relatively small processing device, which
is a co-rotating twin-screw extruder, occurs a process of chemical modification of compact disk
waste (the process runs rapidly – within only several dozen seconds, whereas „traditional”
polymerization used to obtain new kinds of polymeric materials takes usually over a dozen
hours).
Advantages of the technology offered
The developed solution, based entirely on Polish technical thought, is at the highest
technological level of a new, intensively developing area of reactive extrusion. Polymeric
composites made of polycarbonate waste, including compact disks, depending on modifiers
and fillers used, are equivalent and simultaneously cheap replacements of conventional
engineering polymers. They belong to the group of products, which for many years will be used
in leading industries, like: machine-building, automotive, electronic and electrical.
Equipment
A co-rotating twin-screw extruder.
270
Patents
Patent application No P-378 227 (2006) „Method to produce polymeric composites from
polycarbonate waste”.
Market competitiveness
No composites with engineering polymers properties involving usage of waste compact disk are
produced at present in Poland.
References
Awards received on prestigious international invention and innovation exhibitions: 2 gold
medals (Budapest 2006, Brussels 2008), 3 silver medals (Moscow 2006, Nuremberg 2006,
Warsaw 2007), 1 bronze medal (Geneva 2006), a distinction in the XIth edition of the
competition „Polish Product of the Future” in the future technology category, a special prize
funded by Gorodissky & Partners Company from Russia (Brussels 2008).
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Regina Jeziórska, D.Sc., Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 91
e-mail: Regina.Jeziorska@ichp.pl
271
21) Polyester plasticizers
Synthesis of polyester plasticizers using waste poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) proceeds in
four stages:
Ist stage – glycolysis of waste poly(ethylene terephthalate) with diethylene glycol, at
temperature 220–230 °C in the presence of a catalyst,
IInd stage – condensation of mixtures of glycols, PET oligomers and adipic acid, performed at
temperature 200–210 °C, until acid value > 50 mg KOH/g is reached, in order to obtain
dicarboxylic polyester,
IIIrd stage – esterification of dicarboxylic polyester with 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, at temperature
150–180 °C, until acid value < 10 mg KOH/g is reached,
IVth stage – flash distillation and distillation under reduced pressure, allowing to obtain
plasticizers of proper volatility. Distillation under reduced pressure is performed up to the
moment when volatility of di(2-hydroxyl)polyester drops below 0.7 % at temperature 180 °C for
30 min (check using a thermo-balance).
Advantages of the technology offered
Because of big molecular mass, polyester plasticizers using poly(etylene terephthalate) are
characterized by low volatility and low migration tendency, and hence will not be washed out
from final products. Big thermal stability of PVC products obtained using polyester plasticizers
guarantees much longer usage of these products, and to much extent this will bring about
lower amount of worn-out products. Good miscibility and good efficiency of developed
plasticizers produced from PET (comparable to polymeric plasticizers produced from
petrochemical constituents on the industrial scale in Organika-Sarzyna Chemical Plant) will
broaden the offer. Lower price of polyester softeners produced from PET compared to
plasticizers available on the domestic market (produced by Organika-Sarzyna Chemical Plant
and imported) will increase interest among purchasers.
Equipment
The synthesis is performed in a typical installation to synthesize polyesters in a reactor
equipped with a stirrer, a distillation column and a thermometer.
Patents
In preparation.
272
Market competitiveness
Attractive price, compared to prices of polyester plasticizers.
References
Implemented production of polyester plasticizers from petrochemical constituents in Z.Ch.
„Organika-Sarzyna” S.A. in 2002.
Contact Person Data
Elżbieta Wardzińska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 46
e-mail: Elzbieta.Wardzinska@ichp.pl
273
22) Porous hoses made of polyolefin composites and vulcanized
rubber scrap
Porous hoses are produced from polymeric composites, obtained entirely or partly from waste
polyolefins and vulcanized rubber scrap. Typical outer diameters of these hoses are 15 and 19
mm. Porous hoses 19 mm in diameter are prepared for Gardene connectors, enabling them to
be attached to an irrigating system.
A brief description of the technology
Porous hoses are produced by extruding polymeric composites obtained from polyolefin waste
and vulcanized rubber scrap.
The mixture consists of:
Polyethylene or polypropylene (primary or waste) 10–60 wt. %, vulcanized rubber scrap 40–90
wt. % and porophor, playing an important role as a porosity regulator. The composition can also
contain greases, mechanical properties modifiers, anti-frictional additives, fillers and stabilizers.
Advantages of the technology offered
An advantage of the technology is obtaining cheap hoses of good quality, which thanks to their
porosity (open micropores, uniformly spaced throughout its whole mass) enables
homogeneous pouring of water throughout the irrigation zone either on the surface or
underground. They can be also applied in fertigation (irrigation joined with fertilization).
Application of porous hoses provides a new, ecological and economical soil fertilization and
irrigation system.
Another advantages of pipes produced according to the technology developed by Industrial
Chemistry Research Institute are:
water savings by 40–60 % relative to the amount used in traditional systems (installed
underground, delivering water directly to roots of vegetation);
ability to feed plants with fertilizers soluble in water;
easy installation and dismounting;
low working pressure of the system < 1 · 105 bar (optimal 0,2 · 105 bar);
water throughput 140 l/h · m.
Equipment
Single-screw extruder, screw diameter  45 mm, head of special construction (patented).
274
Patents
Patent application No P-175 637 (1995) „Device to produce porous pipes from polymeric
compositions containing comminuted vulcanized rubber scrap”.
Patent application No P-177 682 (1995) „Thermoplastic polymeric composition containing
comminuted vulcanized rubber scrap”.
Market competitiveness
No similar home-made porous hoses on the Polish market.
References
Silver medal IENA 95 (Nuremberg, Germany, 1995).
Diploma GENIUS ’96 (Budapest, Hungary, 1996).
Gold medal Casablanca’97 (Morocco, 1997).
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
275
23) Ground stabilizing nets (geonets)
The subject of the offer are ground stabilizing nets called geonets (globnets) produced from
waste materials. They are produced from a mixture of comminuted vulcanized rubber scrap
(particle size < 1,6 mm) from car tires (20–50 wt. %), mineral fillers (up to 30 wt. %) and
polyolefin recyclate, e.g. PE-LD film agglomerate (50–80 wt. %).
A brief description of the technology
A mixture of comminuted vulcanized rubber scrap, polyolefin agglomerate and mineral filler (0–
30 %) is extruded in the form of bands 15 mm thick and of free to choose width. The bands are
connected in such a way, that they create a structure of „honey-comb” type when unfolded,
with uniform mesh size, and when folded they are superimposed one layer upon another. The
extruded and cooled band displays the effect of double-sided knurling without any additional
tools. Due to knurling, meshes between bands can be filled with soil with vegetation, ground
from excavations, sand, aggregate, etc., providing increased ground stabilization and restricting
migration of ground crumbs or sand. This facilitates vegetation rooting and constitutes
additional effective and attractive protection form for escarpments and slopes.
Advantages of the technology offered
Offered by the Industrial Chemistry Research Institute technology to produce geonets, due to
utilization of thermoplastic recyclates, is marked by very low cost of constituents, by 1/3 less
than the cost of other widely applied geonets produced from primary high density polyethylene.
Equipment
extruding line with a long tape receptacle to cool down the band for geonet, terminated
with a calender and a cutter to cut the band into straps of suitable width;
a device to weld or glue the band in the form of honey-comb.
Patents
Patent P-205 736 (2004) „Cellular ground stabilizing nets made of bands from waste materials
and the method to produce them”.
Market competitiveness
The domestic market offers only geonets made of primary high density polyethylene.
276
References
A piece of geonet, produced on the industrial scale, was mounted on the Polish coast near
Jastrzębia Góra. It has been perfectly fulfilling its strengthening role. During 5 years of usage its
properties have practically not deteriorated.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
277
24) Large-size road traffic security devices
The subject of the offer is a technology to obtain big-size road traffic security devices like:
stands for emergency traffic signs, speed bumps, parking bollards, etc., made of waste from
polyolefins or poly(vinyl chloride) and vulcanized gum (particle size < 5 mm).
A brief description of the technology
Polyolefin composites containing vulcanized gum waste are obtained by their mixing in an
appropriate mixer or by extrusion in granulated form. These composites can be processed with
standard methods of extrusion, compression molding or injection molding.
Advantages of the technology offered
The composites offered, due to the usage of thermoplastic recyclates in production, are
characterized by very low cost.
Equipment

screw or drum mixer,

extruder with screw diameter over 60 mm,

press or injection molding machine.
Patents
Patent PL-177 682 (1995) „Thermoplastic polymeric composition containing comminuted
vulcanized rubber scrap”.
Patent PL-188 466 (1997) „Thermoplastic polymeric composition”.
Market competitiveness
No similar solutions on the domestic market.
References
A speed bump produced with the form extrusion method is since 10 years mounted at the site
of Industrial Chemistry Research Institute and works without any problems.
Silver medal at Moscow International Salon of Industrial Property Archimedes 2006, Moscow,
Russia.
Bronze medal at International Exhibition “International Warsaw Invention Show” (IWIS) 2007.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
278
25) Complex processing of the pyrolysis tar to naphthalene and
high-boiling aromatic hydrocarbon fractions
The technology relates to comprehensive processing of pyrolysis tar (liquid residues from
gasoline pyrolysis), produced in PKN „Orlen” S.A. in Płock, till now fully disposed of as a
component of heavy heating oil C-3.
Using the pyrolysis tar produced in PKN „Orlen” S.A., there is a possibility to produce
petrochemical naphthalene, used to manufacture phthalic anhydride and b-naphthol in
quantity about 10 thousand TPY. Processing of pyrolysis tar, would also enable to produce
scrubbing oil, in short supply on the domestic market, used in coke oven plants (about 20
thousand TPY) and highly aromatic oil to produce carbon black (about 35 thousand TPY). Total
market value of the products mentioned is about Є 1520 mil.
A brief description of the technology
The technology comprises separation of pyrolysis tar by distillation under reduced pressure,
using flash distillation and rectification. It allows to obtain suitable hydrocarbon fractions with
boiling point in defined temperature ranges, which (except for naphthalene fraction) can be
ready market products.
Obtaining pure naphthalene from pyrolysis tar involves distilling separation of the hydrocarbon
fraction enriched in naphthalene, with boiling point usually between about 210 and 225 °C and
containing > 70 wt. % naphthalene. This fraction is then subjected to the crystallization process
and centrifugation or directly to fractional crystallization from the melt. This process allows to
obtain naphthalene of 98–99.5 wt. % with high efficiency.
Advantages of the technology offered
Application of the technology of complex processing of pyrolysis tar would contribute to
increase in the degree of crude oil processing and consequently to improvement in technical
and economical indicators of the Olefin Plant in Polish Petroleum Concern „Orlen” S.A. in Płock.
Patents
Patent application No P-390 411 (2010) „Method to separate naphthalene from oil residues
from olefin pyrolysis of gasoline”.
Equipment
The technology to process pyrolysis tar can be used in petrochemical refineries possessing a
279
distillation installation equipped with columns for vacuum rectification and flash distillation. In
order to produce pure naphthalene, there is necessary an equipment for crystallization with
centrifugation or fractional crystallization.
References
The technology of complex processing of pyrolysis tar with this method has been investigated
on the 1/4-technical scale. Obtained products: naphthalene, aromatic oil for manufacturing of
active carbon black and methyl naphthalene fraction (scrubbing oil for coke oven plants) have
been successfully tested, respectively, in: ZAK S.A., carbon black plant in Jas³o Refinery and
Institute for Chemical Processing of Coal in Zabrze.
Contact Person Data
Małgorzata Jamróz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 21
e-mail: Malgorzata.Jamroz@ichp.pl
280
26) Modified petroleum asphalt
The technology relates to modification of utility properties of asphalts using fractions of
pyrolysis tar, boiling at temperature > 300 °C (liquid residues from gasoline pyrolysis).
Commercialization of the petroleum asphalt technology will be possible after PKN „Orlen” S.A.,
or another company, implementation of the comprehensive processing technology of pyrolysis
tar (a by-product from the process of olefin pyrolysis of gasoline in PKN „Orlen” S.A.).
A brief description of the technology
The technology to modify petroleum asphalts comprises mixing petroleum asphalt with a
fraction of post-pyrolysis oil (bp > 300 °C) at temperature 110–125 °C, and then holding at
temperature of 120–125 °C. Optimal quantity of the added post-pyrolysis oil fraction is 5–20 %.
Production of asphalt compositions with this method is technologically easy. The compositions
obtained do not contain any substances harmful to the natural or operating environment.
Advantages of the technology offered
Petroleum asphalt compositions produced from the modified asphalt are characterized by
increased resistance to deformations at high temperatures and also very good adhesion to
mineral aggregate, ensuring good resistance to high shearing forces on road pavement, caused
by heavy vehicle loads.
Patents
Patent No P-205 644 (2005) „Modified petroleum asphalt”.
Equipment
The technology does not require any special apparatus and may be applied in all domestic
petroleum processing plants, producing asphalts for highway engineering.
Contact Person Data
Małgorzata Jamróz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 21
e-mail: Malgorzata.Jamroz@ichp.pl
281
27) Silica and titania-silica nanomaterials for high-tech applications
Functionalized and non-functionalized nanomaterials are new group of nanomaterials with
unique properties resulting from exactly defined structure of these materials. Silica and titaniasilica nanomaterials are characterised by desired uniform spherical particle size within the
range of 30–600 nm, specific surface area within 300–1500 m2/g as well as the defined kind and
content of functional groups. These nanomaterials assigned for high-tech applications,
especially as nanofillers for polymer nanocomposites and as nanocatalysts.
A brief description of the technology
The process of silica and titania-silica nanomaterials manufacturing according to sol-gel process
is realised in precisely defined conditions (mixing speed, temperature, pH) in water-alcohol
medium by using silane and titania precursors.
This technology gives the possibility of various modification of nanosilica according to
application needs. The process is waste less.
Advantages of the technology offered
The most important advantage of this technology is the possibility of steering the synthesis
process enabling acquisition of unique products characterised by the properties focused on
given application. The main direction of production based on volume of production is
manufacturing of nanofillers for polymer nanocomposites.
Equipment
The production line should contain enamel autoclave of the proper volume equipped with
dosing system, heating-cooling jacket for synthesis in the temperature range 20–25 °C, solvents
regeneration unit and drying unit (e.g. spray drier).
Patents
Patent application No PL 198 188 (2008): „The method of manufacturing of silica nanopowders,
also functionalized”.
Patent application No PL 204 519 (2010) „The method of manufacturing of titania-silica
nanopowders”.
282
Market competitiveness
On the Polish market there are not manufacturers of silica and titania-silica nanomaterials.
References

Pilot scale production in Chemical Plant POLISH SILICONES Ltd. The manufactured sols
and nanopowders were applied for the production of PVC nanocomposite in SPOLANA
Works Anwil Group and for the production of nanocomposite in GEO GLOBE POLSKA
Ltd.

Awards on prestigious inventions fairs (gold medal Brussels 2005, Moscow 2007,
Warsaw 2007, silver medal Genève 2006).
Contact Person Data
Maria Zielecka, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 40
fax: + 48 22 568 23 90
e-mail: Maria.Zielecka@ichp.pl
283
28) Copper powders and nanopowders
The method for obtaining copper powders and nanopowders from industrial electrolytes,
including waste waters through electrodeposition of metallic copper on the cathode was
developed. The technology solves the problem of the necessity of using an electrolyte of
appropriate purity and concentration, and of using additional electrolytes and other substances.
Potential sources of metal nanopowders produced according to the technology are three types
of (waste) electrolytes:



electrorefining electrolyte,
decopperised electrolyte,
flotation waste waters destined for dumping.
Products which can be manufactured according to the technology include i.a. additives to
polymers, lubricants, dye, antibacterial agents and microprocessor connections.
Nanopowders of copper or its alloys can find their application in microelectronics, as sorbents
in radioactive waste purification, as an additive to cooling fluids and also as catalysts in fuel
cells. The most recent application of copper nanopowder is connected with obtaining electronic
circuits printed with the Ink jet method, superseding the traditional electrochemical method.
Copper nanopowder additive has also positive influence on tribological properties of machining
oils.
A brief description of the technology
The method consists in application of the pulse potentiostatic electrolysis with or without
change in the electric current direction using the cathode potential value close to the plateau
or on the plateau of the current voltage curve corresponding to the potential range between 0.2 and -1.0 V. A moveable or static ultramicroelectrode or an array of ultramicroelectrodes
made of gold, platinum or stainless steel wire or foil is used as a cathode, whereas metallic
copper is used as an anode. The process is carried out at temperature from 18–60 °C, and the
electrolysis lasts from 0.005 s to 60 s. Copper nanopowders of 99–99.99 % purity can be
obtained using that method. Depending on the size of the electrode, metal the electrode is
made of, conditions in which the electrolysis is carried out and particularly the kind of
electrolysis, temperature and copper concentration in the electrolyte, powders or
nanopowders of different shapes, structure and dimensions can be obtained.
Advantages of the technology offered
Electrochemical methods used so far to obtain copper nanopowders are complicated and
expensive. They require costly preparation of substrates (solutions, reagents of suitable purity,
reductive agents, auxiliary substances etc.), which results in very high market prices of
284
nanopowders. The main benefit for purchasers of our technology is to increase competitiveness
of their enterprises due to innovative solutions included in the method and significantly lower
production costs, compared to traditional methods.
Equipment

To produce nanopowders in the industrial scale, programmable pulse rectifiers
enabling change of electric current direction in less than 10 s will be necessary. Such
rectifiers are available at a price of about $ 25.000. The applied current from 500 to 10
000 A, will depend on the electrolyzer size and the cathode used (pilot and industrial
process).

To study the structure and composition of obtained powders and nanopowders,
scanning electron microscope (SEM) equipped with energy dispersive spectrometer
(EDS) as well as instruments to determine particle size will be needed.
Patents
Patent application No P-387 565 „Method for obtaining copper powders and nanopowders
from industrial electrolytes including waste idustrial electrolytes” and international patent
application No PCT/PL2010/000022.
Market competitiveness
It is estimated that 15 % of total world industrial production will be based on nanotechnology in
2014 and market share of nanopowders will be over 80 %. The product based on the offered
technology has surely a very dynamically developing market and will not require much
marketing expenditures.
The technology should be of interest for entrepreneurs ready to introduce innovative
production methods, i.a. in the area of nanotechnology, electronics, polymer plastics industry,
paints and lacquers.
285
References
The technology for obtaining copper nanopowders from industrial waste waters has already
resulted in signing a license agreement with NanoTech Ltd. from Wroc³aw. The technology has
been qualified to Global Partnership Programme, in which a free assessment of the project,
including preliminary market value assessment was performed.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Przemysław Łoś, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 61
e-mail: Przemyslaw.Los@ichp.pl
Aneta Łukomska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 19
e-mail: Aneta.Lukomska@ichp.pl
286
29) Volatile brazing flux
The object of the offer is a technology for producing volatile flux for brazing steel, copper, brass
and zinc bronze with a gas torch (burner). The active substance of the flux is trimethyl borate,
obtained in the form of its azeotrope with methanol. The flux in liquid form is fed into the
brazing zone with a flammable gas supplying the torch. The gas flame saturated with the flux
vapours exhibits a reductive effect on the most metal oxides and provides an effective
screening of the brazing zone from atmospheric oxygen, thus safeguarding metallic purity of
the joint, required anti-corrosiveness and aesthetics of the product. Such a way of brazing
eliminates the burdensome necessity to clean joints from slag, what is characteristic of using
classical fluxes in the form of powder or paste. The preparation is a uniform, colorless, clear
liquid with a characteristic, acrid smell. It contains about 70 % azeotrope of trimethyl borate
with methanol. Remaining ingredients are potassium fluoride with its stabilizing and activating
influence and ethylene glycol.
A brief description of the technology
Synthesis of trimethyl borate proceeds according to the simple equilibrium reaction scheme:
In order to ensure reaction progress in the expected direction to create the product it is
necessary to separate the product from the reaction mixture. The synthesis is performed at the
boiling temperature of the reaction mixture (72–78 °C). The distillate of azeotrope of trimethyl
borate with methanol (about 70 wt. %) is separated from the reaction environment by the
rectification method in the range of temperature 53–57 °C.
In order to separate the azeotrope enriched with trimethyl borate, there is a necessary to apply
a rectification column. Depending on the technical parameters of the applied apparatus set
(including the resolution capacity of the fractioning column) there can be different: speed of
the process to separate from the reaction environment the azeotrope of trimethyl borate with
methanol of required composition, the time to bring the system to the equilibrium state and
the yield of the synthesis. Water created in the synthesis slows down the trimethyl borate
creation process, until the equilibrium of the reaction is shifted to the substrates. Then the
synthesis should be treated as completed, despite the fact that the reactor still contains
unreacted boric acid and methanol.
Advantages of the technology offered
The offered technology allows to obtain, in a simple and a safe way, a home-made preparation
of a quality comparable to foreign ones.
287
Equipment
The base of the installation is a periodic rectification apparatus set. The rectification tub acts at
the same time as a reactor and it should be fitted with a stirrer and a drain valve. The
rectification system consists i.a. of a column with filling, a condenser, a cooler and a receptacle.
The installation should be equipped with a control-measuring apparatus, allowing to keep
technological parameters i.a.: temperature of the reactor, temperature of the rectification
column and temperature of the column’s top.
Installations of all electric devices, mechanical ventilation and lighting should be explosionprotected and non-sparking.
Patents
Patent application No P-376 168 (2005) „Method to obtain volatile brazing flux”.
Market competitiveness
The technology allows to obtain the product from cheap constituents (boric acid and methanol)
and it enables to separate the product from the reaction environment by the rectification of
azeotrope of trimethyl borate with methanol. The price of the product is competitive to offers
of foreign companies, e.g. German Company Chemet and characteristics of trimethyl borate in
the brazing process is comparable with other foreign products.
References
Based on brazing tests, the preparation received a positive opinion by the Welding Institute in
Gliwice – ruling No ZT/227/06.
Contact Person Data
Lidia Lewicka, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Lidia.Lewicka@ichp.pl
288
OFFERS FOR COOPERATION
1) Izowin-S – a bioactive preparation
Izowin-S is used as a dietary supplement in prophylactics of obesity, cellulite and in
anticancerogenic therapy.
A brief description of the technology
The technology comprises isomerization of linoleic acid, a constituent of vegetable oils rich in
this acid. The process is performed at temperature 130–190 °C, under normal pressure, using as
a substrate edible vegetable oils. The product contains 55–70 % bioactive isomers 9c, 11t + 10t
and 12cC18:2.
Advantages of the technology offered
Preliminary studies proved retarding influence of Izowin-S on hyperplasia of neoplastic cells.
Carrying out of the planned researches will allow to introduce it on the market as a bioactive
preparation supporting anti-neoplastic therapy.
Equipment
The production process can be carried out using typical apparatus and devices i.e. a reactor, a
sedimentation tank and an evaporator.
Advancement of proceedings
The technology has been developed on the laboratory scale. Preliminary application studies
have been already carried out and there has been received an attest issued by National
Institute of Hygiene (PZH). It is necessary to carry out wider-ranging application studies.
Patentability
Patent PL No P-195 040 (2007) „Method to separate a fraction rich in isomers of linoleic acid
with conjugated double bonds from natural fatty acids”.
Patent PL No P-199 216 (2008) „Preparation with anticancerogenic activity”.
Subsequent patent application in progress.
289
Market competitiveness
At present no similar preparation on the market.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in financing of application studies, production organization and commercialization
of the undertaking.
Contact Person Data
Wiesława Walisiewicz-Niedbalska, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 45
fax: + 48 22 568 26 33
e-mail: Wieslawa.Walisiewicz-Niedbalska@ichp.pl
290
2) Spinalpep – a nutraceutical combining peptides and yeast
This nutraceutical can be applied as a dietary supplement and support therapy of sclerosis
multiplex.
A brief description of the process
Production can proceed in pressure-less conditions, at temperature  80 °C, raw material –
pork spinal cord.
Advantages of the technology offered
Due to the combination of yeast and a mixture of short peptides, Spinalpep can be applied as a
nutrient or in support of the sclerosis multiplex therapy. Short peptides are able to pass the
intestinal barrier, get into the blood circulation and perform there a specific biological role.
Therefore obtaining and administering of short peptides as nutraceutical components has huge
potential application in both feeding healthy organisms and in therapeutic support.
Equipment
The production process can be performed in typical apparatus and devices used in enzymatic
and fermentation processes.
Advancement of proceedings
There has been developed a technology to produce protein hydrolyzates (pilot scale) to be used
as a nutraceutical. Talks concerning industrial implementation of the technology are under way.
Patentability
Patent application No P-386 296 (2008) „Method to obtain peptide preparations for oral
administering”.
Market competitiveness
The preparation has properties supporting therapy of sclerosis multiplex. The technology allows
to obtain peptide mixtures from any sort of protein fractions. Selection of proteins and of
created from them peptides can be made depending on the desired final effect. No similar
preparation on the market.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in production organization.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Andrzej W. Lipkowski, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 48
fax: + 48 22 568 26 33
e-mail: andrzej@lipkowski.org
291
3) Hydrogenated block (SBS / SIS) copolymers
The presence of double bonds in block copolymers styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) and
styrene-isoprene-styrene (SIS) renders them vulnerable to weather conditions. Hydrogenation
of these bonds allows to obtain new plastics with participation of polyethylene (SBES) or
polypropylene (SBPS) blocks, more resistant to chemical and weather factors and to low
temperature.
A brief description of the process
The SBS / SIS copolymers hydrogenation reaction is performed in waterless and (favorably)
oxygen-free conditions in cyclohexane, at temperature 100 °C under pressure of 10·105 Pa of
hydrogen, in the presence of a catalytic system. After the reaction is completed, the polymer is
precipitated from the solution with methanol and then it is filtered and dried to a constant
mass.
Advantages of the technology offered
Due to very good properties, i.a. good resistance to weather factors and low temperature,
hydrogenated block (SBS / SIS) copolymers find wide usage i.a. in glues, freezeproof shoe soles,
as freezeproof modifiers for bituminous mixtures (including i.a. road and roof asphalts) and as
cosmetics ingredients.
Equipment



pressure reactor fitted with a stirrer,
agitators,
dryer.
Advancement of proceedings
There have been defined optimal conditions to hydrogenate commercial SBS / SIS copolymers
(KRATON - Schell) on the laboratory scale (a 500 ml reactor).
Patentability
Patent application No P-382 997 (2007) „Method to hydrogenate block copolymers of styrene
with butadiene and styrene with isoprene”.
292
Market competitiveness
Neither SBS / SIS nor hydrogenated forms of these copolymers are produced in Poland. SBS /
SIS copolymers are however accessible on the international market and hydrogenated forms of
SBS and SIS are produced by Shell and Repsol Companies.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
293
4) Modification of thermoplastic materials with waste from annual
plants
The subject of this research are composites, with a matrix in the form of polyolefin waste or
poly(vinyl chloride), left from the process to recover copper from cables, filled with
comminuted waste from annual plants (straw from: rape, oats, barley, rye, wheat and triticale),
processed by extruding, compression molding or injection molding.
A brief description of the process
Components of the composite are mixed in an extruder and then processed with the injection
molding method. If the composites are used to obtain extruded cross-sections, the granulation
step can be omitted in the extrusion process.
Advantages of the technology offered
Straw from annual plants is a kind of waste of virtually no use (they are used as bedding for
domestic cattle or incinerated). The proposed solution will allow to use them as fillers (in the
amount up to 50 wt. %) in composites made of waste thermoplastic materials.
Equipment

extrusion granulating line,

injection molding machine,

press.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory scale.
Patentability
Patent application No P-383 568 (2007) „Poly(vinyl chloride) composition with a natural filler”.
Patent application No P-383 567 (2007) „Polyolefin composition with a natural filler”.
Patent application No P-385 117 (2008) „Biodegradable polymeric composite”.
294
Market competitiveness
No similar solutions on the domestic and foreign market.
Silver medal at Brussels Eureka „The Belgian and International Trade Fair for Technological
Innovation” 2009.
Type of expected cooperation
Assistance in carrying out of extrusion and injection molding tests on the industrial scale.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
295
5) Polystyrene with reduced flammability obtained by suspension
polymerization method
A brief description of the process
The process pertains to a method to produce polystyrene with reduced flammability by
polymerization of styrene in aqueous suspension. As flame retarding additives are used
halogen-free compounds. Suspension polymerization of polystyrene is performed in the
presence of initiator, by adding a solution or styrene dispersion of phosphorous burning
reducing additives to water mixed with a suspension stabilizer. There can also be added a
modified or unmodified mineral with nanometric layered structure, especially modified
montmorillonite and in justified cases also porophor. The product obtained is characterized
favorable parameters of horizontal and vertical flammability (according to PN-EN-60695-1110:2002 standard) and favorable parameters of oxygen index (according to ASTM D 2863-97
standard).
Advantages of the technology offered
In the industrial practice, flammability of polystyrene obtained with the suspension
polymerization method is reduced mainly with halogen additives, e.g. bromine compounds.
The technology offered reduces flammability of polystyrene in a pro-ecological way, without
using noxious, halogen flame retardants.
Equipment
The process can be performed using industrially available apparatus to produce polystyrene.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory works have been completed.
Patentability
Patent application No P-386 868 (2008) „Method to obtain polystyrene with reduced
flammability using suspension polymerization”.
Market competitiveness
The proposed solution is competitive in relation to currently used methods to reduce
polystyrene flammability with halogen additives, whose application is now being restricted by
the European Union legislation.
296
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in industrial implementation of the proposed solution.
Contact Person Data
Piotr Jankowski, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 63
e-mail: Piotr.Jankowski@ichp.pl
297
6) Obtaining of polystyrene with reduced flammability
A brief description of the process
The method to produce the polystyrene composition with reduced flammability comprises
polystyrene modification by creation of a premix with a flame retardant and possibly an
auxiliary substance, in order to better homogenize the constituents. As flame retardants are
used organophosphorus compounds. In the industrial practice it is favorable to incorporate the
process to perform the flame retarding modification into the polystyrene production node.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology offered reduces flammability of polystyrene in a pro-ecological way, without
using noxious, halogen flame retardants.
Equipment
The process can be performed using industrially available apparatus to produce polystyrene.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory works have been completed.
Patentability
Patent application No P-379 453 (2006) „Polystyrene composition with reduced flammability
and the method to produce the polystyrene composition with reduced flammability”.
Market competitiveness
The solution is competitive in relation to methods to reduce polystyrene flammability with
halogen additives, whose application is being restricted by the European Union legislation.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in industrial implementation of the proposed solution.
Contact Person Data
Piotr Jankowski, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 63
e-mail: Piotr.Jankowski@ichp.pl
298
7) Application of graphite and graphite nanofillers to reduce
flammability of plastics
The offer pertains to obtaining plastics with reduced flammability with graphite or its
derivatives including: polystyrene with reduced flammability produced in the suspension
polymerization process, polyester or epoxy compositions.
A brief description of the process
Graphite additives are introduced into ready polyester or epoxy resins as a composition
constituent and into polystyrene during its obtaining by the suspension polymerization method.
Advantages of the technology offered
Graphite and its varieties raise mounting interest as additives able to effectively reduce
flammability of plastics. Graphite is practically neutral to the environment, and its action
comprises i.a. restriction of oxygen access to the flame zone and creation of non-flammable
decomposition products. Unfortunately, application of graphite alone in many cases (e.g.
polystyrene) does not warrant sufficient reduction in the plastic flammability and hence there is
a need to modify graphite or use additional supporting flame retardants. Proposed solutions
are of pro-ecological character.
Equipment
The process can be performed using industrially available apparatus to produce polystyrene.
Advancement of proceedings
At present laboratory works are under way.
Patentability
Patent application in preparation.
Market competitiveness
The solution is competitive in relation to currently used methods to reduce plastics
flammability with halogen additives, whose application is now being restricted by the European
Union legislation.
299
Type of expected cooperation
Co-financing of research works. Cooperation in industrial implementation of the proposed
solution.
Contact Person Data
Piotr Jankowski, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 63
e-mail: Piotr.Jankowski@ichp.pl
300
8) Polyesterols for polyurethanes
A brief description of the process
Polycondensation of the reaction mixture is carried out at temperature 200–230 °C in a inert
gas, with continuous stirring and condensate collecting. In the technology waste poly(ethylene
terephthalate), vegetable oils (rape, soya and sunflower), by-products and waste products
emerging in technologies dealing with processing of various chemical products (glycerin,
mixtures of dicarboxylic aliphatic acids, aromatic acids, hydroxyacids and their derivatives) are
used.
Advantages of the technology offered
Usage of up to 80 % waste materials. They are characterized by a wide range of
physicochemical properties (acid number, hydroxyl number, viscosity, functionality, reactivity,
molecular weight etc.), what enables their widespread application and allows to obtain
products of various utility properties.
Economical advantages – consumption of cheaper and available waste materials, by-products
and bio-renewable materials in the amount up to 80 wt. % of input raw materials (depending
on the polyesterol type) substantially reduces production cost, compared to the input cost if
technical petrochemical raw materials were used.
Ecological advantages – usage of waste materials (PET), by-products (alcohols, multi-carboxyl
acids) and bio-renewable materials (oils of agricultural origin), contributes to protection of the
environment.
Equipment
Typical apparatus to produce polyesters (unsaturated polyester resins, alkyd resins and
polyesterols).
Advancement of proceedings
Works of the laboratory scale have been completed. In case of some types of polyesters there
have been completed studies on the experimental (half-technical) scale.
Patentability
There have been received patents for the method to obtain polyesterols. If in further
researches were obtained original solutions, new patent applications are anticipated.
Market competitiveness
301
Wide-ranging assortment for various applications. There has been stated full usability of the
new polyesterol group to produce polyurethane foamy materials, glues, lacquers, solid screed
masses and as modifiers (plasticizers) for epoxy and phenolic resins.
Significantly reduced input material cost.
Type of expected cooperation
Production launching. Research concerning application of polyesters to manufacture new
polyurethane products. The Institute has compiled Material Security Data Sheets for products
worked out within the development project and depending on the interest by receivers and
destination of particular type of polyesterol we are able to hand over these materials to
potential clients, with guidelines concerning their application.
Contact Person Data
Elżbieta Wardzińska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 46
e-mail: Elzbieta.Wardzinska@ichp.pl
302
9) Halogen-free flame retardant epoxy compositions
The offer pertains to halogen-free epoxy compositions with reduced flammability. The
composition is destined to obtain the flame retardant halogen-free plates for manufacturing of
printed circuit boards. Flame retardancy of the composition is achieved through the use of a
polymeric compound containing phosphorus. An organophosphorus compound is build into the
resin structure by means of a chemical reaction. The obtained composition gives a product of
required non-flammability degree, good mechanical properties, high glass transition
temperature and low water absorption.
A brief description of the process
The halogen-free flame-retardant epoxy composition is obtained in a multistage process. The
first stage is a modification of a commercial epoxy resin with a polymeric organophosphorus
compound. At this stage functional groups of the organophosphorus compound react with
epoxy groups of the epoxy resin. The synthesis proceeds with an excess of epoxy groups in
relation to functional groups of the organophosphorus compound in the presence of an
appropriate catalyst, at temperature 100–130 °C in a inert gas atmosphere. After the assumed
parameters of the synthesized resin are obtained, the resin is dissolved in an organic solvent. At
the next stage to a solution of resin containing organically bound phosphorus is added a curing
agent, dissolved in an organic solvent and a curing catalyst. In the next step prepregs are
prepared by impregnating a glass fabric with the epoxy composition and precuring at
temperature 150–170 °C. The obtained prepregs are pressed under pressure of 50 kG/cm2 at
temperature 170–180 °C. The plates obtained using the offered composition meet a UL 94
rating of VO. Their glass transition temperature is about 170 °C (DMA) and water absorption
0.033 % (the acceptable value is 0.150 %).
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology offered allows to reduce the flammability of epoxy compositions in a proecological way, without using harmful, halogen flame retardants. The organophosphorus
compound applied is build into the structure of the epoxy system, thus allowing to avoid
disadvantages related to the usage of additive flame retardants (worse mechanical and
chemical properties, plasticization effect and lower glass transition temperature).
Equipment
Epoxy resins modification process:

reactor equipped with a stirrer with the possibility of heating up to 130 °C and the
possibility of dissolving the resulting product in an organic solvent.
303
The process to obtain plates for production of printed circuits

industrial-available apparatus to produce epoxy laminates.
Advancement of proceedings
There have been carried out preliminary industrial tests to obtain halogen-free flame-retardant
plates coated with copper film to produce printed circuit boards.
Patentability
Patent application No P-392 982 (2010) „Method to obtain epoxy resin with reduced
flammability”.
Market competitiveness
The proposed solution is competitive in relation to currently used technologies to reduce epoxy
materials flammability with halogen additives (mainly bromic ones), whose application is being
restricted by the European Union legislation.
Type of expected cooperation
Finding a partner for industrial implementation of the proposed solution.
Contact Person Data
Barbara Szczepaniak, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 55
e-mail: Barbara.Szczepaniak@ichp.pl
Piotr Jankowski, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 63
e-mail: Piotr.Jankowski@ichp.pl
304
10) Polymer miscibility modifiers
A brief description of the process
The method to produce the modifiers comprises joining selected small-molecular compounds
or oligomers (hydrocarbon resins) to macromolecules of polypropylene, polyethylene or block
(SIS / SBS) co-polymers. The reaction is performed in alloy. The process is waste-free.
Advantages of the technology offered
Obtained modifiers, due to the presence of reactive groups in macromolecules, more favorably
interact with constituents of polymeric compositions, influence morphology of the
compositions and stabilize their phase structure. Therefore it is possible to obtain „tailor-made”
materials.
Equipment
Heated agitators with sigma type stirrers or extruders (most favorably twin-screw).
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory works have been completed.
Patentability
Patent application No P-388 949 (2009) „Method to produce polymer miscibility modifiers”.
Patent application No P-387 336 (2009) „Method to produce polystyrene impact modifiers and
modified low-impact polystyrene”.
Market competitiveness
The modifiers are new products of diversified chemical construction, and hence they have a
wide spectrum of applications in mixtures of various polymers. Moreover they can be based on
both primary and secondary waste polymers.
References
Bronze medal for „A novel modifier for the enhancement of miscibility and mechanical
properties of thermodynamically immiscible polymers”, IENA 2009, Nuremberg, Germany.
Silver medal for „A method of strengthening the low-impact polystyrene”, Concours Lépine,
Paris, France, 2010.
305
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in order to carry out application studies and then implementation undertakings.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Izabella Legocka, D.Sc..
phone: + 48 22 568 26 51
e-mail: Izabella.Legocka@ichp.pl
Ewa Wierzbicka, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 93
e-mail: Ewa.Wierzbicka@ichp.pl
306
11) Polymeric composites with metal nanopowders for applications in
electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding
The offered product is innovative in relation to traditionally used metal shields due to its
properties characteristic of electromagnetic metamaterials.
A brief description of the process
The fillers of the composites are powders, nano-powders and/or nano-flakes of copper and
other metals obtained from industrial waste waters and electrolytes according to the ICRI
patent pending technology. The extrusion method is used to produce polymeric composites
based on the polymer (e.g. EVA/HFFR) matrix with added copper nanopowder filler.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology is based on the most recent achievements in the production of a qualitatively
new group of metal nano-fillers in the form of copper and other metals powders and flakes.
Since the nanopowders fillers are obtained from industrial waste waters the technology
promotes pro-ecological manufacturing practices. Another key advantage of the patent
pending technology is low production cost of both the nanofillers and composites. In
comparison to metal shields traditionally used to reduce electromagnetic interferences (EMI),
polymeric composite materials are characterized by low specific weight, good corrosion
resistance, elasticity and easy processability.
Equipment
Nanopowders are produced on the laboratory scale using a two-electrode system with a
potentiostat of type AUTOLAB GSTST30 made by EcoChemie.
The following procedure is used in order to obtain polymeric composites with nanopowders
fillers:



single- or twin-screw extruder,
electrically heated metering mixer for PLASTI-CORDER device produced by BRABENDER
Company,
hydraulic press.
The mechanical and dielectric properties of the obtained composites are studied. In order to
observe the structure and to perform qualitative chemical analysis of the composites a SEM
with EDS is used.
307
Advancement of proceedings
The technology has been developed to obtain a group of polymeric composites, displaying low
electric conductance and simultaneously characterized by very good ability to EMI shielding.
For preliminary laboratory scale tests on the laboratory scale a material with the desired
properties was selected and subsequently, after scale-up of the manufacturing process (to pilot
scale) the obtained composite was tested in a company dealing with cable production (in
Poland and Israel).
Patentability
Patent applications: PCT/PL2010/000022 and UP RP P 392 282.
Market competitiveness
The technology employs modern, pro-ecological, innovative nanotechnology (which is in-line
with EU policy see e.g. FP7 projects calls). The technology is cost effective and based on
recycling of copper recovered from industrial waste waters, hence its potential patent rights
purchasers might have opportunity to get e.g. EU and public financial support for its
implementation.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation with flash-investors and cooperative scientific-research works.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Przemysław Łoś, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 61
e-mail: Przemyslaw.Los@ichp.pl
Assoc. Prof. Regina Jeziórska, D.Sc., Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 91
e-mail: Regina.Jeziorska@ichp.pl
308
12) Modification of thermoplastic materials with natural polymers
The subject of the offer are composites with polyolefin or poly(vinyl chloride) matrix filled with
cellulose fiber of various origin (e.g.: waste from newspapers or chipboards grinding and waste
cellulose from paper industry or wood flour), destined for processing with extrusion,
compression molding or injection molding.
A brief description of the process
The composite granulate is obtained by extrusion and then various products are made from it
with the injection molding method. If the composites are used to obtain extruded crosssections, the granulation step can be omitted in the extrusion process.
Advantages of the technology offered
Thermoplastic materials used in the composites can be primary or they can be partly or entirely
substituted with appropriate waste material. It can be an agglomerate from packaging foil or
PVC waste left from copper recovery from cables.
Equipment

extruding line for production of granulates or extruded cross-sections,

injection molding machine of size depending on the obtained product.
Advancement of proceedings
The composite granulate have been obtained by extrusion in semi-technical tests. The tensile
properties, flexular properties and impact strength have been carried out. Investigations of
degradability by aging in different conditions of use have been carried out too. The various
products about different largeness are made from the composites by the injection molding and
compression molding (e.g. flowerpots). Composites have been used to obtain extruded crosssections without the granulation step.
Patentability
PL 194 586 (2006) „The method of manufacture of cellulose fibre from waste paper”.
Market competitiveness
Silver medal at Brussels Eureka „The Belgian and International Trade Fair for Technological
Innovation” 2009.
309
Type of expected cooperation
Assistance in carrying out of extrusion and injection molding tests on the industrial scale.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
310
13) Melamine salts
The subject of the offer are salts of melamine and organic acids (cyanuric acid – melamine
cyanurate) or inorganic acids (phosphoric – melamine phosphate, melamine pyrophosphate,
polyphosphoric – melamine polyphosphate, boric – melamine borate).
The above-mentioned salts are solids with decomposition temperature > 260 °C. They are
applied as flame retardants to thermoplastic materials, especially polyamides.
A brief description of the process
Melamine salts are obtained in a direct reaction between melamine and appropriate organic or
inorganic acid in aqueous suspension. These reactions do not require any catalyst.
Advantages of the technology offered
Flame retardants used so far were based on chlorine or bromine compounds. An advantage of
the offered technology is synthesis of ecological halogen-free flame retardants. The process of
preparation of salts of melamine proceeds in aqueous suspension with 100 % efficiency,
without by-products.
Equipment
A reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a temperature recorded and a heating medium.
Advancement of proceedings
The melamine salts synthesis has been developed on the laboratory scale.
It is necessary to reach appropriate degree of fineness of obtained salts. There is also necessary
to refine the method to introduce the obtained composites into polymeric materials.
Patentability
Patent application in preparation.
Market competitiveness
Halogen-free flame retardants constitute a competitive solution compared to flame retardants
containing chlorine or bromine compounds.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation to increase the scale of synthesis of melamine salts and further research
concerning application aspects of the obtained compounds.
Contact Person Data
Dorota Kijowska, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 25 05
e-mail: Dorota.Kijowska@ichp.pl
311
14) Utilization and recycling of the wastewater and technological
streams in the galvanizing plant
The innovation of this technology is the application of filtration and membrane processes for
separating of selected streams into clean water and concentrated solution of metals. Both
resulting streams are fully subjected to recycling. The technology has been developed for the
hot-dip galvanizing plant in which zinc sulfate solution is used as an electrolyte.
A brief description of the process
wastewater
evaporation
demineralized water
electrolyte without Fe
ION EXCHANGE
UNIT
ELECTROLYTE
PROCESS
WATER
washings
electrolyte with Fe
water from ionite bed washing
washing
retentate
NANOFILTRATION
permeate
Selected technological streams and wastewater from different processes realized in the
galvanizing plant are collected together and sent to the membrane unit (in this case,
nanofiltration unit), where the separation into recovered water and concentrated solution of
metals goes on. The products of the separation are turned back to the electrolyte.
Advantages of the technology offered

reduction of the amount of wastewater only to the streams from the regeneration of
the ionite column

high degree (> 99 %) of the zinc recovery from technological streams and wastewater
which underwent membrane process

reduction of the water consumption by the galvanizing plant by over 70 %
Equipment
In this technology different membrane modules are used, all of them are commercially
available.
Customization of the technology to the conditions in the particular plant, e.g. the hot-dip
galvanizing plant, must be preceded by the semi-technical and pilot researches. The Institute
has the appropriate apparata and installations for performing such studies.
312
Advancement of proceedings
Implementation of this technology requires the performance of studies which are necessary to
adjust it to the conditions in particular industrial plant.
Patentability
Depending on the range of the customization work, the technology can be offered as „knowhow” of the Industrial Chemistry Research Institute or it can be the subject of a patent
application.
Market competitiveness
The technologies of recycling of technological streams, including recovery of water and other
natural raw materials, offered by other companies, can be competitive to this technology.
Type of expected cooperation
Co-operation with industrial plants concerning elaboration of technological concept to the
conditions of the particular company. Customization works and researches will be performed
primarily at the location of the interested company.
Contact Person Data
Tadeusz Porębski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 12
e-mail: Tadeusz.Porebski@ichp.pl
313
15) Usage of waste materials to produce acoustic screens
The subject of the offer are acoustic screen panels of a new type for highway engineering
applications.
A brief description of the process
Polyolefin composites containing comminuted rubber scrap are obtained by mixing of
components in a suitable mixer or they can be extruded in the form of a granulate. These
composites can be processed with standard methods, like extrusion, compression molding and
injection molding.
Advantages of the technology offered
Disposing of waste polymeric plastics and comminuted rubber scrap from tire.
Equipment




granulation line with a single-screw extruder,
single-screw extruder, screw diameter > 60 mm, used in the extrusion molding method,
hydraulic press,
injection molding machine.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory scale.
Patentability
W 60273 (1998) „Sound-absorbing panel”.
Patent No P-201 467 (2004) „Thermoplastic composition”.
Patent No P-201 466 (2004) „Polyolefins-based thermoplastic composition”.
Patent No P-206 725 (2004) „Method to produce sound-absorbing screen panels”.
Market competitiveness
No similar solutions on the domestic market. Market competition in the area of acoustic
screens is high. Plastic screens used nowadays are transparent panels made from poly(methyl
methacrylate) or polycarbonate. Keeping these screens clean is very difficult and after a few
years they are useless.
Type of expected cooperation
Trial fabrication of screens on the production scale.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
314
16) Revulcanization of comminuted tire rubber scrap
The subject of the offer are utility goods fabricated from comminuted rubber scrap made of
waste tires or other comminuted rubber scrap revulcanized using sulfur.
A brief description of the process
Rubber panels made of comminuted rubber scrap are obtained with the developed method to
revulcanize this waste with sulfur, using the compression molding technique.
Advantages of the technology offered
Results of preliminary inspection of mechanical properties and wear resistance of these
composites are only slightly different from the characteristics of primary rubber.
Equipment

mixer;

hydraulic press.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory scale.
Patentability
Patent application No P-381 070 (2006) „Method to produce utility goods from comminuted
rubber waste”.
Market competitiveness
The current recycling offer is insufficient in relation to steady growing amount of vulcanized
waste, especially waste tires.
Type of expected cooperation
Partial financing of research works. Assistance in performing an attempt to press bigger fittings.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
315
17) Hydrometallurgical recovery of materials from waste zinc-carbon
and alkaline batteries
A brief description of the process
The proposed and verified on the big-laboratory scale process of hydrometallurgical recycling of
zinc-carbon and zinc-manganese cells comprises a number of stages: mechanical disassembly
and separation of cells, leaching, concentration and purification of solutions and obtaining
products containing zinc and manganese. At the first stage intermingled primary battery waste
is mechanically disassembled, allowing direct recovery of iron, constituting housing of these
cells. From one ton of waste this process recovers about 220 kg of iron. Then by aerial
separation is recovered polymeric plastic and paper, and remaining black mass is transferred
for leaching with sulfuric acid(VI). This stage, performed at elevated temperature and under
permanent stirring, results in creation of a mass containing manganese oxides and graphite and
a solution of zinc and manganese sulfates. The resulting black mass is undergoes further
technological processes. These processes produce material which can be used for production of
new zinc-carbon cells. Obtained solutions are concentrated and separated with membrane
techniques and heavy metals are separated out of them. At the last stage, with chemical and/or
electrochemical methods, zinc and manganese are recovered from concentrated solutions
(with 98 % efficiency). Solutions left from this process are turned back again to the process of
dissolving black masses.
Advantages of the technology offered
The developed process of hydrometallurgical recycling of primary cells is characterized by:

recycling efficiency compliant with EU regulations, i.e. exceeding 55 %,

recovery of chemical compounds of zinc and manganese, directly applicable in the
economy,

production of new electrode material for zinc-carbon cells,

significant reduction in mercury contents in battery waste,

small amount of created waste,

small energy consumption,

small consumption of the leaching reagent.
Equipment
To perform 1/4-technical scale tests there is necessary to build a recycling line consisting of
leaching tanks at least 1 m3 in volume, filtration presses, a pumping system, etc.
316
Advancement of proceedings
Based on results of the works on the big-laboratory scale (there have been processed about
270 kg of battery waste) there have been specified parameters to perform a 1/4-technical scale
test, which will allow to develop a technological documentation to construct a recycling line for
zinc-carbon and alkaline cells.
Patentability
Patent applications protecting the developed solution are in preparation.
Market competitiveness
EU Directive No 2006/66/EU introduced for the first time the obligation to collect zinc-carbon
and alkaline cells and reach 50 % recycling rate of waste materials from them. Hence, as of
26.09.2011 there will not be allowed to use simple recycling methods e.g. Waelz process, used
in Poland.
This is why it became necessary to develop an alternative method to manage this waste,
allowing to recover cathode electrode material (MnO2 + carbon). It can be successfully used to
produce new zinc-carbon cells. Cells produced from the recovered waste material have working
parameters similar to commercially available cells. Taking into account the iron recovery level,
repeated usage of MnO2/C mixture and over 95 % zinc recovery, the estimated recycling level is
at least 55 %. Increase in efficiency of this process is related to i.a. repeated turning back the
obtained solution to the process, allowing to reduce the amount of waste. Obtained results
indicate unequivocally, that the proposed method to recycle zinc-carbon and zinc-manganese
cells meets the requirements set out for EU member states.
Type of expected cooperation
Participation in implementation works, construction of a pilot installation.
Contact Person Data
Tadeusz Porębski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 12
e-mail: Tadeusz.Porebski@ichp.pl
317
18) Modification of waste from electric / electronic equipment
Waste from Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) in nowadays a major problem. The
developed technology allows to modify this waste with other plastics and/or glass fiber,
allowing to obtain modified WEEE with properties comparable to primary plastics.
A brief description of the process
Composites are obtained by its processing into a granulate with the extrusion method and
making of them various products with the injection molding method.
Advantages of the technology offered
The developed technology aims at modifying these waste plastics with other plastics and/or
glass fiber. This way we aim at obtaining modified WEEE waste with properties comparable to
primary plastics.
Equipment

extrusion granulating line,

injection molding machine.
Advancement of proceedings
Laboratory scale.
Market competitiveness
No similar solutions on the domestic market.
Type of expected cooperation
Partial financing of works. Carrying out of extrusion and injection molding tests on the
industrial scale.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Wincenty Skupiński, D.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 83
fax: + 48 22 568 22 33
e-mail: Wincenty.Skupinski@ichp.pl
318
19) Production of glycerol polyalkylethers as biofuel components
Glycerol di- and triethers obtained from glycerol, a by-product in biofuels production from
vegetable oils (fatty acid methyl esters), can be used not only as an additive to biofuels or diesel
oils, but also to gasoline, increasing its octane number. The presence of glycerol polyalkylethers
in biofuel influences effectiveness of hydrocarbon combustion, by reduction of emission of
noxious substances into the atmosphere. These ethers have also a positive influence on
physicochemical properties of biofuel, by reducing its viscosity and temperature of cloudiness.
Process description
Glycerol polyalkylethers are obtained in a reaction of glycerol with olefins contained in the
isobutene fraction (containing ca. 60 % isobutene), performed in the presence of an acid
heterogeneous catalysts, at 80–120 °C and under pressure of 10–20 · 105 Pa. The process is
carried out in the fixed-bed reactor. The product contains also isobutene dimers (isooctenes), a
full-value raw material to produce isooctane, which can be separated from the ethers with flash
distillation.
Advantages of the technology offered
Glycerol polyalkylethers are a very valuable additive to biofuels used in self-ignition engines.
The developed technology allows to dispose of market surplus of glycerol, derived from
transesterification of triglycerides contained in vegetable oils.
In the Institute of Biofuels and Renewable Energy there were performed physicochemical
investigation of the biofuel (from industrial process of rape oil transesterification) modified
with tert-butyl glycerol ethers. A significant reduction in cold filter plugging point, viscosity
reduction and increased cetane number was recognized.
Equipment
The glycerol ethers production proceeds in a column reactor with a catalyst bed, operating
under pressure 10–20 · 105 Pa. Products can be separated by distillation in high-performance
rectification columns.
The state of technology
The laboratory studies has been finished. The catalyst has been selected and the conditions to
carry out the process have been established.
Patents
319
Patent No P-200 500 (2004) „Method to produce glycerin polyalkylethers”.
Patent No P-206 797 (2006) „Method to produce biofuel for self-ignition engines”.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in research on a bigger scale and establishment of foundations to build a 1/4technical installation. Assistance in the range of application research.
Contact Person Data
Małgorzata Jamróz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 21
e-mail: Malgorzata.Jamroz@ichp.pl
320
20) Gliperol – a new biofuel
Product used directly as a biofuel or as a biocomponent for diesel fuel.
A brief description of the process
Gliperol is obtained in a cross-transesterification reaction between triacylglycerols of vegetable
oils or fats and low-molecular-weight esters, e.g. methyl acetate, at temperature  110 °C,
under normal pressure, except for the solvent recovery stage, which is performed under
reduced pressure. It is a single-stage process, without the necessity to drain the glycerin
fraction as a by-product.
Advantages of the technology offered
In the classical method to obtain fatty acid methyl esters (FAME), i.e. transesterification of
triacylglycerols with methyl alcohol, the glycerin fraction emerges as a by-product, which must
be purified and disposed of. In the proposed technology as a biofuel component is used glycerin
in the form of ester derivative.
Production cost of the new biofuel is 30–35 % less than the cost to produce FAME and usage of
glycerin as a biofuel component decreases ecological threat related to its purification and
processing.
During Gliperol combustion in an engine the amount of greenhouse gases (CO 2, CO) and HC
created is smaller than from combustion of petrochemical fuel or classical fatty acid methyl
esters (FAME).
Equipment
The synthesis is performed in typical apparatus made of acid-resistant steel, employed to
obtain fatty acid methyl esters using the classical method (with minor additions).
Advancement of proceedings
There have been developed foundations of the technology to obtain the new biofuel – Gliperol
and initial application research has been performed.
Patentability
Patent No P-197 375 (2002) „Biofuel for self-ignition engines and the method to obtain biofuel
for self-ignition engines”.
Patent application No P-359 907 (2003) „Method to obtain biofuel for self-ignition engines”.
Patent application No EP-1 580 255 A1 (2004) „A biofuel for compression-ignition engines and a
321
method for preparing the biofuel”.
Patent application No P-378 096 (2005) „New biofuel components and the method to obtain
new biofuel components”.
Patent application No P-389 394 (2009) „Biofuel component, method to obtain it and its
application”.
Market competitiveness
No similar technology on the market. FAME production costs are so high, that their production
without financial donations is unprofitable. The technology proposed allows to reduce the cost
to obtain biofuel by 30–35 % compared to the cost of the classical FAME production method
and to evade problems concerning disposing of the glycerin fraction.
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in development of the technology, taking into account the scale, ramifications
concerning constituents and capabilities of the contracting party.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Andrzej W. Lipkowski, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 28 48
fax: + 48 22 568 26 33
e-mail: andrzej@lipkowski.org
322
21) Benzalkonium lactates
Benzalkonium L-lactate and benzalkonium D,L-lactate are ionic liquids with excellent biocidal
properties. They contain an expanded ammonium cation, displaying biocidal properties and a
mandelate anion, non-toxic and pharmaceutically acceptable. Biological activity of
benzalkonium lactates against a number of microorganisms is from several to several dozen
times bigger than active substances widely used in preparations available on the domestic
market. Their biocidal action is most effective against the following microorganisms:
Staphylococcus epidermidis, Moraxella catarhalis, Bacillus subtilis, Rhodotorula rubra.
They are food deterrents against insects e.g. khapra beetle Trogoderma granarium (larva), i.e.
chemical substances, which act on taste organs of insects, reducing their appetite, up to total
stopping of foraging, what eventually brings them to death.
They belong to the group of cationic surface active compounds. They display also electrostatic
properties.
Benzalkonium L-lactate and benzalkonium D,L-lactate can be ingredients of:



biocidal preparations,
insecticidal preparations,
and disinfecting/washing preparations.
R1 = C12H25 (60 %), R1 = C14H29 (40 %)
Benzalkonium lactates are thick liquids, soluble in water, acetone and ethanol, thermally stable,
with decomposition temperature > 180 °C.
They have no toxic effect on warm-blooded organisms (toxicity class IV).
A brief description of the process
Benzalkonium lactates are obtained in reaction between benzalkonium chloride and a
potassium salt of L-lactic (or D,L-lactic) acid, in aqueous environment at temperature 40 °C. The
product is separated by distilling off water under reduced pressure and filtering off the byproduct – potassium chloride.
In order to remove water it is necessary additional drying of the product at elevated
temperature and under reduced pressure.
Advantages of the technology offered
323
The technology is simple, low-waste and substrates are cheap. The environment of the reaction
is water and the by-product is potassium chloride.
The reaction yield is high.
Equipment
The apparatus set comprises a glass reactor with bottom draining valve, equipped with a highspeed mechanical stirrer, a thermometer and a dephlegmator (which can be exchanged for a
distillation set) and a heating-cooling jacket, allowing to heat up and cool down the contents.
Auxiliary equipment comprises:



thermostat,
membrane vacuum pump,
vacuum evaporator (to distillate off water from the post-reaction mixture and for final
drying of the product).
Advancement of proceedings
There has been compiled documentation concerning physicochemical properties and analytic
methods have been developed. Acute toxicity studies have been performed.
There have been performed trials to obtain benzalkonium lactates on the scale of 1.5 kg of the
product.
Patentability
Patent application No P-380 976 (2006) „New quaternary ammonium salts of lactic acid and a
method to obtain new quaternary ammonium salts of lactic acid”.
Patent application No P-383 743 (2007) „Application of benzalkonium lactate as a food
deterrent”.
Patent application No P-382 950 (2007) „Application of benzalkonium lactate in washing and
disinfection”.
Market competitiveness
New ionic liquids are novel compounds with fungicidal and bactericidal properties. The effect of
benzalkonium lactates is against some microorganisms many times more effective than
commonly used benzalkonium chloride, so they can be applied in preparations in low
concentrations.
324
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in compiling registration documentation, deployment and launching production of
the preparation.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
325
22) Dialkyldimethylammonium prolinates
Didecyldimethylammonium L-prolinate and benzalkonium L-prolinate – ionic liquids containing
an ammonium cation, giving them biocidal properties and an anion originating from L-proline
amino acid. Biocidal activity of these compounds is comparable or greater than commonly used
didecyldimethylammonium chloride and benzalkonium chloride. Their biocidal action is most
effective against the following microorganisms: Micrococcus luteus, Staphylococcus epidermidis,
Staphylococcus aureus, Moraxella catarhalis, Enterococcus faecium, Escherichia coli and two
fungi: Candida albicans and Rhodotorula rubra.
Due to the high level of anti-microbial activity, obtained ionic liquids can be used in
preparations in small concentration. They are probably low toxic to warm-blooded organisms,
although appropriate tests have not been performed.
Dialkyldimethylammonium prolinates belong to the group of cationic surface active compounds.
They display also electrostatic properties.
They can be constituents of:

biocidal preparations,

disinfecting/washing preparations.
They can also serve as catalysts in some types of reactions in asymmetric organic synthesis.
Benzalkonium prolinate
n = 9 60 %
n = 11 40 %
Didecyldimethylammonium prolinate
They are thick, waxy compounds soluble in water, methanol, methylene chloride and acetone.
A brief description of the process
Dialkyldimethylammonium prolinates are obtained in a reaction between benzalkonium
(didecyldimethylammonium) chloride and a potassium L-proline salt in aqueous environment at
temperature 60 °C. The product is separated by vacuum distilling off water, dissolving in organic
solvent, precipitating and filtering off by-product, i.e. potassium chloride and concentrating the
ooze. Dialkyldimethylammonium L-prolinates require additional drying at elevated temperature
326
and under reduced pressure.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology is simple, low-waste and substrates are cheap. The environment of the reaction
is water and the by-product is potassium chlorine.
The reaction yield is high.
The technology has been awarded with a silver medal at PALEXPO Exhibition (Geneva, 2010).
Equipment
The apparatus set comprises a glass reactor with bottom draining valve, equipped with a highspeed mechanical stirrer, a thermometer and a dephlegmator (which can be exchanged for a
distillation set) and a heating-cooling jacket, allowing to heat up and cool down the contents.
Auxiliary equipment comprises:

thermostat,

membrane vacuum pump,

vacuum evaporator (to distillate off water from the post-reaction mixture and for final
drying of the product).
Advancement of proceedings
There has been compiled documentation concerning physicochemical properties and analytic
methods have been developed. No acute toxicity studies have been performed.
Patentability
Patent application No P-388 195 (2009) „New ionic liquids from the ammonium group, a
method to obtain them and their application”.
Market competitiveness
New ionic liquids are novel compounds with fungicidal and bactericidal properties. Due to their
big efficiency, obtaining the desired effect requires only small concentration of these
compounds in preparations.
327
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in compiling registration documentation, deployment and launching production of
the preparation.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
328
23) Dialkyldimethylammonium mandelates
Dialkyldimethylammonium mandelates can occur in the form of a racemate (R,S) or optically
active isomers (S)-(+) or (R)-(-). These compounds contain an expanded ammonium cation and a
mandelate anion, biocidally active against microorganisms. For instance (R,S) benzalkonium
mandelate is most effective against the following microorganisms: Micrococcus luteus,
Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus aureus, Moraxella catarhalis, Enterococcus faecium,
Escherichia coli, Proteus vulgaris, Pseudomonas aureginosa, Serratia marcescens and two fungi:
Candida albicans and Rhodotorula rubra.
Dialkyldimethylammonium mandelates belong to the group of surface active cationic
compounds and display also electrostatic properties.
These compounds can be constituents of:

biocidal preparations,

disinfecting/washing preparations.
Didecyldimethylammonium mandelate
Domiphen mandelate
Benzalkonium mandelate
n = 9 60 %
n = 11 40 %
Dialkyldimethylammonium mandelates are thick, waxy compounds, soluble in water, methanol,
methylene chloride and acetone, with decomposition temperature > 180 °C.
A brief description of the process
Dialkyldimethylammonium mandelates are obtained in a reaction between
dialkyldimethylammonium chloride (bromide) with a potassium salt of mandelic acid [or (R)-(-)
– mandelic acid or (S)-(+) – mandelic acid] in aqueous environment at temperature 60 °C. The
product is separated by vacuum distilling off water, dissolving in organic solvent, precipitating
and filtering off the by-product – potassium chloride and then concentrating the ooze. In order
329
to remove water, additional drying of the product in elevated temperature and under reduced
pressure takes place.
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology is simple, low-waste and substrates are cheap. The environment of the reaction
is water and the by-product is potassium chlorine.
The reaction yield is high.
The technology to synthesize these compounds has been awarded with a silver medal at
PALEXPO Exhibition (Geneva, 2010).
Equipment
The apparatus set comprises a glass reactor with bottom draining valve, equipped with a highspeed mechanical stirrer, a thermometer and a dephlegmator, which can be exchanged for a
distillation set and a heating-cooling jacket, allowing to heat up and cool down the contents.
Auxiliary equipment comprises:

thermostat,

membrane vacuum pump,

vacuum evaporator (to distillate off water from the post-reaction mixture and for final
drying of the product).
Advancement of proceedings
There has been compiled documentation concerning physicochemical properties and analytic
methods have been developed. No acute toxicity studies have been performed.
Patentability
Patent application No P-388 194 (2009) „New ammonium ionic liquids, a method to obtain
them and their application”.
Market competitiveness
New ionic liquids are novel compounds with fungicidal and bactericidal properties. Due to their
big efficiency, obtaining the desired effect requires only small concentration of these
compounds in preparations.
330
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in compiling registration documentation, deployment and launching production of
the preparation.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
331
24) Didecyldimethylammonium lactates
Didecyldimethylammonium L-lactate and didecyldimethylammonium D,L-lactate are new
biocidal compounds, containing an expanded ammonium cation, giving them biocidal
properties and a lactate anion, non-toxic and pharmaceutically acceptable. Their biocidal action
is most effective against the following microorganisms: Micrococcus luteus, Staphylococcus
aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Enterococcus faecium, Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis,
Moraxella catarhalis, Rhodotorula rubra.
Didecyldimethylammonium lactates are food deterrents against insects e.g. khapra beetle
Trogoderma granarium (larva) and wheat weevil Sitophilus granarius (beetle), i.e. chemical
substances, which act on taste organs of the insects, reducing their appetite, up to total
stopping of foraging, what eventually brings them to death.
They belong to the group of cationic surface active compounds. They display also electrostatic
properties.
Didecyldimethylammonium L-lactate and didecyldimethylammonium D,L-lactate can be
constituents of:



biocidal preparations,
insecticidal preparations,
disinfecting/washing preparations.
R = C10H21
Didecyldimethylammonium lactates are thick liquids, soluble in water, acetone and ethanol.
They are thermally stable compounds, with decomposition temperature > 200 °C.
They have no toxic effect on warm-blooded organisms (toxicity class IV).
A brief description of the process
Didecyldimethylammonium
lactates
are
obtained
in
reaction
between
didecyldimethylammonium chloride and a potassium salt of L-lactic (or D,L-lactic) acid, in
aqueous environment at temperature 40 °C. The product is separated after distilling off water
under reduced pressure and filtering off the by-product potassium chloride.
In order to remove water it is necessary additional drying at elevated temperature and under
reduced pressure.
332
Advantages of the technology offered
The technology is simple, low-waste and substrates are cheap. The environment of the reaction
is water and the by-product is potassium chlorine.
The reaction yield is high.
Equipment
The apparatus set comprises a glass reactor with bottom draining valve, equipped with
a high-speed mechanical stirrer, a thermometer and a dephlegmator (which can be exchanged
for a distillation set) and a heating-cooling jacket, allowing to heat up and cool down the
contents. Auxiliary equipment comprises:



thermostat,
membrane vacuum pump,
vacuum evaporator (to distillate off water from the post-reaction mixture and for final
drying of the product).
Advancement of proceedings
There has been compiled documentation concerning physicochemical properties and analytic
methods have been developed. Acute toxicity studies have been performed. There have been
performed trials to obtain didecyldimethylammonium lactates on the scale of 1.5 kg of the
product.
Patentability
Patent application No P-380 976 (2006) „New quaternary ammonium salts of lactic acid and a
method to obtain new quaternary ammonium salts of lactic acid”.
Patent application No P-383 744 (2007) „Application of dialkyldimethylammonium lactate as a
food deterrent”.
Patent application No P-382 951 (2007) „Application of dialkyldimethylammonium lactate in
washing and disinfection”.
Market competitiveness
New ionic liquids are novel compounds with fungicidal and bactericidal properties. Due to their
big efficiency, obtaining the desired effect requires only small concentration of these
compounds in preparations.
333
Type of expected cooperation
Cooperation in compiling registration documentation, deployment and launching production of
the preparation.
Contact Person Data
Anna Wiśniewska, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Wisniewska@ichp.pl
Anna Kulig-Adamiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 21 93
e-mail: Anna.Kulig-Adamiak@ichp.pl
334
25) Production of alkaline hydrogen peroxide solution for pulp
bleaching
The subject of the offer is a technology to produce alkaline hydrogen peroxide solution, which
can be used to bleach paper or textile pulp and to produce perborates and percarbonates. In a
reaction of this solution with carbon dioxide it is also possible to obtain sodium bicarbonate
solution and hydrogen peroxide suitable for concentration.
A brief description of the process
In the developed method, a diluted soda lye solution is enriched in hydrogen peroxide by
electrolysis of gaseous oxygen (pure or from the air).
On the cathode occurs electroreduction of molecular oxygen to the ionic form of hydrogen
peroxide:
O2 + H2O + 2 e → HO2– + OH–
On the anode takes place either hydrogen oxidation: H2 + 2 OH– → 2 H2O + 2 e
or oxygen release: 2 OH– → 1/2 O2 + 2 e + H2O
In the first case, electric energy does not have to be supplied (it can be even recovered). The
reaction can then be represented by the following summary equation:
H2 + O2 + OH– → HO2– + H2O
In the second case, electric energy needs to be supplied, but according to the summary
equation less oxygen is consumed and no water is formed: 1/2 O2 + OH– → HO2–
As a result of both the above overall reactions the number of hydroxyl groups decreases, but an
equivalent number of them emerges in bleaching due to decomposition of HO2– .
Alkaline hydrogen peroxide solution with H2O2 concentration up to 7 wt. % and up to 14 wt. %
of NaOH is ready to be used at the bleaching stages. The lye recovered from the bleaching is
recycled to the electrolysis stage in order to enrich it in hydrogen peroxide again.
The electrolysis is performed in an aqueous solution of soda lye at the temperature of 50–60 °C
under atmospheric pressure.
Advantages of the technology offered




the method eliminates the necessity to purchase concentrated hydrogen peroxide,
transport it and mix it with lye (independence from H2O2 suppliers and no risk of
handling concentrated H2O2);
the process is well scalable (device modularity);
the product obtained is of high purity;
the method is waste-free and safe;
335

low energy consumption (possibility of recovering the energy released in the reaction).
Equipment
The basic reactor unit for oxygen electrolysis consists of a cathode, an anode and an ionic
conductive membrane. Fittings from lye-resistant plastics work well. The electrodes used are
made of carbon, carbon-nickel or carbon-platinum. The electrode separator is made of Nafion™.
Technology development stage
An electrolyzer has been tested on the laboratory scale (a few grams of H 2O2 per hour) in twoweek continuous operation, which gave a steady H2O2 current efficiency > 90 %, a steady mass
ratio of NaOH to H2O2 in the product = 2:1, an adjustable product concentration of 2–5 wt. %
H2O2, and simultaneous production of electric energy and useful H2O2 solution using a
hydrogen anode.
Patentability
Patent No P-184 363 B1 (2002) „Method to obtain alkaline hydrogen peroxide solution”.
Market competitiveness
Taking careful assumptions (current parameters of the electrolyzer process are not optimal),
the total cost to produce H2O2 with this method in the form of alkaline solution is comparable
to the cost to obtain the solution by mixing purchased H2O2 with soda lye.
Type of expected cooperation
At the present stage, it is purposeful to develop a new electrolyzer construction maximizing the
electrodes’ utilization (measured in grams of H2O2 per unit of time per unit of electrode area).
Work should be conducted initially on the laboratory scale, then on the 1/4-technical scale.
We are interested in obtaining funding from its final user (paper mills, textile producers and
chemical plants) for the further development of the technology in return for the rights to use
the technology.
Contact Person Data
Piotr Piela, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 29 08
e-mail: Piotr.Piela@ichp.pl
ANLYTICAL SERVICES
336
1) Analysis and characterization of materials
Since 1997, the quality management system according to the PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025 standard
has been implemented in all laboratories of the Department of Analysis and Characterization of
Materials. Selected methods are included in the scope of accreditation, confirmed by the
accreditation certificate No. AB 113 issued by the Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA).
Department is also notified as the approved laboratory that according to the Regulation of
European Parliament and Council No. 648/2004 on detergents is competent to carry out the
biodegradation tests required by the regulation (Official Journal of The European Union 2009/C
39/05).
The following studies can be carried out within the scope of accreditation:

identification of polymers, plastics and plastics additives (e.g. fillers, stabilizers,
plasticizers, antioxidants etc.) by infrared spectroscopy method (qualitative analysis).
Such substances are identified, the IR spectra appear in the directories of the standard
spectra.
Contact Person Data
Joanna Sołtysiak, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 41, + 48 22 568 24 67
fax: + 48 22 568 20 48
e-mail: Joanna.Soltysiak@ichp.pl



determination of metal content by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAAS)
method: barium (1–100) mg/l, cadmium (0.1–10) mg/l, chromium (0.2–20) mg/l, lead
(1–100) mg/l, antimony (1–100) mg/l in aqueous solutions not requiring mineralization;
determination of metal content by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAAS)
method: barium (0.0015–0.15) % (m/m), cadmium (0.00015–0.015) % (m/m),
chromium (0.0003–0.03) % (m/m), lead (0.0015–0.15) % (m/m), antimony (0.0015–
0.15) % (m/m) in colourants of plastic materials coming into contact with food;
determination of metal content by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAAS)
method: barium (0.0010–1) % (m/m), cadmium (0.0001–1) % (m/m), chromium
(0.0002–1) % (m/m), lead (0.0010–1) % (m/m), antimony (0.0010–1) % (m/m) in
plastics and vegetable materials.
337
Contact Person Data
Dorota Kolasa, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 25
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Dorota.Kolasa@ichp.pl
Beata Arndt, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 26
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Beata.Arndt@ichp.pl






evaluation of inorganic, organic and total incrustation of cotton fabric after wash;
evaluation of loss in tensile strength of cotton fabric after wash, in %, force range: 0.5–
2500 N.
evaluation of aerobic ultimate biodegradation of organic chemical products, including
detergent products and surfactants by manometric respirometry in the range of 0–
100 %;
evaluation of aerobic ultimate biodegradation of organic chemical products, including
detergent products and surfactants, with Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC) Die-away
method in the range of 0–100 %;
determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) in the range of 30–660 mg/l;
determination of Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC) in the range of 0.05–4000 mg/l.
Determination of biodegradability, COD and DOC done acc. to law as of 9.01.2009 (Journal of
Laws 2009 No 20 pos. 106), Council Regulation (EC) No 440/2008 of 30.05.2008, Regulation (EC)
No 648/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31.03.2004, OECD Procedures
No 301 and 209 and Standards No: PN-EN ISO 9408:2005, PN-EN ISO 7827:2001, PN-ISO
6060:2006 and ISO 8245:1999.
Contact Person Data
Renata Dudek, Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 94
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Renata.Dudek@ichp.pl
Anna Bolińska, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 14
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Anna.Bolinska@ichp.pl
Elżbieta Dłuska-Smolik, M.Sc.
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 25 89
e-mail: Elzbieta.Dluska-Smolik@ichp.pl
338

the studies of surface structure and morphology of solid samples by the Scanning
Electron Microscopy (SEM) method.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Przemysław Łoś, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 61
e-mail: Przemyslaw.Los@ichp.pl
Aneta Łukomska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 19
fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Aneta.Lukomska@ichp.pl
339
2) Analysis of organic compounds, polymers and plastic materials

identification of organic compounds, polymers, plastics products, paints, glues, binders,
etc. by spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods;

identification of the structure of non-volatile organic substances, e.g. synthetic and
natural polymers, biochemical and geochemical products by the Py/GC/FTIR method;

determination of average molecular mass and molecular mass distribution of polymers
by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) method;

organic synthesis process control by FTIR and UV/VIS absorption spectrometry
methods;

FTIR studies of the hardening and cross-linking of polymer materials (functional and
structural groups determination);

composition analysis of organic compounds mixtures (identification of volatile
components) by GC/MS and GC/AED methods;

determination of trace amounts of toxic substances (monomers and solvents) in plastic
products and in other materials by GC method using head-space technique, flame
ionization detectors (GC/FID), atomic-emission detectors (GC/AED) and electron
capture detectors (GC/ECD);

determination of CFCs and halons in aerosols by GC method;

determination of the C1-C3 alcohols in household chemistry products and
pharmaceutical products by the GC/FID method;

determination of organic acids, hydrocarbons, alcohols, esters and ketones in the gas
samples by GC/FID method;

studies on gases composition in closed cells of polyurethane foam by GC/FID and
GC/TCD methods;

studies on migration of trace contaminants from plastics by spectrophotometric and
chromatographic methods;

purity control of raw materials and technological processes control with GC, FTIR and
AAS methods;

determination of water content by the Karl Fischer method.
340
Contact Person Data
Joanna Sołtysiak, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 41, + 48 22 568 24 67
fax: + 48 22 568 20 48
e-mail: Joanna.Soltysiak@ichp.pl
Elżbieta Zimnicka, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 72, + 48 22 568 23 73
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Elzbieta.Zimnicka@ichp.pl
Anna Bajszczak, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 76
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Anna.Bajszczak@ichp.pl
molecular modeling of structure and IR, Raman, VCD and NMR spectra of molecules of
technological importance;
interpretation of the experimental and theoretical vibrational spectra of organic molecules.
Contact Person Data
Prof. Jan Dobrowolski, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 21
e-mail: Jan.Dobrowolski@ichp.pl

determination of formaldehyde contents in cosmetic products and their raw materials
by HPLC method (according to the Decree of the Minister of Health as of 16.07.2004,
Journal of Laws No 206, pos. 2106 as of 22.09.2004);

determination of the composition of fatty acids in vegetable oils and animal fats by GC
method (according to PN-EN ISO 5508:1996 and PN-EN ISO 5509:2001 standards);

determination of nitrogen contents by Kjeldahl method.
Contact Person Data
Hanna Gwardiak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 54
e-mail: Hanna.Gwardiak@ichp.pl
341

development of analytical methods and procedures involving high pressure liquid
chromatography;

determination of organic compound mixtures of especially complicated and difficult to
analyze composition by HPLC method.
Contact Person Data
Jarosław Kamiński, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 36
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Kaminski@ichp.pl
3) Inorganic analysis

determination of metal content in aqueous solutions, organic and inorganic samples
and samples with mixed organic-inorganic matrix by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
(AAS) method, including:
–
determination of metals in water and wastewater;
–
purity control of raw materials;
–
determination of metal content in paints and dyes for the manufacture of paints, in
varnishes, plastics and colourants of plastic materials;
–
chemical composition analysis of catalysts and aluminosilicates;
–
determination of metals in vegetable materials and oils;
–
determination of trace amounts of toxic metals (Ba, Cd, Cr, Pb, Sb, Hg, As) in the articles
of plastics, cosmetics, detergents, etc.;
–
determination of trace metal content in the articles of paper;
–
studies on toxic metals migration from the colourants in plastic materials coming into
contact with food and from utility products made of plastics (packaging, toys, stationery,
etc.);

determination of anions in inorganic samples, water and wastewater.
342
Contact Person Data
Dorota Kolasa, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 25
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Dorota.Kolasa@ichp.pl
Beata Arndt, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 26
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 51
e-mail: Beata.Arndt@ichp.pl
343
4) Real life scale and laboratory scale testing of non-food market
products, including consumer panel tests

laundry products: evaluation of primary and secondary detergency washing
performance, incrustation, loss in tensile strength, fabric greying and yellowing, fabric
shrinkage, dye transfer, fabric whiteness, fabric softening effect;

liquid dishwashing agents: evaluation of washing performance by the IKW test,
determination of fat emulsification power;

toilet cleaning agents: evaluation of lime scale dissolution power;

scouring milks and powders: evaluation of cleaning performance and surface damage;

oxygen and chlorine bleaches: determination of stain removal power, fiber damage,
color maintenance and fabric yellowing;

fabric softeners: evaluation of softening effect, change in fabric whiteness and fabric
rewetting power;

window cleaners: evaluation of cleaning power, dry matter and alcohol content;

shampoos: determination of foaming power by Ross Miles method;

product quality evaluation tests including consumer tests of household chemistry
consumer chemicals, cosmetics, personal hygiene products, candles, cemetery candles
and other domestic use products in panel groups;

evaluation of activated sludge respiration inhibition by raw materials and final products;

selected analytical and physicochemical tests of raw materials and final products.
Contact Person Data
Paweł Kikolski, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 92
fax: + 48 22 568 20 49
e-mail: Pawel.Kikolski@ichp.pl
Renata Dudek, Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 22 94
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Renata.Dudek@ichp.pl
Anna Bolińska, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 14
phone/fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Anna.Bolinska@ichp.pl
344
5) The structural studies of solid samples by the Scanning Electron
Microscopy (SEM) method and qualitative analysis of their
composition

structural studies of solid samples in the magnification range of 5–300 000x;

investigation of polymers, polymer composites and films made of PP, PE, PVC, PS, etc.;

characterization of materials used in electrolytic and batteries cells;

investigation of powders, sintered plastics and lacquer coatings;

nanoparticles studies;

studies of structural defects and impurities in materials and the environment;

microanalysis of materials - elements from boron to uranium, detection level for light
elements above 0.5 wt. %, for other above 0.3 wt. %.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Przemysław Łoś, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 61
e-mail: Przemyslaw.Los@ichp.pl
Aneta Łukomska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 19
fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Aneta.Lukomska@ichp.pl
345
6) Physicochemical analysis

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) and Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) studies
on physical and chemical transformations (e.g. melting, crystallization, glass transition,
curing, and phase transitions) in polymers and other substances; purity determination,
e.g. for pharmaceutical raw materials;

determination of the oxidation induction time (OIT) by DSC method;

studies on degradation and decomposition of materials by TGA method;

determination of thermal stability of polymers and other substances by TGA method;

determination of the oxygen index, flash point, ignition and flammability testing of
various polymers and plastics (according to UL 94 and HTL-15).
Contact Person Data
Joanna Sołtysiak, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 41, + 48 22 568 24 67
fax: + 48 22 568 20 48
e-mail: Joanna.Soltysiak@ichp.pl

determination of tensile properties;

determination of flexural properties;

determination of compressive strength;

determination of Izod and Charpy impact strength;

determination of dynamic thermomechanical properties (DMTA) in the temperature
range from -160 °C to 500 °C;

determination of hardness (ball indentation method and Shore A and D scale);

determination of tensile-impact strength;

determination of Vicat softening temperature;

determination of the melt mass-flow rate (MFR);

determination of temperature of deflection under load;

determination of kinematic viscosity.
Contact Person Data
Maciej Studziñski, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 87
e-mail: Maciej.Studzinski@ichp.pl
346

determination of particle size in the range from 5 to 5000 nm by Photon Correlation
Spectroscopy (PCS) method;

determination of the zeta potential.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Przemysław Łoś, D.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 61
e-mail: Przemyslaw.Los@ichp.pl
Aneta Łukomska, Ph.D.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 19
fax: + 48 22 568 20 50
e-mail: Aneta.Lukomska@ichp.pl

determination of dynamic viscosity of liquids, viscosity and shear stress vs. shear rate,
determination of plasticizing stress. Adjustment of experimental data to the
rheological model;

determination of viscosity according to PN-EN ISO 3219 standard;

determination of rheological properties of viscoelastic materials. Determination of
changes in: loss modulus, storage modulus, complex modulus, complex viscosity,
phase difference angle as a function of frequency;

monitoring of resin curing processes, according to ASTM D 4473-01 standard;

monitoring of gelling process during (polyurethane) foam formation.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46 ; + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl

determination of relative hardness of coatings on a glass substrate or – in justified cases
(e.g. following the method the coating is made) – on a metal substrate, according to PN79/C-81530 standard.

monitoring of film formation from aqueous dispersions of polymers and copolymers,
according to PN-90/C-89415 standard.
347
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Izabela Ofat, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 52
e-mail: Izabela.Ofat@ichp.pl

determination of apparent viscosity of liquid polymers, resin emulsions or polymer
dispersions using Brookfield apparatus (according to PN-ISO 2555:1999 standard);

determination of apparent viscosity of petrochemical products (according to PN-83/C04023 standard);

determination of UV curability of coatings, adhesives and other materials (ICRI own
procedure);

accelerated ageing of polymers and coatings in cycles (1 cycle = UV irradiation +
moisture condensation). Number of cycles and ageing conditions – as agreed with the
client or according to the relevant standard;

ageing of polymers, coatings and other materials in summer and winter conditions in
climatic chambers providing fixed temperature and humidity or under variable
conditions (in cycles);

samples conditioning at fixed temperature and humidity, according to the relevant
standard, before the actual examination described in the standard is performed;

determination of the percentage share of open and closed pores volume in rigid
porous materials (according to PN-ISO 4590:1994 standard, clause 9).
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46, + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
Krystyna Sylwestrzak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46
e-mail: Krystyna.Sylwestrzak@ichp.pl
348

determination of static and dynamic contact angles, computerized calculation of
surface free energy of solids based on contact angle data, determination of surface
and interfacial tension with the hanging drop method.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46, + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
Izabela Ofat, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 52
e-mail: Izabela.Ofat@ichp.pl

determination of coating gloss at the angle 20, 60 and 85 (according to PN-EN ISO 2813
standard) along with the statistics and transfer of results to a computer using PC
software;

nondestructive determination of thickness of coatings placed on various substrates,
such as ceramics, glass or plastics (according to PN-EN ISO 2808 standard). Thickness
range 13–1000 m;

determination of elasticity of coatings placed on a metal substrate according to PN-EN
ISO 1519 standard;

determination of coating resistance to scratching (scratching of a sample with an
appropriate stylus tip under a defined force 0–20 N);

cupping test performed on coatings on a metal substrate according to PN-EN ISO 1520
standard;

determination of abrasion resistance of coatings and polymeric materials with the
friction wheels (Taber) method;

determination of coating impact resistance with the falling weight method according
to EN ISO 6272 standard;

determination of coating-substrate adhesion with the cross-cut method according to
ISO 2409 standard;

determination of leveling characteristics of paints and coatings according to ASTM D
2801 standard;
349

determination of viscosity of liquid materials according to PN-81/C-81508 standard
(Ford viscosity cups);

determination of surface drying time and degree of dryness according to PN-79/C81519 standard;

determination of coatings elasticity by bending method according to PN-76/C-81528
standard;

determination of coating-substrate adhesion according to PN-80/C-81531 standard;

determination of coatings resistance to water according to PN-76/C-81521 standard;

determination of mechanical stability of aqueous dispersions and suspensions in a
centrifuge in the temperature range from -10 °C to 40 °C (at up to 18.000 rpm);

determination of sedimentation of aqueous dispersions according to BN-74/6351-01
standard.
Contact Person Data
Assoc. Prof. Janusz Kozakiewicz, Ph.D., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 78
e-mail: Janusz.Kozakiewicz@ichp.pl
Jarosław Przybylski, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46, + 48 22 568 26 47
e-mail: Jaroslaw.Przybylski@ichp.pl
Izabela Ofat, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 52
e-mail: Izabela.Ofat@ichp.pl
Krystyna Sylwestrzak, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 26 46
e-mail: Krystyna.Sylwestrzak@ichp.pl
350
PROCESS SAFETY
1) Process safety
We offer services concerning:

comprehensive risk assessment concerning dangerous chemical substances and
processes involving these substances;
The Regulation of Minister of Economy from 8 July 2010 concerning minimal requirements
of Heath and safety due to possibility of explosive atmosphere in the workplace (Dz. U.
No 138, item 931 from 30 July 2010) needs, that employee is obliged to assess the risk
of presence of explosive atmosphere in the workplace,

examination of materials and technological processes in order to establish how much
they are harmful to the human health;
Industrial Chemistry Research Institute is on the list of the Regulation of Minister of Heath
and Social Care from 12 July 1996 concerning bodies which are able to examine
materials and technological processes,

development of safety reports and emergency plans, according to the „Law on
environment protection”;
„Law on environment protection” (unified text Dz. U. No 25, item 150 from 2008) states,
that operator of upper tier establishment is oblige to prepare safety report and
emergency plan,

development of environment influence analyses for chemical industry plants, in
relation to their build-up or privatization;
„Law on environment protection” (unified text Dz. U. No 25, item 150 from 2008) states,
that in the vicinity of towns and urban regions the build-up of establishments posing
the risk of major accident is allowed under the condition, that it will diminish the risk.
Contact Person Data
Andrzej Milczarek, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 23 33
e-mail: Andrzej.Milczarek@ichp.pl
351
2) Preparation and verification of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
We offer our capacity in preparation of MSDS
Almost every company involved in production, import or placing on the market will sooner or
later come across substances or mixtures requiring preparation of Material Safety Data Sheets.
If some hazardous properties of a substance to be placed on the market come into sight, e.g.:





explosive, oxidative, extremely flammable, highly flammable, flammable;
toxic or very toxic, harmful, corrosive, irritant, sensitizing;
carcinogenic, mutagenic, toxic for reproduction (CMR);
dangerous to environment;
fulfilling PBT (persistent, bioaccumulative, toxic) criteria

substance is not classified as dangerous but: contains at least one substance depicted
in the relevant regulations as causing harm to human health or environment, present
in concentration of at least 0.1 wt. % in case of non-gaseous substances or 0.2 vol. %
for gases; or contains above the same concentration of CMR (cat. 1 or 2); or for which
workplace exposure concentration limits were established,
or
a Material Safety Data Sheet in an official language of a country where product is placed on a
market is required.
Preparation of that data sheet is an obligation of a manufacturer, formulator or importer (from
outside EU).
Material Safety Data Sheet is dedicated for professional users and enables them to adopt all
occupational safety, health and environmental protection measures. It also provides consumer
(through proper labeling) with a complete information about potential risks which may arise
from using a particular substance or mixture.
A format of Safety Data Sheet which forms a set of information about dangerous properties of
substances or mixtures and rules and recommendations for their safe use was set out in a EU
Commission Regulation 453/2010 of 20 May 2010.
It is possible to prepare a Safety Data Sheet individually, on a basis of relevant knowledge (in
particular while being a manufacturer) or, on a basis of one being delivered by a supplier (in
case of being an importer or trader).
Very often however a SDS prepared by a supplier doesn’t fulfill the requirements of polish law.
Direct translation of an original text results in missing requirements of polish law and lapse in
verification of e.g. classification provided by manufacturer.
352
If you would like to be sure that Safety Data Sheet which is in use in your company and which
you present to your customers fulfills the requirements of UE law regarding chemicals and a
label was designed properly, and in the same time you are of the opinion that our ancestors
were right inventing societal sharing of duties, you are invited to use our assistance.
Contact Person Data
Marcela Palczewska-Tulińska, M.Sc.
phone: + 48 22 568 20 39, + 48 22 568 20 06
e-mail: Marcela.Palczewska-Tulinska@ichp.pl
353
EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION
1) Experimental production
Services concerning:

mixing of loose materials
An agitator of „Nauta” type, 1 m3 in volume, ability to mix loose materials and packing in 50
kg sacks

grinding
Pebble mills (200, 100 and 50 l in volume) - ability to grind and sift ground materials

conducting of chemical reactions
Reaction apparatus sets including chemical reactors (1000, 500, 200, 100 and 50 l in volume),
fit with slow-rotating stirrers, with cooling capability, deaerated through reflux condensers

distillation
Simple distillation apparatus sets including a distillation tub (500 and 200 l in volume), fit
with a heat exchanger, a condenser and a receptacle

rectification
Apparatus sets including a rectification tub 1000 l in volume, a distillation column with filling,
a phlegm separation funnel, a heat exchanger, a condenser and a receptacles

conducting of unique processes on the half-technical scale
Contact Person Data
Marek Leszczyński, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 86, + 48 22 568 23 48
fax: + 48 22 568 24 99
e-mail: Marek.Leszczynski@ichp.pl
2) Products offered by the Industrial Chemistry Research Institute

Konsil Z

Konsil Z Super
Two-component silicone waterproofing agents for external use on stone (sandstone, marble,
granite and terrazzo) and for maintenance of masonry, walls, sculptures, monuments, tombs,
bricks and other porous construction materials.
Konsil Z Super also features anti-fungus and anti-lichen properties.
Konsil Z and Konsil Z Super packaging available: 1 l, 5 l, 10 l, 30 l and 60 l.
354

Acid-based cleaning agent
Agent for chemical cleaning of building facades, stone surfaces (sandstone, granite, terrazzo
and clinker bricks) and skylights, industrial facilities, glasshouse walls.
Packaging available: 1 l and 5 l.

Leposil K1
Two-component silicone binding agent used with putty and mortar to fill in creases and
dents in sandstone, limestone, marble, brick and gypsum.
Packaging available: 0,5 l and 1 l.

West marine glue
Two-component epoxy glue, used for cold gluing of wood, especially in boat-building.
Packaging available: 5 kg glue + 1 kg hardener.

Kolakryl
Acrylic glue used in manufacturing of various adhesive materials such as tape, labels and
wallpaper.
Sold by the kilogram.

Motofix – liquid seal
Liquid polyurethane sealant used for sealing flat and threaded metal surfaces.
Packaging available: 4 kg.

Pollena Jod K
Iodophor cleaning agent (killing bacteria, mold and viruses), used for sanitizing facilities,
equipment and vehicles applied in transportation of farm animals.
Packaging available: 1 l (1.25 kg), 5 l (6.25 kg), 10 l (12.5 kg) and 30 l (37.5 kg).
355

Peel-off lacquer
Lacquer used for insulating parts during plating (electro-galvanizing) of various products e.g.
knife edges during silver-plating. It provides protection of transported metal goods
from the elements.
Packaging available: 3 kg.
Contact Person Data
Marek Leszczyński, M.Sc., Chem. Eng.
phone: + 48 22 568 24 86, + 48 22 568 23 48
fax: + 48 22 568 24 99
e-mail: Marek.Leszczynski@ichp.pl
356
INSTITUTE FOR CHEMICAL PROCESSING OF COAL
(Instytut Chemicznej Przeróbki Węgla)
Organisation Contact Data
1 Zamkowa st., 41-803 Zabrze, Poland
phone: +48 32 271 00 41
fax: + 48 32 271 08 09
e-mail: office@ichpw.zabrze.pl
http://www.ichpw.zabrze.pl/?setlang=en
Institute for Chemical Processing of Coal (IChPW) was established in 1955 as
an R&D centre of coal processing industry. The scope of the Institute's activity includes the
following areas:







biomass processing technologies (pyrolysis, gasification and combustion),
thermal waste processing,
dispersed heating systems,
fossil, renewable & alternative fuels,
coal & biomass fired power plants,
coke making & carbochemistry,
high temperature refractories for industry oven.
The Institute employs 240 persons including 13 professors and 34 doctors. Our works
are addressed to economy, ICHPW is also an active partner in large strategic projects. The
Institute has a management system according to ISO 9001. Our testing laboratories operate in
accordance with the ISO/IEC 17025 system. Proficiency Testing Centre of the Institute, assures
that it appointed, implemented and maintains a management system corresponding with the
scope of activity and including the type and scope of the skill researches, which is offered. The
system is compliant with the requirements of the accreditations set in the ISO/IEC 17043 norm
and in the PCA DA PT-01 document. Partners of the Institute comprise largest domestic
universities and many foreign institutes, including those from the USA, P.R. of China, Japan and
the EU.
The main commercial partners of the Institute are: coal carbonization plants (coking and
steel industry), power and CHP plants, industrial and municipal heating stations.
357
Examples of research themes and activities addressed by the Institute include:










gasification of coal in fixed and circulating fluid bed,
development and deployment of co-firing technology, procedures and certification in
Poland (over 20 power and CHP plants),
industrial application of a biomass gasification unit 5 MWth,
development and dissemination of analytical standards for biomass,
development of high efficiency dedusting system for medium size boilers
(20 - 200 MWth),
establishment of industrial supervised laboratories for power plants LABIOMEN,
development and licensing for manufacturing high efficiency small capacity boilers in
the range 25 - 500 kWth.
coal drying in an impact dryer of 100 kg/h scale,
carbon dioxide removal in an absorption reactor in the scale 20 - 100 m3/h gas input
containing CO2 (new project),
Mathematical modeling and process simulations.
PROJECTS / SPECIAL AREA OF EXPERTISE











Biomass and coal co-firing systems for municipal purposes, certification of solid fuels
fired power boilers of small and medium power – 1100 certificates
Biomass co-firing technologies – over 20 cases of “green certificates” implementation
for the power industry
Coal pyrolysis and gasification technologies in shaft, rotating and fluidised bed reactors
(several plants)
Valorization of waste organic products
Industrial gases conversion technologies
Establishment and management of National Network of Supervised Laboratories
“LABIOMEN” – 44 licensed industrial research laboratories
Accreditation of a group of testing laboratories at the Polish Centre for Testing and
Certification – 114 accredited testing methods.
Smokeless fuel and granulated fuels production technology based on coals and
biomass
Fluidized bed ash management technologies
Coke-oven batteries construction, reconstruction and start-up technologies (21
batteries)
Char production and coal powder for injection to a blast furnace preparation
technologies (2 steelworks)
358
1) Biomass Gasification – Electricity and Heat Generation in Dispersed
Sources
The conversion of biomass chemical energy into the energy of inflammable gas in the
process of solid fuels gasification substantially increases the scope of solutions applied for
energy biomass use. The application of process gas in gas CHP cogeneration systems, which
cogenerate electricity and heat and/or cold seems especially attractive.
The IChPW has a technology of electricity and heat generation from biomass. The plant
comprises: an innovative gasifier with a solid bed (GazEla), a system for dry purification of gas
and an electricity generator. The Institute has implemented a bench scale plant of 60 kWt
power and a demonstration scale plant of 1.5 MWt power.
The gasifier with a solid bed features a novel design enabling collection of gas directly
from the gasification zone, a system for dry purification of gas and a dual-fuel piston engine.
The plant enables generation of electricity and heat.
Such systems may be used in all places, where there is a demand for electricity and heat
and also where local biomass sources exist. Potential buyers of the technology include timber
processing plants (sawmills, briquettes and pellets manufacturers) and farms. The use of
biomass – production waste – seems especially attractive, as it may be effectively used as
a fuel for cogeneration plants.
Contact Person Data
J. Zuwała
e-mail: zuwala@ichpw.zabrze.pl
359
2) Removal mercury from coal using low-temperature pyrolysis
The process is based on thermal treatment of coal (‘low-temperature pyrolysis’) before
combustion/gasification. Results of research (carried out at the Institute for Chemical
Processing of Coal) has shown promise for the substantial reduction of mercury in fuel using the
process of low-temperature pyrolysis (60 and 90% reduction for hard and brown coal
respectively). The process allows for high efficiencies in Hg separation without exerting
a significant influence on the properties of cleaned coal (slight decrease in volatiles content and
in chemical enthalpy of the fuel and an increase in calorific value).
Plant for coal cleaning consists of drying and pyrolysis zones. Heat carrier for the process
is a flue from additional coal combustion.
Coal fed into the system is divided into two streams. One stream is directed to
a combustion chamber where the flue is generated, as the heat carrier in the process.
The second stream of fuel (mercury removal) is directed to a fluidised bed dryer. After passing
through the dedusting system (e.g. bag filter for separation of fine fuel particles carried from
the drying unit), the flue gas from the drying system is partly recirculated to the dryer and
partly released to the atmosphere through a heat exchanger, where the water removed from
the fuel is condensed and the heat recovered. The dried fuel is directed to
a pyrolysis reactor (indirect heated rotary reactor). From the pyrolysis reactor, mercury is swept
with the pyrolysis gas and with an inert-carrier gas additionally fed to the system (the carrier
gas is nitrogen in the concept considered here). The carrier gas with a high concentration of
mercury is directed to a mercury separator, where Hg is extracted from the gas e.g., by
adsorption in a fixed bed reactor. The flue from the pyrolysis reactor system is divided into two
streams: one is recirculated to the system and the other cooled in a cooler, where the moisture
contained in it is condensed and the heat recovered. The cleaned coal is directed to a storage
yard or directly to combustion/gasification (the most favourable option because of the use of
the physical enthalpy of the hot fuel).
Technology is under development, research work in large laboratory/bench scale and detailed
technical-economic analyses are in progress.
Technology is dedicated to power and coal mining industries.
Contact Person Data
T. Chmielniak
e-mail: tchmielniak@ichpw.zabrze.pl
360
3) KARBOTERM - waste plastics utilisation in cokemaking industry
The problem of utilisation of non-biodegradable waste plastics is the one of the nonfully solved environmental problems. In Institute for Chemical Processing of Coal it was
elaborated the technology of waste plastics processing making possible to use them in coke
production.
The essence of the technology is the thermal preparation of broken-up waste plastics in
the presence of bitumens (hydrocarbons mixture). As the result of temperature (350 0C)
a chain decay of polymer is observed. If the process is carried out in the presence of bitumens
(waste plastics/bitum weight ratio = 4/1) the yield of liquid products from polymer decay is
minimised. It is the two-stage process where we can control the hydrogen chloride release and
therefore minimise the chlorine content in the product. As the result of waste plastics
thermolysis the hot liquid product is obtained which is next directly cooled by contacting with a
hard coal of natural moisture content. The final product is called the karboterm - it is the
substitute of coal. A combustible process gas as well as hydrochloric acid are also released in
the process.
The broken-up waste plastics from selective waste collection and municipal waste
sorting-lines are a feedstock. In the technology also bitumens are applied (e.g. coal-tar pitch,
asphalt, anthracene oil) received on a commercial scale as by-products in Polish coking and
petroleum industries.
The karboterm is a solid fuel of full value recommended in cokemaking industry as
a component for coal blend. The karboterm is a solid material of physicochemical properties
nearing to hard coal. The amount of waste plastics in karboterm is about 20 %. The karboterm
can be also applied in heat-generating and power industries.
The ecologically clean and market attractive Karboterm technology can be applied e.g.
in coking plants.
Contact Person Data
A. Sobolewski
e-mail: office@ichpw.zabrze.pl
361
4) System for the automatic control of the coke oven battery’s firing
„System for the automatic control of the coke oven battery’s firing” has been developed
in the Institute for Chemical Processing of Coal, based on the analysis of collected technological
data (calorific value of the fuel gas, coal charge humidity, implemented schedule of coal
chamber charging, crude coke oven gas temperature, temperature in the control heating flues,
temperature alongside the pushed coke). The system selects valid temperatures in the heating
flues and adjusts gas pressure in the side pipelines and duration of firing break. The amount of
air flowing through the battery’s heating system is reduced during the firing break thanks to
some modifications in the battery’s reversing system.
As our research and observation have proved, this method of adjusting the battery’s
firing system has, most of all, excluded the need for burdensome adjustment of the battery’s
hydraulic parameters with every change in production capacity level, or even coal charge
parameters. In a natural way, temperature in the heating flues has been lowered in compliance
with the changes in production capacity, and temperature distribution on the particular walls
remained practically unchanged, with no need for adjustment elements exchange. Even though,
the coke oven battery is still a device with limited possibilities of production capacity
adjustment (because of its construction material, namely silica), implementation of the
automatic firing control system has significantly improved this capacity and, most of all, has
limited the influence of manual analysis.
Our experience has also shown that the developed method enabled a considerable
lowering of heat usage for coking process (5-10%) compared with the previous methods of
controlling the firing conditions.
Our system has been implemented and tested in several operating coke oven batteries
in Poland.
Contact Person Data
L. Kosyrczyk
e-mail: lkosyrczyk@ichpw.zabrze.pl
362
INSTITUTE FOR ENGINEERING OF POLYMER MATERIALS AND DYES
(Instytut Inżynierii Materiałów Polimerowych i Barwników)
Institute for Engineering of Polymer Materials and Dyes consists of:

Institute for Engineering of Polymer Materials and Dyes in Toruń

Branch House for Elastomers and Rubber Processing in Piastów

Branch House for Paints and Plastics in Gliwice
INSTITUTE FOR ENGINEERING OF POLYMER MATERIALS ABD DYES IN TORUŃ
Institute for Engineering of Polymer
Materials and Dyes in Toruń
55, Marii Skłodowskiej-Curie st, 87 – 100
Toruń, Poland
Phone / fax: +48 56 650-03-33
secretary: + 48 56 650-00-44
e-mail: sekretariat@impib.pl
http://www.impib.pl/
Technological Laboratory
Laboratory performs assessment of physicomechanical properties of polymers and plastic
products.
Post of resistance tests comprises of tensile testing machine (TIRA GmbH) with computer
controlled that makes possible performing measurements with simultaneous plotting of data:

mechanical properties at static tensile, compression and bending according to the
standards PN-EN ISO 521 1-3, PN-EN ISO 178,

tear resistance by a trouser tear Elmendorf tear strength according to the standard PNEN ISO 6383-1-2,

resistance to tear off of layers according to the standard PN-88/C-89099,

index of the bond strength according to the standard PN-C-89258-1 p3.18,

coefficient of static and dynamic friction according to the standard PN-EN ISO 8295,

interadhesion of film layers according to the standard PN-71/C 89095.
363
Capillary plastometer (Dynisco) offers assessments of indexes of mass (MFR) and volumetric
(MVR) flow of polymers according to the standard PN-EN ISO 1133.
Moreover we asses:

impact resistance (Charpy, Izod and impact tensile method) according to the standard
PN-EN ISO 179-1,

impact strength assessed with falling dart method according to the standard PN-EN ISO
7065-1,

change of linear dimension during heat treatment according to the standard PN-EN ISO
11501,

gloss, light transmittance, haze according to the standard PN-EN ISO 13468-1, ASTM
D1003-11,

density with gas pycnometer according to the standard PN-EN ISO 1183-3,

microscopic assessment of multilayered films,

time of thermal stability of PVC blends,

watervapour permeability (Dansensor apparatus) according to the standard PN-EN ISO
15106-1,

gas permeability (e.g. oxygen, helium, nitrogen, argon) according to the standard PNEN ISO 2556.
Concurrent twin screw extruder BTSK 20/40D is available for technological tests of
manufacturing of composites of polymer plastics, by addition of other polymers, powder
extenders and modifying agents. These composites are processed on injection moulding
machine Battenfeld Plus 35/75 into profiles – bars, dumbbells, plates that are subjected to
testing.
Tests and trials of extrusion of films made of various polymers and mixtures in each layer are
preformed on the assembly line type 3xW25 for manufacturing of 3-layer films.
As our research activity covers also activation of films and sheets by corona charging,
Technological Laboratory offers measurements of their free surface energy with Kruss
goniometer and wettability with model liquids.
We sell testers – ink or stick - for evaluation of level of surface activation, with measuring range
from 30 to 73 mN/m.
Section of Technological Testing
We develop new technologies for manufacturing of utility products made of polymer plastics.
We produce ready profiles, containers and shapes in low-tonnage scale as well as granulates of
364
composites and nanocomposites based on polymers. In addition our staff offers its service in
issues concerning choice of right raw materials for high-quality products.
Our Section of Technological Testing is equipped with:

assembly line for extrusion of profiles (Barmag extruder L/D=45),

assembly line for co-extrusion of profiles coated with monolayer (screw extruder
L/D=32),

assembly line for manufacture of polymer composites as granulate with concurrent
twin screw extruder 2T40W with gravimetric dosage system,

assembly line for manufacture of flat film of width up to 500 mm,

stand for testing extrusion processes of polymer profiles with screw extruder Barmag
L/D=45,

assembly line for blowing extrusion for manufacture of containers (1 – 10 l),

milling assembly for polymer waste – mills UR 250 and UR 16.
Equipment and machinery for plastics processing offered by IMPiB
Technological assemblies for manufacture of PE, PP, PS, PET, PVC films
Technological assemblies are designed for production of single and multilayered sleeve films.
Design solutions of particular technological units (extruder, extrusion head, fused plastics filter,
receiving or winder set etc.) are adjusted to properties and field of use of film as well as to the
needs of a customer.
Technological assemblies for production of PE, PP, PVC pipes
and profiles
We offer technological assemblies for production of pipes with diameters up to 400 mm and of
profiles (sidings, window sills, profiles for construction industry, sheets and traceways for
electroinsulating wires).
Technological assemblies for PE, PP and PS waste granulation
Our technological assemblies are designed to reprocess (regranulate) waste – in form of
agglomerates or a milling. Reprocessing may be done either in cold or in hot regime, according
to the demand of a customer.
365
Single and twin screw extruders

single screw extruders for PE, PA, PS, PP, PET and PVC processing,

concurrent cylindrical twin screw extruders for processing of PE, PP, PA, PS, ABS also
with mineral fillers,

backward cylindrical twin screw extruders for processing of PVC dry-blends.
Plasticizing units (cylinders, screws) of extruders are optimized for a particular uses and quality
demands set for the product. Concurrent screws, because of their purpose, have segmented
structure of a cylinder and a screw. Additional fittings of extruders e.g. controlling system,
graphical visualisation and saving processing data are also possible.
Equipment UFP series for forming containers
This equipment is designed for blowing extrusion of PE, PP and PVC containers of volumes up to
5 dm3. Additional fitting is possible e.g.: a set for regulation of a wall thickness of an extruded
“hose” or a set conveying granulate to the extruder.
Intensive mixers MJI and MDI type

one-stage MJI (with one chamber) of mixing capacity up to 1200 kg/h, designed for
mixing powdered materials. Blends are used in food, pharmaceutical and other
industries.

two-stage MDI (with two chambers) of mixing capacity up to 1200 kg/h, designed for
mixing powdered PVC with solid additives. Blends are used for profiles or pipes
production
Equipment UR type for grinding PE, PP, PVC waste
Mills are used to grind various types of wastes (pipes, profiles, containers, foils, packs) made of
all range of thermoplastic polymers. Capacity of mills reaches 1200 kg/h. This equipment may
have additional features e.g conveyor sets for transportation a waste to the mill’ funnel and
sets collecting grinded waste (e.g. pneumatic sets with dust separators) and also soundproof
casing.
366
Equipment A and AZ type for thickening of PE and PA films
waste
A and AZ type equipment is designed to thicken clean and contaminated film’ waste. It has low
energy and water consumption, an agglomerates produced with A and AZ type equipment have
bulk density of 0.4 kg/dm3.
Equipment for activation of PE, PP, PA, PET, PVC films
Designed to run modification process of an upper layer (activation) of a film (up to 2500mm
width), and pipes activators (up to the diameter of 1200 mm).
Training Activity of Institute for Engineering of Polymer Materials and Dyes
Institute organizes trainings and courses for entrepreneurs and personnel working in plastics
processing industry. The scope of those trainings and courses is determined each time
separately to meet needs of our customers. Lectures are given by scientific staff of our
Institute, who are experts in plastics processing.
Training and courses:

Basics of plastics processing

plastics, properties and use,

manufacturing of plastics products by extrusion.

Construction of equipment and tools for extrusion of plastics

screw extruders,

one and twin-screw plasticizing systems,

power transmission systems of screws, cylinders heating-cooling systems, control
systems,

assemblies for extrusion,

control of extrusion,

activation of films.

Practical problems of PVC processing

manufacture, types, properties of PVC, PVC v. recipe components,
367

gelation of PVC,

extrusion technologies, co-extrusion,

plasticizing systems of extruders, construction demands and heads for PVC.

Extrusion Processing of Packaging Films

theoretical basis of film extrusion,

technologies and equipment for film extrusion (blowing extrusion and flat films),

control and stabilization of extrusion,

optimization of the structure of multilayered films,

films defects and methods of avoiding them,

laboratory – methods of evaluation of properties,

recycling of film waste.

Intellectual and industrial property

patents for inventions,

copyrights and exclusive rights,

protection of trademarks and utility patterns,

rights resulting from registration of patterns, topography of integrated circuits,
geographical sign.
368
Institute runs secretariats of following Standardization Committees:
KT 140 for Pipes, Profiles and Fittings made of Plastics
System standards relating to all aspects of areas of use of plastic pipes: drainage systems,
sewage systems, water supply systems, heating systems, gas and industry systems as well as for
test methods.
KT 168 for Plastics Products
Aspects related to plastics processing, plastics products, semi products including properties and
test methods of thereof, porous and strengthened materials and self-adhesive tapes.
KT 175 for Paints and Varnishes
Paints and varnishes and products of a similar type and raw materials for paints and varnishes
(excluding pigments and extenders) – terminology, classification, demands, test methods
including test methods for various usage areas; preparation of steel surfaces prior to paint
application and paint-like products.
KT 240 for Machinery and equipment for Processing Plastics and Rubber Blends
Machinery and equipment for processing plastics and rubber blends including: extruders and
additional machinery, special purpose press, injection moulding machinery, blenders,
machinery for waste processing and instrumentation and technologies related to those
machines/equipment.
PRIK
Our institute is a proud member of a The Polish Association of Plastic Pipes and Fittings
Producers (PRIK). PRIK activity focuses on integration of the branch of pipe and fittings
producers. PRIK acts as representative body of the branch in contacts with administrative and
legislative bodies, as well as other national and international organizations in issues concerning
legislation and standardization, directives and recommendations on plastics processing, usage
and recycling or pipes and pipe-like plastics profiles.
369
BRANCH HOUSE FOR ELASTOMERS FOR AND RUBBER PROCESSING IN PIASTOW
Branch House for Elastomers and Rubber
Processing in Piastów
30, Harcerska st, 05 – 820, Piastów, Poland
phone: +48 22 723-60-25 to 29;
+48 (22) 723-60-20
fax: + 48 22 723-71-96
e-mail: piastow@impib.pl
www.piastow.impib.pl
Research and Development Activity
Our mission is R&D tasks activity leading to new technical and technological solutions,
supporting development of the rubber industry and increasing its level of innovation and
competitiveness, to keep up with or gain over foreign companies.
Main activities:
Our activity is focused on R&D in chemistry and technology of elastomers, in particular:

elaboration and implementation of rubber processing, designing novel rubber
products,

tests concerning strengthening of, adhesion, crosslinking and miscibility of elastomers
and other materials used by the industry,

elaboration of manufacturing methods of elastomeric nanocomposites, structure and
properties testing,

elaboration of preparation methods of rubber blends for powder latexes and
powdered pre-mixtures of latexes and extenders in continuous blending process,

utilization of materials from renewable sources as components of rubber blends

modification and synthesis of elastomers,

improvement of test methods of elastomeric systems,

exploitation of specialty elastomers in military and aviation industries,

compatibilization of latex blends,

elimination of the negative influence of the rubber industry on the environment,

recycling issues and devulcanization of rubber.
370
Our partners represent all sorts of industries:

car producers,

aviation industry,

military industry,

agriculture,

construction industry,

mining,

food processing industry,

medical equipment producers.
371
Dissemination of Knowledge
Informative activity of the Elastomers and Rubber Technology Division includes gathering,
elaboration, processing and dissemination of information about chemistry, physics and
processing of elastomers.
Division possesses:

collection of specialist books,

wide range of specialist magazines, both polish and foreign ones.
We also edit magazine “Elastomery”, published bimonthly and focused on issues important for
rubber industry. Both scientific and technical articles describing results of R&D investigations of
polish and foreign research institutes and industry research teams are published in
“Elastomery” magazine. “Elastomery” is listed in the Polish Scientific Committee register of
leading scientific-technical magazines.
Articles are published either in English or in Polish languages, abstracts are always bilingual. All
articles submitted to the editor are reviewed.
“Elastomery” are reported in Chemical Abstracts and Rapra Abstracts
Apart from publishing activity we also:

prepare specification on given subject,

prepare lectures and literature surveys,

organize specialist courses and trainings concerning rubber industry for the process
engineers, personnel of the factories test laboratories and for the technical
surveillance personnel.
PCA Accredited Laboratory Labgum Accreditation Certificate No AB 147
Chemical Properties Testing Unit

tests of raw materials for conformity with specifications,

tests of rubber products that come in contact with foodstuffs,

analyses of the composition of blends and vulcanizates for the estimation of their use
in recipes, for monitoring the composition, to solve exploitation and technological
problems,

estimation of the presence of trace amounts of N-nitrosamines,

identification of blooms on the surface of a rubber,

tests of thermal properties of materials.
372
Physical Properties Assesment
Tests of:

processing properties of latexes and blends,

durability of rubber,

basic physical properties of rubber,

hardness, density, elasticity, wear resistance,

resistance to liquids (fuel, oils),

resistance to elevated temperatures (accelerated ageing) and to ozone,

resistance to the influence of low temperature,

relaxation and attenuation.
373
BRANCH HOUSE FOR PAINTS AND PLASTICS IN GLIWICE
Branch House for Paints and Plastics in
Gliwice
50 A, Chorzowska st, 44 – 100, Gliwice, Poland
phone: +48 32 231 90 41
fax: + 48 32 231 26 74
e-mail: gliwice@impib.pl
www.gliwice.impib.pl
Paint and Varnish Laboratory
Activity of Paint and Varnish Laboratory focuses on technical consulting, assessment of
properties of paints, varnishes, resins and binders as well as the development of technologies
for paint industry. Our offer is addressed to producers and users of paints and varnishes.
We develop:

new technologies of manufacturing of resins and binders for technical purposes,

new manufacturing technologies of coatings for substrates (metal, wood, plastics,
mineral) for specific purposes,

technologies of removal of coatings.
We test:

properties of new materials for synthesis of binders and coating materials,

properties of pigments, extenders and additives,

properties of liquid paints and dry coatings,

resistance of coatings to weathering (in natural and accelerated conditions),

recycling.
Implementation of:

ecologically friendly technologies as alternatives to existing ones,

new raw materials for production of coatings.
Expertise of:

state of coatings applied to various substrates.
374
Production of:

coatings materials for special purposes, developed and prepared according to
customer demands.
Technical consulting.
Plastics Laboratory
The activity of Plastics Laboratory focuses on:

development and implementation of masterbaches with PE, PP, PS and other carriers,

development of manufacturing technology of thermoset and thermoplastics,

physical and chemical modification of plastics,

selection of raw materials for manufacturing of defined product,

expertise of raw materials and product quality, solving of problems occurring during
plastics processing ,

physicochemical tests of plastics and products performed according to Polish (PN),
European (EN) and other standards (ISO, DIN, ASTM),

market overview,

assessment of demands concerning quality of plastic products,

expertise of innovation potential of technological processes of polymer production,

development of fire retandancy of thermoset resins and polyolefines by using halogenfree additives,

development of oxo-degradation technology,

processing of biodegradable plastics and manufacturing of packaging made of them
(PLA, photo-oxo-degradable plastics),

testing of stabilisation and degradation processes polymers, mainly polyolefines,

technology of material and plastics recycling (including reused plastics mixtures and
wastes,

development of technology production of single and multilayered sleeve films (blown
and cast).
Laboratory equipment for plastics processing:

rolling mill,
375

press,

Brabender plastometer,

Brabender absorption meter,

hot-cold fluid mixer.
Equipment for determination of flammability of polymer materials

cone calorimeter,

stand for testing of oxygen index,

stand for determination of flammability classification.
Equipment for determination of physicochemical properties of polymer materials:

Instron testing machine,

absorption meter,

plastometer.
Bureau for Standardization and Certification of Products (BNC)
Certification of products is performed according to the procedure comprising of:

tests and evaluation of project quality (type),

evaluation of suppliers quality system,

supervision by periodical controls of suppliers quality system as well as testing and
evaluation of the quality of the control samples taken from the suppliers and/or
purchased on the market.
BNC is accredited by Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA) and the scope of accreditation
covers:

paints and varnishes,

plastics products, including pipeline systems,

diluents,

packaging.
376
The scope of accreditation is available on PCA and Institute’s web sites – www.pca.gov.pl and
www.impib.pl respectively.
Certification Unit is authorised to certify products for conformity with international, European
and national standards, instructions, technical criteria and technical approvals.
Certification Unit is also authorised to certify products for conformity eco-sign “E”. Eco-sign “E”
is reserved by Institute.
Conformity certificates are valid for three years.
All tests covered by the scope of accreditation are performed by Accredited Laboratory
(accreditation No AB 163) that operates within the organizational structure of IMPiB - Paints
and Plastics Division. The tests may be also performed by other national laboratory possessing
PCA accreditation.
Bureau for Standardization and Certification of products is responsible for ensuring
confidentiality and impartiality of its staff, contractors, members of the Technical Committees
and Certification Unit Council regarding all information gained during the certification
procedures and supervision, except of the law enacts.
Analytical Laboratory
Analytical Laboratory is accredited by Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA) No AB 163 and
performs:
a) tests performed by accredited methods:

properties of liquid paints,

physicomechanical properties of coatings,

evaluation of VOC levels in paints by means of Gas Chromatography,

accelerated weathering tests of coatings and plastics (using light emitted either by
xenon or fluorescent lamps),

neutral salt tests to estimate corrosion resistance of coatings and zinc films,

tests of child-resistance packaging,

endurance tests of plastics products and pipes, fixtures and profiles made of plastics,

tests of thermal properties of polymers by means of DSC and TGA,

estimation of softening point by Vicat apparatus,
377

estimation of the amount of vinyl chloride monomers by GC,

estimation of concentration of Pb, At, Cd, Cr, As and Ba by means of AAS.
b) tests performed by non-accredited methods

test of global migration into model liquids products made of plastics,

identification of organic and inorganic compounds by means of FTIR and
spectrophotometry,

identification of composition of solvents – GC analysis,

tests of viscoelastic polymers with DMA.
Disssemination of Knowledge
Paint and Plastics Division edits two bimonthly magazines in the field of science and technology
devoted to paint and plastics entitled “Paints and Varnishes” (in Polish: Farby i Lakiery) and
“Plastics Processing” (in Polish: Przetwórstwo Tworzyw”). Both magazines are listed in Polish
Scientific Committee register of leading scientific-technical magazines. Articles are published in
Polish; abstracts are published in Polish and English. All articles submitted to the editor are
reviewed.
Paint and Plastics Division is a regular organiser of international conferences devoted to paints
and plastics entitled “Advances in Coatings Technology “ and “Advances in Plastics Technology”.
Each conference is organised every second year. Representatives of leading European and
world enterprises present in English their latest achievements in the field of paints and plastics.
378
COOPERATION OFFER/DESCRIPTION OF TECHNOLOGIES
1) Removable, sustainable composites on the base of polymeric
materials reinforced by micro- and nanofibres.
The usage of composites in modern industry, and other areas of economy, is growing especially
in building and transportation (aircraft, train, car industry). For this reason, also supported by
the growing environmental awareness, it is very important, that future composites have to be
generally produced from renewable and sustainable row materials. Recent reports about
negative role of carbon nanotubes on human health have brought more attention to
lignocellulisic micro and nano-fibres as reinforcing material to polymers, which can be produced
from renewable resources. Polymers from renewable resources such as: polyhydroxy alkanate
and succinic acid can be converted to many commercial polymers and fibres. New and recently
developed techniques for extraction of micro- and nano- cellulosic fibres i.e.: enzymatic, ultra
sound steam explosion help to process lignocellulosic row materials to more fine and
homogeneous fibres. These can be successfully used as excellent filler and reinforcing fibrous
materials for modern composites, also can be designed to work under extremely conditions.
2) Development of low combustible and stable against
biodeterioration polymer nanocomposites with nano-dispersed
fillers including carbon nanotubes.
The important problem of many produced and applied composites is their flammability and
non-stability against biodeterioration. In order to improve above mentioned features,
composites with addition of flame retardants and biocides (to prevent them against virus,
bacteria and fungi attack) need to be made.
Generally, these additives (very often more than 10 % w/w of flame retardants and biocides)
decrease the physicomechanical properties of composites. The latest research showed, that
nanodispersed flame retardants and nanobiocides significantly used below 10 % weight
(concentration 2 – 3 times lower) have a positive effect; decrease flammability and
biodeterioration ability of composites. There are many known examples of an effective use of
carbon nanotubes, nano-clay and nano-melamine-polyphospate. Many of the nanofillers show
also synergistic effect and in some case intumescent, fire barrier effect.
379
3) Application of an effective biocide against microbial attack as
component polymers and coating materials.
In order to get protection against biodeterioration, many different biocides are being used in
majority of produced polymers composites and coating materials. They are active against gram
plus and gram minus bacteria, viruses and fungi. Many of the commonly used biocides are
environmentally hazardous and they do not meet of REACH systems demands. The very wide
application’s area of polymers, paints and composites such as: building industry, transportation,
agriculture and packaging demand to avoid decomposition and functionality decrease of the
material due to biodamages. The problem of biodamages comprises a wide range of scientific
and practical tasks. These are associated with protection of row materials, intermediates and
products against damaging by bacteria, fungi, insects and rodents during long terms
production, storage, transportation and the use in different climatic conditions. Biodamages
can influence on properties of polymers, rubber composites, textiles, wood, leather, paper,
building causing significant change in their functionality, quality reduction and in some cases
even completely destroy them. Special attention will concentrate on natural biocides (which
are more environmentally friendly) such as agrofine chemicals – like essential plants oils,
bioactive polypeptides and their relatives, and relatives of 2 qinolino-carboxylic acids and some
nano-compounds.
4) Mutli layer composites on the base of fabrics and rubber.
The textile-rubber goods, in which textiles are a main constituent, are designed to take
advantage from properties of reinforces textiles and resistance of rubber coating in order to
operate in environmental conditions. Besides properties of both bonded materials, durability of
these good is determined by adhesion between both materials. In their production process the
increase of bond strength between synthetic textiles and elastomers is usually achieved by
coating of cords or textiles in the RFL bath. A modern, less awkward and recently developed
way is incorporation into rubber compounds special chemicals called adhesion promoters e.g.:
(Patent No. 187856 “Method of bonding textiles to rubber without impregnation”)
Adhesion between rubber and cords (polyamide PA, polyester SP or viscose VISC) in all
experimental compounds of carboxylated-butadiene rubber (XNBR) is seven times higher in
comparison to adhesion between standard natural rubber compound and polyester (or
polyamide) cords, but coated by RFL system.
Appropriate selection of fillers and curing agents (convectional or unconventional) ensures
required properties for textile-rubber products. Usage of adhesion promoters is less
complicated and inconvenient, that adhesive impregnation from technological and technical
point of view.
Rubber coated fabrics can be used as a semi product for lining of driving belt with a driving
strand made from oriented polyamide foil. Multilayer driving belts are used in many industrial
branches.
380
5) Sealing mass on the base of polymer for modern building
applications.
This proposal concerns the establishment of an innovative product, a sealing mass for
production of tapes and sealing profiles with the usage of rubber waste. The use of rubber
waste for production of sealing masses has a proecological effect.
Currently used sealing masses exposed to high temperatures i.e.: roof accessories, where
temperature can easily reach 100 °C, increase their fluidity, what has an adverse impact on
their functionality. Development of suggested technology should help to eliminate this serious
disadvantage of currently used products.
In this proposal it is expected to investigate the influence of compound such as: resins, oils and
fillers as well as multilayer (lamellar) fillers on the plasticization of rubber.
Lamellar fillers effectively improve barrier properties of the material by decreasing diffusion of
gases and liquids. They also decrease migration of plasticizers to the surface of the product,
what prolong the product lifetime by the increase in resistance against aging in environmental
conditions. That is why lamellar fillers will be optimized for control viscoelastic and barrier
properties of the materials.
The main aim of this proposal is to establish technology, in which the correlation between
cohesion in sealing mass and its adhesion to the surface can be found.
The study of adhesion and cohesion properties of the sealing mass will be investigated as
follows:

tack – with the accordance to international standard AFERA 4015,

adhesion – with the accordance to international standard AFERA 4001,

cohesion – with the accordance to international standard AFERA 4012,

destruction of the adhesive – tearing the layer of sealing mass from the surface,
destruction of the cohesion – destruction of the sealing mass.
381
6) New technology of bisphenol A
A new technology for the production of the highest grade Bisphenol A (BPA) is offered, which
can be further applied as the key component to obtain epoxy resins and polycarbonates,
respectively. The last represent modern plastics commonly applied in building construction,
electronics, optics, aviation and car industry.
Intellectual property of the offered BPA technology is protected by two European patents, No.
EP 1809589, EP 2090562 A1 and one international PCT patent application No.
PCT/PL2011/000010.
The older version of the technology in question was implemented industrially in the
“Blachownia” Chemical Works, Kedzierzyn-Kozle, in the year 1978 (now PCC Synteza S.A.) and
further became the subject of license exported 8 times to: China, India, Korea, Iran and Taiwan,
within the years 1987-1999.
Among the years 2006 and 2009 a new, upgraded energy saving version of the technology was
developed by the authors in the Institute of Engineering of Polymer Materials and Dyes, located
in Torun. It is presently offered as the “Chemwik® BIS process”.
The New BPA technology was verified industrially in the years 2008-2009 in a scale of 15 000
t/y, at PCC Synteza reference plant located in Kedzierzyn-Kozle, Poland.
The technological offer includes: licensing, basic design, technical services - like personnel
training, author supervision on purchase and accomplishment of equipment and start-up of the
plant, as well as further development and implementation of improvements for the licensee.
Two dedicated multimedia presentations are available for interested clients, whereas one
presents the offered BPA process (35 min.) and the other visualizes of the PCC Synteza
reference plant (40 min.), respectively.
7) New, anti-static paint for the production of surgical
mattresses.
The invention relates to a technology of producing and applying a new, anti-static paint
intended for coating of flexible polyurethane foams used to manufacture of mattresses for
surgical tables. Compared to the previously used anti-static paint, the paint made according to
the invention distinguishes itself by improved chemical resistance. This allows the surgical
mattresses to withstand repeated disinfecting and maintain permanent electrostatic
properties, with an extensive range of used disinfectants, containing such active substances as
alcohols, aldehydes, peroxides or quaternary ammonium salts. The invention ensures more
effective protection against microbiological contamination in hospitals.
382
8) Waterborne paint for decorative-protection painting of
polyurethane foams for building industry.
The subject of offered technology is a new ecological paint for protection of foams against UV
radiation used for thermo- and hydro insulation of roofs in building industry. The paint protects
effectively the surfaces of polyurethane foams in the way friendly to the environment.
Developed ecological paint fulfils high technical requirements for coating materials for
protection of PUR foams. Although the paint does not contain organic solvents, the properties
of developed coatings are the same like for classical solvent- borne coatings. A proper choice of
wateborne binder – water polymer dispersion of glass temperature below 0° C and the
development of optimal composition of paint enabled obtaining the paint of required technical
parameters like very good adhesion to thermo insulating material and high resistance of
coatings exposed to sun radiation and variable atmospheric conditions.
9) Technology of coating system containing white anti-static paint
used for painting of industrial protective helmets.
An innovative white anti-static paint based on polyurethane binder has been developed. The
paint possesses a surface resistance at the range of 107, excellent adhesion to polyester-glass
substrate and good impact and scratch resistance. The paint together with the developed white
polyurethane primer can be used for painting of protective helmets in mining. Developed
coating system has been already implemented in Polish industry.
10) New pigment compositions of low sun radiation absorption
used mainly for coatings applied on roofs and building façades.
The subject of offer is a new technology of coating systems containing pigment compositions of
defined absorption-dissipative properties decreasing the temperature of heating of objects
under the influence of sun radiation. The colouristic of developed coatings was designed in
accordance with market demand for paints used for roofs and façades.
11) The method of producing medical polymeric dressing based
on chitin copolyesters.
For the research purpose, material compositions in the form of staple fibres of 5-7 mm coated
with chitin copolyester in the form of an alcoholic solution were prepared. The solution was
selected in the way, that amount of active substance on the non-woven surface was
approximately 2 % w/w. The composite was pressed and circles with a diameter of 70 and 90
mm were cut out for further study of biological activity. Before pressing, non-woven was
subjected to carding process, which increases its volume 15 times. Such a composite structure
is different from the currently used gel dressings.
383
12) Method of manufacturing piezoelectric materials by using
polymers.
The piezoelectric effect in the PP film modified with inorganic nanocompound (nanoclay) was
discovered and studied. The generated voltage is similar to that generated by the piezoelectric
PVDF films. The effect of piezoelectric voltage appears only in crystalline systems (both mineral
and some organic). The piezoelectric effect depends on the correct orientation of unidirectional
film combined with corona discharge activation.
13) Preparation of biodegradable PLA packaging.
The technology for producing thermoplastic film of polylactide PLA intended for the
manufacturing of containers for packaging or food products storage was developed. Film is
produced by extrusion of strip. The containers are manufactured by thermoforming. The
material is modified by various additives in order to ensure suitable flexibility in further
processing.
14) Development of the technology and production start up of
mulitilayer fireproof barriers
The project aims to develop innovative, lightweight, flexible as well as rigid fireproof barriers
with high thermal and fire insulation at the reduced thickness, also resistant to
biodeterioration. Objective will be achieved by the use of swollen and functionalized
vermiculite and wollastonite fibres, mineral fibres and binding agents on the basis of expanded
silicates. To strengthen the effectiveness of fire proofing barrier they will be covered with Al
films with swelling coatings. Innovation of this solution relies in the synergistic selection of
components of barrier layers, which will gain a flexible and rigid barriers, easy to apply and
shape, to be used in construction, transport, defence and fire protection.
384
15) Equipment for the manufacture of environmentally friendly
polymeric composites using renewable raw materials.
Nowadays, manufacturing technologies and processing of polymer composites play a key role in
many industries. Research on new polymer technologies, that help protect our environment,
are areas subjected to a current priority of generated visions of technological development in
various fields, such as chemical industry, processing and manufacturing of plastic products and
creating a modern industry based on biotechnologies. New technologies of low-cost polymer
composites with the required and pre-defined properties, are obtained by applying a large
amount of cheap fillers, which also act as modifiers and allow to obtain the properties of these
composites. Preparation of advanced polymer composites using natural materials with
excellent properties will greatly expand the applicability of this type of material in various
industries.
16) Equipment for laboratory testing of rheology, structure,
technological and functional properties of polymer composites
The study of rheological properties of polymeric materials are designed to determine their flow
and deformation under the influence of stress. Precision and control of conditions during the
tests allows for an analysis of the relationship between the state of stress, strain state and their
time derivatives. This provides the information required for classification of the rheological
behaviour of the examined materials.
17) Equipment for the recycling of filled polymers.
The modern world is based mainly on plastics. Products made from them are an indispensable
part of our daily lives. However, some important issues are related to the production of plastics,
and these are the depletion of raw materials for their production, high production costs and
difficulties associated with recycling. The consequence of this is to change the direction of
production and testing of plastic products. Currently on the market, there are eco-friendly,
innovative production technologies of thermoplastic composites with cellulosic fillers.
Our research will also focus on the development of the equipment for recycling of plastics from
composites, and products made out of it, containing metals and nano-additives.
385
INSTITUTE FOR FERROUS METALLURGY
(Instytut Metalurgii Żelaza im. Stanisława Staszica)
Organisation Contact Data
12 – 14 Karola Miarka st., 44-100 Gliwice,
Poland
phone: +48 32 234 52 05
fax: + 48 32 23 45 300
e-mail: imz@imz.pl
http://www.imz.pl/en.html
Institute for Ferrous Metallurgy (Instytut Metalurgii Żelaza) is a research entity with 65-year
long tradition.
Mission of Instytut is to conduct research and development works as well as to render research,
consulting and training services in favour of steel manufacturers, steel users and institutions, in
that public institutions, related to the iron and steel industry.
Scientific and research activity of the Institute is mostly of the nature of the applied research,
the result of which is implemented or utilized in the industry. Partially, the research is of the
basic nature.
Basic research is carried out mostly prior to the intended utilitarian works and makes it possible
to obtain initial understanding as to purposefulness of dealing with practical issue and problem
solution are concerned. It also contributes to scientific development of the Institute personnel
as well as development of research methodologies applied in the Institute.
Research works and services executed by the Institute cover the following fields:

Investigation of technological processes including research carried out by means of
advanced methods of physical and numerical simulation

Development and implementation of new and improved metallurgical technologies in
scope of:

primary processes, including hot metal, steel and ferroalloys production

continuous and conventional steel casting

steel products hot forming (long and flat products rolling, die and blacksmith forging)

cold working

heat treatment of steel products including direct treatment using the heat of hot
working


Development and implementation of the technologies of: waste recycling, sewage
treatment, dedusting of waste gases, recycling of dusts and sludge in steel plants
Development of technology of advanced processing and manners of products’
properties adjustment to the requirements of consumers
386



Development and improvement of steel and construction alloys; developing chemical
composition and designing internal structure of material from the point of view of the
required properties of product
Development and implementation of new product ranges and improvement of quality
of the manufactured semi-products and steel products
Examination of chemical composition, properties and structure of materials, expert
assessments of materials, including: tests of products for their compliance with
standards, diagnostic material tests of power engineering equipment and analyses of
steel products’ defects.
Consulting activity of the Institute includes:

Scientific consultancy in scope of research methodology, in particular material tests
and analysis and interpretation of tests results
Technical consultancy in scope of selection of equipment and units for steel

manufacturing and steel processing

Technical consultancy in scope of selection of steel (and to some extent other
materials) for various practical applications

Business consultancy including: macroeconomic analyses, marketing studies, financial
analyses, strategic analyses, planning and assessment of efficiency of business
undertakings, monitoring and analysis of implementation of the restructuring
programmes.
387
1) Technology of new slag-forming MgO carrier.
In cooperation with the Company PEDMO S.A., the Institute for Ferrous Metallurgy developed
manufacturing technology of new MgO carrier to be used in steel melting and ladle treatment
as well as in foundry.
The developed material contains more than 60% MgO and is in form of a granulate of diameter
9-11 mm. It is characterized with high mechanical strength and moistness below 2%. The
Institute developed two options of material: the first one mainly for slag foaming in electric
furnace, containing carbon, and the second, universal, which may be used in all processes.
Moreover, the manner of preparation of mix for granulation was developed (composition,
binding agent, moistness and proportion).
Parameters of new material pelletizing in industrial conditions were developed by PEDMO S.A.
and the latter is the owner of know-how in this regard. The present industrial experiences imply
that regular and expert application of the new material in ladle furnace results in significant
extension of the time of lining usage and does not deteriorate refining parameters of slag.
Both electrical steel melt plants and foundries are recipients of the material. Significant
increase in demand would occur in the case of material application in converter process. At
present the domestic demand is met by PEDMO S.A.
There are numerous cheaper substitutes in the market, of worse parameters, therefore
increase in demand requires promotion campaign.
Contact Person Data
Mariusz Borecki, MSc. Eng
e-mail: mborecki@imz.pl
388
2) Energy-efficient ignition furnaces for ore sintering belts
Energy-efficient ignition furnaces designed and built by the Institute for Ferrous
Metallurgy are recommended for iron and other metal ore sintering belts up to 4m wide (see
below):
Ignition furnace characteristics
The energy-efficient ignition furnaces consist of steel structure, roof, refractory lining,
battery of injector burners, piping, damping chambers and supporting tracks.
They have the following outstanding characteristic:
-
-
-
low heat-consumption (50-70 MJ/ton of sinter) without adverse influence
on physical properties of the sinter;
concentration of energy in peripheral zones of the belt (better ignition at
belt sides);
construction costs lower by more than 50%;
the use of special injector burners which eliminate the need of
compressed air system for combustion and reduce electric power
consumption;
furnace cooling system is eliminated with consequent reduction in water
and electric power consumption;
simple and compact desing reducing thermal losses and facilitating
maintenance and repairs (the weight of the furnace is 60-70% lower than
of comparable conventional furnaces);
the furnace is mounted on wheels for easy repairs, replacement of parts of
the furnace itself;
possibility of firing with gases with various heating values (7.5-35 MJ/m3);
lower environmental hazards (lower emissions of SOX, CO2 and NOX and
less noise).
389
Score of supplies
-
supply of complete ignition furnaces;
documentation of assembly of the furnaces;
quality attestation for refractories used in furnaces;
supervision of assembly and start-up of the furnaces.
Time of delivery
Delivery of the furnaces within approximately 6 months after the signature of contract.
Warranty
Warranty is given for the period of 12 months beginning from the date installation.
Contact Person Data
Janusz Stecko, Dr. Eng.,
e-mail: jstecko@imz.pl
Marian Niesler, Dr. Eng.
390
3) Method of Liquid Steel Reheating in Hot Top and/or in Tundish and
Cover for this Aim
A liquid steel in hot top after bottom pouring it into mould assembly is reheated after pouring
by the cover with high isolating refractory material till a moment of metal contraction in
volume, and in a case for tundish, adequate insulating-reheating cover is used fo reduce heat
loss and superheating of liquid steel during continuous casting operation. Above mentioned
method results in high cleanness and internal quality of continuous casted bloom, billet and
slab.
Contact Person Data
Bogdan Zdonek, Dr. Eng
e-mail: bzdonek@imz.pl
391
INSTITUTE OF BIOPOLYMERS AND CHEMICAL FIBRES
(Instytut Biopolimerów i Włókien Chemicznych)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
19/27, Skłodowskiej-Curie st, 90 – 570 Łódź,
Poland
Proxy International Cooperation:
phone: + 48 42 6376744
fax: +48 42 6376214
e – mail: ibwch@ibwch.lodz.pl
http://www.ibwch.lodz.pl,
Mr. Alojzy Urbanowski
phone: + 48 42 638031
e – mail: ibwch@ibwch.lodz.pl
Director: Danuta Ciechańska, Ph.D.
COOPERATION OFFER
We are an R&D unit active in biopolymers like cellulose, chitin, chitosan, keratin, starch,
alginates and other, and preparation of chemical fibres for mainly special, non-apparel
application. An exhaustive information on the Institute can be found under www.ibwch.lodz.pl.
We would like to establish cooperative links with R&D and industrial units in Asia in following
areas :
1. Cellulose fibres. In our Institute two proprietary processes have been developed for the
manufacture of cellulosic fibres as alternatives to viscose process . The processes consist
in modification of cellulose by either enzymatic or hydrothermal treatment which leads
to cellulose directly soluble in alkalis. Fibres are spun from the solution in a wet-spinning
process.
2. Chitosan fibres. A process has been developed to produce chitosan fibres. We run a
small pilot scale line enabling production of chitosan fibres in amount of few kgs. per
week. The fibres are mainly designed for uses in medical devices including implants.
3. Biodegradable non-woven directly spun from the melt of bio-based polymers
4. Composite keratin materials. We are active in the utilization of waste feathers from
chicken breeding. Obtaining materials may be used for different purposes.
For above items know-how is available sufficient for up-scaling of the processes to pilot
scale and further on to industrial scale. We are ready to give exhaustive presentations
392
INSTITUTE OF CERAMICS AND BUILDING MATERIALS
(Instytut Ceramiki i Materiałów Budowlanych)
Organisation Contact Data
9, Postępu st., 02-676 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 843 19 65; 22 843 52 96
fax: + 48 22 843 17 89
e-mail: info@icimb.pl ; sekretariat@icimb.pl
http://www.icimb.pl/icimb_en/
The only scientific-research institute in Poland which covers all areas of non-metallic science
and industry such as well as mineral processing, production technology of ceramic materials
and glass, refractory and building materials, mineral binders and concrete products.
RESEARCH AREA:





glass, ceramics and bioceramics
building and refractory materials
mineral raw materials
environmental protection
development and improvement
of materials production technology
LABORATORY TESTS:





mineral raw materials
glass and ceramics products
refractory materials
building materials
environmental pollution
SERVICES:





expert opinions and technical advisory services
scientific and technical information
specialist trainings schemes: www.icimb.pl
power engineering and production engineering audits
industrial measurements
393
CERTIFICATION:




glass, ceramic and concrete products
building materials
factory production control (FPC)
quality management systems
PRODUCTION:





technical ceramics and composites
building and refractory materials
bioceramics
frits, engobes and glazes
ceramic pigments and colours
394
1) APPLICATION OF ROASTED LOW-CALORIE COAL-ASSOCIATED
SHALES IN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
The Glass and Building Materials Division of the Institute of Ceramics and Building Materials
and the Department of Building Materials Technology of the Faculty of Materials Science and
Ceramics of the AGH University of Science and Technology, basing on their research and
development works, have elaborated an innovative technology: a method of roasting of lowcalorie coal-associated shales or clays containing no combustible parts in an annular fluid layer,
and a reactor with an annular fluid layer for their roasting.
Roasted low-calorie coal-associated shales are used in building as a low-weight concrete filler.
A special area of their application is the cement industry, where the product obtained by
means of the new technology may be used as a pozzolan additive. The additive consists of
silty materials obtained from coal-associated shales or roasted clays, dehydrated in the
process of roasting in a fluid layer.
The application of diverse mineral
additives, including waste materials
such as coal-associated shales, as well
as improvements and changes of the
technology of cement and concrete
production, will allow to manufacture
"a better composite from worse
materials".
The
necessary
technological
development in that area is made
possible, for example, by using active
hydraulic powders, by designing
concrete composition that matches its
applications more accurately, and by
modernizing the technology of its production. To achieve this, it is necessary to develop
theoretical foundations of properties and mutual interactions of concrete components,
including pozzolan mineral additives.
Coal-associated shales - one of the components of the gangue obtained in the process of hard
coal extraction - are materials with very promising future applications as additives in the
production of cement and high-quality concrete. The gangue, including the shales, is stored in
mine dumps in the areas where coal is produced. The waste is usually inert, but it may still pose
a potential threat for the environment since the salts contained in the waste material are
leached and thus constitute a source of pollution of the underground and surface waters and
soil; moreover, the waste contributes to polluting the adjacent areas with the dust from the
dumped material; also, thermally active dumps emit considerable amounts of air-polluting
395
gases (including CO and CO2) and may endanger the local population in case of their insufficient
protection.
The described invention has been submitted to the Polish Patent Office under the title “A
method of roasting of low-calorie coal-associated shales or clays and a reactor for its
application.”
The invention was part of the project entitled Patent protection and commercialization of
innovative technological solutions in the field of plastering mortars produced on the base of
Roman cement and of the method of coal-associated shale roasting within the "Patent Plus"
Programme of the Ministry of Science and Higher Education.
396
2) INTERNAL PROTECTION OF CONCRETE AGAINST SULFATE
CORROSION
The target area of the application of the invention are plants manufacturing cement concretes
based on Portland cement.
Under the influence of water containing sulfates, Portland cement concrete undergoes
dangerous destruction during exploitation that is connected with the loss of chemical and
mechanical properties as the result of sulfate corrosion. The mechanism of sulfate corrosion
consists in the destruction of cement matrix as a consequence of a series of chemical reactions
leading to ettringite or gypsum crystallization and decalcification of CSH phase that determines
concrete strength. As a result of these processes, a number of microcracks arise that weaken
concrete in initial phase of corrosion and, in the final stage, cause destruction of concrete
structures.
The disadvantage of the known methods of increasing the resistance of concrete to sulfates is
the lack of the protection of the entire mass of concrete in the course of time. Cements
established to be resistant to sulfate corrosion protect concrete only during relatively short
exploitation time and do not warrant the protection of concrete structures made from these
cements in the long run. In case of cellular concrete, they do not protect groundwater from
contamination by sulfates.
The internal protection of concrete against sulfate corrosion consists in the addition of
dicalcium silicate containing variable amounts of barium in solid solution in an amount of 3% to
10% by mass of cement to the concrete mix during its preparation. Barium forms solid solutions
with dicalcium silicate in a wide range of compositions. The solid solution of dicalcium silicate
and barium added to the concrete mix does not react with water during the initial maturation
of concrete mass and during its treatment in
autoclave. The reactivity of the silicate is activated
after the migration of water into the concrete
during its exploitation or after crushing concrete
and its storage in an open area, for example on a
heap, where it undergoes rapid hydrolysis
releasing barium hydroxide.
The invention is part of the project entitled
“Science for industry - the commercialization of
inventions resulting from R & D” within the
"Patent Plus" Program of the National Centre of
Research and Development.
397
3) METHOD OF APPLICATION OF NANOSTRUCTURED, REFLECTIVE,
COLOR AND/OR COLORLESS COATINGS ON GLASS AND COATING
DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT THE COATING PROCESS.
The main disadvantage of the known commercial methods of coating glass sheets for building
windows is the lack of possibility to use such methods for the placement of colored or colorless
durable protective coatings on a surface of glass items with irregular shapes, such as bottles,
containers and the other glassware products, especially of common use.
The technology has been developed with the aim to obtain container and glassware glass
products with metal (-s) oxide films characterized by solar control and decorative properties.
Additionally, the thin film coatings obtained using this technology are bonded to the glass
surface layer with strong chemical bonds. In effect, practically independent of metal oxide
composition, the glass surface protective features can be obtained even with a coating
thickness as low as about over 20 CTU (1 CTU ≈ 3-4 Angstroms Å, 1 Å =0,1 nm), endowing the
glass product with the lubricity and surface damage resistance as well as impact strength
increase of several % to about 20 %, depending on the thickness of the coating.
This feature is especially important in terms of avoiding the losses during filling and
transportation of the glass containers. It also allows to increase the range of glass containers
recycling, to obtain saving of the raw materials and energy cost and also, is advantageous for
the environment protection.
With aim to avoid the drawbacks of the
existing state of coating technology the
present invention proposes applying to
the common use glass products of the
coloured or colourless metal oxide films
characteristic of ability to decrease solar
radiation transmittance, especially of the
UV and NIR range. In accordance to this
invention, the coatings on the glass
products are produced by chemical
pyrolysis method depending on whether
they undergo dipping in the next high
temperature treatment /or spraying the
solutions of the metal oxide coating
precursors immediately to the hot glass surface after the products are formed. Thus obtained
metal oxide coatings are colourless or coloured and reveal resistance to the outside
atmospheric conditions and cleaning agents of common use for glass. The coatings obtained in
this technology are able to reflect and also selectively absorb solar radiation of UV and NIR
ranges which are responsible for degradation of the contents of the glass packages.
398
This coating technology allows to apply the durable metal oxide films with solar control and
mechanical protective properties on the surface of glass items commercially produced.
The application of this technology is especially advantageous when applied “on-line”
immediately after the formation of the glass products and it also allows to obtain uniform
coatings on the glass products with complex shapes.
399
4) PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY OF AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE
Autoclaved aerated concrete is a light-weight and warm building material that possesses high
strength parameters. It is used for construction, insulation and insulation-construction
purposes in civil engineering.
Depending on local conditions, various production technologies of autoclaved concrete are
applied, according to the following formulas:





binding material (cement + lime or only lime),
aggregate (sand or fly ash from burning brown or hard coal or sand + fly ash),
porosity adsorbent (aluminium powder or aluminium paste),
surfactant facilitating the blending process of elements and the reaction of the
porosity adsorbent with elements concrete mix,
water.
We also offer to develop formulas fit for AAC technology with other raw material as specified
by the Customer.
The production technology of autoclaved aerated concrete is characterized by low-wear raw
materials and energy-efficiency as opposed to other technologies of wall building materials
production. This is the result of low concrete density and appropriately conducted processes. It
is a waste-free, environmentally friendly process.
Elements from autoclaved aerated concrete can be applied in the housing industry 1-2 concrete
family for erecting walls and, moreover, in industrial and public facilities. It should be
emphasized that houses form AAC are built in all European countries, as well as on other
continents in different climate zones, and in seismic areas the advantages of this material has
been put to a test.
The properties of masonry elements from autoclaved aerated concrete are covered in the EN
771-4. The concrete density in the dry state range from 300 to up to 750 kg/m 3, the
compressive strength, respectively 1,8 – 8,0 MPa. It is possible to make warm single-ply outer
walls U≤ 0,3 W/m2K from autoclaved aerated concrete of low density classes: 300, 400, 500,.
Single-ply walls are recommended particularly in one, two-family buildings, terraces, in which
the insulation properties of autoclaved aerated concrete may be taken full advantage of. It is
possible to make layered walls from AAC also in combination with insulation and brickwork.
A wide range of products is offered for building walls: elements of small-dimension as well as
elements for carrying lintels, beam-and-block flooring. These are elements fit for thin joints
with the thickness of 1-3 mm (to adhesive mortars). Elements of small-dimension may have
smooth surfaces, with shaped faces adapted to the feather and, additionally, with a handgrip
facilitating bricklaying.
400
ICiMB provides the production technology of autoclaved aerated concrete, including:



establishment formulas adjusted to the raw materials the Customer has at her/his
disposal
establishment the course of technological process
selection of machines and devices about the determined output capacity.
Moreover, we offer the contact and cooperation with Polish companies that manufacture and
design AAC as well as manufacture machines and devices.
We develop the technology production of AAC with the use of fly ashes from burning biomass
with coal and fly ashes produced from coal combustion in fluid boilers involving concurrent flue
gas desulphurization (details enclosed). Currently, development works are being conducted.
The technology drawn has received numerous awards at international exhibitions.
401
5) LEAD FREE COLOURS FOR GLASS DECORATION
The harmful activity of lead compounds present in ceramic colours forces to seek solutions
eliminating harmful agents both during the colours production stage as well as during their
application.
The characteristic feature of the invention is that the colours made according to this technology
do not contain lead compounds and their chemical composition guarantees giving shine to
decorated surface and intensity of colour comparable with colours based on lead fusing agents
which were previously used. The solution according to the invention implies 6 pallets of colours
for firing in the temperature range from 800°C to 1250°C.






on-glaze metallic ceramic colours for decorating porcelain
ceramic colours for decorating ceramic tiles
on-glaze ceramic colours for decorating porcelain
under-glaze colours
majolica colours
colours for decorating glass using the fusing technique
The colours manufactured on the basis of these developed technologies are applied by various
ceramic factories as well as small and medium-size companies.
The colours are produced by Institute of Ceramics and Building Materials. A particular attention
should be paid to colours applied for glass decoration.
The worked out colours became base for starting of new production of glass tiles and strips,
decorated from the fitting side.
402
6) SPOUT INSERTS OF CERAMIC – METALLIC COMPOSITE ZRO2 –Mo
The subject of the invention are spout inserts made of new refractory material from zirconiummolybdenum (ZrO2-Mo) composite for application in casting of molten soda-lime glass. The
composite is a sintered product based on zirconium–oxide (ZrO2) with content >80% mass. and
molybdenum (Mo) with content up to 10% mass. Addition of molybdenum improves
mechanical strength of the ceramic matrix of the composite and improves erosion resistance of
composite, while keeping its high refractoriness.
The composite material used for spout inserts were is statically formed under pressure ~
200MPa and pressureless sintered in an atmosphere at 16000C.
Composite material for spout inserts features:

high apparent density >5g/cm3,

low open porosity <10%,

high cold crushing strength >400 MPa

high corrosion resistance to molten soda-lime glass
403
7) AGRO-SINTERS CERAMIZED FERTILIZER COMPOSITES
The invention involves ceramized fertilizer composites referred to as agro-sinters. A
characteristic feature of agro-sinters produced in the form of granulate with the dimensions of
1 to 5 mm is their slow decomposition in the soil environment, accompanied by gradual, longterm feeding to the soil of the macro- and microelements released, which are necessary for
correct plant development.
This gives agro-sinters a significant advantage over the commonly used artificial NPK fertilizers
which dissolve easily and can be washed out quickly by atmospheric precipitation.
Argo-sinters also de-acidify the soil, increasing its pH and decreasing hydrolytic acidity, as well
as improve soil structure.
Due to their prolonged action over several years, they can be used to improve soil structure and
the balance of the soil components in places where agrotechnical procedures are no carried out
frequently: In the areas of forest plantations, recultivated wasteland, waste dumps, dunes or
other undeveloped land.
The basic components of agro-sinters are clays, mineral waste material and accompanying
minerals. The production methods involves granulation of the material set and heat treatment
of the granules at the temperature of 700oC.
404
8) CERAMIC BACKING USED TO PROTECT ROOTS OF WELD WITH INERT
GAS, IN SPECIAL WELDING
Welding high-alloy steels (such as for instance duplex and superduplex), nickel alloys stainless
steels, steels for power engineering, copper alloys and titanium alloys requires inert gas
protection of weld root. This problem is solved either by direct blowing of the inert gas on
welded spot and double-sided welding or by using copper backing conveying the inert gas to
the weld root, with a shape adapted to the shape of the welded elements. Normally, such
backing is used to weld specific joints and it is impossible to change its shape.
The ceramic backing for welding with inert gas protection of the weld root that has been
developed presents the following features:
1.
a segment structure making is possible to form long sequences and to convey gas
along the welding line (variant a);
2.
a shape making it possible to weld curved surfaces (variant b) with diversified radius;
3.
possibility of multiple use;
4.
diversified thermal conductivity making it possible to adapt the device to the type and
thickness of the plates welded (table);
5.
possibility to obtain a uniform joint and a varied weld surface from the backing side;
6.
reduction of the amount of gas used, making single-sided welding possible.
405
9) INSTALLATION FOR SCRAP TIRES COMBUSTION IN CEMENT KILNS
Institute of Ceramics and Building Materials, Building Materials Engineering Division in Opole
offer its own technology and full technical documentation for system of scrap tires delivery to
cement kilns (scope of documentation supply: mechanical construction, electrical, automation
and control). The solution is developed for tires (dimensions Qmax1200 x 400mm, G max = 4,0
t/h) or rubber waste that can be delivered as an alternative fuel to the inlet chamber of socalled cold end of the cement kiln. Tires, after weighing are inserted through a sluice into the
kiln. Transportation and dispensing system is connected to kiln control system operating in
automation. Burning tires as an alternative fuel is an environmentally friendly action because it
allows for the safe liquidation of waste and the recovery of thermal energy contained there.
This solution allows us to save non-renewable reserves of conventional fuels and at the same
time to reduce the size of the landfills storage area. Depending on the preferences of the
investor and the tires stock locations, there are two basic solutions, as mentioned below,
concerning the transportation from the ground level to the level of the dispensing system on
the heat exchanger tower:

An inclined conveyor with especially shaped sills, to prevent tires from slipping onto
tape (photo)

Vertical elevator with protruding handles, especially designed for hanging tires
Transportation is carried out horizontally by means of roller conveyors, and is controlled
automatically. Weighing device is usually located on the tower exchangers allowing for
controlled dispensing of tires to the kiln. The installation is equipped with a system for
technological and movement security.
The installation was developed by an engineering- research team of the Institute of Ceramics
and Building Materials from the Department of Process Engineering in Opole. Our Division
conducts investment supervision and commissioning of the installation.
Examplary technological parameters of the cement kiln with co-incinerated waste tires:

Heating fuel substitution technology - up to 20%

Heating value of scrap tires - approximately 26 kJ / kg

The number of tires dispensed into the furnace – up to 2.5 t / h

Substitution of coal dust from tires 1Mgw /1Mg tires
406
Requirements for burning tires:
- Coefficient of air excess in the chamber is 1.15 -1.20
- Real air consumption 9.6 -10.0 m3n/kg tires
407
10) PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY OF WARM MORTAR - TERMOR N
OF IMPROVED THERMOINSULATION PROPERTIES AND HIGHER EFFICIENCY
The wall is a composite comprising different materials, starting from masonry elements, and
mortars for construction purposes, as opposed to the previously used glue and plaster. There is
no doubt that all the components must be selected with due care in order for the best effect to
be achieved.
ICiMB CEBET has designed the heat-insulating TERMOR N mortar.
The mortar is produced in the form of dry elements (cement, lime, fly ashes, fine powder from
autoclaved aerated concrete, polystyrene foam or perlite, refined additions). Before on-site
application, it only take to mix it with water. This mortar is characterized by a favorable thermal
conductivity and better working properties in terms of mixing, adhesion to base, productivity
output.
This mortar is intended for the construction of outer walls from small-dimension elements of
autoclaved aerated concrete or other materials with similar thermal conductivity. Thickness of
the joint of 8-10 mm. With heat-insulating mortar it is possible to join elements with the
admission of greater deviations in respect of target dimensions (± of 3 mm to ± of 5 mm). The
amount of mortar required for the preparation of, for instance, a 1m 3 wall from AAC blocks
with the thickness of 36 cm is c. 18 kg. Termor N Mortar is not applied for foundation
construction and underground walls. It warrants thermal homogeneity of walls, without the
formation of "small bridges of cold" at joint interfaces. This reduces the power consumption
required for heating buildings and helps protect the atmosphere and environment. Buildings
erected with the use of autoclaved aerated concrete are long-lasting and energy-efficient.
408
Basic Technical Properties
Dry blend:
- bulk density
-
≤ 500 kg/m3
- working life
-
3 months from the date of the production
- density (max)
-
580 kg/m3
- compressive strength
-
≥ 3 MPa
- bending strength (min)
-
1,15 MPa
- adhesion to base
-
≥ 0,3 MPa
Mortar hardened:
- thermal conductivity λ

in the dry state
-0,13 W/(mK)

in-service humidity state
-0,15 W/(mK)
Our offer for the manufacturing of Termor N:
-
selling know-how for production,
-
elaboration of documentation for production line,
-
consultation at all phases of implementation,
-
testing of finished products.
409
11) PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY OF THIN JOINTMORTARS
Thin joint mortars are intended for the construction of walls of small-dimension elements from
autoclaved aerated concrete and allow for thin joints with the thickness of 1 - 3 mm, or other
materials about with a similar thermal conductivity. It allows to obtain thermally homogeneous
walls.
Thin joint mortars are produced in the form of dry blends on the basis of cement. Preparing
mortars on the building site is simple and consists in mixing mortars with water in a container
with a mechanical agitator until homogeneous consistency is obtained. Mortars are designed
for the connection of elements with similar dimensions and shapes (acceptable deviation from
± 3 mm to ± 1 mm).
Basic Technical Properties
Dry blend:
- bulk density
-
1300 - 1500 kg/m3
- working life
-
3 months from the date of manufacture
Fresh mortar:
- time of retaining working properties retention
exceeding 3 hours
- time for elements readjustment/until full setting
7 minutes
Hardened mortar:
- compressive strength
-
≥10 MPa
- adhesion to base
-
≥0,3 MPa
Thin joint mortars are registered under the patent No. 185365 „Dry glue mortar blend,
dedicated for the connection of elements from autoclaved aerated concrete. Thin joint mortars
is simple in preparation and application on the construction site.
The considerable thermal homogeneity of walls made with the thin joint mortars enables to
reduce the power consumption for heating the building.
The dry blend is much more efficient as opposed to the traditional mortar.
The amount of mortar required for the preparation of, for instance, 1 m2 wall from blocks from
autoclaved aerated concrete with the thickness of 36 cm is :
- 40 kg of dry components of the cement-lime mortar at the traditional method of building
walls
410
- 8 kg of the dry blend of the mortar for thin joints
Our offer for the production of thin joint mortars:
-
marketing license
-
elaboration of documentation for production line
-
consultation on all phase implementation
-
testing of finished products
411
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Technologii Materiałów Elektronicznych)
Organisation Contact Data
133, Wólczyńska st, 01-919, Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 835 30 41 – 49
fax: +48 22 864 54 96
e-mail: itme@itme.edu.pl
http://www.itme.edu.pl
ITME has already had a certain experience in R/D collaboration with Asian countries, realized
through exchanges of scientists (Japan), participation in international fairs and scientific
conferences(China, Japan, Taiwan), execution of common research programs. (Japan, Qatar) or
execution of research projects commanded by Asian companies.
We are interested in developing scientific and R/D cooperation and execution of common
research projects in following areas:








novel materials for electronics and photonics such as: graphene, meta-materials, topological
insulators, self-organizing materials, photonic crystals and gradient composites.
glass and ceramics fabrication with desired mechanical and optical characteristics (transparent,
laser) , and optical guides, photonic crystal fibers, diffraction lenses included.
epitaxial structures on silicon, silicon carbide, III/V compounds, YAG and GGG oxide crystals for
electronic and photonic devices.
development of innovative lasers, photo detectors, diodes and transistors.
ITME offers also:
The realization of research requested by industrial partners.
Development and eventually small scale production of materials, epitaxial structures, active and
passive components according to requirements.
Highly qualified consultants in the area of technology and characterization of materials and
components.
A short description of our Institute is included in the appendix and more detailed information
concerning the Institute of Electronic Materials Technology can be found on our webpage
http://www.itme.edu.pl
412
INSTITUTE OF HEAVY ORGANIC SYNTHESIS „BLACHOWNIA”
(Instytut Ciężkiej Syntezy Organicznej „Blachownia”)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
9, Energetyków st., 47 - 225
Kędzierzyn - Kożle, Poland
phone: +48 77 487 34 70
fax: + 48 77 487 30 60
e-mail: info@icso.com.pl
Adriana Muszynska
phone: + 48 77 487 36 40
mobile: +48 694 467 497
e – mail:
muszynska.a@icso.com.pl
http://www.icso.com.pl/index.php?id=44
Institute of Heavy Organic Synthesis „Blachownia" (ICSO) is a research Institute of organic
chemistry sector. For 60 years it has been a successful partner for both, domestic and foreign
organizations, within the range of developing, implementing and improving chemical processes,
production and sale of chemical goods. ICSO belongs to the top research units in Poland.
Institute carries on the R&D and implementation works within the scope of chemical sciences,
performs the research and chemical analyses. The confirmation of Institute’s competence and
experience are numerous publications, patents and implementations. During its activity the
Institute has implemented nearly 900 technologies into the industry, obtained almost 1,5
thousand patents in Poland and abroad, signed 14 contracts for export of technologies (among
others: China, Iran, Korea, Spain) and published about 2 thousand of scientific works.
ICSO performs scientific research and R&D works concerning the chemical processes,
especially in the range of:

organic synthesis and technology

acrylic, phenolic and epoxy resins with their properties modification, polycarbonates
and others

separation of gases, hydrogen and pressure processes
processing renewable raw-materials


petro- and carbochemical processes

homo- and heterogenic catalysis

chemistry and technology of polymers and plastics, their modification and processing

surfactants and household chemistry

auxiliaries for various branches of industry

chemical analysis

physical chemistry

chemical engineering

environmental protection and waste utilization.
INSTITUE OFFERS
413




scientific research
research and development works
chemical technologies
analytical and design services
In order to meet the expectations of industrial partners processes offered by ICSO, technical
solutions, branch products and provided services are brought into line with worldwide
standards. Institute obtained and maintains a Quality Management System ISO 9001 and
performs analyses according to a Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) rules.
414
1) An innovative process of propylene bioglycol production
Process Description
The innovative technology for production of propylene bioglycol through hydrogenation of
glycerol deriving from biodiesel production from fatty raw material.
The technological line process comprises three stages:


glycerine purification through distillation under reduced pressure
hydrogenation of glycerol to propylene glycol on the catalyst in a heterogeneous flow
reactor:

purification of the product through distillation.
Process Advantages
The presented technology for manufacturing of propylene glycol is an innovation on a national
and world scale. As particularly innovative in the proposed technology must be considered:









the use of renewable and easily available resource for production which is glycerin
fraction (a by-product in the used on a wide scale biodiesel production technologies)
method for purifying of the glycerol fraction dedicated specifically for the needs of the
process and providing glycerin with the desired quality and favorable price
the developed by ICSO heterogeneous catalyst used in hydrogenation of glycerol to
propylene glycol with high selectivity and activity, produced from easily available raw
materials and with high regenerative qualities (waste-free)
to obtain an environmentally friendly product with high added value
diversification of raw materials for the chemical industry based on propylene bioglycol
no solvents and toxic substances in the process
the use of small quantities of non toxic by-products in the process
concept of the reaction system, conducting of process and product emission
optimized flow of the process streams for the total utilization of the raw material and
energy.
415
2) A new generation of epichlorohydrin technology with use of
bioglycerin as a raw material
Process Description
Innovative method of epichlorohydrin production uses totally different raw-material base than
the traditional process, which utilizes chlorine and propane of petrochemical origin. The new
process uses hydrogen chloride (hydrochloric acid) and glycerin, the main waste product of
rapidly developing biodiesel industry.
The method is based on the replacement stages of propylene chlorination stages to allyl
chloride ones and via well-known reaction of glycerin with hydrogen chloride, allyl chloride
converts to dichloropropanols:
glycerin + hydrogen chloride ( gaseous )
dichloropropanols
final stage of dichloropropanols conversion proceeds just as in the traditional method:
dichloropropanols + alkaline agent
epichlorohydrin
Obtaining epichlorohydrin with the use of renewable glycerin is two-staged process based on
the following chemical reactions:
Process Advantages






simplification of the technological process in comparison with the traditional one
basing the method on less expensive, renewable raw-material - glycerin
significant decrease of energy factors (steam and electricity)
radical decrease of waste products amount (chloroorganic compounds)
radical decrease of sewage amount
non-toxic and non-flammable substrates and half-products are used
416
Economic Aspects




several times lower raw-material unit cost
considerable reduction of waste products amount (mainly glycerin derivatives which are
easier to utilize)
multiple reduction of the sewage amount, which are additionally less toxic (lower
content of AOX)
substantial lowering of variable costs of the new EPI production method in comparison
with the traditional one.
417
3) EPOXY RESINS
Product Quality
Several types of high performance epoxy resins can be obtained in the process offered. The
table below presents exemplary quality parameters for Epidian® 6 and Epidian® 012 and
Epidian® 011B.
Specification
Appearance
Epoxy value, val/100g
Epoxy equivalent
Viscosity at 25oC, mPa·s
Hydrolyzing chlorine
content, %
Colour, Hazen scale
Epidian® 6
clear liquid
0.52 - 0.55
182 - 192
12,000 max
not more than
0.02
not more than 50
Colour, Gardner scale
Softening point, oC
Non-volatiles content, %
Bromine content, %
<1
not less than 99,9
-
*) 40% solution in dioxane
Epidian® 012
clear flakes
0.10 - 0.125
800 – 1000
not more than
0.02
not more than
50*)
<1*)
93 - 105
not less than 99,9
-
Epidian® 011B
clear flakes
0.19 - 0.22
455 – 526
not more than 0.08
<2**)
63 - 80
not less than 99,9
not less than 20
**) 40% solution in butyldiglycol
Other types for special applications: other conventional epoxy resins, various modified epoxy
resins, epoxy – novolacs based on phenol and o-cresol novolacs can be also offered.
Process Description
Liquid epoxy resin (Epidian®6) synthesis is a two-stage process: during the first stage,
epichlorohydrin reacts with bisphenol A in the presence of the sodium hydroxide. During the
second stage – dehydro-chlorination, the reaction is finished and the chlorine content of the
resin is reduced. After dehydrochlorination the resin is washed. Water from washing is further
utilised and the solvent is recovered from organic phase.
Solid epoxy resin (Epidian®012) and brominated epoxy resin (Epidian®011B) are obtained
through the polyaddition, in which bisphenol A (or respectively tetrabromobisphenol A) is
reacted with Epidian®6 in the presence of highly active catalyst. The process runs continuously
or periodically depending on needs.
Process Advantages





High product quality, with low hydrolyzing chlorine content and bright colour
Stability and repeatability of product properties
The process is environmentally safe. No off-gas is removed outside the synthesis
process. Sodium chloride is recovered from aqueous solutions in the solid form,
whereby the presence of organic in the effluent is practically eliminated.
Low consumption of raw materials and utilities
Highly active catalyst in polyaddition process.
418
4) Concentrates of Fire-Resistant HFAE Hydraulic Fluids for Mining
Industry
(two types: emulsyfing and microemulsion)
Benefits






approved by Polish Central Mining Industry Institute (GIG)
passes approval testing at 0,5 - 2 % concentration
in mine specific water
licensed/produced in Poland
biodegradation in accordance with ISO 7827 and OECD 302B
compatible with all commonly used longwall fluids
stable in water hardness up to 750 ppm CaCO3
Mixing
The fluids are delivered as concentrates and mix with water for use in roof
supports. The products mix easily with water of all types. Recommend
concentration is 1 % for both type of concentrates (emulsyfing and microemulsion).
Typical Properties of concentrates
Appearance
pH
freeze point
viscosity @ 40 °C (mm2/s):
clear amber solution
9,5
-3 °C
emulsyfing
microemulsion
60
40
TYPICAL PROPERTIES of emulsion/microemulsion
Appearance
white emulsion
clear microemulsion
Rust prevention
passes at 0,5 - 2 %
(ISO 12922, 7th Luxembourgh Report)
Contain bacteria and fungi preventive additives.
May contain a dye for easy underground leak detection.
419
5) VPSA O2 and VSA-O2 Process for Production of Oxygen with the
Purity of 90÷95 %Vol. from the Air and 92±1% vol. O2 in standard
Application
The process for production of oxygen with the purity of 90 - 95% vol. from air at the place of
application can be employed in:

Oxygenation of fish ponds

Metallurgy and metallurgical industry – iron-making, sintering, oxidative smelting of
metals, metallurgy of copper, nickel and zinc

Glass-making industry and ceramic industry: thermal treatment of glass, concrete,
magnesite, glaze, high-performance ceramic lining, etc

Environmental protection: oxidative purification of waste water, potable water treatment,
incineration of wastes, treatment of cellulose waste water

Biochemistry: bio-fermentation processes

Bleaching of cellulose, substitute for chlorine
Process description
3
Capacity: 100÷5000m N/h.
The air is compressed under pressure of 150 - 180kPa abs in a blower and then cooled to 30oC
and separated in three section adsorber where VPSA process is employed. The adsorber is filled
with new generation zeolite molecular sieve – LiLSX. Desorption of adsorbed nitrogen is
conducted under pressure of 50kPa. In addition rinsing of molecular sieve, with use of oxygen.
Energy consumption no more than 0,4 kWh/1Nm3 92±1%vol O2.
420
Advantages
The plant needs no operators. The initial investment and operating costs are low. Oxygen
produced is dry (its dew point is -70C) and its concentration reaches 90-94% with the impurities
being nitrogen and argon.
References
Trout Farm, Spain (07.2008) - oxygen purity: 92%volO2, capacity: 150 m3N/h
421
6) Two-stage PSA process for production of oxygen
with purity of 99,7÷99,9% vol. O2
Application
Oxygen production from atmospheric air at the place of application to cut thick steel details in
machine-shops, shipyards, steelworks and scrap yards. Oxygen with high purity can also be
used in hospitals and ambulances.
Process description
Production capacity: 20 ÷ 100 m3N O2/hour.
Atmospheric air is compressed to the pressure of 500kPa of volume, filtered, cooled down to
the temperature of 20oC, drained and separated in Io PSA installation filled with zeolite
molecular sieve. The oxygen with purity of 95% of volume, contaminated only with argon, is
manufactured. The oxygen is still purified from argon in the IIo PSA installation filled with MSC3A carbon molecular sieves. The oxygen with purity of 99,7÷99,9% vol. O 2, created in
desorption phase, is obtained. The oxygen is compressed and partly turned back to II o PSA
process to wash out the argon.
In another technology 99% purity oxygen is produced in one stage PSA with use of carbon
molecular sieves (CMS) and zeolite molecular sieves (ZMS).
Advantages
-
the possibility to manufacture oxygen with high purity at place of application
low investment costs
low exploitation costs
no problems with wastes
possibility to adjust the size and capacity of the plant to the needs of client.
References
3
Two plants with capacity of 25 m N /h of oxygen with purity of 99,7÷99,9/vol. O2 in Kopalnia
Węgla Brunatnego (Brown Coal Mine) „ Konin”.
422
7) VPSA-N2 and PSA-N2 Pressure Swing Adsorption process for
production of nitrogen with purity of 99,999%vol. from air
Application
Swing pressure VPSA-N2 process for production of nitrogen with purity of 99,999% vol. from air
at the place of application can be employed in:

food packing

metallurgy and aluminium processing

food storage

after liquefying in:

cryogenics

inert atmosphere protection

used tyres processing with use of cryogenic method
Process description
3
Capacity: 10÷500m N/h.
The air is compressed in a compressor to 700÷800 kPa, filtered, cooled to 20 oC, dried, and
separated in two adsorber PSA plant with use of carbon molecular sieve – MSC-3A. PSA-N2
process utilizes two stage desorption of adsorbed oxygen where during the second stage
oxygen is desorbed under pressure of 20kPa. In addition rinsing of adsorbents with nitrogen is
employed.
Advantages
Low cost of high purity nitrogen production. There is no need to use Deoxo process.
423
References
Biodiesel Works Wratislavia -
purity
99,9%volN2
capacity
200 m3N/h
424
8) Pressure-Swing Adsorption (PSA) Process for Hydrogen Recovery
Application
Hydrogen recovery from a variety of-gases:

gas resulting from steam reforming or semi-combustion of methane

coke-oven gas and purification coke oven gas for gas engines

ammonia purge gas and argon recovery

high purity hydrogen from methanol
The scale available is from 500 to 50 000Nm3/h of H2.
Process description
The PSA process is effected in plants comprising 3-12 adsorbers filled with activated carbon and
zeolite molecular sieves. The process combines adsorption at an elevated pressure and
desorption at a close-to-atmospheric pressure, using special procedures for gas purging and
elimination of over-pressure.
By-products
No by-products arise in the process: all the products resulting from gas separation are utilized.
Process novelty
Novel technique for gas purging and elimination of over-pressure; computerized plant control
system.
425
Process advantages
-
High purity of hydrogen: 99.9 – 99.999% mol.
Increased purity of hydrogen (99.9999% mol) on request.
High efficiency of hydrogen recovery: up to 90%.
Low investment and operational costs.
Complex process control.
Commercial plants


10.000 Nm3/h of H2 for OXO synthesis at the ZAK S.A. (Nitrogen Works)
50 Nm3/h pilot plant for high-purity H2 (99.999% mol) at the Instytut Ciężkiej Syntezy
Organicznej “Blachownia” (Institute of Heavy Organic Synthesis “Blachownia”).
426
9) KOTAMINA PLUS - anti corrosion and anti scaling agent
Application
Kotamina Plus is a high-efficient multi-functional product based on thermo-stable alkylamines
Primene TM for chemical treatment of boiler water in energy systems in the power industry.
The quality of water decides about efficiency of heat exchange and economics of performance
of energy systems. The up to now idea of water conditioning consists in addition of protective
formulation into boiler feed water, most often hydrazine and phosphates.
ICSO has developed technology with application of multifunctional amine formulations, which
improve heat exchange in the boiling and condensation processes, reduce operating deposits
and decrease corrosion. Kotamina has been used in several plants in Poland since 1993.
Application of the new technology KOTAMINA PLUS for chemical treatment of boiler water,
based on thermostable amines (PRIMENE TM) produced by Rohm and Haas might be a
breakthrough in boiler water conditioning in energy systems in power industry.
Description
The application method consists in proper continuous addition of Kotamina Plus to the boiler
feed water or to the make-up water.
Advantages
Kotamina Plus is a new product, which combines long-term experience from industrial
application of Kotamina and research efforts of international consortium co-operating in the
EUREKA project: E! 2426 BOILTREAT.
The advantages of application of Kotamina Plus may be summarized as follows:




Improvement of boiler performance
Reduced failure frequency of power units
Savings on water and fuel
Reduced resistance of flow within a system
Kotamina Plus offers:



exceptional protection against corrosion and deposit formation
competitive technology both in economical and ecological aspects, giving considerable
improvement of water quality and reduction of raw materials consumption, and
decreasing contaminants emission to environment
higher efficiency of boilers performance and extended life of equipment
427
References
Numerous electric and thermal-electric power stations in Poland use Kotamina protective agent.
Kotamina is used in electric power stations with total power of about 5 000MW. In thermalelectric power stations and heat-generating stations Kotamina is used with the of the total
systems capacity of over 400 000 m3. The list of reference plants includes among others electric
power stations in Połaniec, Bełchatów, Adamów, Dolna Odra, Pomorzany, Konin, and thermalelectric power stations in Chorzów, Tychy, Łódź, Kielce, Elbląg, Białystok.
Kotamina Plus has already been successfully implemented in Połaniec, Białystok, Elbląg.
428
10) PHENOLIC RESINS
Application
Phenol formaldehyde resins are widely used as binders, adhesives, modifying and laminating
agents in different branches of industry, including manufacture of wooden derived boards,
insulation materials from mineral and glass wool, electro-insulating and construction laminates,
insulation foams in buildings and coal mines, foundry, refractory and friction materials.
Advantages









Versatile range of resins of both types - resol and novolacs
High quality - the characteristics is designed to ensure expected functional
parameters of the final products, including good mechanical strength, high water, heat
and flame resistance
Special care is taken as regards environmental safety. The products with very low free
monomers are available.
Flexibility and innovation - modification and adjustment of the process and resin
characteristics to meet the specific application requirements and changing market
needs
Proved methods for quality control
Processes for resins manufacture are commercialized
Performance of the resins has been proved in industrial applications
Close co-operation of research team with resins producer and end user
Research background - more than 30years of research experience, well equipped
research facilities, including computer-aided synthesis, advanced analytical methods
(TG, DSC, HPLC, GPC, GC,GC-MS, FTIR)
References
ZTS Erg S.A. Pustków, Poland - Versatile range of products is produced, capacity up to
35,000t/yr.
Raw materials
phenol
formalin
catalyst
modifiers
from the cumene method
technical grade
basic catalyst of technical grade
technical grade
429
11) ISOBIS – New generation of Bisphenol A manufacture process
Application
Bisphenol A is a raw material for:

production of plastics, in particular polycarbonates and epoxy resins

production of flame-retardants (mainly tetrabromobisphenol A and recently bisphenol
A phenylphosphates)
thermal stabilizers of PVC


production of phenoplasts

unsaturated polyester resins

polysulfones, polyetherimide and polyaryl resins

plastics antioxidants

production of raw materials for polyurethane synthesis.
Process Description
Synthesis of p,p-BPA isomer through phenol and acetone condensation method in liquid stage
in acidic environment with two-stage separation and purification system of synthesis product
and by-product concentration control system consisting of parallel running isomerization and
catalytic distillation with simultaneous phenol regeneration.
The continuous process for the p,p-BPA manufacturing is divided into three stages:
1) p,p-BPA isomer synthesis in two flow reactors operating in series with intercooler control of
the reaction temperature and concentration of water, acetone and by-products;
2) separation of p,p-BPA isomer in the form of adduct with phenol from phenol solution
through suspension crystallization method and thermal adduct decomposition, as well as
purification of crude p,p-BPA isomer through fractional crystallization;
3) by-products concentration control in technological streams circulating in the p,p-BPA isomer
synthesis unit and in the unit of its separation and purification based on parallel realized
processes of partial isomerisation of by-products contained in mother liquor with catalytic
distillation of mother liquor from suspension crystallization.
Process Advantages








High quality of Bisphenol A
Appropriate combination of synthesis, separation and purification units connections
and process parameters
Control of by-product concentration to obtain high selectivity and capacity of p,p’-BPA
isomer
Competitive raw material consumption figures
Competitive energy consumption
No waste problems
No batch-operated centrifuges, instead of them continuous filters
Increased catalyst lifetime
430
References
ICSO “ Blachownia” having 40 years of experience in R&D of BPA process, 7 contracts for
granting license to foreign partners for the process to manufacture of Bisphenol A is now
offering a new generation process, protected by patents and patent applications, distinguished
at numerous international inventions fairs and exhibitions (Intern. Exhib. of Invent. "Geneva
Inventions" 2012 – golden medal, Intern. Exhib. of Invent. -SuZhou 2008 – silver medal, Seoul
Intern. Invent. Fair 2010 – gold prize, The Belgian and Intern. Trade Fair for Techn. Innov. 2008
– golden medal).
431
INSTITUTE OF NATURAL FIBRES AND MEDICINAL PLANTS
(Instytut Włókien Naturalnych i Roślin Zielarskich)
Organisation Contact Data
71 B, Wojska Polskiego st., 60 – 630 Poznań,
Poland
phone: +48 61 84 55 865, + 48 61 848 00 61
fax: + 48 61 841 78 30
e-mail: sekretariat@iwnirz.pl
http://iwnirz.pl/index.html
The Institute of Natural Fibres and Medicinal Plants is an interdisciplinary research centre with
international standing, involved in complex research on obtaining and processing of fibrous and
herbal raw materials.
The Institute is involved in a number of national and international research projects; cooperates
multi directionally with numerous research centres worldwide; works for agriculture,
environment protection, construction, transport, food and pharmaceutical industries and
medicine.
The Centres for Excellence CELLUBAST and Medicinal Plants in Nutrition and Medicine,
Accredited Flammability as well as Textile Laboratories (Polish Centre for Accreditation No. AB
225) operate at the INF&MP. These centres and laboratories use the state-of-the-art
equipment allowing for conducting flammability tests of different materials, including textiles,
specific for the area of application and physico-mechanical tests of these materials
The main fields of INF&MP activities:











Biotechnology,
Breeding new cultivars of fibrous and medicinal plants, agronomy and preliminary
processing,
Extraction and processing technologies of natural fibres and their modification for
textile and non-textile applications,
Agro-fine chemicals obtained from plants, nutrients and dietetic products,
New applications for oil cultivars of fibrous plants (dietetic and medicinal products),
Bio-fuels obtained from fibrous plants,
Development of renewable, biodegradable raw materials for industry,
Technologies of fire- and bio-retardants production,
Environmental protection in natural fibres processing,
Recipes and technologies for Polish herbal medicinal products,
Complex research on biologically active substances i.e. quality evaluation,
development of analytical methods and their validation as well as stability testing,
432




Pharmacological and microbiological testing of herbal raw materials and products,
Expert’s reports on new food products in terms of human health or life hazard,
Expert’s reports and consultations for state and local government authorities and
commercial companies,
Research on herbal plants, herbal products, plant medicines, dietetic and functional
food.
The research conducted at the Institute covers also utilization of polluted land by cultivation of
non-food crops, use of co-products from processing of textile raw materials and modern
composite materials based on textile raw materials. We are also involved in production of
textiles made of natural fibres and blends.
Nanotechnology (nano-fibres from natural resources and nano-modifiers for intumescent fire
retardant systems) is also of interest for the Institute’s research staff. The outcomes of this
work are patented fire retardants and fire retardant systems developed at the Institute – Fobos
and intumescent varnish for wood Expander FR. Another fire retardant product developed at
the Institute is fire barrier composite resistant to long time effect of temperatures reaching
1200oC used as a filling in steel fire door.
Another field of research conducted at the INF&MP is determining the physiological effect of
fibres, fabrics and other textile products on human organism.
We would like to present 3 technologies from our catalog:
433
1) "Methods of manufacturing cellulose fibers and nanofibers
containing silver nanoparticles" (PCT/PL2007/000007)
Cellulosic fibres, due to their excellent properties ensuring comfort in use are commonly used
in production of garments, hygienic materials and wound dressing. Use of these fibres as
wound dressing requires bactericidal and bacteriostatic properties. Such properties are given to
wound dressing by textile finishing process introducing superficially active bactericidal
pharmaceuticals. This method is expensive, changes physico-mechanical properties and often
the colour of wound dressing and causes relatively easy transmission of pharmaceuticals into
human body, assuming that these are the wound dressing for homogenized use, e.g. bandages.
Such wound dressing require relatively high amounts of pharmaceuticals offering relatively low
biocidal effect obtained at complicated finishing process.
Taking into account the negative features of manufacturing biocidal wound dressing by
finishing method, a new method of biocidal wound dressing manufacture was developed using
cellulosic fibres containing the biocidal agent in the structure of fibres. The fibres are
characterized by permanent biocidal properties and wound dressing made thereof can be
washed many times with no negative effect on biocidal activity. This effect was obtained by
homogenous distribution of nano particles of silver in cellulose solution. Homogeneous
distribution of nano-sized silver particles in fibre structure ensures excellent bactericidal and
bacteriostatic properties of fibres at low silver content. Experiments conducted shown that
introduction of silver particle into spinning solution of cellulose by "in statu nascendi" method
allows to obtain fibres with bactericidal properties even if the silver content in the fibre is
0.01%. The same bactericidal and bacteriostatic effect can be shown introducing silver into the
spinning solution in the form of powder of nano particles in the amounts of one hundred times
more. Thus, introducing silver into the fibre by the "in statu nascendi" method allows to obtain
fibre with excellent biocidal properties without negative effect on physico-mechanical
properties and without any colour changes. The biocidal effect of these fibres is permanent and
does not change as a result of multiple washing or dry cleaning due to a permanent presence of
silver in fibre structure. Additionally, the biocidal effect is obtained at silver content many times
lower in the fibre as compared to effects obtained by other methods of introducing of biocidal
substances into the fibres.
The fact worth special emphasizing is that process of introducing of silver nano particles into
the fibres is fully environmental friendly – causes no pollution of the natural environment.
434
2) Butter modified with flaxseed oil and its production method
(PCT/PL2007/000003)
Butter is a high fat product obtained in a process of churning of extracted and properly
prepared cream. It is a product consisting of the same components like milk but found in a
different proportion. It contains also precious natural vitamins: A, D, E and K. A commonly
known butter is an easy-to-digest product of unmatched nutritive value. Butter that we present
here confirms the above thesis, combining classical advantages of butter and cold-pressed
flaxseed oil, contributing qualities that cannot be found in any other vegetable fat. In
production of the oil no preservatives or improving substances were used.
The methods by which the flaxseed oil is produced have specially been developed for this
product, based on scientific knowledge and production experience. The flaxseed oil “Linolia”
used in this product is a new assortment of oil. It is obtained from new cultivars of oil flax,
specially selected for its applicability for production of edible flaxseed oil. The proportions of
fatty acids contained in the oil, provide the high rank among products with positive effect on
cholesterol and lipid metabolism in human body. “Linseed butter” is reccomended to
everybody, especially for eldery people. A specific taste of butter, given by the flaxseed oil,
surely will find customers using it in direct consumption or in cooking or baking.
435
3) An intumescent fire retardant and the methods of its manufacture
(PCT/PL2005/000057).
A technology of a new, effective intumescent fire retardant system, which contains
modifiers in nano scale has been developed for protection of wood and lignocellulosic
composites against fire. It does not change a natural appearance of protected material thanks
to transparency of a coating.
The fire retardant varnish provides coatings, which swell and increase their volume as the
result of heat or flame and create a thick carbonized and porous layer. This perfectly isolates
the covered material from the excessive rise of temperature and oxygen penetration and thus
protecting flammable materials against thermal decomposition and in consequence against loss
of mechanical properties.
The solution is very effective as compared to conventional intumescent fire retardants. The
performance of the coating is achieved by proper selection of carbonizing, foam-forming,
dehydrating agents and modifiers, including very effective high dispersion components in nano
scale.
Application of modifiers in form of nanoparticles significantly improves the fire retardancy
and thermal insulation effectiveness of the system. High degree of particle dispersion causes
changes in decomposition processes as well as combustion of coating. In consequence, the
time of carbonized layer formation is reduced, also the structure of carbon skeleton improved
towards small-cell structure (this allows reducing the amount of system used and by this
reducing the costs of protection).
Intumescent system effectively protects wood and different wood derivatives (plywood,
particleboard, high and low density fiberboard) in non-flammable degree, at only 250-350 g/m2
of the system applied.
Forming an intumescent carbonized coating effectively protects materials against thermal
decomposition by delaying ignition, reducing the amount and rate of released heat, effective
heat of combustion, and mass loss rate, which are important in the initial phase of potential fire.
The fire retardant and coating formed by this system does not emit toxic substances and
poses no threat to the environment nor to human health. This allows for the system application
in places permanently occupied by people.
It can be used in different branches of economy, especially in construction industry (roofs,
flat roofs, struts, beams, supporting structures, suspended ceilings, etc. in housing, public
buildings, warehouses and on factory sites) and transportation.
436
INSTITUTE OF NON – FERROUS METALS
IN GLIWICE
(Instytut Metali Nieżelaznych)
Organisation Contact Data
5, Sowińskiego st., 44 - 100 Gliwice, Poland
phone: +48 32 2380 200
fax: + 48 32 2316-933
e-mail: imn@imn.gliwice.pl
http://www.imn.gliwice.pl/
Institute of Non-ferrous Metals in Gliwice would like to present its interest in
establishing a wide cooperation in the area of research and technology transfer with the
countries of South East Asia.
The Institute of Non-Ferrous Metals in Gliwice (IMN) is the main research and
development centre of Polish non-ferrous metals industry, of a very wide scope of activity
covering processing of non-ferrous ores and other mineral materials, pyro- and
hydrometallurgical processes of metals recovery from ores and concentrates as well as
recovery of by-product metals, waste treatment and utilisation, new alloys and composites,
processing of metals and alloys, environmental protection, analytical chemistry of metals.
The Institute provides services in most areas related to non-ferrous metals (such as Cu,
Pb, Zn, Al, Mg, Ag, Re, Se, Co) production and application, such as development of technologies
for enrichment of a wide range of materials, especially non-ferrous ores, coal, waste and
secondary materials; pyrometallurgical processes of metals production from ores, concentrates,
scrap and waste; hydrometallurgical technologies for production of primary metals as well as
by-products metals; basic and applied research into new metallic materials and composites,
such as amorphous and nanocrystalline soft magnetic materials and intermetallic compounds;
development of new technologies for production of cast, rolled, extruded and drawn products
from metals and alloys; as well as research works and application studies into manufacturing,
modernization and testing of primary batteries, rechargeable batteries and fuel cells.
The Institute produces also specific machines and equipment, including automated
flotation machines of various sizes for non-ferrous ores enrichment, of cell capacity up to 100
m3. The range of the products offered by IMN covers also small batch production of modern
products (sintered metal filters, electric contacts, welding dies, brazing alloys, soft magnetic,
amorphous and nanocrystal cores, Cu and Ni based amorphous alloys), certified reference
materials for spectroscopic and chemical analysis, lead alloys, zinc compounds and water
purificators, etc.
In our opinion cooperation between our Institute and partners from South East Asian
region could be fruitful for both parties and we are ready to start discussion on the possibilities
and scope of potential cooperation.
437
INSTITUTE OF NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Chemii i Techniki Jądrowej)
Organisation Contact Data
16, Dorodna st., 03 - 195 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 5041220, +48 22 5041000
fax: + 48 22 8111917, + 48 22 8111532
http://www.ichtj.waw.pl/drupal_eng/
Institute of Nuclear Chemistry and Technology (INCT), located in Warsaw, Poland, is an
interdisciplinary institute started in 1983. General director is Prof. A.G.Chmielewski. The INCT is
Poland’s most advanced institution in the fields of radiochemistry, radiation chemistry, nuclear
chemical engineering and technology, application of nuclear methods in material engineering
and process engineering, radioanalytical techniques, design and production of instruments
based on nuclear techniques, environmental research, cellular radiobiology, etc. It has 270
employees , including 15 professors, 13 associate professor; 56 senior scientists (Ph. D) and 21
Ph. D. Students. The Institute is listed in the category I of scientific institutions group in
accordance to the Ministry of Science and Higher Education The results of work at the INCT
have been implemented in various branches of the national economy, particularly in industry,
medicine, environmental protection and agriculture. Basic research is focused on:
radiochemistry, chemistry of isotopes, physical chemistry of separation processes, cellular
radiobiology, and radiation chemistry, particularly that based on pulse radiolysis method. With
its nine electron accelerators and 3 Co-60 sources in operation and with staff experienced in
the field of electron beam application, the Institute is one of the most advanced centers of
science and technology in this domain. The Institute has four pilot plants equipped in six
electron accelerators: for radiation sterilization of medical devices and transplantation grafts;
for radiation modification of polymers and semiconductors; for removal of SO 2 , NOx f and VOCs
from flue gases; for food hygiene. The electron beam flue gas treatment in EPS Pomorzany with
the accelerators power over 1 MW is a biggest radiation processing facility ever built. The
Institute trains many of IAEA’s Fellows and plays a leading role in agency regional projects.
Because of its achievements, the INCT has been nominated the IAEA’s Collaborating Centre in
Radiation Technology and Industrial Dosimetry (www-naweb.iaea.org/na/collaboratingcentres.html).
The INCT has begun the implementation of several projects in the program “Innovative
Economy” POIG, granted on the basis of high evaluation of the Institute’s achievements.
The mission of the INCT is the implementation of nuclear energy for social development, health
and environmental protection.
The Institute represents the Polish Government in Euroatom Fuel Supply Agency, in Fuel
Supply Working Group of Global Nuclear Energy Partnership and in Radioactive Waste
Management Committee of the Nuclear Energy Agency (Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development).
Scientific Council has rights to grant D.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in the field of chemistry,and
the Institute carries out third level studies (doctorate) in the field of nuclear and radiation
chemistry.
The INCT also is editor of the international scientific journal “Nukleonika” (www.nukleonika.pl) .
438
INSTITUTE OF PRECISION MECHANICS
(Instytut Mechaniki Precyzyjnej)
Organisation Contact Data
3, Duchnicka st., 01 – 796 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 560 26 00
fax: + 48 22 663 43 32
e-mail: info@imp.edu.pl
http://www.imp.edu.pl/impgb.html
Institute of Precision Mechanics, one of the oldest and best known Institutes in Poland, is a
research and development centre, focussed on methods of improvement of metal products by
enhancing their corrosion resistance and raising their mechanical properties, especially fatigue
strength, and wear resistance in service processes involving friction.
The Institute conducts scientific and technical research, the aim of which is first of all the
development of new technological methods, as well as commercial service and implementation
activity.
439
The Institute offers, among other, the following:

methods of mechanical and chemical preparation of surfaces for deposition of
protective

coatings, along with equipment and chemicals

methods of depositing of electroplated, varnish, thermal spray and immersion
metallisation-type coatings and chemicals for their deposition
methods of heat and thermo-chemical treatment of tooling and machine components,

as well as accomplishment of these processes on a semi-technical scale
work in the field of material strength, including, among other, fatigue and friction

testing and measurement of stresses

cleaner production methods, recovery of raw materials, methods of wastewater
decontamination in surface treatment of metals
An integral part of the Institute is the Scientific Council which has the necessary authorisation
and confers degrees of Doctor of Technical Sciences in the field of materials engineering.
Within the scope of its activity, the Institute cooperates with the industry since many years.
Among the big industrial plants, the following should be mentioned here: Z.M. Tarnów, HSW
Stalowa Wola, WSK Rzeszów, Z.M. Siemianowice Śląskie, MESKO S.A. Metal Works, Radom
Arms Factory, Z.M. „BUMAR-ŁABĘDY” S.A., Z.M. „NOWA DĘBA”, Warsaw Mechanical Works
“PZL-WZM”, PZL – WOLA S.A. Mechanical Works and the Warsaw Radio Factory “RADWAR”.
The Institute cooperates very closely with Polish research
centres: technical universities, institutes of the Polish Academy
of Sciences and industrial research institutes. Within this scope
of cooperation, the Institute conducts shared research and
markets own intellectual property and products. Such
cooperation is carried on with, among other, Warsaw Technical
University, Poznań Technical University, Gdańsk Technical
University, Mining and Steelmaking Academy, the Institute of
Fundamental Technical Problems of the Polish Academy of
Sciences, Electrotechnical Institute, Industrial Institute of
Automation and Measurements, Institute of Nuclear Problems,
Institute of Electronic Materials Technology, Częstochowa
Technical University, Silesian Technical University, Military
Technical Academy, Institute of Service Utilisation Technology,
Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Polish Academy of
Sciences.
440
International cooperation is carried out by research collaboration, as well as by direct sale of
own developed methods, equipment and services. Special emphasis in international
cooperation is placed by the Institute on technical research collaboration, accelerating and
raising the level of research carried out. Currently, the Institute cooperates with several
research centres and laboratories of big industrial plants, among other with the Technische
Universität (Chemnitz, Germany), Helsinki University of Technology (Helsinki, Finland), Instituto
Superior Technico (Lisbon, Portugal), Technical University (Lyngby, Denmark), Institute of
Materials (London, UK), Commissariat à l'Energie Atomique (Fonteney-aux- Roses, France),
University of Southern California (Los Angeles, USA), Pye Metallurgical Consulting Inc.
(Meadville, USA), Nitrex Metal Inc. (Québec, Canada), National Institute of Aviation Technology
(Moscow, Russia), Karpenko Physico-Mechanical Institute UAS (Lviv, Ukraine), E.O. Patton
Welding Institute (Kiev, Ukraine), Physical-Technical Institute National Academy of Science of
Belarus (Minsk, Belarus) and other centres.
The Institute coordinates or participates in major international
programmes and research projects, among other in the
"Education in Ecological Surface Finishing (TEMPUS JEP)", "Cleaner
Technology and Eco – Management Transfer Programme for the
Electromechanical Industry in Poland" (0160/Denmark), "UE
Network of Integrated Scenario Analysis of Metal Coatings" (ISACOAT), "Model for Multi-pollutant Impact and Assessment of
Threshold Levels for Cultural Heritage" (MULTI-ASSET) as well as
in the Visegrad Programme "The Improvement of Safety and
Equipment and Application of Corrosion Protection". The Institute
presents its work by publishing articles in internationally
circulating periodicals, such as "Journal of Materials Science",
"Physico-Chemical Mechanics of Materials", "Materials Science
and Technology", "Surface and Coatings Technology",
"Galvanotechnik", "Transactions of the Metal Finisher's
Association of India" and other, as well as in several domestic
journals. Papers by scientists of this Institute are delivered at
many international and domestic research and technical
conferences.
The Institute is itself the publisher of a technical-research
quarterly "Inżynieria Powierzchni" (Surface Engineering), as well
as monographical research materials, published in book form. The
"Inżynieria Powierzchni" is a periodical encompassing all of
Poland, which also publishes works by foreign authors. The
monographic publications present, among other, habilitation
(post doctorate ) dissertations by employees of the Institute.
441
The Institute very actively participates in
international and domestic standardization
activity. Employees of the Institute lead the ISO
TC107/SC7 Sub-Committee: „Metal Coatings
and other nonorganic – methods of
investigation” and participate as experts in the
proceedings of the ISO TC/156 Committee:
“Corrosion of Metals and Alloys”, as well as the
ISO TC35/SC12 Sub-Committee: “Paints and
Varnishes – preparation of steel substrates for
deposition of paints and similar products”. The
Institute also sponsors three domestic
technical Committees: KT-106 (concerning
corrosion and corrosion protection), KT-262
(concerning heat treatment of metals) and KT273
(concerning
mechanical
security
equipment. The Institute presents its
achievements at international fairs and
exhibitions, earning gold medals and other
distinctions, among other at the International
Innovations and Inventions Fair (e.g. in
London, Nuremberg, Brussels, Seoul and
Moscow).
Taking
part
in
domestic
competitions, the Institute has repeatedly
been awarded the prestigious title of
Champion of Technology, the last time for
„Development of multicomponent surface
layer, resistant to wear and corrosion,
obtained in conditions of glow discharge”.
442
1) GLOW DISCHARGE ASSISTED NITRIDING AND NITROCARBURIZING
IN THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY –
EXAMPLES OF PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS
A brief description of the technology
1. INTRODUCTION
The automotive industry in Poland is among the fastest developing recently. Fundamentally
important for automotive components are quality, service life and enhanced user properties.
Fulfilling these requirements in practice, given the need to limit manufacturing costs –
depends to a great extent on surface engineering processes. These processes yield service
properties for components made from different grades of steel, aluminum alloys, as well as
titanium alloys, nickel alloys and more recently magnesium, working in conditions of corrosion,
friction, wear and oxidation at elevated temperatures. Classical heat treatments, such as hot
dip galvanizing, electrochemical and electroless deposition of metallic coatings, phosphating,
chrome plating, electrophoresis, gas and vacuum carburizing processes, anodic oxidation or
induction hardening are all widely used in the automotive industry. These processes have made
possible the modern vehicle with among other features, a 12 year warranty on bodies, as well
as longer life and better engine performance, largely due to reduction of friction in the power
train. Surface engineering technologies are designed to control microstructure, chemical and
phase composition, residual stresses, and surface topography of outer layers on treated
components from the viewpoint of achieving the required service properties. Among these
properties are wear and corrosion resistance, improved fatigue strength and heat resistance.
Achieving such properties represents the most economical means of meeting requirements
placed on structural materials, over on a wide range of operating conditions [1-10].
Such requirements are very often met by glow discharge treatments, including glow
discharge nitriding and nitrocarburizing processes. These methods utilize non-equilibrium low
temperature and non-isothermal plasma formed in conditions of glow discharge.
The result of glow discharge nitriding of steel depends predominantly on process
parameters such as: chemical composition of gas mix and its pressure within the reaction
chamber, and on the location of the load: at the cathodic potential or in the plasma zone. These
factors affect both the type of particles responsible for the formation of the surface layer, as
well as the physico-chemical phenomena taking place at the interface of low temperature
plasma and treated component. Phenomena such as cathode sputtering and chemisorbtion, in
turn, affect the diffusion processes, controlled by the temperature of glow discharge nitriding.
443
Thus, the following factors have a fundamental effect on the results of glow discharge nitriding:

Type of glow discharge, i.e. dc or high frequency (so called pulsed plasma) because in
the latter case, there is a higher proportion of active nitrogen particles (atomic
nitrogen, N+ and N2+ ions, as well as NH radicals) and, consequently a higher
concentration gradient

Location of the treated load at the cathodic potential bias or the plasma zone, which,
in turn, determines the effectiveness of cathodic sputtering. Most effective is
placement at the cathode potential [11-14].
By selection of the chemical composition of the nitrogen–hydrogen gas mix and type of
electrical activation of the gaseous environment, it is possible to control the phase composition
of the nitrided layers, their surface topography and microstructure, and in this way their user
properties. Given the advantages of these processes, such as:





Potential for treatment of components with complex geometry
low consumption of electrical energy and reactive gases
elimination of labour-intensive finishing treatment after the process
full control of microstructure, phase and chemical composition, surface roughness and
state of residual stresses in the layers formed, as well as their diffusion character
possibility of treating diverse steel grades, including austenitic, at temperatures as low
as 400ºC this treatment is increasingly widely used in the automotive industry.
2. APPLICATION EXAMPLES
The advantages of glow discharge nitriding and nitrocarburizing be obtained under conditions
of precise process control in which surface phenomena at the interface of reactive atmosphere
– treated material and layer growth kinetics are controlled by selecting process parameters:
temperature, time, pressure and atmosphere composition, as well as surface activation
resulting from the phenomenon of cathode sputtering.
Application possibilities may be extended by pulsed-plasma nitriding with higher frequency
current [6].
444
The new, improved version of the pulsed plasma process developed at the Institute of Precision
Mechanics has global potential. It was first applied in 2006 at the AMP Paradowscy SJ company
in Ursus/Warsaw, Poland. The equipment was developed along with the process (Figs. 1 and 2).
Fig. 1. General view of equipment for glowdischarge nitriding of valves
Fig. 2. Pulsed-plasma nitrided automotive valves
The output of the installation is 6 thousand valves per 24 hours (ca 1.2 million pieces
annually). The equipment is designated for nitriding automotive valves using glow discharge
generated by pulsed plasma. Performance tests on the valves have shown that this method
offers increased service life for the valve seat and stem and prevents the formation of carbon
deposit in the seat zone. Fig. 3 shows the microstructure of the nitrided layer formed on
automotive valves. These valves are characterized by good corrosion and wear resistance [9].
The method, by comparison with processes previously carried out at the same plant, i.e.
chromium plating and salt bath nitriding, is superior also from the standpoint of workplace
safety; it is environmentally friendly.
2
11
2
Fig. 3. Microstructure of nitrided layer obtained on automotive valves by pulsed-plasma nitriding. Magn. 250 X.
Nitrided valve X45/X53 – place of welding: 1 – valve made of martensitic steel H9S2 – surface hardness HV after
nitriding – 1020 HV0.2, thickness of layer – 24 µm; 2 – austenitic steel 21-4N – surface hardness HV0.05 after
nitriding - 890 HV0.2, thickness of layer – 12 µm
445
A typical example of the use of the ferritic nitrocarburizing with plasma is the camshaft for the
DAEWOO 1.6 GLI engine. Previously, the process was induction hardening using 10kHz
generators. The depth of hardening was 3 to 7 mm on the cam lobe and on the opposite side
(taking into account stock for finish grinding). The hardness was 47 HRC and 52 HRC,
respectively. Induction hardened camshafts were used in engines with mechanical cam follower
control (to limit play).
Fig. 4. Equipment for glow-discharge nitrocarburizing of camshafts at DAEWOO (a) and view of camshafts for
one load of 140 pieces for nitrocarburizing treatment
Improvements to engine design using hydraulic cam followers and multi-point injection of fuel
produced the need for a method which would ensure the formation of layers with improved
tribological properties. For this reason, the ferritic pulsed plasma process, meeting all the above
requirements, was selected [10]. The method was awarded a First Degree Award by the RS-NOT
Organization in the ‘Master of Technology’ competition in Warsaw in 1999.
From investigations carried out in actual industrial service conditions it follows that the surface
hardness of layers formed of the order of 500 – 560 HV1 has a significant effect on wear
properties. Special equipment was developed and built for pulsed-plasma ferritic
nitrocarburizing process on camshafts (Fig. 4).
The next example of application of ferritic glow discharge nitriding of cast iron components is
cylinder liners for high compression engines (Fig. 5) which, after a road test of 100,000 km,
showed less wear than chromium-plated liners. It should be added that in the case of cast iron,
besides good wear resistance, nitrocarburized layers ensure resistance to seizure in conditions
of insufficient lubrication [15].
Fig. 6 presents the installation designed by IMP for glow discharge nitriding of crankshafts, at
the Diesel Works in India; Fig. 7 shows the microhardness profile [15]
446
Fig. 5. Cylinder liners for automotive engines after glow-discharge nitrocarburizing (a) and microstructure of
layer produced on W1C grade cast iron (b). Magn. 200 X. Hardness after nitrocarburizing - 600HV1
Fig. 6. Equipment designed by IMP for glow-discharge nitriding of crankshafts
Fig 7. Crankshafts made of 25H3M grade steel after glow-discharge nitriding (a), microstructure (b) and hardness
profile (c) in nitrided layer; hardness after glow-discharge nitriding - 600HV10. Magn. 200 X.
447
Fig. 8. Examples of nitrided piston rings
Fig. 9. Examples of nitrided layers produced on piston rings by glow-discharge nitriding . Magn. 100 X
Fig. 10. Effect of reactive atmosphere pressure on microstructure of layers produced on piston rings made of
ductile cast iron, grade S-14 by glow-discharge nitriding. Process parameters: a – temperature - 480 C,
treatment time - 6 hours, pressure 1.7hPa, b – temperature - 480 C, treatment time - 6 hours, pressure – 2.5hPa
448
Another application example of the glow discharge nitriding process is piston rings. This
method is competitive with the currently used chromium plating, because the layers formed
are characterized by good wear and corrosion resistance, as well as meeting the requirement
for surface roughness [16]. Moreover, the relatively simple possibility of local (selective)
nitriding, achieved through masking, proved to be an effective means of avoiding deformation
of piston rings with special shapes.
Fig. 11. Glow-discharge nitrided gear wheels made from grade 31CrMoV9 steel for electric locomotives
produced by General Electric (Germany). Photograph taken at AMP Paradowscy S.C. in Kunowo
Twardość HV1
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
Odległość od powierzchni [mm]
Fig. 12. Microstructure and hardness profile of glow-discharge nitrided layer. The layer was produced on a gear
wheel made from grade 31CrMoV9 steel. Equipment for the treatment was developed and built by IMP,
installed in the AMP Paradowscy S.C. plant
449
Figs 8 and 9 show nitrided piston rings, and Fig. 10 their microstructure. The next example of
application of the glow discharge nitriding method is gear wheels (Figs. 11 and 12). [17].
3. FINAL REMARKS
The scope for glow discharge nitriding and nitrocarburizing is broadening. The processes also
constitute the basis of future hybrid processes, combining these processes with other surface
engineering methods. This will give the treated material unique properties, such as resistance
to oxidation at elevated temperatures, thermal shock and overloading, as well as reduction of
the coefficient of friction [16-18]. Such properties are important in, among other things, engine
components, exhaust systems and power trains, i.e. those working in extreme conditions. A
significant challenge to broader application of the technology is the enhancement of resistance
to contact fatigue (pitting), especially in the case of gears. Intensive investigations in this field
are being conducted at the Institute of Precision Mechanics.
450
2) PEEN–IMP - new shot peening technology and device for
ceramics and metals with high hardness surface layers
A brief description of the technology
The main aims of the PEEN-IMP technology and device invented in Institute of Precision
Mechanics were the reduction of exploational costs of shot-peening process and the widering
of fields of application of shot-peening process on hard materials such like ceramics, high
hardness steels, steel elements coated by hard PVD and CVD layers.
Basic ideas of the PEEN-IMP technology - worked surface is placed inside of upper part of the
closed working chamber is treated "from underside” by strong stream of mixture of air with
shot, shot after realization of work falls down because gravitation and it mixes again with
stream of air, mixing process of particles (crumbled shot or powder) with stream of air follows
in lower part of working chamber, stream of air and shots has vertical direction "from down to
top” and moreover a stream is introduces into circulated movement, the most profitably into
movement on a cone surface.
It is possible to introduce additionally powders of some chemical elements refining treated
surface to the working chamber, also in form of liquid solutions.
Shot-peening process under the PEEN-IMP technology in comparison with actual well known
processes marks considerable shortening of shot return road to circulation, 200-250 times
decrease of required quantity of shots, 50-times decrease of a level of required pressure (even
to 0,05 Mpa), use of powders (considerably smaller from shot), also in form of liquid solution.
The decrease of required quantity of shot allowed the use of expensive bearing balls and other
expensive shots e.g. sintered carbides and tungsten.
451
3) The technology of the vacuum brazing of the “ honey comb” seals
in gas directing apparatuses of aircraft engines
A brief description of the technology
The technology of the vacuum brazing of seal rings in form of a "honey comb” to the internal
surface of gas directing apparatuses applied in the most modern aircraft engines is the object
of the invention. These elements works in changed thermal tension and mechanical conditions,
as well as in atmosphere of corrosive gases. They are also exposed onto constant long-lasting
dynamic burdens. Directing apparatuses are produced in a form of very precision casts from
nickel based alloys consisted from body and blades. The “honey comb” seals are used as the
seals between gas directing apparatus and shaft because very responsible character of work –
they are ones of the most modern solutions. The seals are made from the Hastelloy alloys with
the structure of a "honey comb” – they are soldered perpendicularly by edges of individual cells
to cylindrical surface of apparatus.
About complexity of problem testifies the fact, that in distinction from typical soldered
connections, in which the joint is a flat surface, in this case the solder among two different
alloys on the nickel base can be compared with the simultaneous brazing of thousands' thinwalled capillary tubes.
The worked out technology concerns by productions of joints by of solders Ni-Cr-B -Si in form of
tapes and pastes produced from powders with a suitable adhesive and it consists from
following technological processes.

nickel-plating of apparatus bodies;

spreading of solder;

tacking of the “honey comb” seals with apparatus body before the brazing;

vacuum brazing;

cleanings of surface after brazing;

quality control
The working out technology for serial production makes a possibility to obtain high quality
products fulfilled the conditions defined by air-equipment users, with a retain of criterion of
minimization of defects in production process.
452
4) Nanocrystalline Cobalt Alloy Plating for Replacement of Hard
Chrome
A brief description of the technology
The present invention relates to the pulsed electrodeposition of nanocrystalline cobaltphosphorous(nCo-P) coatings, as a viable alternative to electrolytic hard chrome plating.
This technology uses pulse plating to control the nucleation and growth of grains within the
coating, creating a nanocrystalline structure.
The nCo-P coating application does not cause hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels,
which is a significant problem with electrolytic hard chrome plating. Performance testing
showed that the nCo-P coatings demonstrated superior salt fog corrosion behavior compared
to the hard chrome coatings.
As a result of Hall-Petch strengthening, nCo-P alloys display significant increase in hardness
relative to their coarser grained counterparts due to their ultrafine grain size. A further
increase in hardness, can be obtained by annealing the as-deposited coating to induce the
precipitation of cobalt-phosphites from the supersaturated solid solution at elevated
temperatures.
The process is non hazardous and produce stable coatings free of hexavalent chrome. It meets
the requirements of ELV, RoHS and WEE directive.
An application of the invention is recommended particularly for automotive and aerospace
components
453
5) WibroTermoFluid® - fluidal heat treatment method
A brief description of the technology
The method of the fluidal heat treatment of metal elements is the subject of invention (patent
application in Patent Office of Poland under Nr P-392916 since 2010.11.10).
There are known methods for heat treatment of metallic elements, which consist of fluidization
of heated, granular and chemically inactive bed with the technologica atmosphere.
Such way requires the use of large quantities of technological atmosphere for fluidization,
several times larger quantities of technological atmosphere, than it would be necessary to
perform only the treatment alone. This is the reason of high production costs. . The purpose of
this invention was to develop the way to perform treatment with reduced costs, through
decrease of the usage of technological atmosphere. The core of fluidal heat treatment,
according to our invention, consists of fluidization of granular, heated and chemically inactive
bed with technological atmosphere in the retort, which is elastically mounted, mostly vertically,
and subjected to mechanical vibrations of specified amplitude and frequency. Performed tests
have shown that with optimal choice of strings and vibrations amplitude and frequency, the
consumption of technological atmosphere decreased to 50% without the decrease of
treatment's quality. This lessened quantity of technological atmosphere would not be enough
to fluidize the bed by itself, but is enough to fulfill the needs of heat treatment process. This
treatment method, according to our invention may be used interchangeably with the old
method in technologies of fluidal heat treatment.
454
6) Nanostructured Co-P coating as a diffusion barrier in electronics
A brief description of the technology
The invention relates to the preparation of cobalt alloy electroplanting coatings with
phosphorus using the method of galvanic current pulse. Depending on the characteristics of the
current deposition is possible to obtain coatings of amorphous or nano-structure ( 5 to 20 nm).
They provide excellent diffusion barrier under gold coating used in electorinc circuits utilized
especially at elevated temperatures (above 200oC) which allows their use in automotive,
military and aerospace characterized by electronic components operating temperatures to
400oC.
Co-P (2 – 8% of the masses) coatings exhibit better barrier properties than those used Ni-P
coatings in both SnPb solders and leaf free. SnAgCu solder contact angle for the Co-P coatings is
three times smaller than the Ni-P coatings. Co-P/Au immersion coatings exhibit lower diffusivity
of lead-free solders and the absence of intermetallic compounds, which greatly improves the
performance of connections.
Corrosion tests in nitric acid vapor shower a good resistance coatings Co-P/Au-Co already at
small thickness, respectively 0.1 and 0.3 um Au-Co, which indicates the possibility of such a
multilayer coating to cover the pins and contacts, especially with due to the high hardness of
the Co-P coatings at elevated temperatures and similar to the Ni-P coating, ductility which
would significantly reduce the thickness of the gold coating.
455
7) Nickel-Tungsten Alloys as Protective Coatings for Glass Moulds
A brief description of the technology
Application of rationally selected protective coatings for glass moulds is remarkable method of
production yield increasing, particularly if small dimensional tolerances and increased surface
quality of product are required.
These necessities concern significant part of glass manufacturing branch e.g. lightweight
containers, optical devices, colour picture tubes, displays, vacuum accessories, glass insulators.
Within required physical and mechanical properties of coatings the most important are
abrasive wear resistance, high temperature resistance, ability of appropriate heat extraction
from the product and ability of proper and reasonable surface finishing
Only specially designed permanent coatings may be applied in such a case. Structure stability,
high ductility, high cathodic electrochemical potential and thermal anisotropy which prevents
from rapid heat extraction outside regions of warmest glass there are ideal features of such a
coating.
It was found that Ni-W alloys of 20-40 wght% of tungsten content have excellent mechanical,
thermal and chemical characteristic which let use them as protective coating for various
purposes and exclusively for glass panel plunger application.
Studies the Ni-W alloys electroplating process shown that satisfactory results of treatment on a
industrial scale may be reached applying the bath of high content of hydrocarboxyl acids
/particularly citric acid/ with high tungstenes content which lessens the coating hydriding.
Stable process of electroplating is gained by soluble nickel anodes implementing and less than
usually applied acidity of the bath /pH 3.8-5.5/.This modified plating technology of plunger has
been applied in practice
Independent research of Ni-W alloys considered for other specialized applications /MEMS, LIGA
processes, catalysis, shielding gaskets/ indicate low coating surface attraction to environmental
impurities in hot work conditions.
456
INSTITUTE OF SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES MORATEX
(Instytut Technologii Bezpieczeństwa)
Organisation Contact Data
3, Marii Skłodowskiej-Curie st., 90-965 Łódź,
Poland
phone: +48 42 637-37-63
fax: + 48 42 636-92-26
e-mail:itb@moratex.eu
http://www.moratex.eu/en/
Institute of Security Technologies MORATEX in Łódź exists since 1953. It develops
modern designs and technologies of textile technical goods and implements them to the
industry. In 90s the R&D workload has been moved towards developing of personal life and
health protection means for individuals exposed to threats from bullets, fragments, impacts,
harmful chemical or biological agents and unfavourable factors, as fire, temperature, water etc.
The works focused mainly on solutions related to technologies dedicated for services
subordinated to the Minister of Interior and Administration and to Minister of National Defence.
Since 1999, according to the decree of Prime Minister, the Institute is the R&D body
supervised by the Minister of Interior and Administration. Starting with that moment all the
effort of the Institutes management and employees is driven to satisfying the expectations and
requirements of the Police, Fire Service, Border Guards and The Government Protection Bureau.
Executing the tasks set, with co-operation with those services, MORATEX developed in 20012006 new and modern uniform assortment, equipment and means of individual protection.
The quality management system, compliant to the requirements of the Standards: PNEN ISO 9001, PN-N 19001 has been implemented to the Institute and confirmed by certificate
from The Polish Centre for Testing and Certification.
The Institute has been awarded the Notified Body position by the European Committee
within the scope of directive 89/686/EEC – Personal Protective Equipment, ID No. 1475.
The quality of newly-developed goods is confirmed by the certificates from accredited
Certifying Bodies, including: CIOP, WITU, CNBOP.
The Products Certification Department works at the Institute, to issue certificates of
conformity of the products offered by the suppliers of textile protective goods and uniform
elements.
High level and modernity of material, technical and design solutions of developed
products, are proven by positive opinions of end users as well, as the medals and awards from
both domestic and international organisations. The novelty of scientific and technological
457
solutions is confirmed by the protection rights assigned by the Polish Patent Office. The
Institute has gained more than 100 patents and more than 140 utility model reservations.
www.moratex.eu
458
Key Project WND-POIG.01.03.01-10-005/08
„Modern ballistic body armours and covers
for transportation means as well as for buildings,
made on a basis of textile composites”
Realisation: 01.09.2007 – 30.06.2012
Project Value: 12 940 000 PLN
European Union Fund: 10 999 000 PLN
The Key Project is realised within the frame of INNOVATIVE ECONOMY, NATIONAL COHESION
STRATEGY 2007-2013, Priority 1 - Research and development of new technologies, Axis 1.3 Support for R&D projects for entrepreneurs carried out by scientific entities, Subaxis 1.3.1 Development projects.
http://ergobal.poig.eu
THE COMPONENTS DEVELOPED:
7 variants of ballistic inserts for bullet- and fragment-proof vests
Ballistic resistance
Ballistic resistance according to
Type of ballistic panel
according to PN-VPN-V-87000:2011 Standard
87000:1999 Standard
Composite
K2 , K4
K3/A [7,62x39mm; PS; 720±15 m/s]
K3/A [7,62x39mm; PS; 720±15m/s]
Ceramic & Composite
K2 , K4 ,
K3/B [5,56x45mm; SS109;
of type I
resistance to SS109 bullet
950±15m/s]
K3/A [7,62x39mm; PS; 720±15m/s]
Ceramic & Composite
K2 , K4 ,
K3/C [7,62x51mm; FMJS;
of type II
resistance to 54R bullet
840±15m/s]
K5/A [7,62x51mm; AP; 820±15m/s]
THE PROTOTYPES DEVELOPED:
3 prototypes of bullet- and fragment-proof vests
2 prototypes of quick-release bullet- and fragment-proof vests;
a prototype of two-part bullet- and fragment-proof vest (vest and hip belt).
FINAL SOLUTIONS DEVELOPED:
The bullet- and fragment-proof vest dedicated for the area of internal security.
The bullet- and fragment-proof quick-release vest dedicated for the area of internal security.
459
Modular quick-release bullet- and fragment-proof vest dedicated for the area of internal
security.
Hybrid ballistic helmets
Resistance to bullets as well as to fragments complies with PN-V-87001:2011 Standard.
Helmet protects the head at front – above the eyebrows level, at sides – above the mid-ear
level behind the cheekbone, and at back – above the occiput, for the V50 > 600m/s at the
acceptable dynamic deflection (trauma) below 20 mm (class O3).
Ballistic shield
7,62x51 308 Winchester FMJ at the bullet velocity of V=828±15 m/s;
7,62x39 AKM PS 43 at the bullet velocity of V=710+15 m/s.
The Project realised within the frame of INNOVATIVE ECONOMY, NATIONAL COHESION
STRATEGY 2007-2013, is co-funded in 85% by the European Union from the European Regional
Development Fund and in 15% by the Polish Ministry of Regional Development.
CAMOUFLAGE TEXTILE MATERIALS
One common title „Camouflage textile materials” covers the following material and
design solutions submitted for protection to the Patent Office of Republic of Poland: W.120169
„Camouflage woven fabric” and P.396078 „Antistatic openwork knitted fabric”. They are
products made with methods: weaving and knitting. They are dedicated for masking men and
their individual equipment under visible, IR and radar spectra. The properties originate from
proper both qualitative and quantitative selection of compound materials i.e. basic yarns
(background material) and conductive yarns (with due share of metal and soot). The design
itself of each material is no less important to reach specified properties. The application of
optimum weaving and knitting pattern allows for suitable arrangement and deterioration of
each yarns group on the surface of final product i.e. fabric/knit. An extra trump of the materials
is low weight, rare among such products full of functionalities, masking men and their individual
equipment.
The camouflage textile materials, have been developed within the frame of Key Project
no. POIG.01.03.01-00-006/08 co-financed from the funds of European Regional Development
Fund under Operational Programme Innovative Economy.
PROTECTIVE VEST
The vest protects against small arms bullets, fragments, knife, needle and stab according to:

bullet-proofness class 3 according to PN-V-87000:1999 Standard „Light ballistic
armours. Bullet- and fragment-proof vests. General requirements and tests.”,
460


knife- and stab-proofness class 1 according to procedure PBB-08:2006 ITB
„MORATEX” „Impacting tests. Determining the resistance of personal armour to an
edge – procedure compliant with NIJ STANDARD 0115.00
needle-proofness class 2 according to procedure PBB-12:2008 ITB „MORATEX”
„Impacting tests. Determining the resistance to puncture with needle”
Due to its innovative design, the vest features ergonomic shape which allows for easy
adjustment to the wearers silhouette. An interesting solution is disjoint, yet durable way of
fastening the vest on shoulders which prevents undressing the officer by an attacker. A special
way of joining two elements of back belt and mounting it on back part of vest was introduced.
It is a system of thin ropes, holes, technical bands and metal frames. Whole vest is covered with
MOLLE band system MOLLE.
The protective vest was submitted to Patent Office of Republic of Poland, to gain the
protection rights for utility design, application no. W-119599, dated 22.12.2010.
Weight of L-size vest is ca. 6.6 kg.
461
METAL FORMING INSTITUTE
(Instytut Obróbki Plastycznej)
Organisation Contact Data
14, Jana Pawła II st., 61 – 139 Poznań, Poland
phone: +48 61 657 05 55
fax: + 48 61 657 07 21,
e-mail: inop@inop.poznan.pl
http://www.inop.poznan.pl/?set_language=en
The Institute performs research, development, implementation works and participates in
domestic and international projects on non-metallurgical metal forming. The Institute has well
experienced and creative staff backed with advanced computer systems, modern scientific and
research facilities.
High quality of the research and development works is ensured by the Quality Management
System conform with ISO 9001:2008 and the Accredited Investigation Laboratory meeting the
requirements of PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
The Institute’s scope of activity includes:

innovative technologies, machines, devices and tools for: net shape forging, orbital
forging, extrusion, forging by the TR method, stamping, spinning and flow forming,
forming of precision metal powder parts, including the application of
nanotechnology,

mechanizing and automating devices, special centres and production lines,

computer designing, modelling and simulation of processes and tools,

research of metal structures and properties,

heat and thermochemical treatment,

standardization activity,

scientific and technical information – databases, publications, among others, “Metal
Forming” periodical,

assessment of machine and device conformance,

consulting, training and promotion activity,

manufacturing of prototype machines and devices,

manufacturing of parts by the metal forming methods.
462
Achievements of the Institute:

licences sold to many countries of the world,

hundreds of modern technologies, machines and devices implemented in industry,

many publications and patents, both in Poland and abroad,

many individual and team prizes, awards and medals,

membership in important scientific organizations and networks,

status of the Centre of Excellence of the Metal Forming Institute.
The Metal Forming Institute offers:


elaboration and implementation of technologies,
design, execution and implementation of devices, machines and tools for metal
forming processes,

investigation of technologies, devices, machines and tools,


investigation of metal structures and properties,
technical consulting.
The Institute participated and coordinated many EU and nationally funded projects
like:





Framework Programme funded projects (FP5, FP6, FP7) like NANOMINING,
EUREKA funded projects like NEGFORT,
projects within the Innovative Economy Programme (POIG) like I-Centrum, NANOMET,
development projects,
Institute’s own research projects.
463
1) NANOMINING
Nanomining is a project dedicated to the development of new nanocomposites using materials
from mining industry
The NANOMINING Project is carried out within 7th Framework Programme of the European
Commission within joint EU-Mexico call Adding Value to Mining at the Nanostructure level,
NMP Program Priority: NMP.2010.1.2-4.
Project background:
Silver nanoparticles and silver based nanostructured composites are being frequently used in a
variety of biomedical and industrial applications, such as an antimicrobial agents, lead-free
solders, electric contact materials, gas-sensitive sensor, etc. The most complicated Silver using
problems to be considered in the Project are:




recovery of silver from ore waste materials;
the controlled synthesis of metal nanoparticles of well-defined size, shape and
composition;
nanoparticles incorporation to desired implant surfaces
synthesis of Silver based nanostructured composites for industrial purposes.
Project goals:
The main goal of the Project is to develop:





Clean and efficient procedure of silver recovery from waste: Combined Mechanical
Activation – Thermal Oxidation Processing of jarosite type residues to alleviate and
accelerate the following precious metal leaching;
Combined nanotechnology of biological synthesis (using Mexican plants) of Ag
nanoparticles and its deposition on implant surfaces by electrophoretic, spraying and
other techniques;
Nanostructuring technology of Silver based nanocomposites manufacturing for electrical
contact applications.
Pilot production and trials of developed Ag nanoparticle modified implants and Ag
based nanostructured composites:
Hydroxyapatite Ca10(PO4)6(OH)2) coated implants which are widely used in orthopaedic
surgery because of their good biocompatibility related to the osteoconductive properties of
calcium phosphate coating;
464

Ag-SnO contacts for electrical systems; these composites combine high resistance to welding
and to electric arch erosion of the refractory phases with the high electric and thermal
conductivities.
Currently, IT infrastructure of the Institute is modernized, as part of the project entitled “ICenter” – computer centre for managing research processes in the Metal Forming Institute in
Poznan, implemented under the Operational Program Innovative Economy 2007-2013, Priority
2 Infrastructure of R&D.
In the “I-Center” project, a computer center for managing research processes in the Metal
Forming Institute in Poznan is created. The project aim is to create an innovative ICT
infrastructure, fostering the development of the Institute by supporting the management of
research projects and a wide sharing of results for scientific, research, economic and
educational purposes.
The Project will result in consolidation of resources and structures of managing research
processes, utilizing the available human resources, research equipment, repository of
knowledge and the creation of an informational service platform.
Certificate ISO 9001:2008:
In the Metal Forming Institute a Quality Management System according to ISO 9001:2008 is
applied (certificate GDK0003185 Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance Limited– LRQA).
The System is applicable to design of manufacturing processes, machines, installations and
tools for metal forming and research works. Manufacture of parts by metal forming methods.
Collecting, processing and distribution of scientific and technical information.
INOP possesses a testing laboratory designed to fulfill metal forming industry needs, certified
by the Polish Centre of Accreditation PCA (Certificate AB 105, expiry date 12.01.2015),
performing its activities in accordance with norms PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025:2001 and ISO
9001:2008.
Prizes and awards:



Diplomas of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for the Metal Forming
Institute for projects awarded with medals of the 4th and 5th International Warsaw
Innovation Show, IWIS 2010 and IWIS 2011:
Method for manufacturing of nanocomposite graphene-like greases and unit for
manufacturing of nanocomposite graphene-like greases and unit for manufacturing
nanocomposite graphene-like greases- Gold Medal with distinction
Method for hemming of sheet metal products, especially thick ones, and unit for
hemming of sheet metal products, especially thick ones- Gold Medal
Unit for surface treatment of top layers, especially of metal- Silver Medal.
465









Method for stamping shaped elements of metal sheet and unit for stamping shaped
elements of metal sheet- Gold Medal
Method for the modification of top layers of working surfaces of machine parts- Silver
Medal
Method for increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves and unit for
increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves- Silver Medal Protection of the
inventions is provided due to the realisation of the project entitled “Protection of
industrial property in the scope of manufacturing and introducing graphene-like
particles” included in the Innovative Economy Programme, Sub-action 1.3.2, Support
of the protection of industrial property created by scientific entities as result of R&D
works.
The promotion emblem, “Now Poland” of the fourth edition of the “Now Poland”
(‘Teraz Polska”) competition for innovative ventures, for the solution, “Innovative
numerically controlled MWS-700 machine for rotary forming of complex parts of
machines” implemented in FLAKT Bovent Ltd in Ożarów Mazowiecki. (Warsaw June 6,
2011)
Award of the President of the National Economic Chamber „Innovatica” 2010 in the
category of „ Innovative product – innovative technical or technological salution” for
the Innovative technology of crimping the coupling ends of transmission shafts
Gold Medal of International Fair Trade Poznan 2009, 2010 and 2012 in category:
“Transfer of the scientific research findings into economic practice” for:
„Technology and device for flow forming complex products of metal sheets”
implemented in Flakt Bovent Sp. z o.o. (2009)
„The technology of forming rings for flexible buffers” implemented in Więcborskie
Zakłady Metalowe WIZAMOR Sp. z o.o. (2010)
“Automatic line type UR 291 for manufacturing the front beam of railway wagon
trolley together with an innovative technology of spatial bending” implemented
in INTERMECH Ltd. in Stalowa Wola (2012)
A prize in the category of "Technology of the Future" in the IV edition of competition,
"Polish Product of the Future", organised in 2000 with the honourable sponsorship of
the Prime Minister, for the elaboration entitled "New Technology of obtaining high
density precision parts of powder alloy materials in mass production"
Distinction in the category of invention in the field of product or technology economic
prize of the Wielkopolska Region 2003 for the elaboration and implementation of
production technology for high-density precision parts made of iron matrix alloy
powder materials for the demands of automotive, machine and other industries".
466
2) Rotary forming of axisymmetrical parts
The Metal Forming Institute offers elaboration and implementation of rotary forming
technologies and machines. The methods of rotary forming of products on a rotating templet
by means of roll are spinning and flow forming. Manufacturing single parts or short production
series by traditional stamping is often very expensive. Manufacture of the same element by
methods of rotary forming is much quicker than stamping and the tooling cost is much lower.
The technologies of rotary forming allow for manufacturing high quality axisymmetrical parts
with high productivity.
Spinning and flow forming are performed on special
machines - spinning machines and flow forming ones.
Lathes can also be adapted for the realization of
spinning and flow forming processes.
Spinning machines do not require large forces on the
forming roll. Forming products with curved side walls
and the application of complex radial-motions
require very precise control of the spinning roll. Most
often a hydraulic templet or computer control are
applied.
MWS 700 spinning machine
Flow forming machines require the application of
large forces, therefore their construction is
adequately compact and robust. Flow forming is
effected mostly on products with rectilinear side wall
and, consequently, the control system is simpler.
Elongating flow forming is superior to drawing with thinning in that it requires lower forces and
the flow forming machine takes less room than a vertical press. On a flow forming machine,
execution of a cone can be effected in one operation, while execution on a press requires at
least several operations.
Advantages of the products made by rotary forming:




good dimensional accuracy,
high surface quality,
improvement of strength properties - in the case of flow formed parts,
complex shapes of products.
467
Effects of implementation of the
rotary forming technologies:




reduction of labour intensity of
production,
reduction
of
material
consumption,
reduction of electric energy
consumption,
reduction of manufacturing
cost.
Parts made by rotary forming

The spinning machine MWS 700 with innovative tool head is used for forming from metal
sheets complex shaped products used for ventilation, air conditioning and cooling devices. The
spinning machine with the technology was implemented in Fläkt Bovent company from Ożarów
Mazowiecki and replaced the manufacture of products made so far from a few separate parts,
welded afterwards. The machine meets the requirements of the Machine Directive 98/37/WE
and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/WE (designation CE).
The spinning machine MWS 700, together with the technology, has been awarded Gold Medal
of the Poznań International Fair 2010 in the category of “Transfer of investigation results to the
economic practice”, as well as the Polish Promotion Emblem, “NOW POLAND” 2011 for
innovative undertakings. The invention used in the machine entitled: “Method for stamping
shaped elements of metal sheet and unit for stamping shaped elements of metal sheet”, (no.
patent application: P.389731, date: 1 December 2009r.), was awarded with Gold Medal of the
IV International Warsaw Invention Show IWIS in 2010.
The Metal Forming Institute offers:

elaboration and implementation of rotary forming technologies,

design, execution and implementation of machines for rotary forming,

adaptation of lathes for spinning and flow forming,

technical consulting.
468
3) Innovative technology and devices for plastic forming of the coupling
ends of transmission shafts
The Metal Forming Institute offers innovative
technology and special devices, THC-17 and THC-19,
intended for cold plastic forming of solid coupling
transmission shafts applied in harvesters.
The new technological process consists in forming
the tube ends by the method of push broaching, in
operations of the tube end diameter reduction and
THC-17 device
forming an end with hexagonal cross section.
The devices work in the semi-automatic mode
with a productivity of 6 pcs per minute. The
devices meet the requirements of the Machine
Directive 98/37/WE and the Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/WE (designation CE).
The device for forming tube ends consists of a
horizontal hydraulic press, a tube holder (to
THC-19 device
prevent buckling), a tube transfer feeder and an
auxiliary table. The tubes are stored on a supply
table from where they are taken by the operator
and placed in the feeder paws. Next, they are
moved by the feeder to the working zone of the
individual operations and, after the process of
end forming is completed, they are dropped to a
container.
The technology and devices, implemented in the production of coupling transmission shafts for
harvesters manufactured by CNH Polska, Płock, have replaced production of shafts welded of a
tube and two ends made by the methods of machining.
Innovative technology and special devices, THC-17 and THC-19, are intended for cold plastic
forming of solid coupling transmission shafts applied in harvesters.
●
THC-17 device is intended for forming tube ends with the diameter of 38 mm and
length
of 2000 mm, in 4 operations.
●
THC-19 device is intended for forming tube ends with the diameter of 76 mm and
length
of 2000 mm, in 6 operations.
469
Implementation of the technology and devices has resulted in:
●
better dimensional accuracy,
●
better smoothness of the shaft end surface,
●
better strength properties and life time of the
transmission shafts,
●
higher productivity,
●
less material consumption,
●
less labour demand in production,
●
lower manufacturing cost.
Formed tube ends
The technology and devices have been granted ”Innovatica” 2010 award of the President of
the State Economic Chamber, in the category of “Innovative product – innovative technical or
technological solution”.
The Metal Forming Institute offers:

elaboration and implementation of the technology,

design, execution and implementation of the devices for cold plastic forming of the
tube ends,

technical consulting.
470
4) Forging crankshafts by the TR Method
The common feature of the TR - Method is that the normal working stroke of a press is used to
generate horizontal as well as vertical force. In this way, in specially designed TR forging
devices, combined upsetting, bending and squeezing operation with simultaneous gripping of
the bar enable such items as crankshafts to be formed. The devices are extremely simple,
compact and versatile and can be installed on forging presses of capacity up to 100 MN.
Advantages:
-
material savings,
diminished labour consumption,
high quality of forgings (i.a. proper grain flow),
possibility of forging bigger crankshafts on relatively smaller forging presses .
Crankshaft forging
Licensees:
Thyssen; Kloeckner; Krupp – Germany, Sulzer – Switzerland, Italsider – Italy, Forjas y Aceros de
Reinosa S.A. – Spain, Endo Co; Japan Steel Works; K.E.F. – Japane, Wuhan, Forging Works –
China, Hyundai – Korea, Alfing-Kessler – Germany, Ellwood – USA.
The Metal Forming Institute offers:
design, manufacture and implementation of forging devices
elaboration and implementation of forging technology
technical consulting
licences.
471
5) Innovative metal powder parts forming technology
Powder metallurgy is a highly developed
manufacturing method of precision parts; the
method consists in: mixing chemically pure or
initially alloyed powders, die pressing and
sintering
of
compressed
parts
in
a protective atmosphere. This technology
allows to obtain homogenous structure without
defects and intermetallic intercalations.
Metal powder parts
Due to the application of the technology, the
following effects have been obtained:

high abrasive wear resistance,

high abrasive strength, crushing
strength and compressive strength of
the product made,

obtained product density up to 7.7
g/cm3 for iron powder parts,

reduction of production energy consumption,

possibility of forming parts with complex shape and parts working in hard
exploitation conditions such as gears,

possibility of application for products of any shape, any destination, particularly for
ones of required high strength like gears, bearings, etc.
Advantages of the technology:






good mechanical and tribological properties of products,
repeatable dimensional accuracy,
elimination of finishing machining,
high degree of raw material utilization,
positive environmental impact,
reduction of manufacturing cost.
The technology has been awarded following prizes and awards:




Award of the Wielkopolska Regional Authority in the category of “Invention in the field of
product or technology of the Wielkopolska region economic prize”,
Nomination to the economic prize of the President of the Republic of Poland in the
category of “Invention in the field of product or technology”,
Award in the 4th edition of the competition “Polish product of the future”,
Award in the Stanislaw Staszic competition “Research and development entities for the
economy and society”.
472
The technology can be applied for the manufacturing of the following products:




parts of shock absorbers, sleeves, elements of pumps and brake systems for the automotive
and aircraft industry,
bearings, rings, racks, latches for the industry of household appliances,
elements of locks for doors and windows for the building industry,
machine elements, gears, spacing sleeves, bearing rings and others.
The Metal Forming Institute offers:
 elaboration of the technology for manufacturing of products made of iron powders,
 a circular line for forming powder material sleeves with the outer diameter of up to 22 mm and
height of up to 10 mm,
 technical consulting,
 short series production of iron matrix powder material parts.
6) Method for increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves
and unit for increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves
Increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves in the process of surface layer
modification with the use of pressure device, results in lower friction coefficient and
prolongation of the sleeve working time. The process consists in modification of the inner layer
of the bearing sleeve with solid lubricant nanoparticles, in most cases with graphene like
molecules of molybdenum disulfide.
The process is carried out in the PC-1 pressure device, which was designed, made and tested in
the Institute. The modification process is based on infiltration of solid lubricant nanoparticles
into the pores of a bearing sleeve made by powder metallurgy; the remaining particles form a
lubrication film on the inner surface of the sleeve.
Pressure device PC-1
for modification of
the surface layer
Impregnation socket
of the PC-1 device
Example of sleeve surface layer after
modification process in PC-1 device
473
Effects of implementation:

increase of durability and working life of bearing sleeves,

decrease of friction coefficient, improvement of tribological properties,

reduction of energy consumption and decrease of operating costs,

possibility of application of bearing sleeves in extreme environment (aircraft or rocket
engines),

reduction of production and operating costs.
The invention entitled: “Method for increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves and
unit for increasing the strength properties of bearing sleeves”, was awarded with Silver Medal
of the IV International Warsaw Invention Show IWIS in 2010.
474
7) Surface Engineering and Tribology
The Laboratory is concerned mainly with materials and machine parts research as well as
biomaterials and implants material research.
Materials and machine parts research
The Laboratory carries out its materials land machine parts research Rusing the following
control and measuring devices:

Tribological tester T-10
Tribological ball-on-disc tester type. The device is used for assessing the tribological
features of new materials used for gliding elements of machines, mainly thin sheaths.
Using the T-10 device you can precisely examine the resistance for wear and the
coefficient of friction of any material association working in gliding motion, depending on the
speed of gliding, surface pressing and other factors.

Tribological tester TWT-500N
Own construction tribological tester used for research of dry friction of machine parts.
This tribological tester is used for research in temperatures from room temperature to 600 0C.
475
Samples

Tribological tester T-05
Device T-05 is used for research of tribological features of lubricants i.e. solid lubricants,
oils, plastic lubricants as well as resistance to wear of materials used for gliding elements of
machines.
What should also be mentioned are:

Device for hardness tests in elevated temperatures in Rockwell scale BT-G01
It allows for hardness measurements in HRA, HRB and HRC scale in temperatures up to
500 °C. The sample surface is protected from oxidation by protective gas blow in test chamber.

Device for hardness and microhardness tests in elevated temperatures in Vickers scale
BT-G02
It allows for hardness measurements in Vickers scale, with various loads, in temperature
up to 500°C. The use of special clamps allows for small samples testing.

Device for small dimension samples compressing in elevated temperature HC-V01
Device allows for performing compression tests and flow curves determining for small
samples, even Ø2x3mm, in temperature up to 500°C.
Manufacturing of sulfide graphene-like nanoparticles using the „Rolling Cleavage Technology”.
476
8) Research on biomaterials and materials used for implants
Increased lifetime of humans resulting from the ability to make use of a number of
technical devices as well as progress in the diagnostics and curing of illnesses generates the
demand for various types of implants. Such fields as orthopedics, traumatology, dentistry,
cardiosurgery, laryngology, ophthalmology, etc. Using different types of implants, so called
“surrogate organs” such as joints endoprostheses, coronary stents used widely in cardiosurgery
or spine implants has become the challenge of contemporary civilization..
In order for the implant to meet the requirements it needs to be constructed in a
specific way and needs to be made of a suitable biomaterial. Due to this fact regardless of the
progress in implant construction constant research is being conducted in order to improve the
chemical composition and biomaterials specificity.
The group of implants used in the human osteo-skeletal system where tribological
processes play a role are composed of:

hip-joint endoprostheses mainly the „ball-socket” locomotor system,

knee-joint endoprostheses: the runner-polyethylene insert system,

joints endoprostheses: brachial, cubital, crurotalar,

intervertebral spinal disc implants,

teeth implants.
In the group of elements exposed to heavy wear surgical instruments should also be
named.
INOP has:

workplace for friction and wear research of biomaterials (testers named above i.e. T05, T-10, etc.),

workplace (simulators) for friction and wear research on implants.
The Metal Forming Institute in Poznan designed and constructed some of the simulators
for tribological research on implants i.e.:
 simulator for research on hip-joint endoprostheses made in two different versions of
attachment,
 simulator for research on knee-joint endoprostheses,
 simulator for research on intervertebral spinal discs.
Each of the simulators has an automatic registration system for the researched parameters.
Main aims of tribological research on implants run on simulators are:
477
 determination of the friction resistance in the researched motion node of the implant for
different material associations,
 determination of the intensity of wear of the researched materials of the friction couple (for
example ball and socket).
 collection and research on the products resulting from wear (their quantity, size, chemical
composition).
 research on other destructive processes such as: biocorosion, material fatigue, quantity of
metalic ions impacting the metal, the so called metalosis effect, etc.,
 possibility of assessing the durability of an implant.
Main advantage of the Simulator run tests is the fact that they are conducted on prototypes of
real implants (for example endoprostheses of joint, spinal implants, etc.)before they are
introduced to the medical practice.
Simulators
a) Simulator of the hip-joint endoprosthesis: i) arrangement compliant with the human
biological system, ii) reverse arrangement
478
b) Example of a simulator used for research on hip-joint endoprosthesis
c) Example of a simulator used for research on implants of intervertebral spinal disc
479
POLISH WELDING CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE
(Instytut Spawalnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
16 - 18, Bł. Czesława st., 44 – 100 Gliwice,
Poland
phone: +48 32 231 00 11
fax: + 48 32 231 46 52
e-mail: is@is.gliwice.pl
http://www.is.gliwice.pl/en/indexen.php
Instytut Spawalnictwa (The Institute of Welding) is engaged in development and transfer of
knowledge in the field of joining advanced structural materials in order to ensure innovation
and competitiveness of producers of welded structures. Established in 1945, Instytut
Spawalnictwa is a leading and key welding research centre in Poland. In its long-standing
activity the Institute has been solving problems in welding technology, coordinated numerous
R&D projects and strengthened close links with industry and research centres.
Instytut Spawalnictwa is the only organisation of its type in Poland and has the status of the
Centre of Excellence and functions as:

ANB – Authorised National Body – in European Federation of Welding, Joining and
Cutting (EWF) and International Welding Institute (IIW), authorised for qualification
of welding personnel,

ANBCC – Authorises National Body – in EWF – authorised for certification of
enterprises according to PN-EN ISO 3834 standards,

Accredited in Polish Centre for Accreditation (PCA) organisation for certification of
welding products and processes, Factory Production Control systems, welding and
NDT personnel and quality management systems,

Notified Body in the European Union in the scope of 2006/95/WE, 97/23/We and
87/404/WE Directives.
Institute has the certified quality management system in accordance with PN-EN ISO 9001:2009
standard.
Applied and development research constitutes the basis of the Institute’s activities. Instytut
Spawalnictwa in Poland deals with processes of joining of structural materials with the use of
advanced technologies of welding, brazing and thermal cutting as well as allied technologies.
480
Areas of activity:















development and applied research into welding and allied technologies
weldability of steels and non-ferrous metals
mechanical, structural and non-destructive testing
environmental engineering
expert opinions, advisory service
testing for CE marking, certification and approvals
transfer of innovation into industry
education and supervision of welding education in Poland
certification of welding personnel, quality management systems and products, welding
processes and Factory Production Control systems
testing and qualification of welding technologies
qualification of industrial enterprises, supervision of structures manufacture
standardization
scientific, technical and economic information
collaboration with Polish and foreign organisations
professional publications, seminars, conferences
481
SCIENCE FOR INDUSTRY
Instytut’s team of technologists highly experienced in conducting research and development
works as well as collaborating with industry, offers a wide range of research and expertise
services including assistance in transfer of innovative technologies into industrial practice. The
offer includes collaboration and consulting services in solving problems such as reduction of
costs, quality and competitiveness improvement of product and manufacture of welded
structures.
The offer includes the following services:
Consultancy and technical assistance in development and transfer of new technologies
into industry
On the basis of technological audits and information about currently applied technologies,
Instytut researchers offer assistance in the planning of technology development and
improvement of welding work quality and selection of innovation technologies.
Development and implementation of welded technologies
Development of welding technologies includes conditions for preparation of joints, selection of
parameters, consumables and equipment, conditions for joints examination, heat treatment
etc. Research/test results are available in the form of reports and/or WPS/BPS. Implementation
includes vocational guidance as well as authors’ supervision over new technology acquisition
and pre-production batch manufacturing.
Qualification of welding technologies
Acting as a third party, Instytut Spawalnictwa qualifies technologies of welding, surfacing and
brazing in accordance with PN-ISO EN and PN-EN standards as well as other standards and
regulations specified by the Customer. Instytut issues documents of technology qualification in
the form of WPQR, WPAR, PQR and BPAR stating that the technology fulfils specified
requirements.
Weldability of materials and testing of welded
structures
Instytut Spawalnictwa conducts research works devoted to
weldability of metals and welded structures. Structural,
mechanical and non-destructive testing, stress analysis and
fatigue testing is performed in order to provide assistance
for designers and producers of welding consumables and
structures.
482
Environmental Engineering
The specialists offers a wide range of research and services in work safety, health protection
and ecology in welding processes. The offer includes investigation of dust and gas emission,
noise and electromagnetic fields, microclimate of work environment, optical radiation, and
welding consumables and processes in respect of pollutants emission.
Training of personnel in implementation of new technologies
Apart from a wide range of training dedicated to welding personnel, Instytut Spawalnictwa
offers specialist training adapted to conditions and requirements specified by enterprises.
The scope of collaboration includes the following technologies:
-
laser welding and cutting
plasma welding and cutting
arc welding
preventive surfacing and rebuilding
brazing, soldering and braze welding
resistance and friction welding
robotic and mechanised welding
Laser Welding and Cutting
Instytut offers research/testing, technology and consultation services in the range of laser
welding and cutting processes aiming at improvement of quality, repetitiveness and reduction
of costs of welded products. Works are conducted by means of numerically controlled and
robotised laser welding and cutting stations with CO2 and YAG lasers processing centres for
welding and cutting of two and three-dimensional elements. The laser stations reproduce the
real industrial conditions.
Laser welding enables:
-
joining of materials without edge preparation and necessity to use welding
consumables
obtaining very narrow welds with restricted heat affected zone and minimum
distortions in welded joints i.e. welding “ready-made” products
welding of elements of diversified thickness
simplification of the structure and manufacture of products by applying advantages of
laser welding
483
Laser cutting enables:
-
ensuring high quality and repeatability of cut-out elements
elimination of additional machining of edges
cutting of coated plates, pipes and stamped elements, etc.
saving materials due to optimum layout of elements
484
Plasma Welding and Cutting
In the range of plasma welding the offer includes:
development of welding technologies for 0.1 ÷ 2 mm thick materials made of
unalloyed and alloyed and galvanised (without damaging of zinc coating) steels used in
electronics, medicine, precision engineering, food and automotive industries, etc.
implementation of welding systems with welding technologies
pre-production or prototypes batches
Great stability, high level of concentration and ionisation as well as high power density of
plasma arc ensure very good quality and appearance of joints.
In the range of plasma cutting the offer includes:
cutting with the use of water shielding resulting in reduction of stresses and distortions
technical advice in cutting technology and organisation of work stations
Arc Welding
Instytut offers extensive collaboration in welding of steels, aluminium, titanium, copper and
other metals with MIG/MAG, TIG, A-TIG, SAW and MMA processes as well as hybrid laser +
MIG/MAG welding process.
The collaboration includes:
development of welding technologies
advice on process and consumable selection
process development aimed at improvement of applied technologies
manufacture of pre-production and prototype elements welded with different
methods
Preventive Surfacing and Rebuilding
The offer of Instytut covers:
MIG/MAG, SAW and MMA surfacing
plasma and gas surfacing of elements made of
unalloyed, alloyed and non-weathering steels,
cast steels and some cast irons; the surfacing is
conducted with metallic powders such as nickel,
cobalt, iron or copper-based alloys
assistance in development of surfacing
technologies on the basis of analysis of abrasive
wear of elements of equipment and machinery
development, manufacture and implementation of specialised iron and nickel-based
tubular cored electrodes for surfacing meeting specified exploitation requirements
485
Brazing, Soldering and Braze Welding
The offer of technological collaboration in the
range of soldering and brazing includes:
flame brazing with the use of
conventional and volatile fluxes (manufacture
of feeders of volatile flux)
induction brazing of tools and machine
parts
oven brazing in vacuum and argon
blanket soldering of parts of machines, tools,
heat exchangers and other metal devices
Instytut offers specialised filler metals, fluxes and pastes for brazing and soldering as well as
assistance during their implementation.
MIG/MAG braze welding is an alternative to arc welding and brazing of plates covered with
anticorrosion coating and sheets of alloyed and unalloyed steels. This method enables obtaining
high quality joints with retaining original anticorrosion properties of the base material.
Instytut offers development and implementation of the technology of robotised and semirobotised MIG/MAG braze welding of galvanised and alloyed steels.
Resistance and Friction Welding
Instytut offers support in problemshooting and development of technologies enabling the
manufacture of products with the use of:
spot resistance, projection and butt welding
friction welding including friction stir welding (FSW)
ultrasonic welding
braze welding
A relatively new FSW method enables:
joining aluminium sheets and plates, depending on
equipment size, of thickness up to 50 mm in single run,
without shielding gases and edge bevelling
welding dissimilar materials such as aluminium to
copper
welding of non-ferrous metals which cannot be
welded using other processes
reducing costs of welding
Cost reduction is the result of simplified preparation of
plates for welding, absence of consumables, limited necessity of application of protection
measures (indispensable in arc welding of aluminium and its alloys).
486
Robotic and Mechanised Welding Processes
Within the range of robotic and mechanised welding Instytut offers:
economic analysis of profitability of implementation of robotised stations for specified
applications
development of assumptions of the best possible configuration of welding station and
assistance in selection equipment suppliers
development of technology of robotised welding or braze welding
support in implementation of robotised welding technologies
487
THE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CENTRE FOR
BUILDING INSULATION INDUSTRY
(Centralny Ośrodek Badawczo Rozwojowy Przemysłu Izolacji Budowlanej)
Organisation Contact Data
193 A, W. Korfantego st., 40 – 157 Katowice, Poland
phone: +48 32 2581 373 ; 32 2580 572
phone / fax: + 48 32 2583 553
e-mail: sekretar@cobrpib.katowice.pl
http://www.cobrpib.katowice.pl/ang/angindex.htm
We are interested in cooperation in range:
1/ Technology offer
Title:
Flame retardancy of bitumen materials for roof waterproofing
Short description:
Technology allows to obtain bitumen materials for roof waterproofing with increased
resistance to fire in relation to traditional products. During production of bitumen layer for
preparing reinforced flexible sheets for waterproofing or during production of bitumen
compounds, solutions and dispersions some additives are added, which decrease a spreading of
fire during its action.
2/ R&D offer
Cooperation:
Research of the heat transfer in materials or products for thermal insulation in range of
temperature from -160 ºC to 700 ºC.
488
WOOD TECHNOLOGY INSTITUTE
(Instytut Technologii Drewna)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Winiarska st.,6- - 654 Poznań, Poland
phone: +48 61 849 24 00
fax: + 48 61 822 43 72
e-mail: office@itd.poznan.pl
http://www.itd.poznan.pl/en/
The Wood Technology Institute (in Polish: Instytut Technologii Drewna, ITD) is the only research
and development unit in Poland which, since 1952, has been comprehensively dealing with
issues concerning wood processing, its application, and the creation of new composites based
on wood as a raw material. The mission of the Institute is to conduct research aimed at
achieving the sustainable development of the wood industry, maintaining the high
competitiveness of the Polish wood sector, developing innovative materials, technologies, and
machining techniques, as well as improving education and awareness in a knowledge-based
society.
The Wood Technology Institute’s activity involves research, certification, normalization,
information dissemination, and training for the forestry-wood sector companies.
The institute co-operates with numerous national and foreign entities and companies within
and outside the forestry-wood sector (e.g. ministries, the State Forests, regional and local
authorities, various associations and industry chambers, national courts, technology platforms,
wood companies).
Research activity encompasses the following areas:

structure, quality, properties, and protection of wood, wood products and wood
materials,

production processes in the wood and furniture industries,
biotechnology,


wood industry organization and economics,

markets in roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, furniture and other wood
products,

product quality,

environmental protection and safety at work.
489
The Institute is an EU Notified Body (No. 1583) and acts as an Independent Controller (No.
TPC-19) of composite wood product manufacture within the area of formaldehyde release,
conferred by the California Air Resources Board (CARB).
The Institute has in its structure a Testing Laboratory of Wood, Wood-Based Materials,
Packaging, Furniture, Constructions and Woodworking Machines which performs tests
according to requirements of national, European, and international standards, and is divided in
eleven sections (A: Anatomical and Taxonomical Testing, B: Physical Testing, C: Chemical
Testing, D: Furniture Testing, E: Packaging and Construction Testing, F: Environmental
Protection and Safety Testing, G: Wood Preservation and Conservation Testing, H: Surface
Testing, K: Inflammability Testing, L: Woodworking Machines and Machine Tools Testing, and
M: Solid Biofuels Testing). The laboratory is accredited by the Polish Centre for Accreditation
(PCA).
The Institute also has a Certification Centre for Wood Industry Products which is authorized to
issue product certificates (on average it issues 50 certificates a year) and a Quality Policy
Department.
In its activity he Institute follows the principles of a Quality Management System acc. to ISO
9001:2008 standard.
Since 2005 the Institute has been coordinator of the Polish Forest-Based Sector Technology
Platform, which is a national support group of the European Forest-Based Sector Technology
Platform (FTP). The Institute also has office of the Polish National SME Services Network.
The Institute co-operates with the following Technical Committees of the European
Committee for Standardization (CEN/TC 38 Durability of wood and derived materials, CEN/TC
175 Round and sawn timber, CEN/TC 142 Woodworking machines – Safety, CEN/TC 112 Woodbased panels, and CEN/TC 207 Furniture) and ISO Technical Committees (ISO/TC 136 Furniture,
ISO/TC 218 Timber, ISO/TC 89 Wood-based panels, and ISO/TC 39/SC4 Woodworking machines).
The Institute has numerous patents and pending patent applications, for example: “A method
of reducing the content and emission of formaldehyde in boards from lignocellulosic
particles bonded with amine resins”, “A method of testing initial adhesion of plywood glues and
a sample for testing of initial adhesion of plywood glues”, “An adhesive and method of bonding
flat surfaces and a method of spatial objects production”, “Agents for surface and deep
protection of wood against moisture and a method of surface protection of wood against
moisture”.
490
TECHNOLOGY FOR COMPOSITE PANELS MADE OF UNCONVENTIONAL
LIGNOCELLULOSIC RAW MATERIALS
This offer encompasses sale of technology and its adjustment to raw
materials and regional conditions, including:
the manner of grinding and obtainment of chips (flakes and fibrous chips),
the choice of glue resin and glue formula, taking into account pH and buffer capacity of
lignocellulosic raw materials,
the structure and formulas of the panel,
pressing parameters,
tests of panel properties.
The developed technology enables the production of furniture panels and indoor equipment
panels, interior and exterior load shift panels, and building panels, i.e. structural and insulating
panels, with the use of chips obtained from agricultural waste, fast growing plants (from
agricultural and forest plantations), and root offshoots. The below table compares chosen
properties of panels produced according to the ITD technology with the properties of popular
building OSBs.
Requirements of the
Results of
PN-EN 300:2006 standard for
panel testing
Panel properties
OSBs, type
acc. to the ITD
technology
2
3
4
Bending strength [N/mm2]
- major axis
33 – 42
20
20
28
- minor axis
10
10
15
2
Modulus of elasticity [N/mm ]
3500
3500
4800
- major axis
3950 - 4620
1400
1400
1900
- minor axis
Internal bond [N/mm2]
1.09 – 1.54
0.32
0.32
0.45
Internal bond after cyclical tests (option 1)
0.72 – 1.19
0.15
0.17
Tensile strength after boiling test (option 2)
0.12 – 0.26
0.13
0.15
[N/mm2]
Swell in thickness, 24 h
5.1 – 6.0
20
15
12
Swell in thickness after cyclical tests
5.6 – 8.5
(option 1) [%]
Density [ kg/m3]
660 - 710
491
492
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
MECHANICS, BUILDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINES ,
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
493
INSTITUTE FOR SUSTAINABLE TECHNOLOGIES –
NATIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Technologii Eksploatacji)
Organisation Contact Data
6/10 K. Pułaskiego st., 26 – 600 Radom,
Poland
phone: +48 48 364-42-41
fax: + 48 48 364-47-60
e-mail: instytut@itee.radom.pl
http://www.itee.radom.pl/lang/index.php
The Institute for Sustainable Technologies – National Research Institute (ITeE–PIB) in
Radom is a public R&D organisation that conducts basic and applied research and
implementation tasks in the area of advanced technologies, particularly in the domain of
machines structure and maintenance, materials engineering, environmental protection,
systems engineering, research methodology, and the theory and practice of knowledge
transformation and technology transfer.
SCIENTIFIC AND INFRASTRUCTURE BASE:
The Institute was established in 1986. In 2004 the Institute obtained the status of the
National Research Institute. The 90s of the XX century saw tremendous infrastructural
growth for the Institute. These were the years when Institute’s prominent research
laboratories and scientific departments were built. Further expansion of the Institute’s
laboratory infrastructure continues and currently a new complex of the Environmental
Technologies Laboratories is being built. Along the expansion of Institute’s infrast ructure,
the investment is also in the development of modern apparatus and analytical equipment,
thanks to which the Institute has reached the level of research laboratories equal to leading
EU Member States.
The modernity of the research and laboratory infrastructure and high qualifications of the
personnel have been officially recognised and certified by, inter alia, the Polish Centre for
Accreditation, the Polish Ministry of Economy, or the German TUV NORD Group.
The Institute has a great experience in the realisation of strategically important R&D
programmes in the domain of innovativeness and advanced product and process
technologies. The Institute has also realised numerous grant projects (ca. 120) and targeted
projects (ca. 110) that finished with successful and effective implementation of their
results. The Institute has also been appointed to realise and coordinate programmes and
projects commissioned by the governmental and administrative bodies. Among them, the
most prestigious and prominent was the “Development of Innovative Systems of
Manufacturing and Maintenance 2004–2008” Multi-Year Programme jointly realised by the
Institute and ca. 100 leading national research centres, enterprises and institutions from
the business sector.
494
At the beginning of 2011, the “Advanced Industrial and Ecological Technologies for the
Sustainable Development of Poland” technological foresight project coordinated by the
Institute was completed.
Among currently undertaken programmes, one of key importance is the “Innovat ive
Systems of Technical Support for Sustainable Development of Economy” Strategic
Programme realised within the Innovative Economy Operational Programme.
Profile and scientific and research directions
The scope of activity of the Institute is mainly concentrated on the structure and
maintenance of machines, materials engineering and manufacturing technologies particularly
concerning:
modelling of knowledge transformation and technology transfer mechanisms and

structures, methodology of empirical research and determination of development
directions of innovative mechanisms and structures;
systems engineering, tribology, surface engineering, operating fluids, diagnostics,

mechatronics, bio-mechatronics, metrology, information technologies and life long
learning;
innovativeness of products and manufacturing and maintenance processes, in

particular, optimisation methods, control systems for technical objects, computer
systems for the support of technological and decision processes, methods and devices
for materials and technical systems testing, surface technologies, operating fluids
technologies and composite materials technologies;
systems for the rationalisation of materials and energy resources usage in

manufacturing and maintenance processes including, technologies for materials
utilisation, recycling and reusable energy resources;
organisational and technical systems to counteract and fight technical threats, dangers

and disasters;
environmental protection focused particularly on monitoring systems and technologies

for the reduction of ecological contamination resulting from the widespread
application of technical devices;
standardisation and normalisation activity in the area of products, processes and

technical safety;
methods and systems for the support of quality systems in manufacturing and

maintenance processes;
continuing vocational education systems;

improvement of R&D methods.

The originality of the Institute’s approach to conduct scientific and R&D activity lies in the
interdisciplinarity of both the scientific and technical aspects, which results in the
multiplicative application of the developed solutions.
In September 2010 the Institute was awarded the highest category in Polish scientific
institutions classification, which together with already acquired reputation decided on
495
prestigious and strategically important scientific, R&D and investment programmes being
granted to the Institute.
Surface Engineering Department
The scope of work at the Surface Engineering Department is concentrated on the realisation
of research and application tasks in the field of surface engineering, in particular, processes of
increasing the durability of tools and machine parts by means of PVD methods in particular. The
results of scientific activities undertaken include advanced technologies of surface treatment
enabling the modification of the surface layer of the material in order to give it desirable
functional and operational properties.
Activities conducted in this particular domain include a wide scope of undertakings of
technological nature as:
the design of new material solutions for coatings and layers, particularly hybrid layers,

compound coatings (composite, multi-component and multi-layer) and layers with a
nanometric structure;
the development of advanced technologies of creating coatings and layers with a

functional character by means of contemporary methods of thermo-chemical treatment
and methods of surface treatment;
the analysis of processes of manufacturing coating materials with plasma fraction,

including in particular ion nitriding processes, magnetron sputtering, arc evaporation
and EB PVD evaporation;
the material research of thin films and coatings concentrated mainly on their mechanical

and anti-wear properties;
the development of technologies of removing PVD layers from the surface of tools,

machine parts and structural elements;
the design and construction of plasma sources, control systems, additional accessories

and technological devices for the realisation of surface treatment processes, including
hybrid treatment processes.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Prof. Jerzy Smolik
e-mail: jerzy.smolik@itee.radom.pl
Tribology Department
The R&D activity of the Tribology Department comprises the problems of friction, wear and
the lubricating of the components of machines, with particular attention paid to research
methods and test devices. The main directions of research conducted at the department
concentrate on:
– the scientific investigation of friction and wear processes in macro-, micro- and nanoscale;
– the development of methods facilitating tribological properties of machine elements;
– the development of systems for the assessment of tribological properties of structural
materials and lubricating substances;
– the development of tribotesters and laboratory equipment for tribological investigations.
496
The department consists of Tribological Testing Laboratory and Laboratories of Scanning
Microscopy and Metrology that have been accredited by the Polish Centre for Accreditation
(PCA).
The department cooperates with numerous national and international universities and
research institutes, inter alia: technical universities in Cracow, Lodz, Rzeszow, Radom, Wroclaw
and Poznan, Lodz University, the University of Warmia and Mazury, the University of Monterrey
in Mexico, the Institute of Superhard Materials in Kiev, the Federal Institute for Materials
Research and Testing (BAM Institute) in Berlin and Tribological Centre in Neustadt, Austria.
The research and test apparatus designed at the department and manufactured at the
Institute have been introduced at many national technical universities, research institutes and
industrial R&D laboratories. Moreover, department’s original solutions are also exported to
such countries as China, Israel, Mexico, Germany, USA, Hungary, Vietnam, Russia, South Korea,
Croatia and Czech Republic.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Witold Piekoszewski
e-mail: witold.piekoszewski@itee.radom.pl
Control Systems Department
The Control Systems Department conducts research activity directed mainly at the design
and production of:
– microprocessor systems, including hard real time systems;
– specialised electronic devices in the field of control systems, plasma sources supply systems
and other power electonic systems meant for plasma-vacuum devices such as, high power
radio frequency generators and high power pulse generators;
– control systems for technological processes, plasma-vacuum processes in particular;
– control systems for research and test devices.
The department is equipped with
– tools for programming engineering and microprocessor techniques, i.e. DSP signal
processors and FPGA systems;
– surface-mount laboratory;
– devices for high-power measurements;
– software for the identification, modelling and simulation of control systems;
– SCADA and HMI tools;
– laboratory for testing devices to be CE certified.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Andrzej Majcher
e-mail: andrzej.majcher@itee.radom.pl
Information Technologies Department
The work of the Information Technologies Department focuses particularly on R&D tasks in
the field of applied computer science, automation and test apparatus. The scope of activity
497
includes the integration of network and mobile information technologies with PLC control
systems and measurement systems of varied structure. Moreover, the department deals with
analytical issues, system engineering, knowledge engineering as well as mathematical and
heuristic modelling. Undertakings executed by the department include:
– local and internet data- and knowledge bases;
– portals, vortals and internet platforms using latest information technologies available;
– unique test and research apparatus, particularly climatic, environmental and volatile
substances emission test chambers;
– innovative systems for the control of technological processes,
– computer systems for the monitoring and diagnosis of the condition of technical objects and
technological processes;
– original algorithmic models designed by means of numerical and Artificial Intelligence
methods, computer simulations and knowledge engineering.
The department applies various programming languages, (i.e. C, C++, C#, Delphi, Lisp,
Java,Visual Basic), script languages (inter alia: PHP and JavaScript), structural languages and
declarative languages. To create databases, Oracle, MySql, Postgress, FireBird, Access, DBASE,
PARADOX standards are used, whereas scientific and engineering calculations, computer
simulations, optimisation and prognosis are assisted by Matlab and Simulink Programme. The
algorithms for advanced control systems and original test and research apparatus are designed
with the use of LabView, VHDL and specialised software.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Jerzy Dobrodziej
e-mail: jerzy.dobrodziej@itee.radom.pl
498
Mechatronics Department
The multidisciplinary scientific-research activity of the Mechatronics Department comprises
both conceptual studies and practical applications of advanced solutions in the field of
mechatronic technologies used in the systems for the support of manufacturing and maintenance
processes, research and test apparatus, and medical equipment. The department’s main
research directions are as follows:
– advanced methods and systems of multiparameter quality control in the industry by
means of opto-mechatronic methods;
– hybrid monitoring systems of technological processes with the use of optical inspection
and thermo vision;
– test and measurement apparatus satisfying the needs of both the R&D sector and the
industry;
– mechatronic systems for rehabilitation.
The Mechatronics Laboratory undergoes constant development and is equipped with
advanced test stands, high quality apparatus and devices necessary for the realisation of
research projects.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Tomasz Giesko
e-mail: tomasz.giesko@itee.radom.pl
499
Environmental Technologies Department
The main direction of the scientific and R&D activity of the Environmental Technologies
Department is to develop and improve innovative industrial technologies enabling both the
reduction of material and power consumption in manufacturing processes and the
management of waste that would minimise the possibly environmentally harmful aspects of its
disposal. The scope of activity of the department is particularly oriented towards systems for
the reduction of a negative impact of manufacturing and maintenance processes on the
environment, technologies of waste management and processing by means of biotechnological
and membrane processes, production and application of ecological energy carriers, polymer
composites-based machine regeneration, application of operational and maintenance materials
waste as substitute fuels. Additionally, the department specialises in the development of
ecological operating fluids and plastic greases on the basis of biodegradable raw materials from
reusable sources, and the research on the course and the effects of corrosive processes causing
serious damage to components of high power devices.
The R&D undertakings executed by the department include laboratory analysis by means of
specialist analytical apparatus for spectral and chromatographic tests and physico-chemical
properties of operating fluids. Moreover, numerous novel solutions in the field of specialised
technical devices making manufacturing and maintenance processes more environmentally
friendly are developed at the department. The innovative devices developed allow the
reduction of the amount of waste created by means of the recycling of operating fluids,
including processing fluids, machine, compressor and hydraulic oils and antifreezes. The
department cooperates with many national scientific and R&D centres such as Technical
Universities in Warsaw and Cracow, University in Lodz, University of Warmia and Mazury,
“Blachownia” Institue of Heavy Organic Synthesis and the Oil and Gas Institute. Moreover, the
department closely cooperates with machine, transport and power industries. The results of
this cooperation include numerous scientific papers, patents and industrial applications.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Jarosław Molenda
e-mail: jaroslaw.molenda@itee.radom.pl
500
Innovation Strategies Department
The Innovation Strategies Department conducts scientific and development research in the
field of technology transfer, innovativeness and entrepreneurial development, foresight
projects and innovative systems management.
The main areas of activity of the department include:
systems for innovation – mechanisms and structures of knowledge transformation and

technology transfer;
trends in the area of knowledge transformation and advanced technology transfer;

foresight projects realised at national, regional, sectoral and corporate levels and

international and transnational programmes for the support of innovation
implementation;
evaluation of strategic research programmes,

effectiveness of scientific, R&D and implementation research realisation;

research results commercialisation procedures.

The department coordinated undertakings executed within “Poland 2020” National
Foresight Programme, particularly within “Sustainable Development of Poland” research panel.
Additionally, the department was responsible for the execution of the sectoral foresight project
“Advanced Industrial and Ecological Technologies for the Sustainable Development of Poland”
realised within the Innovative Economy Operational Programme. The realisation of the project
allowed for the generation of future research directions in the area of technical support for
sustainable development, which formed the substantial basis for the “Innovative Systems of
Technical Support for Sustainable Development of Economy” Strategic Programme realised and
co-financed within European structural funds in the framework of national Innovative Economy
Operational Programme.
The department currently participates in the realisation of various research projects
including “Design of Evaluation Model for the Eco-effectiveness of Technologies for Sustainable
Development” Project and research tasks in one of the thematic groups of the Strategic
Programme – “Systems of knowledge transformation, advanced technologies transfer and
commercialisation of innovative solutions for the sustainable economy.”
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Beata Poteralska
e-mail: beata.poteralska@itee.radom.pl
501
Systems Research Department
The main area of the activity of the Systems Engineering Department comprises the
modelling of maintenance systems and processes and technical objects. The department also
conducts research intended for the development of methods supporting the experimental
research of the Institute in the domain of experiments planning and the analysis of their results
from the point of view of the design of models describing the properties of objects tested.
Tasks executed by the department encompass the following thematic areas:
methodological support of experimental research;
modelling of processes, particularly in the area of technical objects maintenance;
modelling of computer systems supporting decision processes;
developing procedures for the assessment of projects innovativeness;
model research concerning the economic assessment of enterprises operation;
-
analysis of the effectiveness of economic undertakings;
analysis of the condition and development tendencies of industry innovativeness.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Magdalena Trzos
e-mail: magda.trzos@itee.radom.pl
Textile Technologies Department
The Textile Technologies Department in Lodz realises R&D tasks in the domain of innovative
manufacturing technologies including:
– fibre extraction from plants;
– consolidation of unconventional textile and fibrous products;
– new fibrous composite products for agricultural technology, ecohydrology and construction
industry;
– diagnosis and assessment of textile goods manufacturing;
– design and development of novel specialist test and measurement apparatus complying with
European standards;
– development of model test stands, experimental installations and prototypes in the field of
textile technologies;
– recycling of textiles.
All the undertakings are of a transdisciplinary character and are based on a close
cooperation with scientific centres in the Lodz region. Cooperation with the industry has led to
the development of complete technological lines for manufacturing.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Prof. Marek Wiśniewski
e-mail: wojtysiakjan@poczta.fm
502
Vocational Education Research Department
The Vocational Education Research Department performs scientific-research, and project
and implementation activity in the field of work pedagogy aimed particularly at the vocational
training of advanced technologies specialists of all levels (higher, secondary and vocational).
The scope of the activity of the Department includes:
development of research methods of work pedagogy;
comparative research of European vocational education systems and the
implementation of EU tools supporting formal and non-formal education;
development of methods of structuring, implementing and evaluating modular
curricula;
development of scientific and research networks and the accreditation of institutions
and programmes realised within the Polish Network for Modular Education.
The Department also identifies new problematic areas within work pedagogy concerning the
implementation of European and Polish frameworks of qualifications. Research tasks currently
coordinated by the Department include, inter alia, the “Innovative programmes and
technologies of continuing education for the support of knowledge transformation and
advanced technologies transfer” realised with the “Innovative Systems of Technical Support for
Sustainable Development of Economy” Strategic Programme; and such international scientific
projects as Leonardo da Vinci or GRUNDTVIG.
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Krzysztof Symela
e-mail: krzysztof.symela@itee.radom.pl
503
Continuing Education Departament
The scientific and research activity of the Continuing Education Department is particularly
concentrated on issues connected with continuing vocational education including the following:
research on the theoretical and methodological basis for the creation of a multilevel
vocational education system;
development of contemporary technologies for vocational training;
analysis of global trends in vocational and continuing education;
development of computer systems for the support of learning processes;
e-learing and visualisation;
development of national and international networks of innovation and cooperation
between educational institutions, adult education associations and enterprises.
The Department is in the possession of a modern Innovation Laboratory (i-Lab) – the centre
of teachers, students and coaches competences development.
The Department is engaged in the realisation of numerous national and international
programmes and projects treating of the problems of vocational education and lifelong learning
(i.e. EQUAL – WWW Entrepreneurship – the Internet as a Means for Higher Competitiveness –
for which, in 2010, the Department won the DIE EUROPA Award, Vocational Support for People
with Difficulties with Employment Access, Lifelong Learning Programme – “Wirtschaftsnahe
Lernstrategien fur LLL in der Region (WiSaR)).
Contact Person Data
Head of Department: Dr Dorota Koprowska
e-mail: dorota.koprowska@itee.radom.pl
504
INSTITUTE OF MINING TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Techniki Górniczej)
Organisation Contact Data
37 Pszczyńska st., 44 – 101 Gliwice, Poland
phone: +48 32 237 41 00
fax: + 48 32 23 74 518
e-mail: info@komag.eu
http://komag.eu/en/
KOMAG Institute of Mining Technology realizes scientific, research and technical projects
oriented onto a mechanization of mineral winning and processing systems in the mining
industry. This research work refers to mechanization of cutting, loading and transportation of
the-run-of-mine as well as to dewatering and ventilation of mines and processing of minerals,
with special attention paid to the problems of environmental protection, work safety and
ergonomics.
KOMAG offer includes:












technical documentation of mining machines and equipment,
scientific and technical consultancy,
testing of mining machines and equipment,
training of machinery operators,
modelling of complex anthropotechnical systems,
ergonomic analyses,
identification of health and safety hazards,
reconstruction of accidents,
computer simulation of machinery assembly jobs,
projects concerning environmental protection and environmental management issues,
environmental measurements of imissions and emissions, noise and mechanical
vibrations,
dust control systems and equipment.
505
KOMAG has the following authorizations:



accreditation of certifying body issued by the Polish Centre for Accreditation – No. AC
023,
status of notified body No. 1456 as regards 2006/42/EC “Machinery”, 2006/95/EC
“Low Voltage”, 94/9/EC ATEX and 2009/48/EC “Toy” Directives,
authorization for conducting tests and performing assessments of products resulting
from the Decree of the Ministers’ Council from 30th April 2004, concerning an approval
of products for use in mining plants.
It is important to mention that KOMAG has the accredited Laboratory for Tests, equipped
with the state-of-the-art rigs, enabling, among others, to test the strength and an
operation of powered roof supports on the incline as well as to check a joint operation of
three powered roof support units. The tests are realized against the orders of domestic and
foreign producers of powered roof supports as well as of end-users of the equipment.
Inviting you to a collaboration with KOMAG, we would like to assure you that an
implementation of innovative technical and technological solutions, developed at our
Institute, will contribute to an increase of your market.
STATE-OF-THE-ART, INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS FOR THE MINING
INDUSTRY
KOMAG Institute of Mining Technology, established in 1950, is a Polish state-owned
research institute, subordinated to and supervised by the Ministry of Economy, employing
236 scientific research and technical specialists, offering new, competitive, technical and
technological solutions in the domain of mechanical systems and environmental engineering.
KOMAG plays an important role both in international as well as local developments. It is one of
the national leaders in the domain of technical progress as regards research, designing and
testing of mining machinery and equipment. The results of these multidisciplinary activities are
used by machinery producers, selling their products to domestic and international markets. The
technical solutions, offered by KOMAG, are known all over the world. They enable to
implement advanced mechanical systems, meeting the requirements of increased operational
safety, ergonomics and environmental protection. The mechanical systems, designed and
tested at KOMAG, operate in NIS (Russia, Ukraine, Belarus, Kazakhstan) as well as in several
other countries such as Spain, Argentina, Brazil, India, the USA, Australia and China.
KOMAG has outstanding research and development achievements in mining mechanization
systems. Its unique feature is a possibility of realizing a full research and development cycle,
starting from the design and research through the development stages, including testing, to the
industrial implementation. A realization of advanced research projects on the world level is
possible due to the specialistic test rigs of unique character, equipped with the state-of-the-art
instrumentation. Cooperation with the leading research institutes and laboratories all over the
world guarantees an implementation of the state-of-the-art technical and scientific solutions.
506
A high level of development, research and design projects, confirmed by the certificates of the
Polish Centre for Testing and Certification as well as the Polish Accreditation Centre is
guaranteed by the Quality Management System according to the PN-EN ISO 9001 and the
system of tests according to the PN-EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 Standard.
KOMAG is a European Notified Body, having an identification number 1456, in the scope of the
2006/42/EC Machinery Directive, 94/9/EC ATEX Directive, 2006/95/EC LVD Directive as well as
2009/48/EC ‘Toy” Directive.
KOMAG is recognized by the European Commission as the Centre of Excellence in the domain of
advanced mechanical systems on the European level. The objective is to increase a
competitiveness of Polish technical solutions in the European market and to integrate the
Polish Sector of Science and Technology with the European Research Area in the domain of
designing, testing and manufacturing of machines. Broad, international relations and an
interdisciplinary collaboration with foreign scientific and research institutes, technical
universities, companies and enterprises, activities aiming at an integration with the European
Research Area, extending traditional forms and scopes of collaboration, a generation of new
products, in particular within the scope of the priority fields of activity, indicated by the
European Union in the Framework Programmes and also a participation in international
organizations, collaborative networks and technology platforms are the measures of the
KOMAG’s successes. Some activities, oriented onto expanding traditional scopes and forms of
collaboration and a development of new research programmes, are undertaken on a large scale.
In particular, it concerns such subjects as: health, energy, mechatronics, new materials and
technologies as well as ecology.
A collaboration within the Research Fund for Coal and Steel develops in an effective way.
KOMAG takes an active part in these activities, participating in the actions co-ordinated by the
EURACOAL – European Association for Coal and Lignite.
Direct contacts and partner collaborative links, shaped over the years, bring concrete effects in
a form of contracts and trade agreements, concerning licenses and know-how as well as of
different research and technical services, rendered for foreign partners. They constitute an
important part of the international activity of the KOMAG Institute, which developed several
projects of this type, among others, for Belarus, China, Great Britain, India, Kazakhstan, Russia,
Spain, Ukraine and the USA.
For foreign partners KOMAG offers mechanization systems for underground mining operations,
coal preparation and environmental protection, including:





Technical designs of mining machines as well as of preparation plant machinery and
equipment.
Conformity and expertise assessments, technical opinions.
Technical and economic analyses as well as a selection of mining machines and
equipment for mechanized longwall systems.
Laboratory and in-situ tests as well as assessments and certification of machines and
equipment.
Implementation of machines and equipment in mines.
507



Training of colliery personnel, in particular machinery operators.
Projects oriented onto investigating the relationships: man-machine-environment.
Studies, research and tests in the domain of environmental protection and
occupational safety.
KOMAG’s activities in the domain of mining mechanization,
minerals preparation and ecological systems
The scope of mechanization systems developed by KOMAG comprises among others the
following machines and equipment: longwall shearers, armoured face conveyors and beam
stage loaders, belt conveyors, powered roof supports, drilling rigs, drilling jumbos, roadheaders, side-discharge loaders, locomotives and monorails as well as hoisting machines. It
should be emphasized that KOMAG is authorized by the Chairman of the State Mining Authority
to be an expert on mining plant activities, to elaborate and issue opinions within the scope of
hoisting machines.
The activities in the domain of preparation systems concern the hard coal mining industry and
the mining industry of minerals. KOMAG’s offer comprises processes of beneficiation,
classification, crushing, transport and also auxiliary activities.
Some examples of realized projects are as follows:




An elaboration of multi-branch projects of installations for a preparation and
processing of hard coal.
Designing of machines and equipment, such as jigs, classifiers, screens etc.
Designing of installations for waste management and its preparation for secondary
materials.
Laboratory, technological and industrial tests.
Apart from a development of the state-of-the-art mechanization systems and technologies,
KOMAG elaborates the most advanced technological solutions to reduce the negative impact of
industry on the environment and human health.
The scope of activities within the ecological systems is as follows:




Design and engineering projects concerning dust control installations for the mining
industry, a modernization of operating waste water treatment plants, saline water
monitoring systems, noise protection installations.
Identification and assessment of air pollution and noise levels from technological
processes and industrial plants.
Elaboration of programmes for a revitalization of post-industrial areas.
Testing of dust control systems and equipment.
Presenting our offer as well as research and technical expertise, we would like to invite you
to cooperate with us, guaranteeing a high level of our projects and services.
508
THE INSTITUTE OF ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Zaawansowanych Technologii Wytwarzania)
Organisation Contact Data
37 A Wrocławska st., 30 – 011 Cracow,
Poland
phone: +48 12 63 17 100
fax: + 48 12 63 39 490
e-mail: ios@ios.krakow.pl
http://www.ios.krakow.pl/
The Institute of Advanced Manufacturing Technology – IZTW (previously The Institute of Metal
Cutting – IOS), established in Kraków in 1949, is a research centre specialized in problems of
manufacturing and machining techniques. Institute focuses on research and development in
the area of manufacturing of highly processed industrial products and transfer of advanced
technologies, products and knowledge to industry in the fields of metal cutting, abrasive
machining, unconventional methods of machining, materials engineering, technical metrology,
assembly technology and automation of manufacturing processes, packaging processes of
liquid and solid substances.
The Institute is a body authorized by Polish government and EU notified body (no. 1455)
with regard to four directives: the Machinery Directive, LVD, EMC, and Noise Emissions
Directive.
The Institute is concerned with the development and commercialization of knowledge.
The activity of IZTW is oriented to economic development, which may be proved by
implementation of unique innovative solutions providing significant economic benefits to
businesses. Thanks to this, the Institute has proof supporting its competences, high level of
works and its ability to cooperate with industrial entities.
IZTW carries research works oriented at implementation of innovative solutions with regard to
the following areas:

development of machining and abrasive machining processes, tools, tooling, specialpurpose machine tools and tool operation systems;

engineering of tool materials and coatings resistant to wear and tear;

nanomaterials and functional gradient materials used in special-purpose cutting tools
and elements of machines and equipment;

development of electro-erosion machining and electrochemical machining processes
as well as erosion and hybrid machine tools;

erosion and hybrid micro-machining methods;

technical metrology, in particular involving geometric parameters of surface;

methods of measurement used for micro- and nanotechnologies;

development of specialized software to support machining, abrasive and erosion
machining operations, including metrology software;
509







development of testing methods for machine tools, tools, tooling and working fluids, in
particular with regard to their application, safety and environmental protection;
security of manufacturing systems;
technologies supporting health and environment protection, including waste recycling
and disposal technologies;
methods and systems of quality assurance for manufacturing systems;
management of technologies and manufacturing systems;
monitoring of technology development, technology foresight;
transformation of knowledge, and transfer of knowledge and technology.
Main fields of possible cooperation within the R&D activities of Institute are as
follows:
•
machining and abrasive machining, tools, instrumentation, special machining centres,
e.g.:
designing special cutting tools with soldered and glued blades, special tools and
instrumentation for CNC machine tools; - technology of abrasive diamond tools and tools made
of cubic boron nitride (cBN); surfacing processes with the use of burnishing;
•
engineering of cutting materials and wear resistant coatings, including: ceramic cutting
materials for machining plates; technologies for the manufacture of composites (sinters) made
of polycrystalline diamond (PCD) and cubic boron nitride (PcBN); wear resistant tool coating
technology with the use of PVD method
•
non-standard methods of machine parts generation, including: electrodischarge
machining (EDM),
electrochemical machining (ECM), abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), hybrid machining
methods using EDM, ECM, USM (ultrasonic machining), abrasive and laser machining
•
technical metrology concerning particularly geometric quantities, including: coordinate
measuring methods, machines and special measuring stands, including scanning techniques;
methods and devices for measuring and analysis of surface topography, including 3D analysis;
•
special software, including: systems for CNC machining centres and erosion machine
tools; software for coordinate measuring machines, as well as shape measuring instruments
and profilometers;
•
products testing methods, mainly in the field of utilitarian features, usage safety and
threats to humans and natural environment, concerning especially: machine tools and
technological devices; cutting tools and instrumentation; machining liquid (cooling-lubricating
liquid), dielectrics and electrolytes.
510
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
MEDICAL SCIENCE
511
INSTITUTE OF PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY OF HEARING
(Instytut Fizjologoii i Patologii Słuchu)
Organisation Contact Data
Organisation Contact Data
17, Mokra st, Kajetany,
05 - 830 Nadarzyn, Poland
phone: +48 22 356 03 66
fax: + 48 22 356 03 67
e-mail: sekretariat@ifps.org.pl
http://whc.ifps.org.pl/en/
1, Zgrupowania AK Kampinos st,
01 - 943 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 311 81 02
fax: + 48 22 311 81 18
e-mail: kancelaria@ifps.org.pl
http://whc.ifps.org.pl/en/
World Hearing Center
of the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing
Kajetany
World Hearing Center (WHC) is a unit of the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing
which provides a complex care for people with congenital and acquired hearing, voice, speech
and balance disorders. This is a unique and the first on the international scale unit of such type.
Its establishment is significant for all patients with hearing, voice and speech problems, as well
as for the development of science and new methods of diagnostics and treatment of sensory
impairments. The WHC is of a great importance for the integration of the scientific society
around interdisciplinary issues which significantly influence the development of modern
information society founded on requiring of knowledge and interpersonal communication. It is
a modern hospital offering medical services at the highest world level, equipped with the
unique medical instrumentation with vast technical support. It is a perfectly prepared
Education Center for extensive research and educational activities. Education Center includes
the only in Poland 2 multimedia studios of telemedicine, 7 conference rooms for 800 people,
spacious exhibition area.
The particular attention should be given to the Clinical Anatomy Laboratory – an integral part of
the Education Center – with modern equipment for surgical trainings performed on anatomical
specimens and computer simulators. 40 people can be trained there at the same time. It is the
biggest laboratory of such profile in the world.
The establishment of the WHC enabled to create and equip modern units: Implants and
Auditory Perception Department, Epidemiology and Screening Department, Experimental
Audiology Department, Genetics Department, Scientific Analysis Department, Balance
Disorders Department, Bioimaging Research Center.
512
The WHC has 6 operating rooms equipped with state-of-the-art medical and multimedia
equipment. Up to 50 operations per day is currently performed in the center. The number o
hearing improving surgeries, as well as the number of long-lasting, complicated interdisciplinary
procedures from the area of oral and maxillofacial surgery, reconstructive surgery and
otoneurosurgery is still increasing. In a newly opened part of the Center there is 91 beds. The
WHC is equipped with integrated system for audio and video recording. All telemedical
connections used in everyday medical/clinical practice, such as telerehabilitation, telefitting,
teleconsultations, are registered in a central data base. All surgical procedures can be
registered and archived in a central surgical register. The whole video network works in Full HD
resolution that ensures the picture of high definition and quality. The system allows to transmit
live surgeries to any room in the Center. This creates outstanding educational possibilities,
trainees can watch transmission on computer and projection screens. Thanks to this state-ofthe-art videoconference system we have a capability to connect with centers all over the world
and realize live transmissions from operating and conference rooms.
513
EXCHANGE OF KNOWLEDGE:
„WINDOW APPROACH WORKSHOP” -2 DAY COURSE
Contemporary development of audiology and otosurgery enables us to bring effective help for
almost every patient with hearing disorders and hearing loss. The examples of most fantastic
solution for many people with hearing loss, giving them opportunity to get back to the world of
sound are hearing implants.
Meetings called Window Approach Workshops (WAW), held since 2006 at the Institute of
Physiology and Pathology of Hearing, are devoted to technological developments and their
practical applications. The workshop is devoted to the topic of partial deafness treatment and
includes lectures, live surgeries and temporal bone training.
The team of Prof. Skarzynski presents original surgical methods of cochlear implantation in
cases of partial deafness and middle ear implantation in cases of mixed hearing loss applying
round window approach (prof. Skarzynski’s technique). Participants of the meetings observe
surgical transmissions of the operations conducted in the real time. Live operations are
presented to the audience. For the operations various electrodes Flex, M, by Medel, SRA by
Cochlear and standard electrode by Advanced Bionics are used. Middle ear implantations are
performed with Vibrat SoundBridge by Med-El. Each of the operations is preceded by case
presentation. Introductory presentation and supplementing lectures on cochlear implant
fitting, speech therapy and technical solutions for rehabilitation are provided by Prof.
Skarzynski and members od the Institute’s team. The most important part of the Workshop is
the hands on training on the human specimens. The training part is held in the specially
organized Education Center. WAW are organized in collaboration with the Institute of Sensory
Organs and companies involved in elaboration of the cochlear implants – Cochlear, Med-El,
Advanced Bionics companies.
The workshop covers the topics interesting for:
-
the otosurgeons,
biomedical engineers,
rehabilitation specialists
Workshop includes:
-
live transmissions of surgeries
lectures
temporal bone guided training (cochlear implantation in total and partial deafness,
middle ear implants
Contact Person Data
intercollab@ifps.org.pl
514
INTERNATIONAL COURSE OF ENDOSCOPICE SINUSES – 2 DAYS
International Course of Endoscopic Sinus Surgery has been organized by the Institute of
Physiology and Pathology of Hearing since 2008. The course is meant for the rhinologist
surgeons interested in FESS operations. The topics of the course cover a anatomy and radiology
and a variety of techniques such as surgical approaches to maxillary, frontal, ethmoid and
sphenoid sinuses; complications, postoperative complications, orbital decompression, new
possibilities in endoscopic sinus surgery, endoscopic maxillary antrostomy, anterior and
posterior ethmoidectomy, sphenoidotomy, endoscopic DCR, endoscopic sphenopalatine artery
ligation (ESPAL), endoscopic modified Lothrop procedure, bath plug” technique” for CSF leak
repair, lateral canthotomy and cantholysisendoscopic septoplasty and powered inferior
turbinoplasty, maxillary sinus prephination, endoscopic approach to pituitary and clivus,
endoscopic approach to the anterior cranial fossa.
The formula of the meeting creates the opportunity to learn more about the theoretical aspects
of paranasal sinus disorders, medical treatment and indications for surgery, and to individually
conduct all procedures on fresh frozen head specimens. Moreover, there is an opportunity to
share with others your own experience in the field of endoscopic sinus surgery. We encourage
physicians who took part in the previous editions of the endoscopic sinus surgery course to
come and share information about how the knowledge acquired at the course helped them in
their everyday practice.
The workshop covers the topics interesting for:
-
rhinosurgeons,
-rhinologists,
Workshop includes:
-
live transmissions of surgeries from the operating theatre
lectures
training on head specimens under the supervision of internationally renowned FESS
surgeons/ image guided surgery
Contact Person Data
intercollab@ifps.org.pl
515
LISTENING IS „I CAN” - INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC-TRAINING
WORKSHOP FOR SPEECH THERAPISTS – 2 DAYS
Listening is “I can” is conference series dedicated to the participants of the therapeutical
process: patents, children, therapists, tutors, teachers, carers and grandparents.
This workshop is devoted to dissemination of knowledge on rehabilitation of deaf and hard of
hearing children who are candidates for cochlear implantation or are already implanted with
the cochlear implant system.
Basic rules of the presented rehabilitation methods:
-
Fastest possible diagnosis of the hearing impairment,
-
Providing the child with the best available device,
-
Immediate commencement of the therapy with the leading role of the parents,
prepared and supported by the authorized specialists.
The workshop covers the topics interesting for:
-
-speech therapists,
educators,
rehabilitation specialists,
psychologists,
parents and carers of the deaf and hard of hearing children
Contact Person Data
intercollab@ifps.org.pl
516
PRODUCTS:
SYSTEM OF INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION OPERATIONS „SZOK”®
Responding to social needs in terms of early detection of congenital and acquired defects and
prophylaxis, the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing has built, in the years 20092011, a unique on a global scale System of Integrated Communication Operations “SZOK” ®.
“SZOK”® integrates Institute’s information systems and introduces new possibilities, thanks to
launching of the original software that enables novel ways of planning, implementing and
managing large projects such as screening on a scale of the whole population of children in a
given age-group. It enables implementing such projects on a countrywide or European scale.
Innovativeness of the project lies in utilizing the remote system supporting patients’ diagnostics
and allowing transferring the results of examinations to the health services sector. Integration
of the patient’s data in the System’s Platform results in faster patient service leading to
shortened waiting times for visits in the Institute and other specialist units. It may act as a
comprehensive medical patient database. This system may also be successfully used in other
health care providers and in different areas of medicine. It is a unique telemedical and e-Health
solution.
Innovative approach in screening programs performed by the Institute is based on mobile
screening device – the Sense Examination Platform – allowing to conduct screening
examinations outside medical units, e.g. in school, and to send the results to “SZOK”®
automatically via the internet. Thanks to the diagnostic support tools the results coming though
the “SZOK”® system are analyzed and evaluated by specialists quickly and efficiently. The open
standard of transmission of the results of audiological screening results developed and
implemented in “SZOK”® system enables acquiring results of tests performed by other
institutions and collecting them in one place.
Test results after evaluation are accumulated in the Base of Knowledge – a unit of “SZOK”®
collecting data in the data warehouse and supporting advanced reporting capabilities thanks to
the Business Intelligence class system. This solution collects , in form accessible for analysis,
data from screening programs, from the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing
medical data system, and from other sources, enabling epidemiological analyses.
This program sets a novel direction in organizing screening programs.
The Sense Examination Platform is a part of this system, it is a modern screening tool enabling
early detection of hearing, vision and speech disorders.
517
NETWORK OF TELEAUDIOLOGY
(proposal of cooperation within the network)
Treatment of hearing impairments nowadays makes use of the numerous state-of-the-art
technologies, such as hearing aids and various auditory implants, allowing hard-of-hearing and
deaf people functioning in the word of sounds and communicating with others.
These modern treatment methods usually entail complicated set-up, regulation and adjustment
procedures requiring frequent consultations with an experienced specialist with access to
dedicated equipment, usually available in specialist centers and hospitals. The treatment results
are to a high degree dependent on the good organization of the medical care and
rehabilitation. Patients’ visits in the specialist center often entail long trips from their domicile;
they invest their time, sometimes take a full-day leave from work, and cover the cost of travel,
which for many families may be a problem. Additionally, patients, particularly children and
persons with collateral mental disorders, after the long travel are tired, irritated and unwilling
to cooperate with the specialist. To remedy these problems and improve the quality of patient
care, the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing (IFPS) developed and implemented
into the clinical practice the National Network of Teleaudiology, a specialized network allowing
the use of the internet and modern IT tools to provide medical care, rehabilitation and
technical support for patients visiting a subsidiary or one of the affiliated policlinics of the
Institute. The National Network of Teleaudiology was established in 2009. The system utilizes
the newest software and videoconferencing equipment, as well as highly specialized
procedures of pre and postoperative care over patients with hearing disorders. It enables the
cooperation of medical doctors, clinical engineers, physicians, speech therapists and
psychologists from all over the country to provide the best possible care to the patient. The
National Network of Teleaudiology consists of: 19 cooperating centers in Poland, 1 center
abroad (in Odessa, Ukraine), the network center in the World Hearing Center, over 40 highly
trained support specialists. With the use of the National Network of Teleaudiology it is possible
to assure the high level patient care in several areas, including:
-
Telediagnostics
Medical teleconsultations
Telefitting
Telerehabilitation.
Development of the National Network of Teleaudiology has been supported by the grant from
the Norwegian Financial Mechanism “Programme for Development of National Network of
Hearing Telerehabilitation”.
518
INSTITUTE OF RHEUMATOLOGY
(Instytut Reumatologii im. prof. dr hab. med.
Eleonory Reicher)
Organisation Contact Data
1 Spartańska st., 02-637 Warsaw , Poland
phone: +48 22 844 42 41 till 49
phone / fax: + 48 22 844-95-22
http://www.instytutreumatologii.pl/
Institute of Rheumatology is the leading institution in the fight against rheumatic
diseases in Poland. It combines the latest scientific achievements with the diagnosis, treatment
and rehabilitation.
The idea of creating the Institute of Rheumatology in Poland dates back to 1930. At that
time "The first convention regarding rheumatism diagnosis and treatment” took place in
Inowrocław. The following conclusion was included in the resolutions passed at the convention:
"the convention considers it is necessary to create an institute to test and treat skeletal
disorders." However, this resolution was accomplished as late as after World War 2.
The Institute offers highly specialized comprehensive hospital and outpatient treatment
of adults and children with rheumatic diseases. In line with its mandate Institute of
Rheumatology from the beginning deals with the research on rheumatic diseases. The results of
clinical research and studies in basic fields help to explain the aetiopathogenesis of rheumatic
diseases, to improve and widen diagnostic methods, to prepare and evaluate new methods of
pharmacotherapy, surgical treatment and rehabilitation. The Institute conducts epidemiological
studies the results of which are used in the treatment and prophylaxis of individual and social
consequences of rheumatic diseases. As part of health promotion the Institute supports selfhelp support groups, publishes patient education materials, edits the
journal "Złoty Środek", and cooperates closely with the media. Within 58 years the employees
of the Institute of Rheumatology have published more than 4100 scientific articles, have been
authors of 30 manuals in the field of rheumatology. The results of scientific research are
presented at all important conventions and symposia in Poland and worldwide. The Institute of
Rheumatology regularly cooperates with and conducts joint research with leading scientific and
clinical centres worldwide. For the whole time of its existence the Institute has been involved in
publishing activities, at first it published non-periodical publications, and since 1963 together
with the Polish Society of Rheumatology it has been publishing a bimonthly (previously it was a
quarterly) called "Reumatologia", and since 2000 a quarterly called "Central European Journal
of Immunology.”
519
Since 1955 the Institute employees have been honoured with many prestigious awards
and distinctions for their scientific achievements, and many of them are honoured members of
Polish and foreign medical societies.
Since its beginning the Institute has been training rheumatologists. In addition, the
Institute organises training sessions for ward managers of other specialities, including general
practitioners, nurses, rehabilitation therapists and students at the Warsaw Medical University
in Warsaw - also for students studying in English.
520
INSTITUTE OF RURAL HEALTH
(Instytut Medycyny Wsi im. Witolda Chodźki)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
2, Jaczewskiego st., 20 – 090 Lublin, Poland
Director of the Institute: Andrzej Wojtyła,
MD, PhD
phone: +48 81 71 84 410
fax: + 48 81 74 78 646
Deputy Director for Science: Prof. Jerzy
Zagórski, MD, PhD
e-mail: imw@imw.lublin.pl
http://www.imw.lublin.pl/index.php/instituteof-rural-health
The Institute of Rural Health (IMW) was founded in 1951 by a group of physicians and
researchers assembled around Prof. Witold Chodźko. It is a research and healthcare institution
subordinate to the Ministry of Health, acting on behalf of the widely understood protection of
health of the rural population and improvement of sanitary-hygienic standards in the rural
environment.
Main directions of the IMW activity:




Scientific studies, research-development activities and projects for implementation;
Diagnostic, treatment, rehabilitation and decision-making activities;
Training courses, mainly for primary health care physicians;
Editorial activity.
The Institute of Rural Health employs over 250 staff, including specialists in various areas:
physicians, veterinary doctors, biologists, toxicologists, chemists, physicists, psychologists,
sociologists and computer scientists.
Scope of research problems covered by the Institute:



Evaluation of the state of health of the rural population;
Evaluation of the environmental habitation and work in rural areas;
Shaping health care in rural areas.
521
The scientific studies are performed based on research departments and independent scientific
laboratories which specialize in the following areas:

Classification and characteristics of biological hazards in all occupations, with particular
consideration of agriculture, the food industry, forestry and timber industries;

Etiopathogenesis and diagnostics of occupational diseases induced by aerogenic
organic dust, with particular consideration of microbial agents present in dust;

Complex (microbiological) studies of water from the municipal water supply and
household systems, as well as water from wells.
Studies of biological contaminants, wastewater, sewage sludge, organic and mineralorganic fertilizers, and issuing opinions concerning the effect of the above-mentioned
fertilizers on human health;
Seroepidemiologic studies of selected occupational zoonoses (brucellosis,
haemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome – HFRS, Q fever, erysipeloid, echinococcosis),
and
Environmentally conditioned native parasitoses (echinococcosis, geohelmintoses), as
well as imported zoonoses (malaria, etc.).
Epidemiology, etiopathogenesis and diagnostics of zoonoses from the aspect of
occupational exposure and risk for the rural population, with particular consideration
of tick-transmitted diseases; diseases caused by parasitic protozoa, diagnosed with the
use of serologic methods, modern molecular biology techniques, and parasitological
methods.
Health risk resulting from the contamination of the rural environment with pesticides
and of the habitation environment with biocidal substances (field-laboratory
activities); studies of the toxic effect of drugs; studies of the biological activity of
substances of natural and synthetic origin; studies of animal-to-human transmission of
biocidal substances.
Ergonomic evaluation of work conditions on private farms, recognition and evaluation
of exposure to hazardous physical factors among private farmers (exposure to noise,
infrasound, mechanical vibration, agricultural dust, asbestos, unfavourable
microclimate, hearing loss among farmers, physical load among farmers, pain
complaints on the part of the musculoskeletal system.
State of health of the rural population, including disabled rural inhabitants, and life
situation of rural children; psycho-social risk for health and life among private farmers;
health promotion – health promoting behaviours and promotion of work safety in
agriculture.
Detection of environmental health risk and analysis of the effect of selected
xenobionts on genetic material with the use of molecular biology methods.
Scientific studies in the area of the evaluation of the character of interactions between
drugs, with the consideration of interactions taking place on the pharmacodynamic
and pharmacokinetic levels.









522








Evaluation of anti-convulsant activity of substances of natural origin and those
chemically synthetized, and their effect on the protective activity of anti-epileptic
drugs; searching for anti-epileptic substances with strong potential of anti-epileptic
activity.
Evaluation of neurotoxic activity of pesticides in studies in vitro.
Chemoprevention of cancer – investigation of new substances and preparations as
potential dietary supplements, evaluation of anti-cancer activity of synthetic
substances and substances of natural origin with the use of in vitro methods (human
and animal cell cultures) and in vivo; studies of molecular mechanisms of the activity of
a substance within a cell; studies of neuroprotective activity of substances, as well as
investigating the biological activity of nano-structures.
Monitoring of health problems of the rural population associated with exposure to
hazardous factors in agriculture, evaluation of health behaviours and attitudes.
Carrying out promotional and educational actions.
Implementation of the latest achievements of the molecular sciences to solve clinical
problems associated with disorders in the pathogenesis of which there occurs a
fibroproliferative element, with particular consideration of lung diseases.
Analysis of the quality of services provided by primary health care physicians;
organization of training courses for Primary Health Care physicians.
Carrying out studies, monitoring and analyses of differences occurring in health,
especially in order to level-out differences between urban and rural inhabitants.
Population studies of health behaviours of the Polish population.
Health Care Services:
Health care services are provided based on the Clinical Hospital with its Wards, Specialist
Outpatient Department for Rural Occupational Diseases, within which function 26 specialist
consultation rooms, a Rehabilitation Centre, Laboratory for Functional Examinations Research,
Laboratory of Endoscopy, and Department of Radiology.
Clinical Hospital
The primary task of the Clinical Hospital are:
 diagnostics, treatment and rehabilitation
 making decisions and expertise on occupational disease claims
 decision-making for courts and the Regional Centre of Occupational Medicine;
 specialist training courses
 scientific research activity
Clinic for Internal and Occupational Diseases and Toxicology
Hospitalization of patients with cardiovascular disorders, respiratory diseases (including
farmer’s lung), gastrointestinal system diseases, metabolic diseases, and endocrine disorders.
523
Department of Rehabilitation specializes in the rehabilitation of back pain syndrome,
discopathy, degenerative joint disease, shoulder, elbow and wrist pain syndrome, nerve root
syndrome, and motor system function disorders in post-injury conditions.
Diabetology Ward is the only ward in the Lublin Region providing highly specialist treatment
for all types of diabetes, including: treatment of diabetes and its complications, pre-pregnancy
diabetes with the use of insulin pumps, juvenile diabetes, diabetic foot syndrome, metabolic
disorders and obesity.
Within the structure of the Clinical Hospital there also function:

Department of Imaging Diagnostics specialized in mammographic examinations;


Department of Clinical Endoscopy performing mainly gastroscopy and colonoscopy,
Department of Functional Tests carrying out examinations of the respiratory and
cardiovascular systems, and diagnostics and treatment of nocturnal dyspnea.
524
Specialist Outpatient Department
The Outpatient Department provides treatment, diagnostics, consultations, medical opinions
and didactics, mainly on behalf of the rural population. Within its structure, apart from
consultation rooms, there are specialist laboratories:
Densitometric
Laboratory,
Electroencephalographic
Laboratory
(EEG)
Echocardiographic Laboratory (ECG) and Treatment Room, where fine needle aspiration
biopsy is performed (BAC), and specimens taken for histopathologic tests.
Rehabilitation Centre
The Centre provides rehabilitation services for patients from the Rehabilitation Ward of the
Institute’s Clinical Hospital, patients reporting to the Outpatient Department for Rehabilitation,
and referred from other health care facilities. Services are provided for patients with disorders
concerning the central and peripheral nervous system, those who have undergone injuries,
fractures, patients with disorders concerning the motor organs, systemic diseases, and
amputated extremities.
The Rehabilitation Centre offers the following procedures:




physical therapy
hydrotherapy
kinezitherapy
therapeutic massage
Educational Activity:
The Department for Post-Graduate Education and Regional Centre for the Education of Family
Physicians. The Institute also provides apprenticeships for physicians for specialization degree
in the area of family medicine and internal diseases.
In addition, the Institute is authorized to carry out training courses for physicians:

to obtain qualifications for performing medical examinations of candidates for driving
licenses, and is the appeal institution for decisions made in this respect by the
authorized physician at the Regional Centre of Occupational Medicine,

to obtain qualifications for performing medical examinations and issuing medical
decisions for people who apply for a license to possess a firearm, and is the appeal
institution for decisions made by authorized physicians.
Editorial Activity:
The Institute’s editorial activity covers the publication of periodicals and books. A high
international position has been obtained by the scientific journal edited and published semiannually since 1994 - Annals of Agricultural and Environmental Medicine (AAEM –
www.aaem.pl), which since 2000 has been indexed and abstracted in the CURRENT CONTENTS
database and indexed by the Institute for Scientific Information (ISI) in Philadelphia.
Since 2007, the Institute has been publishing the multidisciplinary periodical Journal of PreClinical and Clinical Research (JPCCR – www.jpccr.eu), aimed at promoting international
cooperation in these disciplines.The thematic scope of the journal concerns especially such
scientific disciplines as: human and animal physiology, clinical pharmacology, oncology,
525
molecular cell biology, toxicology, biotechnology and biophysics. Making the journal available
on-line in English, and the creation of the international editorial committee, is aimed at
expanding the scope of international exchange and scientific presentation from a wide scope of
aspects combinding primary research with their applications in medicine and biology. The
Journal of Pre-Clinical and Clinical Research is published on-line in a continuous way – the
articles are printed twice a year
The third journal published in by the Institute is the quarterly Medycyna Ogólna (General
Medicine), addressed mainly to medical staff, a wide circle of hygienists and organizers of
health care. Reports are also published concerning the environment of life and work, as well as
psychosocial problems. From 2012, the quarterly will expand its contents by the addition of
general health problems, adopting the name Medycyna Ogólna i Nauki o Zdrowiu –
www.monz.pl (General Medicine and Health Science).
In addition, since 1994, an editorial series has been published, Monographs of the Institute,
within which more than 50 books have been published to-date.
526
INSTITUTE OF SENSORY ORGANS
(Instytut Narządów Zmysłów)
Organisation Contact Data
JHS Editorial Office
1, Mokra st, Kajetany,
05 - 830 Nadarzyn, Poland
phone: +48 22 887 86 12
fax: + 48 22 887 60 21
e-mail: info@inz.waw.pl
http://www.inz.waw.pl/en
1, Mokra st, Kajetany,
05 - 830 Nadarzyn, Poland
phone: +48 22 3560389
fax: +48 22 3560367
e-mail: jhs@ifps.org.pl
Institute of Sensory Organs was established in 2008 with the main aim of designing, conducting
and implementing the research and scientific works in the scope of prophylaxis, diagnosis,
treatment and rehabilitation related to sense organ diseases.
The first accomplished project consisted in development, testing and implementation of the
Senses Organs Examination Platform software designed to conduct screening trials of hearing,
sight and speech in children, youth and persons with particular education needs. Another task
realized by the ISO is conducting trainings and workshops. To fulfill that aim, the ISO cooperates
with the best domestic and international specialists and scientific research units. It cooperates
with the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing and companies such as Med-El,
Cochlear and Advanced Bionics. ISO organizes training workshops related to the modern
otosurgery - „Window Approach Workshop”. It co-organizes International Course of Endoscopic
Sinus Surgery. In order to offer an international forum for professionals and doctors from the
whole world, thanks to which there will be possible an exchange of information, publications of
achievements, researches and works, the Institute of Sensory Organs has started publication of
medical journal “Journal of Hearing Science”. It is dedicated to current peer-reviewed scientific
research in all areas of Otolaryngology, Audiology, Phoniatrics, and Rhinology. It also assists
hearing practitioners by providing important knowledge helpful to patients with hearing, voice,
speech, and balance disorders. JHS has a distinguished International Advisory Board and an
impressive Editorial Board. Their high academic standing ensures that the journal produces
multidisciplinary papers of the highest quality. The broad international membership promotes
fair and thorough assessment. Journal is published both in paper and electronic form. Due to
the Polish Presidency in European Union the Institute of Sensory Organs decided to establish
international cooperation with foreign centers in order to exchange the knowledge and
scientific experience and start new activities. International agreements of cooperation were
signed between the “Institute of Sensory Organs” and “National Medical Center of Ministry of
Health of Tajikistan Republic” (Dushanbe, Tajikistan), “Tashkent Medical Academy” (Tashkent,
Uzbekistan), „Association of Polish origin doctors in Volyn” (Luck, Ukraine), „National Center of
Motherhood and Childhood Protection” (Bishkek, Kirgizstan).
527
PRODUCTS:
SENSE EXAMINATION PLATFORM
SENSE EXAMINATION PLATFORM – device for hearing, vision and speech screening. The
platform makes it possible to perform both the screening tests and storage the test results
automatically in the central database as well as to analyze them comprehensively. The stored
results feature a unique identifier, therefore the complete protection of personal data of the
tested people is provided according to the operative legal regulations and recommendations of
the Chief Inspector of Personal Data Protection (GIODO). This solution guarantees that the
epidemiological analysis can be performed in the areas where any devices cooperating with
Sense Examination Platform are used.
The platform is based on the advanced, central computer system and netbooks provided with
the audiometric earphones and the button of a tested person. The computers communicate
with the central database by Internet. The device makes it possible to perform the following
tests: audiometric test - "Audiogram 2009", hearing screening test - "I can hear 2009", speech
screening test - "I can speak 2009", vision screening test - "I can see 2009", audiological
questionnaire - "Questionnaire", DDT test, GDT test. Thanks to the applied on-line solutions, it
is possible to provide every user of the platform with the statistics and to send them directly
information about recommendations for persons whose test results are incorrect. The device is
equipped with the automatic software update engine. All procedures related to checking of the
software version and any update are performed automatically without any operation of a user.
The device was presented at various fairs, exhibitions and conferences, where received multiple
awards, medals and recognitions: Gold medal for the Senses Examination Platform,
International Fair of Innovation, Scientific Research and New Technologies „MEDINNOVA
2011”, Casablanca, 2011; Award of the Minister of Science and Higher Education, Warsaw
2011; Gold medal for the Senses Examination Platform, International Inventions Fair in Seoul,
Seoul 2010; Special award of Taiwan, International Inventions Fair in Seoul, Seoul 2010; Gold
medal for the Home Rehabilitation Clinic, International Inventions Fair in Seoul, Seoul 2010;
Special prize for the Home Rehabilitation Clinic, International Inventions Fair in Seoul, Seoul
2010; Gold medal, 62nd iENA Nuremberg International Trade Show – “Ideas-Inventions-New
Products”, Nuremberg 2010 and numerous others.
528
EXCHANGE OF KNOWLEDGE:
WINDOW APPRACH WORKSHOP – 2 DAYS
The workshop is organized by the Institute since 2009. The “Window Approach
Workshop” meetings are organized with the aim of exchanging knowledge and information on
new surgery methods and application of the state-of-the-art technical solutions – hearing
implants – between surgeons and experts dealing with the hearing disorders from Europe and
all over the world.
During the workshop, original methods for implanting cochlear implants in the case of
persons with partial deafness and implants of middle ear in the case of mixed hearing
impairments using surgery access through the round window, developed by the Institute, are
presented. Participants of the meeting learn surgery techniques presented during surgeries
which are transmitted to the conference hall. Participants can comment and ask questions to
the surgeon at the moment of operation. The WAW workshop is supplemented by a practical
training carried out at the specially organized Laboratory. WAW are organized in collaboration
with the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing and companies involved in
elaboration of the cochlear implants – Cochlear, Med-El, Advanced Bionics companies.
The workshop covers the topics interesting for:
- the otosurgeons,
- -biomedical engineers,
- -rehabilitation specialists
Workshop includes:
- live transmissions of surgeries,
- lectures,
- temporal bone guided training (cochlear implantation in total and partial deafness,
middle ear implants)
529
INTERNATIONAL COURSE OF ENDOSCOPICE SINUSES – 2 DAYS
International Course of Endoscopic Sinus Surgery has been organized since 2008. The
course is organized in collaboration with the Institute of Physiology and Pathology of Hearing,
Warsaw, Poland. The course is meant for the rhinologists who whould like to extend their
knowledge and rhinologist surgeons interested in FESS operations. The topics of the course
cover a anatomy and radiology and a variety of techniques such as surgical approaches to
maxillary, frontal, ethmoid and sphenoid sinuses; complications, postoperative complications,
orbital decompression, new possibilities in endoscopic sinus surgery, endoscopic maxillary
antrostomy, anterior and posterior ethmoidectomy, sphenoidotomy, endoscopic DCR,
endoscopic sphenopalatine artery ligation (ESPAL), endoscopic modified Lothrop procedure,
bath plug” technique” for CSF leak repair, lateral canthotomy and cantholysis endoscopic
septoplasty and powered inferior turbinoplasty, maxillary sinus prephination, endoscopic
approach to pituitary and clivus, endoscopic approach to the anterior cranial fossa.
The formula of the meeting creates the opportunity to learn more about the theoretical
aspects of paranasal sinus disorders, medical treatment and indications for surgery, and to
individually conduct all procedures on fresh frozen head specimens. Moreover, there is an
opportunity to share with others your own experience in the field of endoscopic sinus surgery.
We encourage physicians who took part in the previous editions of the endoscopic sinus
surgery course to come and share information about how the knowledge acquired at the
course helped them in their everyday practice.
The workshop covers the topics interesting for:
-
rhinosurgeons,
-rhinologists,
Workshop includes:
-
live transmissions of surgeries from the operating theatre
lectures
training on head specimens under the supervision of internationally renowned FESS
surgeons/ image guided surgery
530
JOURNAL OF HEARING SCIENCE – PEER REVIEWED JOURNAL
represents a new publication by International Scientific Literature, Inc., USA. The journal is
dedicated to current peer-reviewed scientific research in all areas of Otolaryngology, Audiology,
Phoniatrics, and Rhinology including, but not limited to:
Anatomy, Audiology, Biomedical Engineering, Bronchoesophagology, Communicative disorders,
Epidemiology, Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery, Genetics, Head and neck surgery,
Maxillofacial surgery, Oncology, Otolaryngology, Phoniatrics ,Physiology, Psychoacoustics,
Radiographic imaging, Rehabilitation, Rhinology, Speech and hearing defects.
Our primary mission is to offer an international forum for professional information exchange.
Also, we would like to assist hearing practitioners by providing important knowledge helpful to
patients with hearing, voice, speech, and balance disorders.
The journal is an open access type of publication which allows all readers around the world free
access to articles. Moreover, we declare no publication fees or page charges. Given these
attractive features, we ask that you consider Journal of Hearing Science for your next paper. We
sincerely invite you to submit your manuscript to JHS. JHS has a distinguished International
Advisory Board and an impressive Editorial Board. Their high academic standing ensures that
the journal produces multidisciplinary papers of the highest quality. The broad international
membership promotes fair and thorough assessment.
For more information about the Journal and manuscript submission please visit our website at
http://www.journalofhearingscience.com
531
MARIA SKŁODOWSKA-CURIE MEMORIAL CANCER
CENTER AND INSTITUTE OF ONCOLOGY (MSCMCCIO)
(Centrum Onkologii-Instytut im. Marii Skłodowskiej-Curie)
Organisation Contact Data
5, WK Roentgena st., 02-781 Warsaw ,
Poland
phone: +48 22 644-02-00
fax: + 48 22 644-02-08
http://www.coi.waw.pl
MSCMCCIO is the leading Polish comprehensive cancer center, as well as the primary
government research institution devoted solely to oncology. Founded in 1932, currently it is
divided into 9 specialized clinical departments responsible for the diagnostics and therapy of
different tumor types and other departments devoted to therapy, epidemiology, prevention,
pathology, imaging and basic research in the cancer biology. The clinical building houses 745
hospital beds; there is also a separate research building with laboratories and educational
facilities. The size of the institution can be represented by a quota of numbers – in 2009 the
inpatient clinics treated 28000 patients; another 26000 patients were treated in the One-Day
Chemotherapy Section, and as many as 340 000 outpatient visits were recorded. MSCMCCIO is
located in the southern suburbs of Warsaw, 5 km from the Warsaw airport and is easily
accessible by public transport.
The key points for future collaborations with other institutions are:

Collected clinical records of nearly 500 000 patients for retrospective studies, including
histopathological material. One of the unique possibilities is access to data of rare
types of tumors with long-term follow-up.

Prospective biobanking of tissues for translational studies, including tumor tissue and
serum samples.

Highly experienced medical staff involved in multimodal patient treatment in specified
types of cancer. The quality of international cooperation is confirmed by the fact that
MSCMCCIO belongs to Network of Core Institution of European Organisation for
Research and Treatment of Cancer.

Experienced team of researchers actively involved in high-throughput genomic
technologies, cooperating in national and international scientific grants as well as EU
projects.

Administrative infrastructure for academia-initiated and sponsored clinical trials.

Organization of molecular diagnostic units and oncological genetic counseling

Development of new diagnostic tools used in molecular diagnostics of cancer
MSCMCCIO would like to cooperation with the units interested in basic science as well
as in translational research in the area of molecular basis of cancer. We are particularly
interested in role proteins responsible for tissue specific expression of the genes. We
532


are also interested in the creation of tests which permit to divide patients in the same
pathological diagnosis onto a groups in which they can get the maximal clinical benefit
from particular treatment..
Basic science in the oncology
Research in the Institute is also focused on issues of early detection of cancer cells in
body fluids and secretions and possibility of usage of the miRNA as a marker of
particular type of cancer
533
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TUBERCULOSIS
AND LUNG DISEASES
(Instytut Gruźlicy i Chorób Płuc)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
26, Płocka st, 01-138, Warsaw, Poland
Prof. Joanna Chorostowska-Wynimko MD
PhD DSc, Scientific Director
phone: +48 22 43 12 428,
+ 48 22 43 12 213
fax: +48 22 43 12 452
e-mail:
instytut@igichp.edu.pl
http://www.igichp.edu.pl/
phone: +48 22 43 12 386
fax: +48 22 43 12 358
e-mail: j.chorostowska@igichp.edu.pl
National Tuberculosis and Lungs Diseases Research Institute in Warsaw is a leading Polish and
East-European Research Centre in the field of tuberculosis, lung malignancies, pulmonary
interstitial diseases, pulmonary vasculitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and
many others.
It represents a long-term experience in the research and implementation of practical measures
in the domain of lung diseases. Its key medical and scientific position in Poland resulted in
numerous publications in leading international medical journals as well as involvement in
various national and international expert groups.
The Institute is also the major teaching institution for respiratory professionals in Poland. It has
regularly participated in several EU scientific programs and networks.
534
Ongoing research projects of the Institute are aimed at following topic:
1.
Optimization of diagnostics and treatment of tuberculosis in Poland.
2.
Epidemiology of tuberculosis in Poland.
3.
Pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of respiratory system.
4.
Optimization of diagnosis and treatment of respiratory tract infections.
5.
Pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of respiratory insufficiency.
6.
Evaluation of sleep breathing problems on cardiovascular.
7.
Improved recognition of interstitial lung diseases.
8.
Venous thromboembolism and pulmonary hypertension.
9.
Optimization of diagnosis and treatment in diseases of trachea and proximal bronchi.
10.
Optimization of diagnosis and treatment of bronchial asthma.
11.
Improving methods of diagnosis and treatment of chronic respiratory diseases and
method of rehabilitation.
12.
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. (COPD)
Example of research projects performed by the Institute within international
cooperation:




European Reference Laboratory Network for Tuberculosis (ERLN-TB) – To strengthen
TB Diagnosis, Drug Susceptibility Testing and International Coordination.
PAN – European Network for the Study and Clinical Management of Drug Resistant
Tuberculosis. (7PR- HEALTH –TB PAN-NET).
Markers for emphysema versus airway disease in COPD (7PR- HEALTH-EVA)
Indicators for Monitoring COPD and Asthma in the EU (IMCA II)
COST – European Cooperation in Science and Technology
-
Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Exacerbations

535




Geriatric Study in Europe on Health Effects of Air Quality in Nursing Homes.
Transcontinental COPD Genetic Study (TCGS).
Establishment of the Alpha-1-antitripson (A1AT) Deficiency Screening Program and
A1AT deficiency register in Poland.
Introducing Standards of the Best Medical Practice for the Patients with Inherited
Alpha-1 Antitripsin Deficiency in Central Eastern Europe.
536
Institute also organizes national postgraduate courses in the field of:
tuberculosis;


pneumonology;

endoscopy;

lung cancer;

COPD and cor pulmonale;

pulmonary embolism;

thoracic surgery;
radiology;


respiratory pathophysiology;

microbiology and immunology.
Annually it is number of 30 courses lasting 3 - 30 days and involving above 1000
participant/year. Institute can also offer individual trainings in diagnostic techniques:




radiological
molecular
immunodiagnostics
bronchoscope
Moreover Institute edits and publishes following journals:
1. Acta Pneumologica Allergologica Pediatrica.
2.Pneumonologia i Alergologia Polska (since 1909!) (Polish Pneumonology and Alergology)
Of those, Pneumonologia i Alergologia Polska is official journal of Polish Respiratory Society and
the leading Polish journal in the field of pneumonology, indexed in MEDLINE and other
bibliographic data-bases. Out of 80 research staff of the Institute 20 serve as editorial board
members of national and international journals.
537
POLISH MOTHER'S MEMORIAL HOSPITAL - RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Instytut Centrum Zdrowia Matki Polki)
Organisation Contact Data
281/289, Rzgowska st., 93 – 339 Łódź ,
Poland
phone: +48 42 271 12 66 ;
+48 42 271 16 76
fax: +48 42 646 66 53
e-mail: nauka@iczmp.edu.pl
http://www.iczmp.edu.pl/index_en.htm
Clinical activity
Polish Mother's Memorial Hospital- Research Institute, in Łódź (Lodz) is one of the largest highly
specialized medical complexes in Poland. The Hospital is composed of two major units:
Gynaecological/ Obstetric and Paediatric and is a leading medical institute of perinatology,
gynaecology, obstetrics and paediatrics. Owing to its multi-profile character the Hospital
provides comprehensive management of risk pregnancy complicated by maternal diabetes,
hypertension, epilepsy, heart diseases or infections, as well as of cases characterized by the
most difficult gynaecological pathology. The entire spectrum of specialties in the care of woman
(mother) and child till the age of 18, the state-of-the-art level of medical diagnostics, the annual
number of hospital admissions over 40 thousand, the annual number of out-patient admissions
about 100 thousands are only a few characteristics of this huge medical post.
The Institute collaborates with the Ministry of Science and Higher Education as well as Ministry
of Health and participates in numerous national research programmes, of which those towards
`Improvement of Perinatal Care` and `Prophylaxis & Early Detection of Uterine Cervix Cancer`
seem most spectacular.
The Gynaecology / Obstetrics part includes 16 clinical and diagnostic departments and offers
about 500 beds including 110 for newborns. Modern diagnostic laboratories meeting
international standards of quality, are fully supplied with the most sophisticated and up-to-date
equipment. The Departments include: Perinatology & Gynaecology; Maternal-Fetal Medicine &
Gynaecology; Endocrinology & Metabolic Diseases; Operative and Endoscopic Gynaecology;
Obstetrics & Gynaecology; Gynaecology; Oncological Surgery and Breast Diseases;
Gynaecology, Procreation & Fetus Therapy; Neonatology; Operative Gynaecology; Diagnosis
538
and Prophylaxis of Congenital Malformations; Genetics; Clinical Pathomorphology; Centre of
Medical Laboratory Diagnostics; ICU.
The Department of Diagnosis and Prophylaxis of Congenital Malformations carries out
sonographic examinations of the fetus as well as echocardiography using colour doppler. Fetal
imaging is also performed by means of MRI in the Department of Diagnostic Imaging. Specialists
from the Gynaecology, Procreation & Fetus Therapy apply successfully intrauterine therapy in
the fetus which was a completely unique achievement in Poland.
Delivery Rooms are prepared to admit every obstetric and fetal pathology due to prematurity
or intrauterine growth retardation. The Hospital promotes the idea of family delivery and
rooming-in system.
Department of Endocrinology covers the whole spectrum of hormone pathology in children,
adolescents and in adult patients. The breast diseases are diagnosed comprehensively by team
of radiologists, pathologists and oncologists and treated in the Department of Oncological
Surgery and Breast Diseases.
The Paediatric part houses 16 clinical and diagnostic departments, the total number of beds
reaches 430 the profile of activity includes: general paediatrics, diseases of infants and
neonates including congenital malformations, gastroenterology, allergology, cardiology,
cardiac-surgery, neurology, neurosurgery, paediatric and neonatal surgery, orthopaedics,
anaesthesiology, rehabilitation, ENT diseases, ophthalmology. Most cardiac-surgery operations
are corrections of congenital heart anomalies in newborns and infants.
Diagnostic Imaging uses high technology scanners: 3TMR and 256 slices CT.
Modern administrative management system, competent information systems, collaboration
with medical centres in Poland and abroad via the Internet, satellite or radio links result in the
best quality of the services provided.
539
Scientific activity
Polish Mother’s Memorial Hospital (PMMH), Research Institute was established in September
1997. As grade III referential centre, the Institute is a country leading medical post with
research and service activities covering perinatology, gynaecology, obstetrics and paediatrics.
Highly qualified medical staff, sophisticated equipment and effective organizational structures
form solid fundamentals for excellent diagnosis and comprehensive treatment. The Institute
houses 32 clinical departments and multi-profile diagnostic departments. Research policy is
supervised by 32 professors of medicine and 30 associate professors. The Research Council acts
as an advisory body which coordinates statutory actions of the Institute and is authorized to
confer doctor and associate professor degrees in medicine.
Priority scientific tasks carried out at the Institute concern:

Studies on pathogenesis of disturbances in pregnancy complicated by EPH -gestosis,
epilepsy, diabetes, intrauterine infections or heart diseases.

Studies on the mechanisms of infertility. Applying new methods in the treatment of
infertility. Assessment of diagnostic and therapeutic methods.

Studies on pathogenesis and therapy of diseases of the perimenopausal period.

Diagnosis, monitoring and therapy of congenital malformations of the central nervous
system (CNS), circulatory system, respiratory system, alimentary tract, musculoskeletal system and other anomalies in the fetus, newborn and child.

Diagnosis and treatment of newborns with low and very low body mass, macrosomy,
infections, congenital malformations and other diseases.

Diagnosis and treatment of the sense organ diseases in children.

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of alimentary system in children.

Diagnosis and treatment of maternal and infantile infection.

Autoimmune processes in the pathogenesis of disturbances in pregnancy, female
diseases and diseases of the childhood. Assessment of clinical significance of
monitored therapy.

Diagnostics and therapy of neoplasms, particularly those of the female reproductory
organ, the breast and endocrine glands, using molecular biology methods with
constant clinical and morphological supervision.
PMMH-RI offers advanced postgraduate courses in most of mentioned above medical
specialties. It could be organized according to previously made individual arrangements.
540
THE CARDINAL STEFAN WYSZYŃSKI INSTITUTE OF CARDIOLOGY
(Instytut Kardiologii)
Organisation Contact Data
42, Alpejska st., 04 – 628 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 343 44 50
fax: +48 22 343 45 00
e-mail: nauka@iczmp.edu.pl
http://www.iczmp.edu.pl/index_en.htm
The Institute of Cardiology is the main Polish clinical center of cardiology and cardiosurgery
with the highest reference score. It plays an important role in postgraduate training and
education in cardiology.
As a dynamically developing academic and research center and the country pioneer in
introducing and propagating new methods of cardiac diagnosis and treatment, we would like to
enable you to receive training, mainly in the field of CT imaging cardiology (Cardiac Magnetic
Resonance and Multislice Computer Tomography), interventional cardiac treatment and
cardiosurgical interventions.
The clinical activity in the Institute focuses on interventional treatment of acute coronary
syndromes, diagnosis and treatment of coronary artery disease and cardiac insufficiency as well
as acquired and congenital heart defects. The clinical activity also includes diagnosing and
treating arterial hypertension and arrhythmia. The procedures performed at the Institute
include cardiosurgery and heart transplantation as well as imaging diagnostics. All main
innovative interventional methods of non-surgical cardiac therapy now used in Poland have
been introduced by the Institute of Cardiology specialists.
Morover, Institute actively participates in congresses and workshops organized by Chinese and
Hindi cardiologists. One of the best examples for that is that since 2006 the Director of the
Institute, Professor Witold Rużyłło, has been inviting for “China Interventional Therapeutics”
Congress organized by Chinese Medical Association.
During this year’s Congress, which took part on 15th-18th March 2012, Professor Rużyłło was
chairing the session and presented the latest Institute’s achievements in the fields of valvular
heart disase. This is to mention, that Congress, which is one of the largest and most significant
scientific and training events on interventional cardiology in Asian-Pacific Region, gathered over
5.000 experts from all around the world.
Our Institute is also involved in cooperation with research institutions from India majoring in
interventional cardiology. Thanks to many conferences either in India and Poland, we carry on
541
our cooperation. In October, 2010 Professor Adam Witkowski, the Head of Department of
Cardiology and Interventional Angiology, was invited by Cardiovascular Society of India for PCR
Conference held in Mumbai as a chairperson. In September 2011 Professor Witkowski also took
part in the conference “Trend Asia Pacific 2011”, that took place in Hong Kong, where he
presented Institute’s clinical experiences in interventional, transluminal / interventional
treatment of resistant hypertension using the method of renal denervation.
In February 2012 Professor Adam Witkowski took part in the National Course on Percutaneous
Cardio-Vascular Interventions in New Delhi. It is essential to mention that the forthcoming
April’s Course on Cardiovascular Interventions in Warsaw will be a great opportunity to discuss
further scientific and development cooperation.
As far as postgraduate training is concerned, we can offer you the following courses:
1) “Meet the experts” Advanced Course on Interventional Cardiology
– 2 days
What is the value of participating?
As an Interventional Cardiology (IC), you will get access to the latest updates in the field of IC
and to topics related to your professional development. You will be part of a diverse mix of
independent experts and participants. In addition, you will be able to exchange and interact in
group of experts and other course participants which facilitates a high level of open discussions
and sharing of best practices.
This program includes such imporatant topics such as: IVUS, FFR and OCT
-
Acute Coronary Syndrome
Multivessel Coronary Artery Disease
Left Main
Valve therapy
PFO/ASD/PDA closure
Carotid stenting
Pharnacology
Course Description
This course covers the main topics of IC and includes expert presentations, case-review sessions.
The program features a highly interactive format.
Target Audience
The “MEET THE EXPERTS” programme has been developed specifically for IC Fellows
in their mid and/or final years of training.
542
2) “Meet the experts” Echocardiography – its role in modern diagnosis
and management – 3 days
What is the value of participating?
The course will give you a comprehensive and contemporary view on ultrasonic imaging of the
heart. It will focus on general as well as detailed considerations in a field of coronary artery
disease, valvular and congenital heart disease. Among presentations on selected issues, there
will be an opportunity for open discussions and sharing opinion with experts. The specific
section on interesting cases will provide you with more practical approach to data acquisition
and its interpretation.
Target Audience
The “MEET THE EXPERTS” programme has been developed for cardiologists in their preliminary
and mid years of training as well as to sonographers wishing to enrich their knowledge and
experience.
Topics:
- Coronary Artery Disease
- Valvular Heart Disease
- Congenital Heart Disease
3) “Meet the experts” Advanced Course on ECG – 2 days
What is the purpose of the course?
The purpose of the course is the improvement in electrocardiography. The course is dedicated
to doctors that are familiar with basic electrocardiology.
This program includes such imporatant topics such as
-
ECG in diagnosis of genetic diseases
ECG in patients with pacemakers
Holter ECG
Basic electrophysiology
Course Description
The course consists of lectures and interactive seminaries (using voting system)
543
4) “Meet the experts” Cardiovascular Imaging – Echocardiography,
MRI, CT – 1 day
What is the purpose of the course?
The course is dedicated to doctors specializing in cardiology in their early and mid years of
training.
This program includes such imporatant topics such as
-
Multislice CT in the noninvasive diagnosis of coronary artery disease
Magnetic resonance of the heart
Usefulness of the available noninvasive
methods in the assessment of
function/perfusion/viability of the cardiac muscle
Course Description
The course covers the main topics of cardiovascular imaging and includes case presentations.
544
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
MINING, TECHNICAL GEOLOGY, GEODESY,
POWER ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORT
545
AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY INSTITUTE
(Przemysłowy Instytut Motoryzacji)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
55, Jagiellońska st, 03 – 301 Warsaw, Poland
Paweł Goller
phone: +48 22 7777 015
fax: + 48 22 7777 020
e – mail: instytut@pimot.org.pl
phone: +48 22 22 7777 051
e – mail: marketing@pimot.org.pl
http://en.pimot.org.pl/
Automotive Industry Institute (PIMOT) is a research and development unit under the Ministry
of Economy. PIMOT was established in 1972 as a central unit to provide research and scientific
support for the Polish automotive industry.
At present, PIMOT is an A category research institute where scientific research and
development works are carried out in the field of automotive engineering, vehicle
development, road safety improvement, alternative vehicle powering methods, as well as fuels,
biofuels, and renewable energy sources. These works are aimed at innovations but they are
also deeply rooted in economic realities of Poland and they are consistent with the objectives
and priorities of the EU Strategy 2020.
The PIMOT mission is to provide Polish entrepreneurs (chiefly of the transport, fuels, and
renewable energy sources sectors) with strong scientific and research support in the processes
of product development and introduction of the products into world markets. PIMOT offers
substantive technical support to the state administration bodies that pursue strategic
objectives related to transport safety, environmental protection, and energy security of the
country.
From the outset of the introduction of a uniform system of type-approval and certification of
vehicles and vehicle parts in Poland (the beginning of 1980s), the Automotive Industry Institute
has been playing a key role in it as an element of the worldwide UN ECE type-approval system;
since 2004, the Institute has also been playing such a role in the EU type-approval system.
PIMOT has been authorised by the Minister appropriate for transport issues and by
international organisations to carry out tests for conformity with over 40 UN ECE Regulations
and a similar number of EU Directives. A characteristic feature of the tests carried out is their
high quality confirmed by numerous ISO certificates and accreditation of the test procedures by
the Polish Centre for Accreditation.
546
The Institute’s research potential is based on 15 unique in Poland, specialistic, accredited and
continuously modernised testing laboratories.
PIMOT staff members are authors of numerous scientific publications, patents, utility models,
as well as papers and pronouncements presented during various seminars and conferences.
The works carried out at PIMOT are oriented at direct practical applications.
547
PIMOT’s research and development activities are concentration on the following Laboratories
and Departments:






-
Vehicle Safety Laboratory,
Simulation Tests Laboratory,
Braking Systems Laboratory,
Vehicle Tests Laboratory,
Electronics and Acoustics Laboratory,
Environmental Protection and Natural Energy Use Department:
Vehicle Engine and Chassis Section,
Material Testing Section,
Solar Collectors Laboratory,



Fuels, Biofuels, and Lubricants Department,
Oil Products and Biofuels Laboratory,
Renewable Energy Resources Department.
548
CENTRAL MINING
(Główny Instytut Górnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
1, Plac Gwarków st., 40 - 166 Katowice,
Poland
phone: +48 32 258 16 31 till 39
fax: + 48 32 259 65 33
e-mail: gig@gig.eu
http://www.gig.eu/eng
The Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) is an unique institute among
Polish scientific and development units. This results first of all from the scope of research and
engineering problems solved by the Institute, possession of entire academic authorisations in
two branches: mining and engineering geology as well as environmental engineering and
protection. These authorisations and the realised research activities are based on experienced
staff comprising: 14 professors, 14 doctors of science and 90 doctors, supported by engineering
and technical personnel, as well as modern apparatus, laboratory and testing base of the
highest world standard. This allows entirely to solve practically all problems of the extractive
industry as well as ecological and social problems of industrial regions.
The Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) as the first scientific unit in Poland
has implemented the Integrated Management System. In 2004 the Institute gained
authorisations to perform the certification process of products for the European mark “CE”,
becoming the Notified Body No. 1453 within the range of the directives: 94/9/EC (ATEX),
98/37/EC (machinery), 93/15/EC (explosives for civil uses).
The mission of the Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) is the creation
of modern, energy-saving and clean technologies, technical solutions and undertakings serving
the formation of favourable relations: man – industry – environment. The research works
conducted at the Institute are characterised by a high degree of innovation and
commercialisation, what causes that more than 70% of the Institute’s financial resources
constitute market incomes.
One of the strategic objectives of GIG is to gain the rank of an European research
institute in the field of geoengineering, joining research specialities serving the solution of
problems connected with phenomena and processes occurring underground, on the surface
and in the direct surroundings.
Such a wide development strategy and possibilities of activity are possible only due to the
involved staff of excellent workers, responsible for the lots of the Institute and open towards
new challenges.
549
The Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) was founded in April 1945 as a
research unit of the scientific base of the Polish extractive industry of mineral raw materials.
A part of the Institute became the established in 1925 Experimental Mine “Barbara” in
Mikołów. The activity of the Institute concerned always the most essential problems of
occupational safety, mining technologies and techniques as well as environmental protection
against the effects of industrial activity, especially related to mining. The results of scientific
and research works created the basis of modern and safe Polish Mining Industry, and many
of them found application in the world mining.
Currently GIG is:

The world leader in the field of occupational safety in mining with the unique
testing base of the Experimental Mine „Barbara”.

An Institute that undertakes the most important research challenges, such as:
development of clean coal technologies, geological CO2 storage,
hydrogen generation using coal,
economic use of methane and mine waters,
modern sustainable development technologies with reference to mining areas
Basic areas of the Institute’s activity:








Mining and geoengineering
Sustainable energy systems
Environmental engineering and sustainable human resources management
Sustainable waste economy management
Occupational safety in the industry
Materials engineering
Social and economic studies
Certification, conformity assessment, management systems
We realise a number of international projects in the framework of:

Framework Programmes of the European Union.

Research Fund for Coal and Steel.

European and Polish technological platforms.

Centres of advanced technologies..

EU structural funds.
The scientific workers of the Institute participate in the activities of European and international
research consortia, realising works among other things in the Fifth, Sixth and Seventh
Framework Programme of the EU, in the framework of the Research Fund for Coal and Steel
and in projects financed or co-financed from European Union funds.
These are among other ones such projects as:
Biosynergy – realised by 17 institutes including GIG, concerning the use of biomass as raw
material in the process of synthesis of substances and chemical reagents (fuels, solvents,
synthesis gas) and in energy production (electric energy, associated energy production)
550
through the application of innovative, integrated and using the synergy effects biorefinery
concepts.
Monsupport – realised by 5 foreign partners and GIG, concerning the development and
optimisation of effective systems for gate road support monitoring in conditions of rock stress.
The results of the project should improve the competing position of European coal through the
reduction of costs on account of support optimisation and will contribute to the improvement
of safety.
Mintos – realised by 7 institutions, including 3 foreign ones, concerning the development of an
internet platform enabling the cooperation of designers and specialists with respect to
occupational safety, health protection and ergonomics in all mining circles of European
countries in order to promote improved and unified methods of design of transport systems
and training standards.
Prosafecoal – in the realisation of which participate 7 foreign institutions, concerning the
increase in productivity and safety in European hard coal mines through the use of advanced
techniques and design tools enabling better roof control in the zone of the longwall-road
crossing.
Flominet – in the realisation of which participate 4 foreign institutions, concerning the steering
of underground mine flooding with regard to the regional network of mining connections.
Efonet – in the realisation of which take part 13 foreign institutions and GIG, concerning the
review of foresights and European strategies in the field of power engineering.
Furthermore, the Institute is the co-founder of the Integrated Scientific-Technological Institute
and Centre of Advanced Technologies. .
The Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) realises the cooperation with foreign
research and development units through bilateral contacts (working meetings, commissions,
bodies) with such countries as::

Russia – where an agreement on bilateral cooperation with the A.A. Skochinsky
Institute was signed recently with respect to industrial preventions and industrial
explosion control,

China – cooperation in the field of mining safety, seismological observations,

Austria – common solving of problems connected with the labour market,

Ukraine – cooperation in the field of safety, certification; moreover, cooperation with
Ukrainian Universities relating to the same problems was conducted,

Czech Republic – solving of problems regarding mining aerology, exploitation and
mining supports,

Slovakia –cooperation with respect to geothermal installations.

Moreover, the Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) was and is still the
place of meetings of many foreign partners. During the last 5 years GIG was visited by
delegations from such countries as Ukraine, China, Mexico, United States of America,
Morocco, France, Spain, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Portugal, Germany, Czech
551
Republic, Slovakia, Slovenia and the World Bank. In the course of common discussions
topics were touched regarding bilateral cooperation in the field of mining,
environmental engineering, occupational safety in the industry and training.
The Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) possesses the implemented
Integrated Management System (quality, industrial safety, environment).
The Institute is the winner of many competitions as well as national and international
exhibitions.
1) Development of a new method of measurement of lining geometry
parameters of the shaft and its equipment
Description of technology:
The device enables accurate determination of the absolute optical perpendicular for the
execution of measurements together with continuous stability control of this perpendicular The
detection system enables precise measurement of the position of the shaft guide towards the
laser spot and recording of measuring data in the digital recorder.
A measuring system was created, which during
the continuous run
of the mine cage
automatically
conducts
multi-point
measurements in relation to the laser
perpendicular.
The laboratory tests and initial
operational attempts have pointed out that the
control system of laser transmitter stability in
connection with the system of automatic
determination of the laser spot centre enables
entire realisation of shaft geometry tests. Simultaneously preparatory operations were
eliminated connected with lowering and control of mechanical perpendiculars; to two persons
was reduced the number of persons conducting the tests, essentially the time of measurements
was shortened.
The most modern solutions in the field of applied optoelectronics enabled:
 improvement of the collimation of the laser beam and its stability,,
 a new method of detection of its position in the space (among other things limitation of
the effect of water molecules and air turbulence),
 obtaining of higher than required measurement accuracies.
The developed system came into being during the realisation of the targeted project, and the
test results and worked out sub-assemblies can be applied also in surface geodesy.
552
Awards:



Gold Medal of the World Fair of Inventiveness, Scientific Research and New
Technologies BRUSSELS INNOVA 2008 for the laser control system of geometry
parameters of the shaft structure and shaft equipment.
Diploma of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for GIG, granted for the
project entitled “Laser control system of geometry parameters of the shaft structure
and shaft equipment”.
Gold Medal with Distinction of the International Warsaw Innovation Exhibition IWIS
2010 granted by the Competition Jury for the “Laser measuring system of geometry
parameters of shaft lining and its equipment”.
553
2) Development and preparation for production of a new
penetrometer for tests of rock strength parameters for the needs of
mining, IRB Spółka z o.o.
Description of technology:
The borehole penetrometer of Pen206 type is a measuring instrument serving the
determination of rock strength parameters in “in situ” conditions for the selection of support
for roads and longwall workings of hard coal mines and other needs connected with mining
operations.
The set of the borehole parameter is composed of:
-head,
-manual high-pressure pump,
-rods for head displacement in the borehole,
-T-pipe for the connection of the pump with the high-pressure hose and pressure
sensor,
-conductors of the electric measuring system,
-element for connection of conductors of the electric measuring system,
-recording-steering control desk,
-application software for the computer of PC class serving for: configuration of
measurement sessions, reading in of measurement data from the control desk to the
computer, generation of reports .
General Advantages of the device:
Automatic identification of the moment of rock crushing,
Possibility of adaptation to current conditions of the environment (configurationrelated criteria),
Easy recording of measuring results in the internal memory of the control desk,
Computer aid of handling of measuring data and generation of reports,
Classification of the device on account of the explosion hazard: Group I, Category M2,
Ex „ial”,
Internal memory of the control desk: 56 measuring sessions (56 holes),
Own accumulator supply: 3.6 V,
Working time with entirely loaded accumulator: min. 10 hours.
Tightness class: head IP54 (control desk and element IP65).
Awards:


Bronze Medal for the borehole penetrometer of
Pen206 type at the World Fair of Inventiveness,
Scientific Research and New Technologies
BRUSSELS INNOVA (BRUSSELS EUREKA).
Congratulation letter of the Minister of Science and
Higher Education for the solution entitled:
“Borehole penetrometer of Pen206 type ”.
554
3) Portable optoelectronic (IR) methane concentration meter
Description of technology:
The invention came into being in the framework of the research project No. 6ZR82006C/06737.
The result is the portable, intrinsically safe, optoelectronic methanometer of new generation,
which fulfils all requirements imposed with respect to mining measuring instruments. The
methane concentration measurement is the result of the absorption difference of
monochromatic, infra-red laser radiation for two different wave lengths in the used band of
methane absorption spectrum. High measurement accuracy, resistance to interferences
relating to other gases and water vapour, digital measurement, recording, visualisation, alarm
signalisation and data transmission were gained. The functions of recording of the time and
location of the measurement through the introduction of the radio identification system RFID
of the measurement site (mine district, working) were applied. The constructional solution was
adapted to the safety requirements through the conformity with the Directive 94/9/EC.
The device possesses the certification of EC type testing: KDB 09ATEX025 and OBAC 08 ATEX
158X – conformity with standards: PN-EN 50303:2004, PN-EN 60079-0:2006, PN-EN 6007911:2007, PN-EN 61779-1:2004, PN-EN 61779-2:2004, PN-EN 61779-3:2004
Awards:


Gold Medal for the portable optoelectronic (IR) methane concentration meter at the
World Fair of Inventiveness, Scientific Research and New Technologies BRUSSELS
INNOVA (BRUSSELS EUREKA).
Diploma and statuette of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for the solution
entitled “Portable optoelectronic (IR) methane concentration meter”.
555
4) AMAX-GSI – Seismometric apparatus for monitoring of vibrations
originating from mining tremors
Description of technology:
The apparatus AMAX-GSI is a multi-channel digital seismometric apparatus for recording of the
velocity and acceleration of vibrations on the surface. The built-in in the apparatus software for
the interpretation of seismograms is recorded in the Windows environment and enables
convenient and quick graphical service as well as data analysis and assessment of the influence
of tremors on building objects on the basis of the GSI scale (new mining scale worked out for
tremors from the area of the Legnica-Głogów Copper Region and Upper Silesian Coal Basin)
and on the basis of the MSK-64, SWD and DIN-4150 scales (scales for the analysis of tremors,
firing using explosives charges and industrial vibrations). The apparatus AMAX-GSI can work
independently in the terrain or cooperate from a distance with the office (modem or radio data
transmission from the terrain). The apparatus possesses a 16-bit AC converter card, which
ensures high dynamics and in consequence causes that vibrations even from the strongest
mining tremors are not steered . The frequency of sampling of recorded phenomena is set up
optionally by the user.
The system can be easily installed in different places, in conformity with the needs and
development of local seismicity. The interpretation software enables independent analysis of
tremors by the user. The AMAX- GSI apparatus operates on the principle of watch and
recording of all phenomena after exceeding the set up by the user vibration threshold. In the
memory can be recorded many thousands of seismic phenomena, what enables continuous
monitoring of the seismic risk through several months, even without interference of the
service.
The apparatus can be also used for the continuous measurement without the option of
automatic release (e.g. in the case of vibrations from the street traffic, pile-drivers,
vibrohammers etc.).
The basic objective of use of the AMAX-GSI apparatus is the aid for local societies, working
places etc. for the monitoring of potentially harmful vibrations originating from machines, firing
using explosives or conducted mining activity. Due to this can be assessed the possible
influence of these vibrations on the damages of tested objects, mainly habitable and industrial
buildings. This allows to estimate in a measurable (financial) manner the value of incurred
losses.
556
Awards:
-
-
-
-
European Medal granted through the Business Centre Club and Office of the European
Integration Committee for „Amax-GSI and Amax-99 Seismometric Apparatus for the
monitoring of vibrations originating from mining tremors and industrial vibrations”
Silver Medal of the 104th International Inventiveness Salon „Concours Lépine” for the
multi-channel digital seismometric apparatus for recording of velocity and
accelerations of vibrations on the terrain surface AMAX-99.
Diploma of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for the “Multi-channel digital
seismometric apparatus for recording of velocity and accelerations of vibrations on
the terrain surface AMAX-99”.
Distinction, jointly with the Coal Company JSC, in the competition Mining Success of
the Year 2009 for the elaboration and implementation of the solution “Principles of
use of the mining scale of vibration intensity GSI-GZWKW for the assessment of effects
of influence of tremors induced by hard coal deposit exploitation in mines”.
557
5) Mining laser of EW-3 type
Description of technology:
The mining laser of EW-3 type is used in mines threatened by the occurrence of methane with
the hazard degree C ( methane concentration up to 2%), according to the certificate No. OBAC
07/ATEX 175X. In the laser two types of laser heads are used:
laser diode 635 nm (red ), power output < 1 mW, TEM00,
laser on steady body Nd:YAG (second harmonic), 532 nm (green), power output < 1
mW TEM00.
The type of the applied laser depends on the customer. Both lasers belong to laser devices of
class A, i. e. they do not require the use of additional protections for the eyes. The laser head
and low-voltage feeder are placed in a flame-proof cylindrical casing connected with the base
for precise adjustment of the beam towards the required direction.
It is intended for the determination of the direction of: road workings, all types of longwall
front, for the placing of long devices and mining installations, such as conveyors, railway tracks,
pipelines etc.
Technical parameters:










Length of radiation wave: 532 or 635 nm.
Range ( according to the degree of atmospheric pollutions): min.150 - 500 m.
Power output from the system: max. 1.0 mW.
Diameter of laser beam at the distance of 150 m amounts to 15 mm.
Range of rotation of the laser set around the vertical axis 360o
Range of precise rotation around the vertical axis:: min. 5o
Range of inclination of the laser set + 35o
Supply voltage from the network (input voltage of the low-voltage feeder): 42 V, 60 Hz;
127 V, 60 Hz; or 230 V, 60 Hz.
Mass:
- laser with lifting sling: 4.5 kg
- low-voltage feeder: 10.5 kg
Dimensions:
- laser 60 x 300 mm
- low-voltage feeder: 250 x 200 x 100 mm
Awards:
-
Gold Medal with Distinction of the Warsaw Innovation Exhibition IWIS 2010 granted by
the Competition Jury for the “Mining laser of EW-3 type".
558
6) UV radiometer with a laser range-finder for the control of radiation
emissions at workplaces
Description of technology:
The developed by the Główny Instytut Górnictwa (Central Mining Institute) UV radiometer with
a laser range-finder allows the measurement of total UV radiation intensity at workplaces,
especially impulses of such radiation of short duration that accompany welding operations for
mandrels (welding-on of standardized metal pins with different sizes), finding application for
instance in the automotive industry.
The measuring set consists of a head for UV radiation detection equipped with a laser optical
range-finder for the accurate measurement of the distance of the head from the point of
radiation emissions and recorder. For radiation recording is used the detector UV-2500 on the
GaN basis, with diameter of active surface 0.5 mm, not requiring any filter that does not react
on visible light, with sharp cut-off of the visible spectrum part.
The almost flat spectral characteristics in the area from 200 to 365 nm makes the radiometer
especially useful for the determination of the total UV intensity in control processes of
potential sources of such radiation and allows to embrace in one measurement the total
intensity of ultraviolet C (Uv-C, with wave lengths below 280 nm), ultraviolet B (UV-B, 280-315
nm) and the majority of the ultraviolet A band (UV-A, 315-380 nm). The system of the
preliminary amplifier of the detector is equipped with three measuring ranges x1, x10 and x100.
The obtained data are processed in a laptop by means of software ensuring the integration of
recorded impulses of short duration with step 1 ms and assessment of the total exposure dose
on the UV radiation at the workplace when knowing the number of repeatable operations per
man-shift.
The existing measuring instruments allow to sum energy in long-lasting (many-second) impulses
accompanying the conventional welding operations. The radiometer developed at GIG allows
the determination of the total energy of short UV impulses (1-250 ms), occurring many times at
workplaces and recurring in long time intervals.
559
Awards:
-
-
-
-
-
Gold Medal at the International Fair of Inventiveness, Scientific Research and New
Technologies „Brussels Eureka 2006” for the UV radiometer with a laser range-finder
for the control of radiation emissions at workplaces.
Cup of the Minister of Internal Affairs and Administration of Vallonia for the UV
radiometer with a laser range-finder for the control of radiation emissions at
workplaces.
Diploma of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for the “UV radiometer with a
laser range-finder for the control of radiation emissions at workplaces”.
Gold Medal at the International Invention Exhibition IWIS 2007 of the Association of
Polish Inventors and Rationalisers for the “ UV radiometer with a laser range-finder for
the control of radiation emissions at workplaces”.
Nomination of the World Cup of Computer Implemented Inventions, International
Federation of Inventors’ Associations (IFIA) for the „ UV radiometer with a laser rangefinder for the control of radiation emissions at workplaces”.
GOLD MEDAL at the International Exhibition of Inventors in SuZhou in 2008 for the UV
radiometer according to the invention No. P.386271 entitled ”Radiometer for remote
measurement of intensity and dose of ultraviolet radiation and/or visible and infrared
radiation at workplaces ”.
560
7) Method of system of noise monitoring in the external environment
Description of technology:
The system for noise monitoring is intended for execution of long-lasting acoustic
measurements in an extensive terrain for the assessment of noise propagation in the external
environment and connected with it hazards. It is composed of a set of autonomous measuring
instruments, equipped with a digital memory. They ensure the measurement and recording of
samples of sound level values simultaneously in many measuring points located in an extensive
terrain, what considerably increases the effectiveness and reliability of gained acoustic data in
undertakings connected with the preparation of acoustic maps of large areas.
The supervising team, by means of a portable computer, takes the readings of recorded results.
The results collected in the data base enable the analysis of observations in individual
measuring points and, at the stage of numerical modelling, the determination of the spatial
noise level distribution within the tested area.
The acoustic maps constitute a tool supporting the processes of decision taking with respect to
methods and means of noise reduction in threatened areas. The law „Law of Environmental
Protection” from the year 2001 with later amendments and the connected with this area of
problems directive of the European Union No. 202/49/EC oblige to work out acoustic maps,
first of all for cities with more than 250,000 of inhabitants and in the further sequence for cities
with more than 100,000 of inhabitants.
Awards:
-
-
-
Gold Medal at the International Fair of Inventiveness, Scientific Research and New
Technologies „Brussels Eureka 2007” for the „Method and system for noise
monitoring in the external environment.
European Medal granted by the European Economic-Social Committee, Office of the
European Integration Committee and Business Centre Club for the „Method and
system for noise monitoring in the external environment” .
-Diploma of the Minister of Science and Higher Education for the „Method and system
for noise monitoring in the external environment”.
561
INSTITUTE OF GEODESY AND CARTOGRAPHY (IGIK)
(Instytut Geodezji i Kartografii IGiK)
Organisation Contact Data
27, Modzelewskiego st., 02 – 679 Warsaw,
Poland
phone: +48 22 3291-900
fax: + 48 22 3291- 950
e-mail: igik@igik.edu.pl
http://www.igik.edu.pl/index.php/en
The Institute of Geodesy and Cartography has been established over 65 years ago as a research
governmental institute, carrying out scientific investigation in geodesy, photogrammetry,
remote sensing, cartography and geoinformation. It employs over 80 researchers and
supporting staff.
The Institute of Geodesy and Cartography has extensive experience in conducting research of
environment with the use of satellite technologies. Our specialists are involved in a number of
projects in this field, including projects at the international level.
The Institute of Geodesy and Cartography is engaged in developing the Polish space technology
sector. It plays an active role in GMES programme (Global Monitoring for Environment and
Security), joint initiative of European Commission (EC) and European Space Agency (ESA), which
is aimed at building up a European capacity for Global Monitoring of Environment and Security.
One of the GMES project, in which IGiK plays an active role is GEOLAND. The Remote Sensing
Department of the Institute is one of the partners of an international consortium formed to
develop and demonstrate a range of reliable, affordable and cost efficient European geoinformation services, supporting the implementation of European directives at the national
level. IGiK provides services for monitoring earth surface, land use, monitoring of crops and
crisis management.
562
The Institute has developed and offers the technology in the following areas:

Preparation cereals yield prognosis based on vegetation indices derived from
NOAA/AVHRR; TERRA/MODIS and SPOT VEGETATION satellites.

Assessment of biomass using the synergy of optical data and microwave data provided
by satellites.

Determination of the possibilities of energetic plants' cultivation in different regions.
Detailed spectral analysis at different spectral bands registered by satellites on various
time intervals in combination with terrain characteristics enables to determine areas
useful for energetic plants' cultivation, considering their water demands.

Assessment of soil moisture using radar data and optical data under crops and various
vegetation.

Monitoring and finding the ecosystems changes due to natural and anthropogenic
issues. The developed method includes changes in evapotranspiration, soil moisture and
land use.

Assessment of Carbon Balance for different ecosystems and monitoring the changes
using spatial distribution of biomass and soil moisture elaborated on the basis of
satellite data.

Mapping land use and its changes using high resolution satellite data.

Assessment of the risks of forest fire with the use of remote sensing data. Estimating the
threat, location of fire outbreak, burned area mapping, analysis of fire intensity and
burn severity as well as assessment of post-fire vegetation recovery. Monitoring of fire
events is performed with the use of various remotely sensed data captured in thermal,
optical, infrared and microwave spectrums.

Usage of satellite remote sensing methods for mapping flood extent. In GIS the extend
of the water, due to flood has to be overlaid on land use maps to find out the flooded
areas.
Determining the areas where the soil moisture was high and caused the destruction of the crop
using the optical and microwave data provided by satellites.
563
INSTITUTE OF INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
(Instytut Technik Innowacyjnych)
Organisation Contact Data
31, Leopolda st., 40 – 189 Katowice, Poland
phone: +48 32 2007-700
fax: + 48 32 2007-701 (till 704),
e-mail: emag@emag.pl
http://emag.pl/index.php?l=ang
The Institute of Innovative Technologies EMAG is an R&D organization involved in the
development and deployment of state-of-the-art devices, systems and technologies in
particular for the mining industry. We carry out a number of scientific-, R&D- and construction
projects as well as provide expertise in the range of electrical engineering, automation,
telecommunications, information technology, sustainable consumption of fuels and energy,
and environmental protection. This potential is complemented by the services provided by the
Testing and Certification Centre with the PCA-accredited Electromagnetic Compatibility
Laboratory, short-series production of apparatus and devices, specialized research,
maintenance services, training, our own science- and technology-oriented periodical, and
monographs.
The Institute of Innovative Technologies EMAG is a leader in many sectors of the market, such
as safety systems, natural hazards monitoring, apparatus, systems for automation and
measurement of coal quality parameters. Below one can find short descriptions of our most
popular products.
564
GEOPHISICAL SYSTEMS
1) ARAMIS M/E VISUALIZATION AND PROCESSING OF DATA ON SEISMIC EVENTS IN
HARD COAL MINES
The system is used to locate rock bursts in a mine, determine the energy of bursts and assess
rock burst hazards. Depending on the extent of the mine, the system is based on seismometers
or optionally on low frequency geophones. The system uses intrinsically safe data transmission,
centrally supplied from the surface, which enables to transmit 1-, 2- or 3-axial velocity
movements (X, Y, Z). The sampling of signals is performed by means of 24-bit Sigma Delta
converters, providing high dynamics of conversion and recording.

Number of measuring channels: 16

Registered frequency band: 0 – 150 Hz (from the input of the transmitter – without a
seismometer),

Sensors: SPI 70 seismometers (optionally low frequency geophones),

Record and processing dynamics: 100 dB (optionally 120 dB),

Underground transmission stations supply: intrinsically safe, central from the surface,
Intrinsically safe transmission range: 10 km,


Admission quality: ExiaI.
2) ARES-5/E ASSESSMENT OF ROCK-BURST HAZARDS IN THE LONGWALL
AREAS OF MINES
The function of the system is converting the velocity of mechanical vibrations of rock-mass into
electrical signals by means of SP-5.28/E geophones which are fastened on anchors situated in
the walls of top and bottom roads. Then the signals are sent to the surface, to the surface
mining geophysics station, where they are digitally processed and computer-interpreted.The
system can be used in the areas with methane explosion hazards.

Number of measuring channels: 8 (maximum 64 with 8 surface stations).

Mode of transmission: natural, current.

Sensor type: SP-5.28/E.

Processing dynamics of the signal: 54 dB.

Casing protection degree of the underground part of the system: IP 54.
3) ARP 2000 P/E COMPLEX ASSESSMENT OF THE IMPACT OF ROCK BURSTS ON THE
SURFACE
The system is used for recording and analyzing low frequency vibrations of ground and
buildings in the areas with rock-burst hazards. The modular structure of the system enables to
apply distributed measuring networks. Wireless data transmission is carried out by a GSM
network.

Sensor type: Bruel & Kjaer piezoelectric accelerometers,

Number of recorded vibration components: 3

Transmission of signals from the sensor to the local measuring concentrator: digital
565










Maximum distance between the sensors and the concentrator: 1 km
Number of concentrators in the area: unlimited
Maximum number of three-component sensors co-operating with the local
concentrator: 4
Time synchronization: satellite GPS clock
Data recording and processing dynamics: 90 dB
Registered frequency band: (0.5 ÷100) Hz
Maximum measuring range: (1000÷3000) mm/s2
Transmission type: wireless
Transmission mode: data transmission in the GSM system
Transmission speed: 9600 bauds
There are different versions of the system available, depending on the area of application: ARP
2000 P – to be used in difficult environmental conditions, e.g. with extreme temperature
changes from – 20°C to + 40°C, high air humidity and high dustiness; ARP 2000 H – to monitor
accelerated vibrations of the shaft of a flotation-tailings tank caused by rock bursts; ARP 2000
SZ to record accelerated vibrations of the shaft lining.
4) PASAT M ASSESSMENT OF ROCK-BURST HAZARDS IN MINES.
The apparatus enables seismic signals measurement,
transmission of digital converted data and their further
processing for:

assessing strata stresses and their changes in space and
time,

determining geologic heterogeneity near the working
front,

identifying places for proper probes fixing in geophysical
prospecting,

identifying soil properties for constructional works,

logging other data from intrinsically safe probes
different than geophones.
PASAT can be used with the following measurement methods:

borehole survey in mining excavations,

excavation tomography,

borehole tomography,

seismic probing,

seismic carrotage.
566
PASAT is an intrinsically safe apparatus, group I, category M1. It is dustproof according to IP 54.

Explosion-proof structure ia.
Casing protection degree for SG3 probes, MPT, MWP, MWP-WF and PDA module: IP54


Intrinsic safety quality: I M1 Ex ia I.
Number of registered channels: 2-48 (2 channels in one MPT module).


Frequency band: Hz 4,5-10000
Maximum working time with loaded batteries: about 2 h (for MPT, MWP), about 4 h

(for PDA).

Input/output interface for PDA: Bluetooth.

Power supply for MPT and MWP modules: IRIS-BATT/U 4 intrinsically safe battery 4.8V
1650 mAh.

Data transmission bus: fibre optics CAN bus.
Data interface: Bluetooth (own format, optionally SEG-1, SEG-2 or others).

567
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
1) MAKS DBC WIRELESS CONTROL OF NEW GENERATION MINING MACHINES WITH
REMOTE MONITORING OF THE MACHINE OPERATIONS AND VOICED
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OPERATORS
The system is composed of mutually connected and co-operating electric-electronic
subassemblies which make use of the CAN system bus, RS-485 interface and Bluetooth. The
system is used in cutter loaders with electric or hydraulic drive advance.
The system allows radio control of the machine operations along with on-line diagnostics and
monitoring of its work. It is possible to set working parameters by means of radio operator
controllers equipped with LCD monitors.
The structure of particular subassemblies is universal. It is possible to use the system or its
subassemblies in other solutions for the control of machines and devices, including those
working on the surface.
High computing power of the system allows to apply data processing algorithms for the
purposes of control and diagnostics with high numerical complexity. Due to the application of
new technologies and complex approach to the issues of control and monitoring, the MAKSDBC system is a significant step in the range of developing maintenance-free control systems
for mining machines and longwall systems.
The use of the system allows to lower the production costs of casings for the electric apparatus
of machines, reduce downtime (enhanced diagnostic and servicing functions), improve the
safety of operating the machine, improve working conditions for the personnel operating the
machine.

Power supply 5 V DC

Communication Bluetooth standard

Version intrinsically safe
Place of installation inside the machine (apparatus box, chamber of the intrinsically

safe casing, fire-proof chamber)

Casing protection degree min. IP 54

The system is in compliance with the following directives of the EU: 94/9/WE ATEX,
2004/108/WE EMC and 2006/WE LVD.
568
2) MOPS MONITORING OF THE ROOF PRESSURE IN ROOF SUPPORT
The MoPs system has been designed to monitor the roof pressure in the selected roof
supporting devices of the powered roof support. The system monitors the current values and
changes in the pressure of the medium used in the roof supporting devices. The measurement
data are displayed on the POp-1 Operator Panel and archived in the PIMP-1 portable memory
module or sent to the surface in real time. The system makes it possible to monitor the
situations when boundary values of pressure increase in roof supporting devices are exceeded.
It also enables to monitor the time in which the working load of the powered roof support is
achieved in the successive work cycles.
The system has been developed to work in the underground workings of mines, in nonmethane and methane fields, in the areas with the “a”, “b” or “c” explosion hazards degree, in
compliance with the characteristics of the ExibI anti-explosion protection.







Maximum number of sensors (at the total length of system bus cables up to 400m): 32
Maximum total length of system bus cables (distance between the last sensor and the
Operator Panel): 600 m
Maximum working pressure in roof supporting devices: 100 MPa
Anti-explosion structure (POp-1): Ex ib I
Devices group and category (POp-1): I M2
Anti-explosion structure (PAC-1): Ex ia I
Devices group and category (PAC-1): I M1
569
GAS MONITORING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
1) SMP-NT/A MONITORING SAFETY AND PRODUCTION PARAMETERS IN MINES
WITH METHANE AND COAL-DUST EXPLOSION HAZARDS
The SMP-NT/A system is a state-of-the-art complex solution to monitoring safety and
production parameters in mines with methane and coal-dust explosion hazards. The system
enables to monitor on-line the parameters of mine environment, particularly: physical
parameters, chemical composition of air, as well as the condition and working parameters of
ventilation equipment, machines and process-line equipment. The system enables early
detection and signalling of natural hazards, particularly methane- and fire hazards, along with
other hazards related to production processes. Underground devices of the system execute the
algorithms of bi-stable control of underground machines and devices, including immediate
automatic power supply switch-off in the case of explosion hazards or high-energy rock bursts.
Thanks to the integration with alarm and communications systems of the mine, such as STAR
and SAT, the system enables automatic transmission of voiced alarm and evacuation messages
which inform the personnel about the existing danger and about the evacuation ways.
The modular structure of SMP-NT/A, both in the underground and surface IT part, makes it
possible to configure and extend the system according to the size of the mine and the functions
required. The structure of system devices and functions are in compliance with the ATEX
directive and with mining regulations. The SMP-NT/A system can be applied in other industries
– in all places where it is necessary to have a reliable and intrinsically safe system of control and
monitoring devices.

modem-based and disturbance-resistant communication with underground devices,
advanced autodiagnostics,


high reliability (redundancy mechanisms applied),
user-friendly visualization of data collected from monitoring and measurement

devices,

making complex reports and lists,

access to information stored in the data base and making them available to other
higher-level systems,

control of monitoring and measurement devices,

possibility to adept the system configuration to the user’s needs
570
2) UTS -2 TRANSMISSION OF BI-STABLE AND ANALOGUE SLOWLY VARYING SIGNALS
AND CONTROL
The UTS-2 system has been designed to collect data about the condition of analogue and bistable underground sensors which monitor slowly varying processes. The data collected by the
system are transferred to a visualization system located in the control and supervision room.
The system enables to control actuators operating in the underground of the mine from the
surface, from the control and supervision room. Additionally, the system allows:

to detect the state of any type of sensors with insulated-contact inputs

to provide remote power supply to and detect the state of a CP-10 bi-stable sensor or
any type of sensor with a transistor output

to provide remote power supply to any type of bi-stable sensor if its power demand
does not exceed the voltage of 6V and current of 500uA

galvanic separation between the sensors connected to the station and between the
sensors and the transmission line of UTS-2

to connect another UTS-2 station of any type to the output

to detect damages in the station connected to the output of the transmission line or to
the transmission line itself when the damage is related to wrong power consumption
from the station output
to cut off the transmission line from the system after a defect has been detected and

then connect it back to the system after the defect is removed

to detect the state of any type of sensors with 0.4V-2V voltage outputs

to provide power supply to different types of analogue sensors, to detect and locate
defects such as: damage of the cable connecting the sensor with the underground
station of UTS-2 or the cable connecting particular underground stations with one
another and with the surface station.
System capacity: 768 bi-stable sensors and actuators, or 128 analogue sensors and 256 bistable sensors and actuators (one analogue sensor replaces four bi-stable sensors).
The device can work in difficult conditions in the underground of mines; temperature range:
from -20°C to +40°C.
571
3) SD-2000 SUPERVISION OVER THE OPERATIONS OF THE MINE
SD-2000 is a control and supervision system for a mine, based on advanced collection of digital
and analogue data with a view to provide efficient management, warning, documentation, and
analysis of production processes and to monitor the safety conditions in mines.
The system provides the following basic functions:

visualization and monitoring of technological processes with the use of the mine maps,
natural hazards monitoring,


alarming about critical states,
alarming about hazards,


registration of process variables,
visualization of the working conditions and hazards, against the background of the

mine map, on monitors and other displays,
reports on:

events in a mine

statistical information and balance sheets

data in the form of lists, tables and diagrams,

data archiving.
Charactetistics of the system:
 very high efficiency of data processing – record of the sensor indication, its analysis
(whether the indication shows an alarm state) and archiving take 1-3 ms.
 quick access to data both from the current week or from last year.
 possibility to archive the data and make back-ups on all types of media with the
possibility of data recovery and transfer to other computer, e.g. for analysis outside the
mine.
 scalability, i.e. changing the computer on which the MS SQL server is installed into a
faster one, or changing the processer – both make the system operations faster.
 possibility to implement a mirror server. The data from the main server get to the
mirror server in about 2-4 seconds and are accessible to other users of the mine
network.
 the SD-2000 system comprises the level of sensors, transducers and actuators,
transmission system, supervision and monitoring level, and selected elements of
information transfer to the management of the mine.
572
MEASUREMENT OF THE COAL QUALITY PARAMETERS
1) RODOS ON-LINE MEASUREMENT OF THE ASH CONTENT AND MASS OF HARD
COAL, BROWN COAL, LIGNITES, AND WASTE PRODUCTS
.
The RODOS ash meter is a state-of-the-art., fully secure device for quality- and quantity
monitoring of hard coal, brown coal, lignites, and waste products transported on conveyor belts.
The measurement of ash content is based on natural gamma radiation of the tested material,
while the measurement of mass is made with the use of belt-way scales.
The RODOS meter is composed of the following elements:

mechanical part of the ash meter with a measuring head, fixed on the belt conveyor,

electronic block based on the system microcontroller,

belt-way scales,

computer with software for visualization and collecting of measuring data,

displays
The RODOS meter has the following advantages:

wide measurement area – highly representative results,

accuracy comparable with the accuracy of isotope ash meters,

moisture and chemical composition of coal do not affect the accuracy of ash content
measurement,

grain size of coal 0-200/300 mm,
can be used in control systems


can be fixed on any type of belt (e.g. reinforced belts),

modular, latest-generation electronics,

co-operation with belt-way scales,
advanced and professional software.

RODOS has been admitted to work in the underground of mines – EC-type examination
certificate KDB 06ATEX 119.
The surface version of the RODOS ash meter can be extra equipped with an absorption
moisture meter to form a non-isotope system for on-line monitoring of coal quality – RODOS W.
573
2) WALKER FAST, FULLY AUTOMATED MEASUREMENT OF ASH CONTENT IN COAL
The Walker portable ash meter has been designed to
quickly assess the quality of raw coal, coal preparation
products, screened coal products, coal blends, unknown
coal, or coal delivered to preparation plants and power
plants. The measurements are very precise. Small size
and weight of Walker, its measuring precision, reliability,
along with easy calibration and operation make it an
indispensable device to be used in all places where it is
necessary to make fast measurements of ash content in
coal: at storage yards, in tanks and on coal transporting
vehicles (wagons, trucks). The device has an option
which enables to calculate the calorific value based on
correlations between the value of the measured ash content and the set value of moisture
content. Walker does not have artificial sources of ionizing radiation. It co-operates with a
computer enabling, among others, to make data bases and reports.










Measuring method: measurement of natural gamma radiation of coal
Power supply: 12 V/1.8 Ah battery; time of continuous operations depends on ambient
temperature; min. 50 hours of continuous operation at ~20°C
Working temperature: from - 10°C to 50°C
The number of calibration curves in the microprocessor memory: 16 different
calibration curves that can be entered by the user
Duration of measurement: 5 – 999 s
Readout of ash content A, %: instant
Possibility to select language options on a display unit
Measurement accuracy: mean measuring error ~ 1 % of ash content, depending on the
type of coal
Weight: about 7 kg
Length: 900 mm
574
3) GAMMA NATURA METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MEASURING BASIC QUALITY
PARAMETERS OF SOLID FUELS
Gamma Natura is a unique device, the first solution
of its kind in the world. It is a laboratory analyzer
without isotope which enables fast measurements of
ash content, moisture content and calorific value in
small coal samples (0-20 mm) without the necessity
to prepare the sample for measurement. The device
can replace the isotope analyzers that have been
used so far. It can be used without any limitations,
both in coal processing plants and in quality control
laboratories of mines, power plants or heat
generating plants. It does not require admission from
the National Atomic Energy Agency in Warsaw.
The measuring method of basic quality parameters is
based on simultaneous measurements of the
intensity of natural gamma radiation of a solid fuel
sample and the attenuation of microwave radiation
after it goes through the sample, as well as the
weight of the sample. Then the ash and moisture
content, calorific value and other parameters are calculated according to experimentally
determined formulas.
The device employs an invention patent on the measuring method and the applied
technological solution. The patent has been submitted to the Polish Patent Office by the team
carrying out the Project No P-384059.
Gamma Natura has been designed mainly for the mining and power engineering industries. It
enables the users to offer quick services to coal buyers. Thanks to the use of the device, coal
can be sold in accordance with its real quality. Additionally, the quality of the delivered coal can
be assessed along with the quality of coal preparation products. The devices makes it possible
to avoid financial losses that may be incurred when coal is sold at a price lower than its value,
or when the seller has to pay forfeits for selling coal in the class that is lowered than the
declared one. In the case of power plants and heat generating plants, the device enables to
determine the parameters of a boiler before the coal delivered by a mine is burned or to find
that the parameters of the supplied coal are not in accordance with the declared ones.

Measuring range: 5÷100 % of ash content, 0÷50 % of moisture content

Measuring duration: about 5 min.

Measuring error:
for the ash content in coal σ=0,5÷1,5 % (depending on the type of coal)
for the moisture content in coal σ=0,2÷1 %

Visualization of measuring results: embedded LCD touch screen

Applied functions: archiving measuring results, making reports on conducted
measurements.

Size: 1100×800×400 mm
575
MOTOR TRANSPORT INSTITUTE
(Instytut Transportu Samochodowego)
Organisation Contact Data
80, Jagiellońska st., 03 – 301 Warsaw,
Poland
phone: +48 22 811 32 31
fax: + 48 22 811 09 06
e-mail: info@its.waw.pl
http://www.its.waw.pl/start,2.html
Motor Transport Institute (MTI – ITS in Polish) in its Centre for Materials Testing and
Mechatronics (CBM) - performs the scientific - research and expert opinions and assessments
on:

investigation of material mechanical properties and their’s structures with respect on a
safe use in major branches of industry i.e: automotive, power plant, aircraft and
military;

car fluids testing (especially: antifreeze, brake, windscreen and washer);

friction test and developing of new technologies for effective recycling of vehicles
withdrawn from service;

technical consulting and expert activities.
The Centre possess the status of the Accredited Research Laboratory of Polish Centre for
Accreditation - Certificate No. AB 089.
CBM consists of five laboratories: Strength of Materials, Structural Research, Physicochemical
Testing, Mechatronics and Recycling.
576
Laboratory of Strength of Materials
Research areas/activities:

development of applied and elaboration of new measurement techniques for
determination of stress/strain state components,

elaboration of experimental procedure for investigation of mechanical properties of
typical and modern engineering materials (steel, alloy, composite and others) having
isotropic and anisotropic properties,

behaviour and mechanical properties of materials under one-axial and complex (static
or low and high fatigue) loading at within range of temperature from -160°C to 1200°C
and corrosion environmental using standard and miniaturized specimens depending
on test type i.e: flat, full, thin-walled tubular specimens,

variations of material impact energy versus time at low and high temperature,

analysis of crack propagation and critical value of stress intensity factor (K IC) using
a compact tension mini-specimen (CTM),

creep test of material with respect on applying in power plant industry at temperature
up to 1000°C,

expert activities to identify failure causes of elements used in many branches of
industry.
Laboratory of Structural Research
Research areas/activities

investigations of vehicle parts and subassemblies (made from traditional and modern
materials, i.e.: metal matrix composites, gasars, syntactic foams, nanomaterials)
focused on a vehicle safety exploitation and their reliability,

development of new materials and technology in application for many industry areas
in these in production of vehicle parts and subassemblies;

R&D works connected with the qualitative and quantitative assessment of the effects
of recycling processes of vehicles have been out of exploitation, recovery of raw
materials and utilization;

standardization activities, elaboration of ISO standards in cooperation with the Polish
Standard Committee in the Commission no 123 to matters of metal research, to
formulate opinions concerning the international standards,

expert activity concerning the diagnostics of the damage/failure causes of semi
finished products/ready products existing in various technical solutions;

statutory research, and research realized in the frame of domestic and international
projects focused on engineering materials obtained by means of traditional and
innovative technologies.
577
Physicochemical Testing Laboratory
Research areas/activities:

testing of automotive service liquids, especially: brake fluids, antifreezes for the
engines' cooling systems as well as windscreen washer fluids and to examine cleaning
materials (for the purpose of their certification amongst the others);

establishing metal content in the used up service fluids using atomic absorption
spectroscopy;

development of new and improvement of the existing recipes of engine coolants,
cooling system de-scaling fluids, windscreen demisters and similar automotive
products;

corrosion resistance of materials, including the development of electrochemical
characteristics, based on the method of accelerated;

studies of energy conversion processes and the origin of the waste vegetable oil into
liquid fuels (BtL and WtL processes);

thermochemical studies determining the change in weight of different materials (e.g.
biomass, metals, composites), depending on temperature and thus allow including to
determine the kinetics of the processes of oxidation / reduction, analysis of phase
transformations, study the thermal stability;

developing of technologies of recycling service liquids to save natural environment;

normative activities- participation in Technical Committee No. 222 for Polish
Committee for Standardization.
Mechatronics Laboratory
Research areas/activities:

new solutions of powertrains and power sources of hybrid electric vehicles;

developing of new materials and solutions for vehicle lighting;

developing of new measurement methods and testing stands for structural,
mechanical and tribological tests;

analysis of application nanomaterials and intelligent materials in transport;

researching and developing of new mechatronic solutions, especially in transport area.
578
Division of Recycling
Research areas/activities:

opinion making, creating data bases for the legal regulations, scientific publications
and information about the institutions dealing with an environmental protection and
recycling;

developing research methods and criteria for evaluating assemblies, parts and
materials obtained as a result of dismantling devices and cars, testing components and
materials retrieved in the recycling process;

initiating and taking part in the research and implementation programs linked with the
environmental protection, ecology and recycling;

giving opinions on the standardization documents both domestic and foreign.
The above activity of MTI is well supplemented by the wide range of vehicle and component
type approval testing which covers the following:

EU and National whole vehicle type approval tests (all vehicle category);

environment tests (local emission, CO2 emission, noise, climatisation etc.);

dynamics of vehicles (Vmax , manouvering) ;

all aspects of lighting ;

general safety (visibility, motocycle safety, etc.) ;
There are next specific certificates of Polish Centre for Accreditation for the activity and EU/ UN
notifications based on this certificates and made by 2 type approval authorities – Poland (E20)
and Latvia (E 32). The precise scope can be found on the EU/ UN ECE website).
EU : http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/sectors/automotive/approval-authorities-technical
services/index_en.htm
UN ECE - http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29wgs/wp29gen/wp29fdocstts.html
MTI has long tradition in performing TA tests (since 1984) and due this and modern equipment
offers highest quality of testing.
579
OIL AND GAS INSTITUTE
(Insytut Nafty i Gazu)
Organisation Contact Data
25 A Lubicz st., 31 – 503 Cracow, Poland
phone (secretary): +48 12 421-06-86
phone (exchange): + 48 12 421-00-33
fax: + 48 12 430-38-85
e – mail: office@inig.pl
http://www.inig.pl/
The Oil and Gas Institute (INiG) is a research and development unit, subordinated to the Polish
Ministry of Economy, working for the benefit of petroleum and natural gas industries. The
register of documentation developed in the Institute makes a long and diverse list, which
includes expert opinions, monographs on solutions of design and technology problems,
significant comprehensive works which contributed to discovering new deposits of petroleum
and natural gas, manufacturing and using tools allowing their exploitation and implementation
of technologies necessary for cleaning, transport, processing and use.
The directions of the substantive activity of the Institute have become a significant part of the
domestic and European policy of the sustainable development of power industry:
- evaluation of prospecting forecasts of oil and natural gas with methods of geology,
geophysics, geochemistry and microbiology,
- exploration and exploitation of deposits of hydro-carbons,
- storage, transport, distribution and use of the natural gas, crude oil and petroleum
products,
- petroleum processing,
- improving and monitoring of the petroleum products quality,
- using the renewable sources of energy,
- environmental protection in the oil and gas industry.
Good, constantly supplemented research infrastructure: modern apparatuses, including the
unique analysers, equipment allowing to conduct laboratory and field tests, the rich collection
of a library, and buildings and technological halls, permits the Institute to create the interesting
and diverse offer of scientific, research and development, and service works for the industry,
including small and medium enterprises, as well as for the involvement in research projects,
carried out by scientific consortiums.
The Institute has implemented a Management System fulfilling the requirements of the ISO
9001:2008 standard. The System’s compliance was confirmed by Bureau Veritas Certification
580
and it covers research, experimentation, implementation and services in the fields of oil and
gas mining, gas engineering, crude oil processing, production technology, the distribution and
utilization of petroleum and derived products, environmental protection, specialized training
services, the experimental and small-scale production of petroleum products, the issuing of
technical and standardization approvals, and the certification of products.
Oil and Gas Institute is a laureate of competitions: Cheetahs of Business, Gazelle, National
Leaders of Innovation and Development, Teraz Polska and the Polish Top 50 Intellectual Capital.
The action in the field of Corporate Social Responsibility has been twice awarded the Polish
edition of the Great Place to Work - Best Place to Work. Oil and Gas Institute in 2011 was
nominated for the European Business Awards 2010.
In 2009 – 2010 the Institute was awarded over 100 medals its presentations at international
exhibitions of innovations, inventions and solutions. The 34 gold, 27 silver 30 bronze medals,
along with 9 distinctions and special awards were won by the Institute’s inventions presented
at exhibitions in, inter alia, Brussels, Nuremberg, Moscow, Budapest, Geneva, Seoul, Kuala
Lumpur, Sevastopol, Zagreb, Bucharest and Warsaw. For its remarkable activity in promoting
inventions abroad, The Institute was twice awarded diplomas by the Ministry of Science and
Higher Education.
The INiG offer
The INiG offer covers specialist works in distribution and usage of oil and petroleum products,
crude oil processing, developing and quality testing of petroleum products: fuels, lube oils,
paraffins, bitumes; developing of performance additives for crude oil, gas and fuels; geophysics,
geology, well drilling, development and exploitation of oil and natural gas deposits, production,
processing, purification, storage, transmission and distribution of gas fuels, control and
automation of technological processes, use and construction of gas devices, assessment of gas
fuel quality, environment protection facilities. Experience and regularly upgraded qualifications
of the staff, as well as modern, accredited INiG laboratories with remarkable equipment,
guarantee high quality tests and services and allow to deal with diverse specialist tasks.
Division of Prospecting of Hydrocarbon Deposits




Evaluation of the prospecting possibilities in the particular regions of the country
Evaluation of the geological, exploitable and industrial resources of crude oil and
natural gas
Marking the physical and reservoir parameters and properties of composite liquids
Using the means and methods of microbiology in drilling, exploiting the hydrocarbon
deposits and the underground gas repositories.
Division of Hydrocarbon Production Engineering (INiG Department in Krosno)






Technology of drilling holes
Technology of drilling liquids and procedures of cementing the drill holes
The development and exploitation of crude oil and natural gas deposits
Designing the procedures of stimulating the output of hydrocarbons
Simulating the deposit procedures and underground gas repositories
Technology of reconstructing boreholes.
581
Division of Petroleum Processing









The analyses and technological evaluation of crude oils
Laboratory simulations of processing crude oils (crude oil distillation, selective
rafination, dewaxing oil fractions, dearomatization of crude fractions
Researching the catalysts used in refining processes
Developing the technology of producing liquid fuels, solid hydrocarbons, asphalts,
plastic greases, grease oils, other crude oil products
Synthesis and evaluation of the activity of the supplements to crude products
Devising and modifying the analytic methods
Quality control of the crude products
Engine and exploitation tests of the fuels and grease oils
Environmental protection and the safety of utilizing the crude products.
Division of Gas Engineering







The evaluation of materials from plastics used in gas industry
Technical evaluation of the gas fittings of the measurement instruments
Studying the changes of the metrology features of the gas-meters
Quality and technical evaluation of the installations burning the hydrocarbon fuels
New technologies of utilizing gas
Problems of environmental protection in the gas and oil industry
Renewable energy.
582
Major projects which have been implemented with the participation of the Institute.
1) Method for regeneration of used oils
The present invention refers to a catalytic hydrogenation processing method for the
regeneration of used petroleum oils to produce clear, free from coagulants base oil of full value
providing a raw material for manufacturing of high quality lubricating oils.The innovation in this
project is the combination of a new catalytic system and modification of parameters of used oil
hydrofining process. A new catalytic system and the suitably selected parameters (temperature,
pressure, velocity, the raw material volume) allow of a mixture of used oils to be recycled into
high quality base oils, as an alternative to products of direct crude oil processing. The product
of the modified regeneration process with a new catalytic system shows very good properties
and is free from coagulants which permit its full use in substitution of base oils from direct
crude oil processing. The presented catalytic hydrogenation processing method for the
regeneration of used petroleum oils is the most efficient method for utilization of these wastes.
The regenerated base oils provide both reduction in production capacity of new base oils from
crude oil and limitation of the other more harmful to the environment methods eg. burning.The
developed technology was implemented into the industrial scale production in RN Jedlicze SA in
June 2008. The result of the implementation is the production and sale of the new generation
base oils to leading producers of lubricating oils on domestic and foreign markets. The final
products meet the requirements of the group I+ of base oils, and the industrial consumers
confirm their quality by using them to manufacture of high quality lubricating oils.The invention
was implemented into the industrial scale production in RN Jedlicze SA. The regeneration of
used oils based on the presented invention is in progress from the middle of 2008.
2) Ecological Light Heating Oil
The subject of invention is ecological light heating oil based on conventional petroleum
fractions with low sulphur content and/or ester derivatives of fatty acids which the use
provides for reduction the emission of toxic exhaust gas components and improvement of fuel
combustion process. The improvement in the ecological and performance properties of the
light heating oil according to the invention was ensured by the use of especially tailored
additive package including detergent active substance which ensures injector nozzle cleanliness,
an additive improving diesel fuel ignition, reducing the emission of toxic exhaust components
and improving combustion process, lubricity additive modifying friction behaviour in fuel pump
elements, corrosion inhibitor protecting metallic parts of fuel system (tanks, pipes. pump)
against corrosion, demulsifier, and others. Each additive included in the package composition is
playing important role in light heating oil exploitation. The invention was implemented into the
industrial scale production in PKN Orlen SA. The production of the heating oil based on the
presented invention lasts from 2004.
583
3) Biodegradable grease for rail traction
The subject of the invention is biodegradable lubricating grease for use in control devices for
rail vehicles operated in public transport. The grease is characterized by its increased antiwear
properties which help minimize mechanical wear on the device elements and good rheological
properties in low temperatures which permit the grease operation during full season, especially
in winter conditions. .The grease good performance was ensured by properly selected
components: base oils composition comprising ester oil of the natural origin and synthetic ester
oil and the effective additive package with physical and chemical mechanism of action.The
additional advantage of the lubricating grease according to the invention besides its good
performance properties is the high degree of biological degradation of the preparation in soil
and ground-water The lubricating grease according to the invented technology of the patent
application No P 371.309 is manufactured in the Department of Experimental Production and
Sales of Petroleum Chemicals of the Institute of Oil and Gas in Krakow and used in control
devices for rail vehicles operated in Krakow urban agglomeration.
4) Purification of soil contaminated with petroleum pollutants with an
in-situ method
An in-situ method purification of soil, strongly contaminated with petroleum hydrocarbons,
comprises of a stage introduction of the process, which enables gradual decrease in pollutants
content. The process consists of the following stages: initial terrain reclamation by removal of
petroleum substances from deeper layers with the use of a drainage-outflow system; basic
bioremediation stimulated by bioaeration (oxygen providing by soil aeration); modification of
soil reaction by lime (pH=7.5) and biogenic substances dosage as a mineral fertilizer
(C:N:P=100:10:1) in order to cause activation of autochthonous microflora; bioaugmentation by
inoculation with biopreparations (density 1*109 jtk/cm3) prepared on the basis of isolated,
selected and multiplied non-pathogenic indigenous microorganisms.The purification process is
monitored with the use of chromatographic, physico-chemical, microbiological and
toxicological analyses.Purification of soil contaminated with petroleum pollutants with an insitu method has been applied in 11 areas chosen in an oil plant situated in south-east Poland.
During the period of 3 years, the decrease in pollutants amount has been observed to a
standard level of soil and ground quality. The purified terrains have been accepted as forest
areas.
584
5) Manufacturing process for TDAE rubber plasticizer
Treated Distillate Aromatic Extract (TDAE) plastificator is a petroleum product used as a
softening agent in the India rubber curing process and as a component of rubber mixtures, and
its contents in rubber products can reach up to 40 %(m/m). The TDAE plastificator is
manufactured in accordance to the technology developed by INiG and Lotos S.A Group and it
conforms to the requirements specified by the 2005/69/WE Directive. It can be used for
manufacturing car tyres within the EU territory since 1 January 2010, replacing the hitherto
used, carcinogenic, highly aromatic DAE plastificators. It is a pro-ecological product, as it is
characterised by <3%(m/m) concentration of the DMSO extract and a limited contents of
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (WWA). In accordance to the presented invention, the TDAE
plastificator manufacturing technology allows to launch an ecological product, ensuring that
the high level of rubber product quality is upheld. This solution matches the strategy of limiting
the negative influence of technological and industrial activities on the natural environment and
of implementing the sustained development at a local, national and global scale. Application of
the pro-ecological TDAE plastificator for the tyre manufacturing process shall positively
influence the general health of the population by reducing the level of harmful, toxic,
carcinogenic agents; thus the level of harmful pollutants generated by vehicle traffic, affecting
the natural environment, will be lowered. The product was included in the LOTOS OIL S.A. trade
offer under the name of Quantilus T50. It passed the application analyses and was allowed for
use in the process of curing synthetic rubber and for manufacturing vehicle tyres.
6) High thermal stability detergent – dispersant additive package for
diesel fuels
The present invention relates to a high thermal stability detergent-dispersant additive package
for diesel fuels designed particularly for Diesel engines with direct injection equipped in
“common rail” fuel injection systems. The manufactures of Diesel engines strive from many
years to improve their efficiency to optimal utilization of diesel fuels combustion and meet the
stringent emission standards Euro 5 and Euro 6. At present all the new vehicles with Diesel
engines are equipped in high-pressure direct injection “common rail” fuel injection systems
(CRS). In specific working conditions of these engines fuel undergoes thermal degradation, and
fuel deposit precursors under influence of temperature and pressure are subjected to thermalpressure flocculation giving adhesive deposits which accumulate on the surface of highpressure, multi-hole injectors hindering proper fuel atomization. Coke deposits accumulating in
the multi-hole injector ducts decrease flow of fuel metered to the combustion chamber, which
decreases the engine power output and its torque.The main purpose of the invention is to get a
detergent-dispersant additive package preventing deposit adhesion on the multi-hole injector
nozzles, compatible with other additives, which not only allow for keeping the injector
cleanliness, but also protects against corrosion and wearing of fuel pump elements and the
other parts of the fuel system.
585
7) Paraffin inhibitor for crude oil
The subject of the invention is the paraffin inhibitor for crude oil, used as an additive to crude
oil in the process of its exploitation, transportation and storage. Invented paraffin inhibitor
prevents settlement of paraffin on machinery working in wellbores, surface of transmission
pipelines and reservoirs. Exceptional activity of the inhibitor results in great lowering of crude
oil viscosity which facilitates its free flow. Invented paraffin inhibitor is a clear, homogenous
liquid in a wide range of temperatures from –30°C to + 55°C.
Inhibitor is dosed continually to machinery working in wellbores and transmission pipelines in
the amount of 200 – 750 ppm (by weight).
Invented inhibitor is a mixture of ionic or non-ionic dispersants, polymeric crystallization
modifier and specially selected organic solvents.
It was found that the use of innovative non-ionic surfactants with ionic dispersants and
copolymer, resulted in unexpectedly high effect of prevention against paraffin deposition from
crude oil.
Applied surfactants caused significant reductions in viscosity, pour point and cloud point of
crude oil. Simultaneously, used surfactants protect wellbores and pipelines in oil wells from
corrosion. Additional advantage of invented paraffin inhibitor is high (above 80%) degree of
biodegradation of used alkoxylated surfactants.
The way of preparation and using paraffin inhibitor is an object of notification in Polish Patent
Office.
8) Diesel fuel for vehicles equipped with particulate filter systems
The invention relates to diesel fuel for vehicles equipped with particulate filter systems with
improved ecological and performance characteristics, which allow for limitation of the
emissions of pollutants harmful to the environment, especially particles and nanoparticles with
mutagenic effects, and therefore specifically designed for use in urban agglomerations,
ecological protection zones and industrial objects such as mines with monitored harmful
exhaust emissions, black smoke and particulate matter emissions. The particulate emissions
from compression ignition engines are especially hazardous. Therefore it was necessary to
introduce stringent regulations limiting particulate matter exhaust emissions. Euro 5 Regulation
which came into force in 2008 distinguished nanoparticles and imposed on them severe
limitations On account of this it is anticipated the use of Diesel Particulate Filters (DPF),
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR), Lean NOx Traps (LNT) and Diesel Oxidation Catalysts (DOC).
The diesel oil according to the invention comprise selected petroleum fractions and/or
vegetable and/or animal derived components and also a multifunctional additive package
containing FBC (Fuel Born Catalyst) precursors, which provides for entire continuous
elimination of solid carbon particles in DFP. The diesel fuel according to the invention was
implemented in municipal public transport buses equipped with Euro 3 engines. The application
of the invention enabled to fulfil the Euro 5 requirements for the exhaust emission.
586
9) Drilling fluid
Drilling fluid is a multicomponent colloidal dispersion system having definite physical-chemical
properties, the basic function of which is to lift cuttings out of the wellbore and to maintain
wellbore walls stability during drilling. The s u b j e c t of the invention is a potassium silicatebased drilling fluid for drilling through shale strata ranked to the brittle rocks which at the
presence of water undergoes structural damage in the form of fissures and microfissures, and
for rocks with increased content of silt minerals. The technical and functional value of the
solution according to the invention is improved inhibition of drilled argillaceous rocks while
simultaneously keeping proper rheological and structural parameters, filtration, and pH of the
drilling fluid during the wellbore drilling.
10) Method for decreasing the content of hydrogen sulfide in drilling
fluids
Method related to the degree of microbial purity of base water, wherein a hydrogen sulfide
neutralizer is introduced into the circulating drilling fluid in amount corresponding to the
concentration of 0,05 to 0,2 % v/v. Then, depending on hydrogen sulfide concentration or/and
the number of sulphur bacteria in the drilling fluid, another dose of H2S neutralizer is added in
amount corresponding to the concentration of 0,01 to 0,02 % v/v accordingly to a drilling fluid
volume. The H2S neutralizer is selected from the group consisting of triazine derivative and/or
amine compounds. The invention is aimed at prevention of excessive emission of toxic biogenic
hydrogen sulfide during drilling work, limiting harmfulness of drilling muds and wastes for the
natural environment.
11) Combustion modifier, particularly for heating oil
The subject of the invention is combustion modifier, particularly to heating oil, comprising
substances catalyzing combustion process, which decreases toxic substances emissions.
Changes of heating oil quality are forced by regulations and directives for environmental
protection by controlling emissions of harmful substances into the atmosphere. The most
important in the program CAFE (Clean Air for Europe) – is management of particulate matter
emissions which are 10 microns and 2,5 microns in diameter and generate the most significant
threat to human health. Very fine particles can reach the deepest regions of the lungs, causing
serious pulmonary and cardiovascular diseases. Both emissions of harmful substances into the
atmosphere and watt-hour efficiency of oil-fired boilers depend on the fuel quality and
employed additives, particularly combustion process modifiers. The combustion modifier,
according to the invention comprising substances catalyzing combustion, particularly for
heating oil, is characterized by its content of catalyst of combustion process of hydrocarbon
fuels and biofuels, and additives: detergent, antiwear, friction modifier, corrosion inhibitor,
demulsifier, antifoam agent, antioxidant, biocide, tracer, and hydrocarbon solvent.The use of
modifier according to the invention provides for engine emissions reduction mainly particulate
matter and carbon oxide
587
POLISH GEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE – NATIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
(Państwowy Instytut Geologiczny – państwowy Instytut badawczy)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
4, Rakowiecka st, 00 – 975 Warsaw, Poland
International Cooperation Division:
prof. Marek Graniczny
e – mail: marek.graniczny@pgi.gov.pl
phone: +48 22 459 20 00
e – mail: sekretariat@pgi.gov.pl
http://www.pgi.gov.pl/en.html
Ilona Smietanska, M.Sc
e – mail: ismi@pgi.gov.pl
phone: +48 22 4592 523 or +48 224592 210
Panstwowy Instytut Geologiczny – Państwowy Instytut Badawczy (Polish Geological Institute)
is the National Research Institute under supervision of the Ministry of the Environment of the
Republic of Poland. PGI-NRI is the largest geological R&D unit in Poland,responsible for
geological inventory, monitoring, knowledge and research. It is entrusted with tasks of the
Polish Geological Survey and the Polish Hydrogeological Survey. The tasks are implemented by
the staff of about 800 high-skilled employees (75% with university degrees). Among its priority
programmes are: Energy Security, Geology for Land Use Planning and Development, Raw
Materials Security and Supply, Geohazards, Geotechnologies, Marine Geology, Climate and
Environment Change,
Geoinformtion, Groundwaters, Geodiversity Conservation and
Geotourism and International Cooperation.
PGI-NRI acts as the national legal entity responsible for the domestic safety in supply of mineral
and hydrocarbon resources (including shale gas and tight gas), groundwater management,
providing geoscientific information vital for climate policy (i.e. the CCS technology) and keeping
the state geological archives. PGI-NRI is responsible for groundwater monitoring as well as
monitoring of natural hazards e.g. mass movements and landslides. It is the custodian of much
of the country’s geoscientific information and is the largest Polish editor and publisher of
geological maps compiled in digital standard.
PGI-NRI maintains the information system on the domestic mineral and groundwater resources
for their management and protection.
PGI-NRI carries out research on protection of the Earth surface and natural resources including
spatial information on the environment, geoenvironmental and geochemical cartography,
waste management, land and water contamination assessment and remediation means,
environmental sampling and laboratory tests, environmental protection and monitoring. PGI588
NRI cooperates with scientific-research centres, institutes, organisations, industry, public
administration and geological surveys of 40 countries all over the world.
PGI-NRI offers scientific research cooperation with East Asian countries in joint projects as well
as scientific consultancy, experises, geological works and survey in the following areas:
Comprehensive studies and research projects of geological structure including
multidimensional geodata modelling and visualisation, cartograhic works, mapping of
superficial formations, modelling, geodata processing and interpretation.
Scientific consultancy in geology, geochemistry, geophysics and others fields through
examining the Earth properties and the rock layers and structures in so far as they
concern the localization of mineral deposits, underground waters, geohazards and
geoenergy.
Expertises on a wide array of geological, hydrogeological and environmental issues.
Geological works in the range of prospecting and exploration of deposits of mineral
resources and groundwaters.
Areas of proposed cooperation:
Geohazards survey
Preventing natural disasters is one of the most important challenges the East Asian countries
face. PGI-NRI offers cooperation and expertises in assessment of hazards related to geodynamic
phenomena. PGI-NRI has a long-term experience and achievements in research of areas of risk
of mass movement, land surface mobility and subsidence hazards including coastal erosion
with the use advanced methods and techniques such as teledetection and geodetic techniques
including Optical High Resolution Imagery (HRI), radar interferometry (PSInSAR), airborne and
terrestial LIDAR (ALS- Airborne Laser Scanning and TLS - Terrestrial Laser Scanning). These
methods are used for identification, inventory and monitoring of landslides and mass
movements in order to improve traditional methods of mapping. The data provided by radar
interferometry are especially valuable for identification and mitigation of natural catastrophes
such as rapid land subsidence, floods and flash floodings and accelerated soil erosion.
Since year 2006 PGI –NRI has been the leader of the a national project called Landslide
Counteracting System (SOPO). Its aim is to create detailed map of landslides in Poland. Based
on these maps local governments can plan where to locate infrastructure without exposing it to
damage. The provided products mainly include results of analyses in the form of maps,
databases, portals and information and map services built with the use of advanced hadware.
Moreover PGI-NRI offers assistance in establishment of laboratories, insitutional strengthening
and training in remote sensing techniques and creation of services for dissemination of
information to the public.
589
Sustainable management of mineral resources
PGI-NRI is also deeply interested in opening and cultivating cooperation in sustainable
management of mineral resources. The appropriate use of domestic base of mineral raw
material resources and safety of their supplies are recognized nowadays as the issue of utmost
importance for national economies in Europe and other parts of the world, which is well
reflected by treatment of several mineral raw materials as necessary or even of critical
importance for further development of national economies and industry. PGI-NRI comes here
with tradition and experience in effective prospecting, exploration and exploitation of mineral
raw materials, going back for several centuries in area of Poland and well evidenced by
discoveries of several major mineral deposits, especially in the 20 th century. It should be added
that the key to these successes was always a capability to combine the tradition with the use of
modern approach and methods in prospecting and exploration and cooperation and exchange
of experience with foreign partners in the country and abroad.
PGI-NRI is deeply interested in exchange of experience and scientific research
cooperation with East Asian countries in joint projects as well as scientific consultancy,
expertises, geological works and survey.
This is especially the case of supporting central and local administration is establishing policy in
sustainable management of mineral raw material resources, including :
- exploration and assessment of the resources;
- compilation of mineral raw material maps for protection of the resources for the next
generations in land-use plans;
- rational and sustainable use of currently exploited mineral resources, reduction of
waste stream and proper use of accompanying mineral raw materials and the mining
waste.
Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS)
PGI-NRI is also interested in cooperation and exchange of knowledge and expertise in the
field of Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS), regarded as the most efficient way to reduce carbon
dioxide emissions from the major point sources, especially power and chemical plants. Since
the year 2008, PGI –NRI has been the leader of the a national programme called Assessments
of Formations and Structures for Safe CO2 Storage and Programme of Monitoring. That well
advanced programme made it possible to identify first sites for pilot locations of underground
CO2 storage. Further works within the frame of that programme make the PGI-NRI team
interested in cooperation and partnership in R&D, particularly with Japan, China, Taiwan,
South Korea in the follow-up or related projects of Carbon Capture and Use (CCU), especially
those aimed at:
conversion of carbon dioxide into methane in anoxic and hot aquifers used as
underground CO2 storage sites ;
combining geothermy and CCS ;
new techniques in the use of CO2 injections in enhanced oil and gas recovery ;
the use of CO injections in enhancing extraction of coal-bed methane.
590
THE INSTITUTE OF AVIATION
(Instytut Lotnictwa)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
110/114, Krakowska st, 02 – 256 Warsaw,
Poland
phone: +48 22 846 00 11
fax: +48 22 846 44 32
http://ioa.edu.pl/
Deputy Director – Commercial:
Marcin Gawroński M.Sc. Eng
phone: (+48) 22 846 11 00 ext. 274
e-mail: marcin.gawronski@ilot.edu.pl
www.facebook.com/instituteofaviation
http://www.youtube.com/ilottv
The Institute of Aviation is the oldest research establishments in Europe, officially registered in
1926 although its roots go back to 1918. For eighty six years of its activity the scientists and
engineers employed in the Institute of Aviation contributed remarkably to the development of
the Polish economy and defense. Before the Second World War all the Polish aircraft were
constructed or tested in the Institute of Aviation in Warsaw.
In 2011 the Institute of Aviation was granted prolongation of its highest A category, conferred
on research institutes. At present over 1500 engineers, scientists and researchers are employed
by the Institute with nine hundred of them no more than 30 years old. Four new laboratories
have been set up during the last 12 months, with one laboratory dealing with the pressure tests
for equipment recovering crude oil and gas being second largest in the world.
The main fields of the Institute's activity are the space technologies, aero and missile engines,
materials technology, aerodynamics, composite technologies, design and test of aircraft
constructions, near-field noise, and research in the field of recovery of crude oil and gas.
The Institute of Aviation is a member of the domestic and international research organizations.
As from 2005 the Institute has become a partner in an AERONET - Aviation Valley project. It is a
group comprising of several well positioned research units. In April 2008 the Institute of
Aviation has been admitted to the Association of the EREA Research Institutes whose aim is to
consolidate, coordinate and undertake joint incentives. On June 7, 2010, an international
organization International Forum for Aviation Research (IFAR) was called into being in
Germany, in Luebbenau. The Institute of Aviation representing Poland, played an important
role in its establishment, becoming one of its founders.
The Institute of Aviation organizes international conferences, symposiums, and is a moderator
in the global research incentives.
The strategy of the Institute of Aviation is ‘To provide service in the international market
research’. The world market means the highest competitiveness of the research services
591
offered leading to the development of new technologies. Polish membership in the EU opened
enormous possibilities of cooperation in the field of applied research and development work.
The Institute cooperates on a big scale with universities, research institutes, research centers
and industrial labs in Europe, the United States, Asia, Australia and Africa. The Institute closely
cooperates with the aviation industry world leaders such as: General Electric, Boeing, Airbus,
Pratt&Whitney, Sikorsky, Rolls-Royce.
In 2008 the Institute of Aviation started the national programme „The Age of Engineers”.
It is a programme for promoting engineering professions and technical sciences. Programme is
addressed to gymnasium and high school students.
The Institute comprises of four research centers: The New Technologies Center, Materials and
Structures Research Center, Net Institute and Engineering Design Center.
592
Materials testing laboratory
METALLIC MATERIALS TESTS



Static strength tests (tension, compression, bending) at temperatures from -70°C to
900°C in accordance with ASTM - E 8, E 21, E 328, E 9, E 209, C 293.
Low- and high- cycle fatigue tests control strain and load at temperatures to 900°C in
accordance with ASTM - E 466, E 606, together with research reports in accordance
with E 468, E 739.
Creep tests at temperatures up to 1100°C in accordance with ASTM E 139.
COMPOSITE MATERIALS TESTS




Tests of mechanical properties and temporary resistance to tension, compression,
bending, shearing in temperatures from -70°C to 300°C in accordance with ASTM - D
3039, D 3410, D 3518, D 4255.
Tests of temporary resistance stick joints composites with metals.
Fatigue tests at temperatures from -70 up to 300°C in accordance with ASTM – D 3479.
Conditioning of composite samples in conditions of controlled humidity
or at temperatures in the range of up to 300°C.
RESEARCH FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
Test type
Low Cycle Fatigue
tests
High Cycle Fatigue
tests
Static strength tests
(tension,
compression,
bending)
Creep tests
Specimen and
elements testing
Specimen
in
accordance
with
ASTM and other
standards (length
up to 500 mm)
Specimen
in
accordance
with
ASTM and other
standards (length
up to 100 mm)
Specimens
in
accordance
with
ASTM and other
standards (length
up to 800 mm)
Specimen
in
accordance
with
ASTM and other
standards (length up
to 150 mm)
Load range
Test
temperature
Research
equipment
Tension
and up to 900°C
compress load:
up to 250 kN
Frequency:
up to 5 Hz
Tension
and up to 900°C
compress load:
up to 250 kN
Frequency:
up to 60 Hz
Tension
and -70 up to 900°C
compress load:
up to 250 kN
27 test rigs
(MTS, Instron )
Tension
and up to 1100°C
compress load:
up to 50 kN
36 test rigs
(Creeps)
593
27 test rigs
(MTS, Instron)
14 test rigs
(MTS, Instron)
Structural testing laboratory
STATIC AND FATIGUE TESTS







-
Full Scale and Component Static and Fatigue Tests according to individual orders (with
design and manufacturing of Test Stand) – up to 24 load channels. Performed to collect
experimental data of tested object behaviour (strain, displacement) under load. In case
of fatigue testing – data to assess structure durability is provided.
Functional tests of structures not loaded or under load, with load, displacement and
strain measurements.
Stiffness tests of mechanical structures.
Static and fatigue tests of turboengine shafts or other axially symetric structures
simultaneous (tension/torsion loads), also in elevated temperature.
Laboratory can perform multichannel testing of large-size structures using fully
computerized loading system.
Tests can be performed in a complex way (with cooperation with other IoA divisions),
it means with data analysis, design proposals increasing structure durability.
In the area of strain gauging Laboratory can perform:
preparation of strain gauge installation,
measurement realization,
data processing.
Structures can be inspected during the test using NDT methods.
DYNAMIC TESTS


High-cycle resonance fatigue tests and of compressor blades and other elements.
Frequency Check Tests.
OTHER TESTS
Burner Rig

Thermal Barrier Coating Spallation Testing.

High Temperature Oxidation Testing to materials and parts of aircraft engines.
Test Stand "Windmill"

Low-revolution wear testing of fan blades and discs.
594
Non – destructive testing laboratory
Laboratory carry out non-destructive testing of structures and their components by the
following methods:

eddy current,

penetrant,

magnetic,

ultrasound,

visual
X-ray.

The laboratory performs testing of complete structures, their sub-assemblies and
components as well as materials and semi-finished products.
The laboratory is capable of detecting defects such as fatigue cracks, open cracks,
corrosion cracks, blisters, inclusions, laps, cold shuts, leaks, welded joints defects etc.
Tests can be conducted at different stages of production process: from input materials
inspection to in-operation control to final control.
We carry out in-service, field and lab tests.
Temporary testing includes materials & structures diagnostics in compliance with the
accepted standards or the client's special requirements.
The laboratory is capable of performing non-standard non-destructive diagnostics.
Our engineers are certified according to the EN 473 standard.
Other services:

Developing test programmes and conducting tests for the exploitation purposes –
state diagnostics in the area of aeronautical and non-aeronautical applications
Developing test programmes and conducting tests in the production process


Developing test programmes and conducting research during elements and objects
testing

Upgrading existing research methods in accordance with relevant standards or client
requirements

Preparing manuals and technical documentation in the area of non-destructive
research of materials and semi-finished products

Developing programmes of training courses
Organizing training courses

Section of metallography
We conduct tests in the range of:

Hardness.

Determining chemical composition by the EDS method (identifying materials,
contaminants, estimating elements concentrations on the surface of the specimen).

Microstructure analysis in an optical microscope.

Surface analysis.
595


Fractography in a scanning electron microscope (crack location, checking material
homogeneity).
Roughness.
Strength analysis team
The team provides work which includes:

Designing 3D test rigs for the purposes of Structural Testing Laboratory.

Strength analysis of research stands with the use of Finite Element Method.

Fatigue analysis of aircraft structures.
Developing aircraft structures load spectra.


Developing test programmes for static and tests or fatigue aircraft structures.
Crack propagation analysis of metallic structures (2D & 3D) with Finite Element and

Boundary Element Methods (ANSYS 10, FRANC2D, FRANC3D, AFGROW, NASGRO).
Strength Analysis Team in collaboration with Structural Testing Laboratory offers complex
research services from the test rig design and co-ordination of test rig manufacturing
performed by proven subcontractors, to the final test report.
Machining workshop



Preparation of specimens for strength tests, on request and according to customers
specification, and small fixtures, like gripping systems, used in high temperature tests,
Production of small fixtures, like gripping systems, used in high temperature tests,
Machining of very tough and hard alloys subjected to treatment used for aircraft
engines production as Nickel alloys or Titanium alloys.
596
Aerodynamic department
Wind Tunnel T3 (5 m)






Capabilities:
Wind tunnel testing of aircraft models to determine aerodynamic characteristics
Aerodynamic load and pressure distribution measurements on aircraft element models
(wings, propellers, horizontal and vertical tails, control surfaces, helicopter rotors,
external stores etc.)
Wind load measurements for buildings and their elements. Wind velocity and pressure
distribution measurements in built-up areas.
Flutter tests of aircraft models – investigation of flutter characteristics, vibration
frequency, critical speed, vibration damping at subcritical speeds
Store trajectory tests including forced deployment for external stores payload
Flow visualization (tufts, smoke, fluorescent minitufts)
Wind Tunnel T1 (1,5 m)







Capabilities:
weight and pressure distribution tests on models of airplanes, helicopters, automotive
and railway vehicles and their elements
Optimization of flap and slat position
Hinge-moment optimization for ailerons and tail units
Tufts and minitufts with UV-light flow visualizations
Smoke flow visualization
Tensometric balance force measurements
Design of experiment (DoE)
Low Turbulence Wind Tunnel TMT
Capabilities:

Laminar airfoils wind tunnel tests at turbulence level below 0.02% for velocities
up to 40 m/s

Calibration of wind measurement devices for meteorological purposes

Smoke flow visualization
597
Trisonic Wind Tunnel N-3
Capabilities:

Tunnel tests of aircraft models to determine aerodynamic characteristics and
pressure distributions for the Mach number in the range from 0.1 – 2.3

Aerodynamic load measurements on airframe parts models (wings, horizontal and
vertical tails, control surfaces, external pods and stores etc.) including the ability to
individually measure load on each separate element

Hinge-moment measurements for tail units

Tests of airfoils including buffeting boundary determination at transonic velocities

Visualization of flow using oil and Schlieren methods

Tunnel tests of airfoils aerodynamic characteristics

Aerodynamic design of aircraft, wings, airfoils high lift devices and high lift airframe
configurations etc.

Weight and pressure transducers calibration

Unsteady pressure measurements using high precision vibration generator
Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) and Flight Mechanics Group
Analysis
For computational analysis of flowfield, both commercial and in-house developed software is
employed. In collaboration with other research facilities our group takes a part in developing
the new software for academic purposes.
Capabilities

Simulation of flow around an aircraft and parts of airframe

Simulation of flow around a helicopter and parts of airframe and interference with
surrounding objects

Unsteady flows in shape-shifting domain and around such geometries

Fully three-dimensional simulation of flow around the main rotor of a helicopter (in
forward flight and in hover) based on URANS (Unsteady Reynolds Averaged Navier
Stokes) solution

Fluid-structure interaction for modeling nonrigid blades of helicopter rotor including
blade flapping

Flow simulation in ducts (e.g. air intake ducts in aircraft engines)

Spaceship flight simulation

Flow issues related to non-aviation areas

Flow in land and water based transport

Flow in civil engineering (buildings, stadiums, bridges etc.)

Simulation of air movement in urban areas; safety issues in high-altitude rescue
actions

Flow and load analysis for constructions subject to aerodynamic and hydrodynamic
forces (e.g. strong gusts of wind)

Flow in turbines, fans etc.

Multiphase flows

Supersonic and hypersonic flows including heat and radiation modeling

Phase changing and chemical reactions simulation
598

Performance and stability analysis
Landing Gear Department
Strength analysis is performed using MSC NASTRAN/PATRAN and FEMAP/NASTRAN. We are
capable of structure optimization with regard to strength, weight, and fatigue wear. Analyses
performed include effects of contact, friction, geometric and material nonlinearity, thermal and
dynamic analysis.
Computational Simulation Methods for:

load cases for landing gear components

dynamic load conditions

stability simulation with experimental validation

“shimmy” phenomena

behavior in extreme conditions

computer simulation for aircraft touch-down dynamics for different landing gear
concepts

braking transients (dynamic, heat transfer, vibration).
Analysis:





Stiffness, strength, and flexibility evaluation of subassemblies and complete landing
gears
Optimization and integration of landing gear elements, braking systems, dampers, and
control systems
Evaluation of design process, conformance with quality standards, research
methodologies
Reliability and durability evaluation of landing gear elements using analytical and
experimental methods
Load analysis
Tests – Laboratory
The Landing Gear Lab is capable of performing complex tests in compliance with the FAR, EASA,
MIL, and AP standards for helicopters and airplanes with the max. take-off mass of 20000 kg
(44000 lb). Tests are made on complete assembly and specific elements with regard to power
consumption, static, dynamic, and fatigue strength, dynamic and functional characteristics, and
impact load resistance.
Capabilities: static and quasistatic tests, dynamic tests, functional tests.
Measuring and recording parameters: time, force, displacement and deformation, pressure,
temperature, rotational speed, acceleration, voltage and current.
Turbojet Engine Laboratory
Capabilities:

Dynamic stresses measurements of rotating engine parts (e.g. compressor and turbine
blades)

Turbine blades temperature measurements (in working engine)

Analysis of engine vibrations

Analysis of transient state rotating instability zones in turbine engine compressors

Compressor stable operating window determination (in working engine)
599




Jet engines impact test stands (up to 180 m/s)
Balancing rotating assemblies (engine and other)
Discs and drums load capacity acceptability
Rotor disc and drum low-cycle strength
Piston Engine Laboratory
Capabilities:

Temperature measurements in the range from 0 – 200oC

Temperature measurements in the range from 200 – 1000oC

Rotational speed measurements

Torque measurements

Fuel consumption measurements

Air and exhaust gas flows measurements

Measurements and processing of high speed in-cylinder and injection system events

Estimation of engine’s characteristics end emissions according to ECE Regulations R49

Estimation of speed-, full- and partial-load-, no-load and governor characteristic curves

Research and technological development works in the domain of I.C.

engines with power output 30 ÷ 400 kW including optimization of combustion process,
intake and injection systems and turbocharging
Acoustics Laboratory
The Lab specializes in aircraft noise analysis in accordance with the FAR and ICAO regulations.
The laboratory is also capable of conducting standard noise tests on industrial machinery.
The Lab is equipped with the SVAN and Bruel&Kjaer instrumentation.
Avionics& Systems Integration Department
Capabilities:

Computer aided design (2D & 3D design)

Electronic, analog and digital system design, including microprocessor and
microcontroller based systems

Design of control systems for electro-mechanical objects

Guidance, control, and navigation systems designed for unmanned vehicles

Diagnostic and testing equipment design

Modernization and modification of aircraft equipment and systems

Integration of avionics systems
Expertise & Experience
The Department conducts tests of aircraft and systems equipment and issues statements of
compliance with RTCA, ARINC, MIL, TSO, DO-160C standards and aircraft requirements.
The Department has the potential for prototype manufacture and short-run production of
precision measurement diagnostic & indicating systems. Our laboratories have been equipped
with necessary test beds and measurement systems to carry out complex analysis of products.
Environmental Lab
Capabilities:
600








Strength and resistance to sinusoidal vibrations for objects of the mass up to 50 kg,
within frequency range: 5 – 2000 Hz, and acceleration up to 200 m/s2
Strength and resistance to repeated mechanical shocks for objects of the mass up to
450 kg, acceleration up to 3200 m/s2 , frequency up to 3 Hz, and impulse duration
range: 6 – 30 ms
Resistance to high and low temperatures, max. size of tested objects:
- 680 x 540 x 820 mm in the temperature range from 60oC -180oC
- 1250 x 1900 x 2250 mm in the temperature range from -70oC to 130oC
Resistance to cyclic temperature changes within the range from -60oC to +180oC for
objects of the max. size: 680 x 540 x 600 mm
Resistance to high level of humidity within the range from 10% to 98%. Maximum size
of tested objects: 680 x 540 x 820 mm, maximum weight: 10 kg
Resistance to low pressure (1 hPa), max. size of tested objects: 1250 x 1900 x 2250
mm
Frost and moisture resistance for objects of maximal dimensions: 680 x 540 x 820 mm.
Resistance to linear accelerations for objects of the mass up to 10 kg and dimensions
up to 300 x 300 x 300 mm.
Space Technologies Group
The Space Technologies Group focuses on developing space technologies such as: new
rocket/space propulsion systems, green fuels, rocket structures and rocket trajectories analysis
(including ballistic rockets).
Other Capabilities:

propellant injection analysis

propellant combustion analysis

cooling systems analysis: radiative, regenerative, transpiration, ablation

pressure and turbopump power systems analysis

engine performance analysis on ground and in vacuum
Aircraft Design Team
Design Capabilities:

Composite structures:

Glass & carbon composite aircraft structures

Technological equipment:

Composite structures molds,

Varied assembly devices.
FEM Analysis:

Static analysis

Vibrations

Nonlinear analysis (material and geometrical nonlinearity)

Thermo-mechanical analysis
Adaptronic Department
Areas of Research:
 -Adaptive control systems (adaptive impact energy absorbers).
 -Micro ElectroMechanical Systems (MEMS).
 -Biomedical engineering (computer aided head surgery).
 -Structural Health Monitoring (SHM).
601
Flutter Flight Tests
General Information
During the development of a new aircraft, a new version of an already existing aircraft or, for
military aircraft, various flight configurations with carryings (missiles, external tanks, etc.),
flutter flight tests are performed to explore flight domain. Thus, flight tests are needed; the
objective is to determine the structural dynamic and aeroelastic state of the aircraft and to
monitor any signs of approach or appearance of flutter in its flight domain.
During flight tests, all the modes in a certain frequency band are monitored; their evolution as a
function of the airspeed Vc. It proceeds by selecting a steady flight configuration (constant Ma,
non turbulent atmosphere), applying excitation (white noise, sine or impact) using control
surfaces or specific surfaces (ailerons, pallets), data given by the accelerometers instrumented
on the structure are transmitted to the ground to be treated (modal analysis) and, after each
acquisition, the aircraft changes its flight configuration.
Method
Output Only (OO) method, i.e. the excitation is not controlled.
Outputs in Real Time (displayed in cabin)
One global result for all the measurements: vibration damping and shape of the most
dangerous mode.

Completely automatic identification of modes frequencies and damping ratios.

Period of the update of the identified modes: 1- second.

Modes frequency range: 0.5 – 60 Hz.
Configuration
To carry out flight tests, the aircraft is equipped with accelerometers and an in-board recorder
(up to 24 channels).
Measurements are made under stationary atmospheric conditions and stabilized flight level
(constant altitude and airspeed).
There is the possibility for using telemetry to reduce time of the tests.
Results
During flight tests, various signals are recorded then recovered on workstations to be processed
in differed time. Our software allows us:

to visualize parameters as a function of time,

to compute modal parameters using various methods,

to analyze parameters measured during the test and to visualize mode shapes.
602
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research
NON-CLINICAL RESEARCH UNITS
603
INSTITUTE OF BIOTECHNOLOGY AND ANTIBIOTICS
(Instytut Biotechnologii i Antybiotyków)
Organisation Contact Data
5 Starościńska st., 02 – 516 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 37 86 333
fax. +48 22 37 86 334
e – mail: info@iba.waw.pl
http://www.iba.waw.pl/en/index.html
The Institute of Biotechnology and Antibiotics (IBA) is a leading scientific institution in Poland
and recognized in the world which commercializes its own scientific and developmental
achievements in the field of pharmaceutical and medical biotechnology, mainly by
implementation of biopharmaceutical technologies.
IBA is a research institute transformed in 1992 from Research and Development Biotechnology
Center that continuous activity of the previous Institute of Antibiotics. The IBA operates in the
health service and pharmaceutical sector. It employs over 150 people, including over 30
scientists.
The IBA’s mission is to:

create new and useful knowledge in the field of modern pharmaceutical biotechnology
and the development and implementation technologies of pharmaceuticals and other
biologically active substances.

build up and elevate the image and position of the IBA within the scientific
communities and in the pharmaceutical sector

disseminate the quality assurance policy for IBA operations.
The mission is carried out through:

scientific works and research

implementation of developed technologies through into production

production based on in-house technology

services contracted by external institutions.
604
The Institute contributes to the achievements of Polish science in the following two fields:

pharmaceutical biotechnology: genetic engineering of new gene expression systems,
genome diagnostics, monoclonal antibodies and the production of highly purified
biologically active compounds and protein structures (e.g. recombined human insulin,
growth hormone, interferon)

chemistry of therapeutic compounds, including research and production methods for
ß-lactam, aminoglycosides, macrolide and anthracycline antibiotics.
IBA cooperates with a number of domestic and foreign scientific establishments and other
companies in the pharmaceutical and medical industries.
Major developments and implementations:
IBA is an author of 43 implementations of its own pharmaceuticals and therapeutic substances.
Technologies developed in the Institute were implemented in the then major pharmaceutical
plants such as “Polfa" Pharmaceutical Plant in Tarchomin, “Polfa” Pharmaceutical Plant in
Kraków (Krakowskie Zakłady Farmaceutyczne Polfa) and “Polfa” Pharmaceutical Plant in
Pabianice (Pabianickie Zakłady Farmaceutyczne Polfa), and after 1990 in BIOTON S.A.
Key developments:

The 60s. Streptomycin, tetracycline, erythromycin and neomycin, semi-synthetic
erythromycin derivatives such as erythromycin propionate lauryl sulphate and
erythromycin stearate, ampicillin, nafcillin, carbenicillin, vibramycin, rondomycin;
semi-synthetic beta-lactam antibiotics, penicillins and cephalosporins and tetracycline
derivatives were investigated; technology to obtain polyfungin (an original antifungal
antibiotic) was developed and implemented through into production based on an inhouse grown and patented strain; a technology for the synthetic antigen (trade name
Testarpen) for penicillin allergy identification was developed.

The 70s. More innovative antibiotics such as lincomycin, oxytetracycline, polymyxin
and its derivative colistin, bacitracine were investigated; technology for obtaining a
new erythromycin derivative (cyclic erythromycin carbonate) was developed and
introduced in treatment under the trade name of Davercin (an original Polish drug).

The 80s. New generation cephalosporins in mass (ceftriaxon, cefamandol, cefuroxime)
and aminoglycoside antibiotics such as amikacin for injections and as eye drops
implemented under the trade name of Biodacyna; new technology for obtaining Ldopa, Gyno-Trosyd, restrictive enzymes, monoclonal antibodies; semi-synthetic
penicillin were introduced through into production in the “Polfa” Tarchomin Plant
under the trade name of “Pipril”; antineoplastic anthracycline antibiotics began to be
investigated.

The 90s. 2nd and 3rd generation cephalosporins were developed and implemented
through into production. These included ceftriaxon (Biotrakson), cefotaxim
(Biotaksym), cefuroxime (Biofuroksym), ceftazidime (Biotum) and cefoperazone
(Cefobid) and oral forms (tablets and syrup) of cefuroxime axetil (Bioracef); moreover
clarithromycin, clindamycin and linkomycin manufacturing technology was developed;
anthracycline antibiotic preparations were developed such as doxorubicin (Biorubina)
and epirubicin (Bioepicyna) and a technology for obtaining daunomycin; antilaeukemic
preparation under the name of Biodribin (cladribine) was implemented through into
production.
605

2000-2005. A many-year team effort to develop the technology for obtaining
recombined human insulin was successfully completed. In December 2000, a
biosynthetic human insulin preparation solution, isophane biosynthetic human insulin
preparation and their mixtures (a total of 17 pharmaceutical forms) were registered
and implemented through into production in BIOTON under the name of Gensulin.
The following preparations were developed and implemented through in BIOTON as eye
drops: betaxolol (Betabion), diclofenac (Diclobion), potassium and sodium iodides
(Vidibion), tropicamide (Tropicabion) and tetryzoline hydrochloride (Zalbion).
The Institute currently operates within the following distinct areas of expertise that do
however partly overlap:

Science and Research. These operations are aimed at identifying application purposes,
new methodologies, new applications, new fields of research, development, and
implementation as well as selection of new research and development projects. Initially,
projects predominantly related to the development of generic drugs (cephalosporins) in
respect of their chemical technology, and then to biotechnological generic medicines
(human insulin analogues, human growth hormone, interferons). Currently, IBA runs
research on innovative biotechnology drugs and biosimilar products.

Analytical, chemical and pharmaceutical testing, and testing in the area of biotechnology.
As a result of these operations, the laboratory has became a leading establishment
operating in line with GLP, GMP and ISO standards. The laboratory holds a number of
certificates (Statement of GLP Compliance, GMP Certificate, ISO 9001:2008 Certificate)
and provides analytical services in respect of trials and tests of medicinal substances and
products, and their bioavailability and bioequivalence.

Production of medicinal products.

The Institute has created three major antineoplastic drugs:




Biorubina® (doxorubicin) - An anthracycline antibiotic used in the treatment of solid
tumours: breast carcinoma, pulmonary carcinoma, urinary bladder carcinoma, thyroid
carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, sarcomas and haematological and lymphatic
malignancies.
Bioepicyna® (epirubicin) - An anthracycline antibiotic used in the treatment of a
number of malignancies (inter alia breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, pulmonary
carcinoma and soft tissue sarcomas) primarily as a component of multidrug
chemotherapy.
Biodribin® (cladribine) - A deoxyadenosine nucleoside derivative used in hairy cell
leukaemia, chronic lymphocytic leukaemia and malignant non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas.
Support Activities (scientific and patent medical information). All operations to assist in
the creation of research programs, development of production, organization of nonclinical and clinical trials.
606
Competitive Advantage.
The Institute holds a competitive advantage that is extra specialist experience in the process of
commercialization of research results that leads to implementation of newly developed
technologies and the launch of new medicinal products into production. This is mainly practical
knowledge of drug registration requirements for the European Union countries and the
conditions that affect interest of potential producers.
To this end, the Institute:

determines the research areas for a future therapy and those with high development
potential,

determines research areas with high application potential and economic profitability,
and those which are not patent protected,

acknowledges the rationale of patent-protection with the view of commercialization in
the global market, at least in the European and the US markets,

carries out research and development based on a recognized and certified quality
system (GMP, GLP, GCP, ISO),

carries out research, development and implementation projects in the technical
conditions compliant with those required from drug candidates and potential drugs,

records results for research, development and implementation projects in compliance
with requirements that are set by relevant biotechnological drug regulation authorities
(biosimilar or innovative drug procedures),

manufactures medicinal substances at each stage of their production in compliance
with legal regulations and GMP.
The following assisting divisions operate within the Institute:

Bioengineering Department

Chemical Analysis Department

Chemical Departments

Scientific and Medical Information Department
607
Bioengineering Department
The major objective of the Bioengineering Department is to produce recombinant
proteins for therapeutic and scientific applications. For this purpose bacteria strains where
synthesis of third-party protein takes place are constructed, isolated, purified and identified.
Most of the statutory works and grants are subordinated to this purpose, and the results
of these works are the grounds for cooperation in targeted projects that lead to bioactive
compounds being obtained by genetic engineering methods in an industrial scale.
Another group of activities is the assessment of the purity of industrially-produced
recombinant protein by specific genetic engineering, immunologic and enzymologic techniques.
Routine assays of protein and DNA remnants in pharmaceutical preparations are also carried
out.
As implied by the type of examination and the equipment needed for this, the
Bioengineering Department is divided into: immunology, tissue culture, genetic engineering,
microbiological, protein purification and analysis, bacterial genetics, mass spectrometry and
biochemical laboratories, where the following operations are performed:














Preparation of the antibodies for analytical purposes (control of the immunization
efficacy in the process of obtaining polyclonal sera, purification of the polyclonal and
monoclonal antibodies by affinity chromatography method, marking of antibodies).
Development of ELISA tests for evaluating the purity of recombinant pharmaceuticals
(marking the level of protein contaminants in E. coli host strain (ECP), marking the
remnants of enzymatic preparations used in the process) and other proteins.
Determination of the level of recombinant protein expression in the transgenic
material by immunological techniques. Evaluation of the immunogenicity of
recombinant antigens by parenteral immunization.
Development of determination methods for biological activity of protein drugs in
cultured cells.
Production of relevant monoclonal antibodies necessary for analyses.
Undertaking attempts to obtain stable expressions of the selected proteins in cultured
cells.
Isolation of plasmid and chromosomal DNA.
Construction of E. coli production strains producing proteins and peptides that are
useful in biotechnology, medicine and science.
Development of new expression vectors based on plasmids isolated from natural
environments (isolation, sequencing, analysis of properties).
Evaluation of the replication biology of cryptic plasmids.
Searching for the specific proteases that are useful in, for example, production of
medication (e.g. obtaining production strains of E. coli synthesizing deubiquitinating
protease that is an analogue of the yeast protease UBP1).
DNA sequencing.
Development of methods for culturing bacteria strains in laboratory scale fermenters.
Laboratory scale development, of a method for the isolation and purification of
proteins and peptides produced by production strains, and with consideration to the
conditions necessary for transfer to industrial scale using various chromatographic
techniques: under low, medium and high pressure conditions (FPLC and HPLC) at room
temperature or +4OC.
608













Maintenance of the vitality of the IBA microorganism collection (over 800 strains,
including 145 under reference IAW in the Catalogue of the Polish Collection of
Microorganisms since 1990, membership in ECCO since 1995, membership in WFCC
since 1996).
Preparation of strains for sale and exchange within ECCO and WFCC, sharing the
strains with other scientific and research establishments.
Preparation and maintenance of the Master Cell Bank (MCB) and Research Cell Bank
(RCB).
Genetic modification within the vector leading to optimization of the expression level
of produced protein, as well as improvement of the production strain stability.
Molecular analysis of antigen suitability for construction of new generation vaccines
(subunit vaccines) and the development of new carriers to deliver vaccine antigens
through mucous membranes.
Quantitative assay of plasmid and bacterial DNA contaminants in biosimilar
pharmaceuticals by quantitative PCR method.
Evaluation of proteins and peptides in respect of: distribution, identification,
quantitative and sequence analysis, modification evaluation.
Genetic identification of bacteria by MicroSeq system from Life Technologies, which
may be used to evaluate the microbiological purity of pharmaceutics, cosmetics and
food, etc. Continued control of the microbiological purity of the work space is possible.
Determination of the mass profile of LC/MS/MS +HPLC peptide map.
Determination of the mass profile of MALDI TOF/TOF peptide map. Evaluation of
average and/or monoisotopic MALDI TOF/TOF molecular weight.
Evaluation of average and/or monoisotopic MALDI TOF/TOF molecular mass + ZipTip
C4 / ZipTipC18 purification.
2D - PF2D protein mapping, no fractioning
2D - PF2D protein mapping, no fractionation (+ digestion).
All the facilities used by the Bioengineering Department are furnished with top quality
appliances that are required for molecular biology research and examinations.
All devices and equipment comply with GLP requirements and GMO handling standards.
Bioengineering Department achievements:





Constructed and patented E. coli production strains for therapeutic human proteins –
human growth hormone, alfa 2a, alfa 2b, gamma, beta 1a and 13 interferon, short and
prolonged action insulin analogue.
Constructed in-house prokaryotic expression systems, to include a vector, proteolytic
enzyme and culturing method in fermenters without an antibiotic.
Constructed in-house vaccine antigens of human and animal viruses.
Developed in-house analytical methods for marking contaminants in pharmaceutical
preparations produced in bacteria or eukaryotic cultures in accordance with the
requirements of the European Medicines Agency.
Scientific research in the area of basic research concerning replication of new wild
plasmids.
609
Chemical Analysis Department
Research
Research and studies are directly related to both, the subject areas and tasks executed by the
Institute of Biotechnology and Antibiotics and by third-party companies, which run scientific
and implementation projects within the scope of drug development, namely:

develop, implement and validate research methods for chemical and biotechnological
substances as well as pharmaceutical formulations and medicinal products;

carry out research and studies in respect of the analytical control of technological
processes, including the critical points, contamination profiles and process validation;

design and carry out analytical studies of proteins at various stages of manufacturing
of active substances and medicinal products of protein-origin, namely peptide
mapping, proteolysis product analysis, development of new methods and analytical
procedures for identification and quantitative assays.
Services
Services are provided in the field of chemical analyses and analytical research and studies. They
include:
analysis of medicinal products, active substances and chemical raw materials according

to the normative documentation provided by a customer, suitable pharmacopoeias or
in-house methods;

validation of analytical methods;

testing pharmaceutical availability of drugs;

testing bioavailability, bioequivalence and pharmacokinetics of drugs and their
metabolites;

trials in respect of monitoring a therapy with immunosuppressant drugs;
testing the stability of active substances and medicinal products;


comprehensive analytical services for research projects related to the development of
new drugs: development of research and trial methods, validation of analytical
methods and manufacturing process, drafting of specifications, etc.
To assure a high standard of services the Chemical Analysis Department operates three quality
systems:

ISO 9001:2008 in respect of “Chemical analyses and analytical studies” – certificate no.
110381-2012-AQ-POL-RvA issued by Det Norske Veritas;

Good Laboratory Practice for bioanalytical and pharmacokinetic studies – certificate nr
4/2012/DPL;

Good Manufacturing Practice – certificate GMP no. GIF-IW-N-4022/8/11.

The Department holds a Medicinal Product Manufacturing License no. GIF-IW-N4001/245/10.
610
Chemical Laboratories
Processes developed at Modified Antibiotics Department 1
The technology for manufacturing a number of antibiotics and semi-finished products
for antibiotics at laboratory and semi-technical scale were developed at Modified Antibiotics
Department 1.
Specification of devices, process design and drug form were also developed.
Most of the processes are patent-protected.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Antibiotics
α-aminobenzyl penicillin (ampicillin) as a free acid and sodium salt
α –carboxybenzyl penicillin (carbenicillin) as a free acid and sodium salt
Piperacillin as a monohydrate and sodium salt
Cephuroxim – 2nd generation cephalosporin,
Cephoperazon – 3rd generation cephalosporin
Cephuroxitin – 2nd generation cephalosporin
Cefetamet and cefetamet pivoxil – 3rd generation cephalosporin
Aztreonam as a free acid and sodium salt – monobactam
Sulbactam – β-lactamase inhibitor commingled with ampicillin
N,N-(1’,6’- hexamethyleneformamidine)-penicillin acid inhydrated and anhydrous
form, as 1-acetoxyethyl ester and pivaloyloxymethyl ester chydrochloride –
amidinopenicillin
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semi-finished products for antibiotics
D(-) - α-aminophenylacetic acid
D(-)-4-phenyloxazolidinedion-2,5
α-carboxybenzoic acid
1-chlorocarbonyl-2,3-dioxo-4-ethylopiperazine
Pivaloilooxymethyl chloride
1-acetyloxyethyl bromide
Z-2-metoxyimino-2-(2-fluoro)-acetic acid chloride
N-phenylacetyl-O-mesyl-L-threonine amide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Other therapeutic compounds
PPL (penicilloyl-poly-L-lysine) antigen for penicillin allergy detection
Sildenafil
Human growth hormone
Cardioxane (dexrazoxane) – cardioprotective drug
Betabion (eye drops)
Zalbion (eye drops)
Viscobion (eye drops)
611
New anthracycline antibiotic derivatives
Anthracycline antibiotics are the most commonly used biosynthetically manufactured
cytostatics with high antineoplastic activity. Drug resistance has been a more common and is a
very alarming issue recently. It was observed in many patients who undergo long-lasting
therapy. A new chemically modified anthracycline antibiotic derivatives have been synthesized
and tested at the Institute. These derivatives have demonstrated high cytostatic activity that is
higher or similar to that of the parent antibiotics. Moreover, the majority of them are
significantly less toxic and less cardiotoxic as compared to their respective equivalents and
most importantly they have the unique property of overcoming drug resistance. Based on the
outcomes of the research carried out to date, pre-clinical trials are planned to be held at the
Institute of Biotechnology and Antibiotics to enable the selected compound to be
recommended for clinical trials in order to register a new drug.
In addition to antineoplastic activity, these derivatives are highly active against hepatitis C
(HCV), demonstrating higher activity than any drugs used to date.
612
Modified Antibiotics Department 2 + Macrocyclic Antibiotics Department
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Developed and implemented processes
Testapren (penicilloyl-poly-L-lysine, a synthetic antigen for penicillin allergy detection)
Testapren (penicilloyl-poly-L-lysine, a synthetic antigen for penicillin allergy detection)
– pharmaceutical preparation
Nafcillin (semi-synthetic penicillin)
Ryfamycin SV sodium salt (semi-synthetic rifamycin SV)
Lincomycin
Clindamycin (semi-synthetic lincomycin derivative)
7-aminocephalosporanic acid
Cefamandol (semi-synthetic 2nd generation cephalosporin)
Ceftriaxon (semi-synthetic 3rd generation cephalosporin)
Cefotaxim (semi-synthetic 3rd generation cephalosporin)
Erythromycin A cyclic 11,12-carbonate (semi-synthetic erythromycin derivative)
Amikacin (semi-synthetic lincomycin kanamycin)
Amikacin (semi-synthetic lincomycin kanamycin) – three pharmaceutical preparations
Sildenafil
Insulin – 17 pharmaceutical preparations
Diclobion – pharmaceutical preparation
Vidibion – pharmaceutical preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8.
9.
Developed processes
Ceftadizime (semi-synthetic 3rd generation cephalosporin)
Cefpodoxime (semi-synthetic 3rd generation cephalosporin)
Rifabutin (semi-synthetic rifamycin S derivative)
TAEM (synthetic semi-finished product for ceftadizime)
Cyclosporine
Interferon alfa-2a – pharmaceutical preparation
Interferon alfa-2a – pharmaceutical preparation
1.
2.
613
Scientific and Medical Information Department
The Scientific and Medical Information Department operates in the following fields of expertise:

Development of scientific and medical information based on professional literature
and available databases of current research, development, and prospective plans of
the Institute.

Evaluation of selected medical preparations from the pharmacological, clinical and
safety of use view point and from the view point of their current and future
therapeutic significance, in particular evaluation of drugs of various therapeutic
application obtained through genetic engineering.

Patent research, and assurance of protection of intellectual and industrial property.

Designing, organizing and development (in respect of pharmacokinetics, statistics) of
the bioequivalence tests for various medicinal substances.

Studies of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of medicinal substances,
including drugs.

Regular review of Polish and European pharmaceutical laws in respect of pre-clinical
and clinical trials for medicinal products.

Designing, arranging for and monitoring of pre-clinical trials at all stages of
biotechnological product development.
A wide range of pre-clinical trials have been carried out under project no. POIG.01.01.0200-007/08-00. The purpose of these trials has been to bring about the first in man trial, and
subsequently the commercialization of innovative biosimilar medicinal products containing
human insulin analogue.
The team plans, arranges for and supervises progress of the following works:







Pharmacological studies in vitro
Testing binding with insulin and IGF-1 receptors (affinity, dissociation level) on cell
lines, assessment of autophosphorylation and phosphorylation of receptor signal
elements, confirmation of biological activity and metabolic effects of the tested
substance.
Testing glucose uptake.
Testing stimulation of cellular proliferation in tissue cultures by evaluating mitogenic
effect of the tested substance.
Pharmacological studies in vivo
Testing on healthy animals (rats, dogs, monkeys) with artificially induced diabetes with
and without glucose loading.
Pharmacologic testing in respect of safety.
Pharmacokinetic studies in vivo
Testing on rodents with the use of a marker to evaluate distribution of the substance
into tissues, organs and metabolism.
Pharmacokinetics after single iv and sc dose administered to one specie (rat).
614

In-house research to compare pharmacokinetic properties of insulin analogues with a
different primary structure.
Studies to evaluate pharmacokinetic profile
Evaluation of ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism, elimination) process in various
mammal species.
Toxicity studies
Evaluation of adverse effects on various animal species after administration of multiple
doses of the tested compounds by various way of administration.

Evaluation of toxicity after single administration
Extended toxicity testing


Chronic toxicity testing with carcinogenicity effect assessment
Local tolerance testing

During the research and studies we cooperate with top class establishments in Poland and
throughout the world who have experience, equipment and relevant quality certificates,
including GLP.
615
This page is left intentionally blank
616
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY
617
INSTITUTE
OF
PLASMA PHYSICS
AND
LASER MICROFUSION,
EURATOM – ASSOCIATION
(Instytut Fizyki Plazmy i Laserowej Mikrosyntezy)
Organisation Contact Data
23 Hery st., 01 – 497 Warsaw, Poland
phone: +48 22 638 14 60
fax. +48 22 666 83 72
e – mail: sekretariat@ifpilm.pl
http://www.ifpilm.pl/ifpilm.pl/en/
The Institute of Plasma Physics and Laser Microfusion (IPPLM) was founded on the 1st January
of 1976. Since June, 2001 it has carried its activities under the authority of the Ministry of
Economy of the Republic of Poland while the research program has been under surveillance
and co-financing of the Ministry of Science and Higher Education. The research carried out at
the IPPLM includes studies of plasma physics and applications as well as scientific and
technological efforts to investigate thermonuclear fusion, to provide a safe energy source for
the future.
The IPPLM is an institution which is authorized by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education
to coordinate the research on magnetic confinement fusion (MCF) in Poland under EURATOM
Community nuclear fusion program on the basis of the Contract of EURATOM-IPPLM
Association signed with EURATOM Community (represented by the European Commission).
These works concern plasma physics and technology for MCF toroidal thermonuclear devices
(tokamaks and stellarators).
Studies of laser fusion (an important method of development of inertial fusion energy - IFE) and
laser plasma are carried out as a part of the European HiPER project, projects supported by
LASERLAB-Europe Consortium and by EURATOM Community within IFE keep-in-touch activity to
a limited extent.
The Institute employs about 80 persons including 6 professors and 20 doctors.
The structure of the IPPLM includes two research divisions: Division of Laser-Produced Plasma
(DLPP), and Division of Plasma in Magnetic Field (DPMF). The DPMF of IPPLM includes the
International Centre for Dense Magnetised Plasmas established in agreement with UNESCO.
This laboratory is dedicated to science, education and technology transfer. Most of the IPPLM’s
activity is carried out within broad international cooperation, mainly supported by European
projects.
618
The scope of activity of the IPPLM includes:
•
study of physical processes in and technology of tokamaks and stellarators
•
theoretical analysis and numerical simulations of magnetically confinement plasmas in
tokamaks and stellarators
•
study of plasma-wall interaction technologies with application of laser methods and
visible spectrometry
•
development and application of diagnostics of X-rays, VUV and visible radiation as well
as neutrons emitted from plasmas in tokamaks and stellarator W-7X
•
studies and applications of dense magnetized plasmas generated in Plasma Focus
device PF 1000 as an intense pulsed source of X-rays and neutrons
•
optimization of Hall plasma thrusters
•
study of laser-produced plasma physics and technological applications
•
study of processes related to inertial confinement fusion (laser fusion)
•
study of laser-matter interaction physics at ultrahigh laser beam intensities
•
study of hydrodynamic processes accompanying the laser-matter interactions
•
development and applications of advanced diagnostics for laser-produced plasmas (ion
and X-ray diagnostics, interferometry).
The Institute offers its expertise and know-how in above mentioned research areas,
development of measuring methods and technologies. We are interested in developing
scientific and R/D cooperation and executing common research projects in these areas.
In IPPLM there were elaborated and implemented into research practice and technology,
among others:
•
technology of small Plasma Focus devices as a pulsed sources of X-ray radiation and
neutrons
•
various ion and neutron diagnostics for hot and dense plasmas (laser-produced
plasmas, plasmas generated in Z-pinch and Plasma Focus discharges)
•
multi-frame laser interferometry for measuring of pulse plasma dynamics
•
laser-induced material technology (including a removal of surface layers, ion
implantation for modification of semiconductor materials)
•
advanced Hall thrusters for space technology
•
visible (including Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectrometry – LIBS), VUV and X-ray
spectroscopy (including gas electron multiplier detectors (GEM), pulse height analysis
(PHA) and multi-foil spectroscopy (MFS) systems.
Most of above mentioned methods, equipment and diagnostic systems can be easily adapted
for non- plasma applications. The IPPLM’s offer includes: research projects, technology projects
concerning devices, measuring equipment, cooperation and consultancy regarding those
projects, support in delivery of equipment as well as personnel training.
619
NATIONAL CENTRE FOR NUCLEAR RESEARCH
(Narodowe Centrum Badań Jądrowych)
Organisation Contact Data
7 Andrzeja Sołtana st., 05 – 400 Otwock,
Poland
phone: +48 22 71 80 001
fax. +48 22 77 93 481
e – mail: ncbj@ncbj.gov.pl
http://www.ncbj.gov.pl/en
Radioisotope Centre POLATOM carries out research programs related to the application of
radioactive preparations and radiolabelled compounds in various fields in medicine, research
and industry. Main areas of research activity of Radioisotope Centre POLATOM present
multidisciplinary character and combine chemistry and physics of radionuclides,
radiochemistry, analytical chemistry, metrology of ionizing radiation, biology, pharmacy and
nuclear medicine.
The main research and development domains are:

Investigation of novel biomolecules as carrier for radionuclides and preliminary
assessment of their diagnostic and/or therapeutic utility

Development of technologies for production of high specific activity radionuclides in
nuclear reactors and accelerators, using highly enriched target materials and modern
separation techniques

Development of methods for radioactivity measurement and assessment of
radionuclidic purity (determination of , β, and  impurities)

Chemical and pharmaceutical development and biological activity assessment using
in vitro and in vivo methods of new radiopharmaceuticals for clinical application.
Based on the research programs POLATOM offers technologies for manufacturing of
radiochemicals and sealed radiation sources for various application, radiopharmaceuticals and
related services. POLATOM offers also neutron irradiation services in the Maria Research
Reactor.
Among various services related to the radiation protection POLATOM offers design and
manufacturing of biological shielding against , β and  radiation and shielding for specialized
devices for the pharmaceutical and nuclear industry.
620
Laboratory of Radioactivity Standards in the Radioisotope Centre POLATOM in Otwock,
Poland, is the only laboratory in Poland performing radioactivity measurements of α-, β- and emitters by absolute methods and performing calibration of standard solutions and radioactive
sources.
President of the Central Office of Measures in Poland (GUM) in 1999 established and with
Decision No. 1/2004 of 21 April 2004 confirmed the establishment of the National Standard of
Radionuclides Activity in Poland. The standard is stored and used in the Laboratory of
Radioactivity Standards. It consists of triple-to-double coincidence ratio (TDCR) system, 4π(LS)-
coincidence/anticoincidence system and X- coincidence system. These are unique measuring
systems of the highest metrological quality in Poland, which are used for the absolute methods
of radioactivity measurements. LRS transmit the unit of radioactivity to users of radioactive
sources, providing them with standard solutions and sources, and performing the calibration of
dose calibrators. LRS also participates in international key comparisons of radioactivity
measurements, enabling the linking to the global system of national standards. These
comparisons are organized by the International Bureau of Weights and Measures BIPM and the
European Association of National Metrology Institutes EURAMET. The laboratory also
participates in comparisons within the framework of the International Reference System SIR.
Other systems available at LRS, such as liquid scintillation counter TriCarb 2910 TR, liquid
scintillation counter Wallac 1411, set of four scintillation counters with NaI(Tl) detectors, set of
three 4π ionization chambers, dose calibrator Capintec CRC-15β and three spectrometric
systems with HPGe detectors can be used for determination of radionuclides radioactivity as
secondary systems related to the National Standard in an unbroken chain of comparisons. LRS
is also equipped in 2π and 4π gas proportional counters adequate to determining particle flux
leaving the area of the source and the dose rate meter MAD 2000 for assessment of absorbed
dose.
Laboratory of Radioactivity Standards offers activity standards in the form of solutions and
solid sources:

Solutions of individual radionuclides

Mixed solutions – intended to serve as calibration solutions for systems used to
measure aqueous samples of low activity

Point sources of individual radionuclides –
photon spectrometers

Point sources from a mixture of various radionuclides

Check sources – intended for the control of dose calibrators used in nuclear medicine
departments

Volume sources from a mixture of various radionuclides – intended for the calibration
of systems used to measure environmental samples
621
The LRS has implemented and maintained quality management system compliant with the
international standard ISO / IEC 17025:2005. As a calibration laboratory it is accredited by
Polish Centre for Accreditation, a signatory to EA MLA and ILAC MRA that include recognition of
calibration certificates.
Laboratory of Radioactivity Standards as accredited calibration laboratory (accreditation no.
AP 120) offers following services:

Calibration of dose calibrators with ionization chambers

Calibration of radioactive solutions with primary and secondary methods

Calibration of radioactive point sources of -emitters

Calibration of radioactive control sources for use with dose calibrators

Calibration of radioactive area sources
Outside accreditation scope LRS offers following services:



Calibration of radioactive multigamma solutions and sources
Analysis of radionuclidic composition and determination of radionuclides activity in
different materials
Dose rate measurements for ophthalmic applicators
Contact Person Data
Laboratory Manager: Tomasz Dziel
phone: + 48 22 718 0718
fax: + 48 22 718 0350
e-mail: t.dziel@polatom.pl
622
Department of Nuclear Equipment HITEC NCBJ
Organisation Contact Data
7 Andrzeja Sołtana st., 05 – 400 Otwock, Poland
phone: +48 22 718 05 00
fax. +48 22 718 05 01
e – mail: sekretariat.zdaj@ncbj.gov.pl
http://www.hitecpoland.eu/hitec.php?strona=onas&lang=en
HITEC is a manufacturing department of the Polish state owned research and development
laboratory: National Centre for Nuclear Research (in Polish – Narodowe Centrum Badan
Jadrowych). The Centre, being one of the largest scientific institutes in Poland, carries out pure
and applied research on subatomic physics, i.e. the elementary particle and nuclear physics,
reactor physics, hot plasma physics, material engineering and related fields. The Centre is
localized in Otwock, the satellite city of the country capital, Warsaw. The 44 ha campus houses
numerous research facilities, most notably the research nuclear reactor MARIA. The reactor is
used not only for scientific purposes but in equal manner for production of
radiopharmaceuticals. The Centre employs over 1000 employees, among whom almost 200 are
professors or Ph.D. degree holders.
HITEC (also known under its Polish name Zaklad Aparatury Jadrowej) benefits out of the
research capabilities and experience of the parent Centre and puts scientific ideas for practical
use. HITEC specializes in the applications of accelerator technologies in medicine and industrial
radiography. For over 40 years the company has been designing, manufacturing and marketing
a range of medical and industrial electron accelerators along with complementary equipment
and software.
HITEC is headquartered in Otwock, at the main campus of National Centre for Nuclear
Research. Over 90 employees of HITEC collaborates closely with the research part of the Centre
on improving current products and developing the new ones.
623
HITEC line of medical accelerators consists of three devices intended for carrying out cancer
radiotherapy:
Coline 10 - medical accelerator provides photon and electron beams irradiation with energy
from 6 up to 10 MeV. In addition to solid therapeutic parameters, Coline 10 distinguishes itself
with a minimal footprint which allows for its installation in the environment frequently not
available for other manufacturers.
Coline 6 – is a state of the art medical accelerator with 6 MeV photon beam, fully capable of
delivering modern treatment techniques, IMRT and IGRT. For that purpose, Coline 6 can be
equipped with a custom Multileaf Collimator and an Electronic Portal Imaging Device.
Coline 4 - medical accelerator provides 4 MeV photon beam. Coline 4 has been designed as an
inexpensive replacement for cobalt units. The International Atomic Energy Agency advocates
gradual decommissioning of cobalt units for therapeutic and safety reasons. Coline 4, having
the same small footprint as Coline 10, allows its users to benefit from all the advantages of the
accelerator technique while keeping the costs under control.
624
The other HITEC products intended for use in the area of medicine are the following:
Simax
- radiotherapy simulator used in the preparation for the actual irradiation. Accurate
treatment simulation is vital for the success of radiotherapy and Simax is equipped with all the
elements that allow it.
Polkam 16
- treatment table, designed for precise patient positioning during the irradiation
process or simulations. Polkam 16 is also manufactured in a Mould Room version, specialized
for the patient preparation for radiotherapy.
Polkam TBI
– a unique treatment table solution designed for patient positioning
and fixation during total body irradiation in preparation for a bone marrow transplantation.
HITEC industrial products are centered around two linear accelerator models designed for
non-destructive examination using radiographic method:
Lillyput 3
- linear accelerator provides 7 and 9 MeV photon beams. Lillyput 3 is offered in
both stationary and mobile configuration.
Lillyput 4S
– linear accelerator provides 4 and 2 MeV photon beams. Extremely compact
design and excellent beam parameters make it an ideal entry-level radiographic linac.
Both models of HITEC industrial accelerators can be supplemented by additional accessories:
imaging devices and manipulators.
HITEC also designs and manufactures custom-built linear accelerators.
For both medical and radiographic application, HITEC manufactures
X-Ray shielding doors – manufactured according to the highest standards for protection against
ionization radiation of energy up to 25 MeV.
HITEC manufactures various components or instruments for scientific applications in the area
of accelerator physics, either electron or proton, for leading European high energy physics
laboratories.
HITEC manufacturing process has been ISO 9001 certified. All HITEC products carry the CE
mark.
625
626
Catalogue of technologies
developed by
Polish Research Institutes
SAFETY AND OTHER GENERAL
TECHNICAL ASPECTS
627
AIR FORCE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
(Instytut Techniczny Wojsk Lotniczych)
Organisation Contact Data
Contact Person Data
6, Księcia Bolesława st, 01 – 494 Warsaw,
Poland
Documentation Office:
phone.: +48 22 685 11 69
fax: +48 22 836 44 71; +48 22 685 10 28
phone/ fax: +48 22 685 10 13
Director Genera
Ryszard Szczepanik, PhD D.Sc. Eng.
phone.: +48 22 685 10 09
e – mail: poczta@itwl.pl
Scientific & Research Director:
Andrzej Żyluk, PhD D.Sc. Eng.
phone.: +48 22 685 10 19
Logistics Director:
Mirosław Kowalski, PhD Eng.
phone.:+48 22 685 11 04
Department for Business Development:
phone.: (+48 22) 685 10 60
e-mail: promocja@itwl.pl
Department for Research Planning &
Co-ordination:
phone.:(+48 22) 685 10 72; (+48 22) 685 11
50
e-mail:planowanie@itwl
http://www.itwl.pl/en/index.php
628
The Air Force Institute of Technology (AFIT) is a scientific and research organization
established in 1953. It is supervised by the Polish MOD. Its mission is scientific support and
research into problems of operating the military products of aeronautical engineering.
The Institute's development strategy intends to increase research potential through
participation in international projects conducted within the programs of the European Union,
as well as the European Defence Agency as well as offset programs.
AFIT holds NATO NCAGE code 0481H. In addition, it has the state concession number B404/2003, granted by the Ministry of the Interior and Administration for economic activities in
the manufacture and trading of weapons, munitions, and other military and police-intended
products and technologies. Its quality-management system is consistent with both the NATO
AQAP and national one PN-EN standardization documents, and its research laboratories have
certificates
of
accreditation
from
the
Polish
centre
for
accreditation.
It also has an internal control system.
The Institute provides aeronautical engineering research and development and services
in the following fields:








Ground and flight tests
Air armament
Simulation and modelling
Reliability and safety
Reconnaissance and command-and-control systems
Avionics
Diagnostics of aeronautical engineering, and airfield and road infrastructure
Fuel and utility-fluid testing
List and short description of offered products and services









Ground and in-flight tests
Aircraft weapon systems
Aircraft simulation, training and modeling
Aircraft safety and reliability testing
Unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs)
Aircraft surveillance systems
Avionics systems
Aeronautical and airfield systems diagnostics
Aircraft fuel and utility fluid testing
629
Ground and flight tests
AFIT provides a wide variety of complex ground and in-flight tests, including aircraft and
helicopters certificate tests. It also tests pilot's individual equipment, airborne high-altitude and
rescue systems, airborne and ground systems to transmit or display flight parameters, and it
designes and develops of flight-test dedicated measuring and recording systems.
It also provides certification tests of aeronautical products introduced into service with the
Polish Air Force, including air armament, as well as simulation tests based on models of aircraft
flight dynamics. AFIT additionally develops and tests aerial rocket targets used for air defence
forces training.
Aircraft weapon systems
AFIT can upgrade weapon systems for aircraft, as well as develop new designs of air weapons
and aerial targets (bombs, airborne rocket launchers and bomb fuses), and new ground-based
and flying testing systems for air forces. It also tests air weapons after warranty periods
guaranteed by deliverers/OEMs to extend service-life, upgrades the on-board attack avionics
systems for aircraft and helicopters.
Aircraft simulation, training and modeling
The aircraft simulation and modeling capabilities of AFIT include formulation of mathematical
models of aircraft-flight dynamics and air weapons, performance of radar stations and missileguiding stations, certification tests of aircraft-flight simulators, and development of multimedia
training systems (e-learning). It also provides training systems and flight simulators for flight
control officers, interception navigators, pilots, and air-traffic controllers.
Aircraft safetyand reliability testing
AFIT emphasis on reliability and safety means It provides air-accident investigation
development, computer-aided systems to assist aircrafts' operational-phase management, and
testing of materials used in aeronautical structural components. It also supplies systems to
record parameters of aero-engine performance, non-destructive testing of structures
engineering objects, service-life tests of structural components, and flight-data decoding
systems.
630
In addition, it examines operational damage and failures to aeronautical structures, and can
help extend aircraft service-life and the time necessary between overhauls.
Unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs)
AFIT provides new UAVs and applications, UAV software, air-reconnaissance-delivered imagery
analysis and distribution systems, and UAV operator training.
Aircraft surveillance systems
AFIT supplies stationary and mobile terrain aircraft surveillance systems and systems to protect
widespread areas (e.g. airbases and harbors).
Avionic systems





Avionics system ground and airborne equipment
Integration of avionics systems into aircraft and helicopters
Development of operational-phase assisting diagnostic instruments and systems
Integration and maintenance of LINK, GPS and CSAR systems
Integrated self – 7 protection systems
Aeronautical and airfield systems diagnostics
AFIT can conduct aircraft engine certification tests, and geological and engineering surveys of
soils. It also develops diagnostic software, designs diagnostic stations to test components of
aeronautical structures and predicts the service lives of aeronautical structure materials.
Aircraft fuel and utility fluid testing
AFIT supplies quality assessment of engine fuels, lubricating oils, lubricating greases,
preservatives, engine coolants, break fluids, industrial (processing) fluids, bio-fuels and biocomponents for fuels and oils. It also develops technologies for operating fluids of synthetics,
mineral and bio-components.
631
Laboratories
There are 9 research laboratories at the Air Force Institute of Technology, which are awarded
Certificates of Accreditation by the Polish Centre for Accreditation:









Fuel and Lubricants
Mechanical and Climatic Hazards
Pressure Measuring
Health Monitoring of Fluid-Flow Machines
Working Liquids
Materials Strength Testing
Material Research on Aircraft Structures
Unit for Product Certification
LINK-16 System Integration
Others
However, we are not confined in our work to commercial activity only. We are deeply
engaged in activities – under statutory obligations - intended to provide support to scientific
research. The periodical "Prace Naukowe ITWL" ("The Proceedings of ITWL"), the "Journal of
KONBiN" (i.e. of International Conference on Safety and Reliability), AKLOT - the quarterly to
popularize new scientific ideas, the editorial series under a common title "The Problems of
Studying, Testing and Operating Aeronautical Systems" are published at the Institute. We also
organize / co-organize international conferences and seminars.
The Institute is the only military R&D centre authorized to confer the "Doctor of
Science" degree in the field of „machine building and operation”.
632
AFIT Divisions:
Division for Air Armament
The aim of the Division for Air Armament is development and upgrading
of air armament.
Essential research and design lines:
 Reliability and safety tests by means of analyzing reliability of airborne armament and
correctness of air weapons performance;
 Examination of systems of operating the weapons;
 Investigating into feasibility of prolonging service lives of air weapons after the warranty
periods guaranteed by manufactures/suppliers have expired;
 New design air weapons;
 Upgrading the aircraft and helicopters' on-board equipment by means of applying new,
technologically advanced solutions to attack avionics;
 Development of new systems of the engineered means to provide the air force units
with ground-based and flying training;
 Evolving new methods of field and flight tests of air weapons on the grounds of research
work in the following lines: dynamics of objects, ballistics, effectiveness of combat
applications, pyrotechnics, opto-electronics, and navigation.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Wiesław BULER PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 11 14
e-mail: wieslaw.buler@itwl.pl
633
C4ISR Systems Integration Division
Research Institute for Integration of Command, Control, Communications,
Computer, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C4ISR).
Main research fields covered by this newly established division:

Integration and Maintenance of LINK System;

Integration and Maintenance of GPS & CSAR System;

Integration of Self-defence systems.
This division includes 3 additional Labs:

Integration and Maintenance of LINK 16 System;

Integration and Maintenance of GPS & CSAR System;

Integration of Self-defence systems.
LINK 16 System Integration Laboratory
Main research fields covered by this section:
LINK 16 system integration with ground elements of C4ISR system (backbone network
designing; installation and configuration of multi-interface systems);

LINK 16 system integration with airborne systems (ground stations and aircrafts;

Design and implementation of LINK 16 network for mission and training purposes and
further distribution;

Monitoring and in-depth analyses of LINK 16 for development purposes;

Dynamic management of LINK 16 network;

Analyses of LINK 16 and other Integration Systems;

LINK 16 system components testing;

LINK 16/WAN Multi-system interfaces testing;

Building LINK 16 multi-interface translators & LINK 16 data presentation apps;

Data flow analyses, researches and optimization in multilink environments based on
LINK 16 system;

LINK 16 best-practices development and further in-depth analyses;

Development and researches of proprietary LINK 16 based apps;

Development of Network Centric Warfare solutions.

634
GPS & CSAR System Integration Laboratory
Main research fields covered by so-called technical component of the GPS Main Military
Point of Contact are:

Military Receiver Servicing (based on agreements with vendors);

Setting up Military Receivers on the ground stations and aircrafts (integration with
airborne systems);

Periodic checks of Civilian and Military Receivers;

Working out new exploitation techniques of Military and Civilian Receivers;

Developing, researching, and analysing of new version of apps based on the following
systems: GPS, GLONASS, Galileo and QZSS;

Development and analysis of Management & Assignment System of Beacon
Identification Codes;

Development in fields of operation & coordination of Civilian & Military Rescue
Systems;

COSPAS-SARSAT Beacons programming;

CSAR, COSPAS-SARSAT beacons analyses;

Beacons integration with airborne systems;

Integration of Search Systems with airborne systems;

Beacon servicing.
Integrated Self-Defence Laboratory:
Main research fields covered by this section:
 Detection, observation and tracking Systems working in bandwidth from 3e-4 to 4e-7 m;
 Analysis
and development of new techniques and tests of already
operated/unimplemented systems of active/passive aircraft protection system;
 Analysis and development of new techniques and algorithms to fighting against
different weapons system;
 Optimization of passive self-defence systems.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Jarosław Sulkowski PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 19 47
phone/fax: +48 22 685 19 48
e-mail: jaroslaw.sulkowski@itwl.pl
635
Division for Airfield Systems
The aim of the division is building, maintenance and diagnosing of
airfield pavements.
Essential research and design lines:

new engineering processes of repairs and maintenance of artificial
airfield pavements;

adaptation of military airfields to the needs of NATO;

new engineering processes of rebuilding airfield pavements after wartime ("W")
destruction;

pavement constructions for operational airfields used by fighters and transport aircraft;

physical and mechanical testing of airfield/road pavements intended materials;

highways as used in air force missions;

airfield-pavement diagnosing system;

development of new methods of airfield/road pavements testing;

investigation into effects of modern aeronautical systems upon airfield pavements;

consultations and engineering supervision in the course of repairs and maintenancededicated testing work;

professional advice, expert opinions.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Adam Poświata PhD Eng
phone: + 48 22 685 10 24
phone/fax: +48 22 836 45 43
e-mail: adam.poswiata@itwl.pl
636
Division for Reliability and Safety of Aeronautical Systems
The main tasks of the Division for Reliability and Safety of
Aeronautical Systems are studies under the methods of operating the
military engineering for aviation, like:

Computer-aided systems to assist aircraft's operational-phase management;

Testing of materials (metals and alloys, rubber goods, polymers, adhesive-bonded
joints) used in aeronautical structural components;

Non-destructive testing of structures of engineered objects;

Extension of aircraft service life and time between overhauls;

Service-life tests of structural components;

Examination of the operation-effected damages/failures to aeronautical structures;

Development of theory of maintenance, safety and reliability of aircraft.
The Division also has got the Laboratory for Materials Strength Testing and the Nondestructive Testing Laboratory.
Laboratory of Non Destructive Testing





The Laboratory's scope of activity includes the following:
We develop procedures, test instructions, control technologies;
We have competence certificates in NDT level II and III issued by BINDT, DGZfP and
UDT-CERT;
We make technology and maintenance tests;
Possibility to control technical condition of different structural components;
Possibility of providing maintenance supervision.
Used testing methods: magnetic particle, eddy current, ultrasound, penetrant,
shearography, acoustic, visual, d-sight.
637
Testing methods:
Magnetic particle inspection
For detecting surface & subsurface defects, in materials with good magnetic
characteristics. Low-cost method, legible defectograms, quickly obtained test results, possible
tests without taking off the tested surface’s paint coat and other non-magnetic layers.
Tests of elements of the airframe and the engine of different aircraft types: turbine shaft,
compressor blades of an engine, clamping joints of a wing, clamping frames of an engine on an
airframe. After the tests – necessity of removing residual magnetism in magnetically hard
materials.
Eddy current inspection
For detecting surface and under-surface defects. The method used for electrically
conductive materials.

Manual and automated tests (using the P-C interface);

C-scan visualization mode;

Data backup option;

Data backup option;

Data backup option;

Using Faraday effect phenomenon for data visualization.
Ultrasound inspection
Using phenomena accompanying during generation and propagation of mechanic
vibrations in tested elements. Possibility of detecting defects: under-surface, surface and
inside-material. Testing hard to reach and unseen surfaces:

manual and automated testing (using the P-C interface);

A – scan, B – scan, C – scan visualization modes;

data backup possibility;

possibility of four-channel inspection;

measurement techniques: pulse-echo, through-transmission;

using hybrid technique ET and UT for testing riveted joints;

using Phased Array type transducers and possibility of visualization „Dynamic
B-scan”.






Penetrant inspection
capillarity phenomenon is used;
for detecting surface defects of materials of any type;
high sensitivity of tests;
visible any intelligible defectograms;
any shapes and sizes of the elements tested;
low inspection costs.
Applications:

flame tubes, compressor and turbine blades of any type of engines;

aircraft skin, riveted joints, clamping joints.
It detects changes in structure of material after heat treatment, size of the zones affected by
corrosion etc.
638
Shearography inspection
Applications:
testing composites and bonded elements, as well as honeycomb structures;
detecting low-energy impact defects in honeycomb elements;
data backup possibility;
water inclusions detection;
data analysis based on the P-C interface;
using thermic and vacuum loads.






Acoustic inspection: mia, pitch-catch, resonance











Applications:
composite, bonded and multilayer materials;
elements with honeycomb;
testing helicopter rotor blades;
manual and automated testing (using the P-C interface);
C-scan visualization mode;
data backup possibility;
detecting disbonds, delaminations.
Visual inspection
Inspection and assessment of the element’s surface condition:
discontinuity detection;
changes of color (corrosion);
spalling;
defects.
Inspection of hard to reach elements:
pipes

containers;
Fast verification, detecting damages in the early stage of development.





D-SIGHT inspection
Applications:
Detecting, hidden corrosion in joint structures;
Detecting low-energy impact damages in honeycomb structures;
Data backup possibility;
Data analysis based on the P-C interface.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Lt Col Andrzej Leski PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 10 31, +48 22 836 45 62
phone/fax: +48 22 685 11 05
639
e-mail: andrzej.leski@itwl.pl
Division for it Support of Logistics
The mission of the Division for IT Support of Logistics is support of
military and civilian technics with IT tools. Its vision is establish modern,
strong and effective team to compete in the IT market.
Main tasks:

Development, implementation and sustainment of IT systems for technics (esp.
Areonauatical systems):

Fleet management,

Aircraft Configuration Management,

Operational Phase Management,

Planning Management,

Supply Management,

Inventory Management,

Human Resources Management,

Operation Risk Management,

Life Cycle Management;

Collecting, processing and delivering data to users;

Conducting analytical works in the field of:

CAMO / PART M,

IT Safety (Crypto),

NATO standards compatibility,

Optimisation of processes in Logistics,

Operation Risk Assessment,

Flight Safety Assessment,

Reliability, Maintainability and Availability Assessment,

Spare Parts Forecasts,

Reliability, Maintainability and Availability Prediction,

Reliability Centered Maintenance,

Life Cycle Management;

Supporting IT activities in ITWL (incl. CAD/CAM) Computer Aided Measurement and
Control System.
640
Portfolio (the products):

SIWESF-16 – System for IT Support of F-16 A/C (implementation phase 2010-2011);

SAMANTA – system to analyze and evaluate the operational phase of military A/C =
Polish Armed Forces A/C Quantity & Quality Central Data Bank;
TURAWA – IT system to analyze and assess flight safety of military aircraft

(implementation phase 2010-2011);

Multinational Mi-17 Airworthiness and Safety Database (MMASD).
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Lt Col Ryszard Kaleta PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 10 76
e-mail: ryszard.kaleta@itwl.pl
641
Division for Aero Engines
The primary tasks of the Division for Aero-engines are: diagnostics
of aeronautical systems through developing new research methods;
monitoring and diagnostics of aero-engines of all types, including:
•
Conducting the certification tests of power units implemented to
military aviation;
•
Technical diagnostics of power units;
•
Development of new methods of diagnosing aero-engines;
•
Systems to analyze the phase-mapping effected displays;
•
The microwave probe to measure and monitor turbine blades' vibration spectrum;
•
Implementation of diagnostic systems;
•
Engine life extension;
•
Analyses of wear products in working liquids;
•
Tests of expert opinions resulting from analyses of events occurring in the course of
operating aero-engines.
Aero-Engines Division is one of the main divisions in the structure of Air Force Institute
of Technology (AFIT). It consists of three laboratories: Diagnostic Laboratory, Laboratory for
Diagnosing Tribological Systems and Laboratory for Health Monitoring of Fluid-Flow Machines.
The last two are certified by Polish Centre for Testing and Accreditation.
Diagnostic Laboratory is dealing with problems of engines diagnostics, using engine
parameters analysis, vibrations analysis and method of gas turbines blades vibrations
measuring. To measure various parameters they use not only commercially available sensors
and additional equipment, but also develop his own. For example inductive sensor designed for
method of gas turbines blades vibrations measuring, passed the tests in temperatures up to
1100K. As mentioned, in this laboratory is used equipment of well known manufacturers, like:
Endevco, Brüel & Kjær, National Instruments. The engineers from this laboratory are experts in
programming with Delphi, LabView modeling in MATLAB and Simulink and designing in
CAD/CAM/CAE (AutoCad, Autodesk Inventor and Comsol MultiPhysics).
Laboratory for Diagnosing Tribological Systems uses research methods in
determining particles in oil and physical and chemical properties of oil as a carrier of
information about the technical condition of diagnosed object.
Laboratory uses research/testing methods such as:

optical emission spectrometry to directly determine concentrations of 19 elements
(wear metals, contaminants, additives) in lubricating oil;

purity of working liquids – direct determination of the grade of purity of hydraulic and
lubricating oils;
642



ferrography – visual analysis of wear products; finding rates that feature the wear-andtear of aero-engine bearing systems;
X-ray fluorescence (XRF) to determine concentrations of selected elements in
lubricating oil;
viscosity - one of an oil’s most important physical properties which has a direct link
with the condition of the diagnosed system.
Laboratory for Health Monitoring of Fluid-Flow Machines involved in aircraft
engine diagnostics using non-destructive methods (NDT). Main research method used in the
laboratory is visual, utilizing the latest endoscopic equipment from renowned international
companies such as GE, OLYMPUS. The laboratory is also working on developing new, nondestructive methods of diagnosing the state of the engines. Are also conducted research into
the causes of damage and accident.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Jarosław Spychała PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 10 34
e-mail: jaroslaw.spychala@itwl.pl
643
Division for Aeroplanes and Helicopters
The aim of the Division is operation/maintenance-dedicated ground
and flight tests of aircraft and aeronautical systems.
Essential lines of research:

Flight tests of aircraft;

Ground tests of aircraft airframes: structures and systems thereof;

Tests of AFIT-designed constructions;

Special tests (incl. those ordered by the Air Accident Investigation Board) and
simulation-based ones;

Development of training and simulation systems;

Development of flight-data recording systems;

Engineering support of operational/maintenance practice;

Certification (state) tests of aeronautical systems introduced into service with military
aviation;

Complex flight tests of aircraft;

Design and development of measuring/recording systems for ground and flight tests;

Testing/monitoring of aircraft power plants' health/maintenance status to increase
reliability of operated fleet;

Assessment of aircraft behavior under extreme flight conditions to determine
preventive-treatment and emergency-applicable procedures;

Design, development and testing of systems intended to give training in fighting aerial
targets; UAVs used to fill this role included;

Development and testing of unmanned air-surveillance systems;

Simulation-based testing work with AFIT's own models of aircraft flight dynamics
employed (ones generated using parameters recorded in the course of flight tests);

Airborne inputs-processing systems;

Airborne and ground-based systems to transmit/display flight parameters;

Expert examination of airframe systems and operation-dedicated media.
Environmental and mechanical tests of assemblies/subassemblies of military aeronautical
systems, conducted in the accredited Laboratory for Mechanical & Climatic Hazards.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Mirosław Nowakowski PhD Eng.
phone: + 48 22 685 10 36
phone./fax: +48 22 836 46 03, +48 22 685 10 68
e-mail: miroslaw.nowakowski@itwl.pl
644
Division for Avionicx
The major task of the Division for Avionics is searching for solutions
to problems of avionics for aeroplanes and helicopters.
Essential lines of research:

Design and integration of airborne avionics systems;

Upgrading and supplementing military aircraft with avionics;

Reliability and effectiveness of using avionics to perform air missions;

Development of methodologies of testing work; tests of airborne avionics;

Investigations into causes of incorrect performance of systems, development of
preventive-treatment procedures;

Investigations into capabilities of extending operation lives of systems' components
after the manufacture-warranted service lives thereof have expired;

Tests and development of aircrew-dedicated survival equipment;

Pressure equipment calibration.
The Division for Avionics has got the accredited Laboratory for Pressure Measuring.
Laboratory for Pressure Measuring has been accredited by the Polish Centre of
Accreditationin the area of calibration of pressure measuring devices. Besides, it has been
granted the certificate in the field of pressure gauge testing, pressure measurement in closed
containers and leaktightness testing.
The Laboratory operates in accordance with the internal quality management system
consistent with both the NATO AQAP 2210 standardization document and the ISO 9001
standard.
The Laboratory has been accredited in the field of calibration of the following types of
pressure gauges:

indicating pressure gauges with elastic measuring elements,

load-piston manometers,

aneroid,

electronic read-out pressure gauges,

pressure converter,

boost gauge.
The Laboratory carries out calibration of:

monitoring systems & measuring devices used for checking on-board pilotage and
navigational systems;

altimeters, speedometers, machmeters and variometers.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Lt Col Sławomir MICHALAK PhD
Eng.
phone/fax: 48 22 685 10 43, +48 22 685 12 07
e-mail: slawomir.michalak@itwl.pl
645
Division for Air Training and Command and Control Systems
The tasks of the Division are studies and implementation work
related with development and improvement of:

air & air defence command and control systems;

simulation-based training systems to satisfy needs of air-defencededicated virtual battlefield;

interactive training systems.






Essential research and design lines:
identification and verification of mathematical models of virtual-battlefield-inherent
objects;
development of methods and systems to integrate simulators with objects of a real air
defence system;
development of hardware/software structures for real-time systems;
development of simulation-based systems to design and test newly-made military
hardware;
certification tests of aircraft-flight simulators;
development of research methodologies and investigation into training and combat
systems of the C2I level.
Contact Person Data
Head of Division: Lt Col Przemysław Mądrzycki PhD
Eng.
phone: +48 22 685 10 51
e-mail: przemyslaw.madrzycki@itwl.pl
646
Division for Fuels and Lubricants
























Fuels and Lubricants Division area of interest:
research and development (R&D) projects covering:
fuels (marine, ground and aeronautics equipment),
biofuels and biocomponents (fuels, lubricants and greases application),
application of alternative fuels in transport and other energy areas,
process of fuel combustion,
tribology,
lubricants, engine lubricanting oils, transmission fluids, hydraulic oils etc.),
other petroleum products (icl. cooling fluids, braking systems fluids, special liquids for
industry etc.);
design activity in the area of construction and research work in the field of equipment
and POL infrastructure (mobile laboratories, mobile devices);
testing of working liquids (new and used) in a certified laboratory;
monitoring of fuels and working liquids quality;
preparing standardisation documents, standardisation of petroleum products and
testing methods;
fuels and working liquids monitoring systems;
preparing new technologies for production of synthetic, mineral and bio-based
pr